UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

 

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): July 20, 2017

 

 

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)

000-54716

(Commission File
Number)

27-0863354
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

10006 Liatris Lane, Eden Prairie, MN 55347
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

952-237-7412
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

 

Original Source Entertainment, Inc.
24 Turnberry Dr.

Williamsville, New York 14221
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company ¨

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

  

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE 3
   
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 3
   
Item 1.01  Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement 4
   
Item 2.01  Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets 4
   
FORM 10 INFORMATION 6
   
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 6
   
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 28
   
ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 61
   
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES 72
   
ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 73
   
ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 75
   
ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 80
   
ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 90
   
ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 93
   
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 93
   
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES 94
   
ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK 94
   
ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 99
   
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 100
   
ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING OR FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 100
   
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS 100
   
Item 3.02  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities 100
   
Item 4.01  Changes In Accountants 102
   
Item 5.01  Changes in Control of Registrant 103
   
Item 5.02  Departure of Directors or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers 104

 

  i  

 

 

Item 5.03  Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year 104
   
Item 5.06  Change in Shell Company Status 104
   
Item 9.01  Financial Statements and Exhibits 104

 

  ii  

 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Upon the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, or the Merger Agreement, NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation became the Parent Company of NeuroOne, Inc., as more fully described below (the “Acquisition”).

 

We were originally incorporated as Original Source Entertainment, Inc. under the laws of the State of Nevada on August 20, 2009. We were originally formed to license songs to the television and movie industry. From our inception and prior to the Acquisition, our operations have been primarily limited to organizational, start-up, and capital formation activities.

 

As previously disclosed, prior to the Closing of the Acquisition, we completed a series of steps contemplated by a Plan of Conversion pursuant to which we, among other things, changed our name to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, increased our authorized number of shares of common stock from 45,000,000 to 100,000,000, increased our authorized number of shares of preferred stock from 5,000,000 to 10,000,000 and reincorporated in Delaware. Upon the closing of the Acquisition, all of the outstanding capital stock, options and warrants to purchase shares of NeuroOne, Inc. were converted into 6,291,994 shares of our common stock, options to purchase 365,716 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, as a result of which NeuroOne, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary. In connection with the Acquisition, we also assumed the outstanding convertible promissory notes of NeuroOne, Inc., and our largest stockholder pre-Acquisition, Mr. Samad, tendered for cancellation 3,500,000 shares of our common stock held by him.

 

As a result of the Acquisition, we acquired the business of NeuroOne, Inc., an early-stage medical technology company developing comprehensive neuromodulation cEEG and sEEG monitoring, ablation, and brain stimulation solutions to diagnose and treat patients with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, dystonia, essential tremors, and other brain related disorders.

 

Unless otherwise indicated in this Current Report on Form 8-K, or this Report, all references herein to “we,” “us,” “our Company,” “our,” “NeuroOne,” the “Company,” or the “Registrant” refers to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation and the business of our subsidiary, NeuroOne, Inc., after giving effect to the Acquisition. Unless otherwise indicated in this Report, all references in this Report to our board of directors refer to our board of directors as reconstituted upon the closing of the Acquisition. Our business following the Acquisition consists solely of that of our subsidiary, NeuroOne, Inc.

 

This Report contains summaries of material terms of various agreements executed in connection with the transactions described herein. The summaries of these agreements are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to these agreements, which are filed as exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

This Report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” but are also contained elsewhere in this Report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “target,” “seek,” “contemplate,” “continue” and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this Report, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

· our plans to develop and commercialize our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology;

 

  3  

 

 

· our plans for and our expectations regarding the pre-clinical testing and clinical trials of our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology that will be required by the FDA or foreign regulatory bodies;
· the timing and availability of data from pre-clinical tests or clinical trials;
· the timing of our planned regulatory filings;
· the timing of and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology;
· our expectations regarding international opportunities for commercializing our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology under development;
· the clinical utility of our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology under development;
· our ability to develop our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology with the benefits we hope to offer as compared to existing technology, or at all;
· our ability to develop future generations of our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology;
· our future development priorities;
· our ability to obtain reimbursement coverage for our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology;
· our expectations about the willingness of healthcare providers to recommend our cortical strip, grid and depth electrode technology to people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors, and other brain related disorders;
· our future commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;
· our ability to comply with applicable regulatory requirements;
· our ability to maintain our intellectual property position;
· our estimates regarding the size of, and future growth in, the market for our technology under development; and
· our estimates regarding our future expenses and needs for additional financing.

 

Forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate, and management's beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this Report for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Report will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all.

 

These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this Report.

 

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

The information contained in Item 2.01 below relating to the various agreements described therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

 

Merger with NeuroOne, Inc.

 

On July 20, 2017, we entered into the Merger Agreement with NeuroOne, Inc. and OSOK Acquisition Company to acquire NeuroOne, Inc. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement were consummated on July 20, 2017 and, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, (i) all outstanding shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc., par value $0.0001 per share, or the NeuroOne Shares, were exchanged for shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, or the Company Shares, based on the Exchange Ratio of 17.0103706 Company Shares for every one NeuroOne Share, (ii) all NeuroOne Options were replaced with Company Options based on the Exchange Ratio, with corresponding adjustments to their respective exercise prices, (iii) all NeuroOne Warrants were replaced with Company Warrants and (iv) we assumed the outstanding convertible promissory notes, or the Notes, of NeuroOne, Inc. We refer herein to the transactions described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), collectively, as the Acquisition. Accordingly, we acquired 100% of NeuroOne, Inc. in exchange for the issuance of shares of our common stock and NeuroOne, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Also at the Closing, Mr. Samad tendered for cancellation 3,500,000 Company Shares held by him as part of the conditions to Closing. The Merger Agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  4  

 

 

Issuance and Exchange of Company Shares for NeuroOne Shares

 

At the Closing, each NeuroOne Share outstanding immediately prior to the Closing was converted into the right to receive 17.0103706 Company Shares, or the Exchange Ratio, with all fractional shares rounded down to the nearest whole share. Accordingly, we issued an aggregate of 6,291,994 Company Shares for all of the then-outstanding NeuroOne Shares.

 

Issuance and Exchange of Company Options and Company Warrants for NeuroOne Options and NeuroOne Warrants

 

At the Closing, we issued Company Options in exchange for NeuroOne Options. The Company Options cover a number of Company Shares equal to the product (rounded down to the next whole number of Company Shares) of the number of NeuroOne Shares underlying each NeuroOne Option immediately prior to the Closing multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, and have an exercise price per Company Share equal to the per share exercise price of such NeuroOne Option immediately prior to the Closing divided by the Exchange Ratio. The Company Options continue to vest and become exercisable on the same vesting schedule. We similarly issued Company Warrants in exchange for NeuroOne Warrants. We reserved 365,716 Company Shares for issuance upon the exercise of Company Options, or the Reserved Shares. For a description of the warrants and information about the number of shares of common stock for which they can be exercised, see “Form 10 Information—Management's Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources”.

 

The NeuroOne Options had been issued pursuant to the NeuroOne, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, we assumed the 2016 Plan upon the Closing.

 

Reincorporation and Name Change

 

Prior to the Acquisition, we completed a series of steps contemplated by a Plan of Conversion pursuant to which we, among other things, changed our name to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, increased our authorized number of shares of common stock from 45,000,000 to 100,000,000, increased our authorized number of shares of preferred stock from 5,000,000 to 10,000,000 and reincorporated in Delaware. Our Certificate of Incorporation is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Change in Directors and Officers of the Company

 

In connection with the Acquisition, Amer Samad, formerly our sole director and officer, appointed the person designated by NeuroOne, Inc. to our board of directors, resigned from all officer positions and resigned as a director, subject to the filing by us of a Schedule 14F-1 providing notice of a change in the majority of our board of directors, or the Schedule 14F-1, and waiting the requisite time pursuant to the rules thereunder. Our newly constituted board of directors immediately appointed the officers designated by NeuroOne, Inc. Identification of our directors and officers, including biographical information for each of them, is included elsewhere in the “Management” section of this Report.

 

  5  

 

 

Aggregate Beneficial Ownership of our Common Stock After the Acquisition

 

Prior to the Closing, the former NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders owned no shares of our common stock and there were no material relationships between the management of NeuroOne, Inc. and our management. After the Closing, and after giving effect to the issuance of the Company Shares and the reservation of the Reserved Shares, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding was 7,864,994 and an additional 365,716 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options. Following the Acquisition, the former holders of securities in NeuroOne, Inc. own approximately 80.0% of our outstanding common stock and the stockholders owning all of our common stock immediately prior to the Closing (other than Amer Samad, whose shares of common stock were cancelled upon the Closing of the Acquisition) own approximately 20.0% of our outstanding common stock.

 

The foregoing description is a summary of the material terms of the Acquisition and the terms of the Merger Agreement are not intended to modify or supplement any factual disclosures about us or NeuroOne, Inc. in any public reports filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. The representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the Merger Agreement were made only for purposes of the Merger Agreement as of the specified dates set forth therein, were solely for the benefit of the parties to the Merger Agreement, and are subject to limitations agreed upon by the parties to the Merger Agreement, including being qualified by disclosure schedules. These disclosure schedules contain information that modifies, qualifies and creates exceptions to the representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement. Moreover, certain representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement have been made for the purposes of allocating risk between the parties to the Merger Agreement instead of establishing matters of fact. Accordingly, the representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement may not constitute the actual state of facts about us or NeuroOne, Inc. The representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement may also be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from the actual state of facts. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties may change after the date of the Merger Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in our public filings with the SEC.

 

FORM 10 INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Corporate Overview of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation

 

We were originally incorporated as Original Source Entertainment, Inc. under the laws of the State of Nevada on August 20, 2009. Prior to the Closing of the Acquisition, we completed a series of steps contemplated by a Plan of Conversion pursuant to which we, among other things, changed our name to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, increased our authorized number of shares of common stock from 45,000,000 to 100,000,000, increased our authorized number of shares of preferred stock from 5,000,000 to 10,000,000 and reincorporated in Delaware. On July 20, 2017, we closed the Acquisition and acquired NeuroOne, Inc. Immediately following the Closing, the business of NeuroOne, Inc. became our sole focus. Unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires, the description of our business set forth below is provided on a combined basis, taking into account our wholly-owned subsidiary, NeuroOne, Inc.

 

Corporate Overview and History of NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on October 7, 2016. Its predecessor entity, NeuroOne LLC, or the LLC, was formed on December 13, 2013 and operated as a limited liability company until it was merged with and into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 with NeuroOne, Inc. as the surviving entity (the “Merger”). As a result of the Merger, all of the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the LLC vested in NeuroOne, Inc., and all debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC became the debts, liabilities and duties of NeuroOne, Inc., except for the WARF License, which was not legally transferred until May 2017. The purpose of the Merger was to change the jurisdiction of incorporation from Minnesota to Delaware, change of ownership of the LLC’s underlying assets and to convert from a limited liability company to a corporation.

 

We are headquartered in Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

 

  6  

 

 

We are a medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of thin film electrode technology for cEEG and sEEG recording, brain stimulation and ablation solutions for patients suffering from Epilepsy, Parkinson’s Disease, Dystonia, Essential Tremors and other related brain related disorders. Members of our management team have held senior leadership positions at a number of medical technology and biopharmaceutical companies, including Boston Scientific, St. Jude Medical, Stryker Instruments, C.R. Bard, A-Med Systems, Sunshine Heart, Empi, Don-Joy and PMT Corporation.

 

We are developing our cortical and sheet and depth electrode technology to provide solutions for diagnosis through continuous electroencephalogram (cEEG) recording and stereoelectroencephalography (sEEG) recording and treatment through brain stimulation and ablation, all in one product. A cEEG is a continuous recording of the electrical activity of the brain that identifies the location of irregular brain activity, which information is required for proper treatment. cEEG recording involves an invasive surgical procedure, referred to as a craniotomy. sEEG involves a less invasive procedure whereby doctors place electrodes in targeted brain areas through drilling small holes through the skull. Both methods of seizure diagnosis are used to identify areas of the brain where epileptic seizures originate in order to precisely locate the seizure source for therapeutic treatment if possible.

 

Deep brain stimulation, or DBS, therapies involve activating or inhibiting the brain with electricity that can be given directly by electrodes on the surface or implanted deeper in the brain via depth electrodes. Introduced in 1987, this procedure involves implanting a power source referred to as a neurostimulator, which sends electrical impulses through implanted depth electrodes, to specific targets in the brain for the treatment of disorders such as Parkinson's disease, essential tremor, dystonia, and chronic pain. Alzheimer’s is another indication evaluating the effects of DBS. Unlike ablative technologies, the effects of DBS are reversible.

 

RF ablation is a procedure that uses radiofrequency under the electrode contacts that is directed to the site of the brain tissue that is targeted for removal. The process involves delivering energy to the contacts, thereby heating them and destroying the brain tissue. The ablation does not remove the tissue. Rather, it is left in place and typically scar tissue forms in the place where the ablation occurs. This procedure is also known as brain lesioning as it causes irreversible lesions.

 

Our cortical sheet electrode and depth electrode technology has been tested over the years at both Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation, or WARF, the owners of our licensed patents, and Mayo Clinic located in Rochester Minnesota, in both pre-clinical models as well as through an IRB approval at Mayo Clinic for clinical research. These pre-clinical tests have demonstrated that the technology is capable of recording, ablation and acute stimulation, although our technology remains in product development for all of the therapeutic modalities. In addition, a great deal of bench top, pre-clinical and clinical testing remains for all therapeutic modalities as well as for the diagnostic technologies for our technology. Once the research and development has been completed, these devices will have to undergo both acute and long term testing to ensure the product’s long term viability. Bench top, electrical, sterility, aging and biocompability testing are some of the tests that will have to be conducted. After that, we expect that we will have to conduct a clinical trial for long term stimulation to achieve regulatory approval in any jurisdiction. The size and endpoints of these trials will require additional dialogue with U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory bodies in any foreign jurisdiction in which we seek to commercialize our technology.

 

Our Market Opportunity

 

Epilepsy Market

 

We expect to initially target the diagnosis and treatment of epilepsy. Epilepsy can be caused by a variety of conditions that affect a person’s brain, some of which are: stroke, brain tumor, traumatic brain injury and central nervous system infections. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, and Citizens United for Research in Epilepsy, or CURE, there are approximately 3 million patients annually suffering with epilepsy in the U.S., with an additional 200,000 diagnosed every year. They also estimate that epilepsy costs the United States $15.5 billion per year. We believe the European market is similar. Approximately 720,000 of these patients are not receptive to pharmaceutical treatment and therefore are appropriate for surgical treatment of this disorder. In addition to poor quality of life, epilepsy also is associated with fairly high mortality rates, especially in children. CURE reported that Sudden Unexpected Death in Epilepsy, or SUDEP, accounts for 34% of all deaths in children. Such deaths have increased by close to 100% from 2005 to 2015 according to the CDC. Despite the large market opportunity, it is estimated that there are only 16,000 craniotomies performed for epilepsy cases each year in the United States with 18,000 performed in Europe. 1 These numbers represent an underpenetrated market due to the invasiveness of a full craniotomy required just to perform the diagnostic procedure. After the diagnostic procedure, a second therapeutic procedure is required and at times even a third surgery if the seizures persist. We believe patients are unwilling to proceed due to the long diagnostic times (1-4 weeks in the hospital with a craniotomy), infection rates and 50% rate of success in the diagnosis and treatment of the disorder. As detailed above, after the diagnosis is completed, if successful, the patient must undergo an additional procedure to have the affected area of brain tissue removed. The average cost for the diagnostic technology per procedure is $10,000, with ablation devices costing $15,000 and brain stimulation devices costing $25,000 to $30,000. We believe our technology, once developed, will offer an all in one solution with diagnostic and therapeutic capabilities.

 

 

 

1 American Association of Neurological Surgeons (AANS) National Neurosurgical Procedural Statistics 2012.

 

  7  

 

 

We believe that many leading neurologists believe that the limits of today’s current technologies are the reason the exact affected area of the brain causing epileptic seizures is not determinable. We expect our technology under development, which has been developed to date by physicians at WARF and Mayo Clinic, will provide a number of significant advantages over the current technologies, including the following:

· Our proprietary thin film technology under development has a smaller footprint with many more electrodes.
· We expect our technology eventually will be able to be implanted using a minimally invasive procedure utilizing a dime sized burr hole versus a full craniotomy required to implant the current technology. Our physician advisors are providing critical support in this endeavor.
· Limited clinical testing to date by Mayo Clinic suggests that our proprietary thin film technology under development can detect single neuron brain activity. This could allow for more rapid detection of irregular brain activity versus an average of two and a half weeks with the currently available technology, during which time the patient remains hospitalized. In limited clinical testing, Doctors at Mayo Clinic have documented pre-seizure activity (micro-seizures) during their clinical research with their patients using this technology.
· We expect our technology can ablate through the electrodes as well as perform brain stimulation, allowing for diagnosis and treatment through the same product and in the same procedure.

 

Parkinson’s Disease

 

The Parkinson’s Disease Foundation estimates that as many as one million patients live with Parkinson’s disease with an additional 60,000 patients diagnosed per year. Over 10,000,000 patients worldwide are living with Parkinson’s disease. There have not been any drugs introduced that have been effective at treating Parkinson’s disease. The average onset is over 60 years old but some people have been diagnosed as young as 40 years old. Parkinson’s is a disorder of the central nervous system caused by loss of brain cells throughout various regions of the brain. It is attributed to the loss of dopamine production in the brain, a messenger in the brain that allows for movement and coordination. There are no objective tests to diagnose Parkinson’s disease, and misdiagnosis rates are still very high. Doctors look to find two or more signs to make a diagnosis, including balance problems, rigidity and tremors that occur during rest. In 2011, the FDA approved the first imaging device called a DaTscan that can capture images of the dopamine system in the brain. By itself, these scans cannot diagnose Parkinson’s but can help confirm a doctor’s diagnosis. Parkinson’s disease is typically not fatal; however, complications caused by the symptoms of Parkinson’s, such as difficulty swallowing causing food to travel to the lungs resulting in pulmonary issues or falls related to loss of balance, can be fatal.

 

  8  

 

 

Today’s primary treatment for Parkinson’s disease involves medications that have not proven to resolve symptoms but rather ease symptoms. Years ago, surgical procedures such as thalamotomy and pallidotomy targeted certain parts of the brain and involved destroying the tissue. More recently, these procedures have been replaced with DBS. A doctor evaluates the patient by reviewing the patient’s symptoms and medications taken and administering detailed memory, thinking and imaging tests to determine if they are appropriate for DBS. According to the Michael J. Fox Parkinson’s Disease Research Foundation website, patients that seem to do best with DBS are those that have had the disease for at least four years and have benefited from taking medications prescribed to control the disease. In addition, DBS seems to help with reducing the issues with motor functions such as tremors, stiffness and slowness but not for balance issues. Doctors are evaluating treatment to other parts of the brain in an effort to address more symptoms to treat walking or balance issues. In addition, research is being conducted to provide stimulation when the symptoms return as opposed to all of the time. We expect our technology under development will improve doctors’ ability to diagnose and treat Parkinson’s assuming our technology has the ability to detect single neuron activity. According to Mayo Clinic, detecting brain activity down to a sub-millimeter scale and detecting “microseizure activity” may allow for detection and thus prevention of a seizure before it occurs.

 

Essential Tremors

 

Essential tremors are thought to be due to electrical irregularities in the brain that send abnormal signals to the muscles. It is a progressive condition that worsens over time and is linked to genetic disorders that typically appear over 40 years old. Essential tremors usually occur alone and without any other neurological symptoms or signs. The tremors usually occur when the hands are raised and primarily affect the hands. Muscles in the trunk, face and neck may also experience symptoms. Sometimes misdiagnosed as Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors are an involuntary rhythmic shaking of the hands that is not present at rest. It is apparent during activities such as drinking, writing and eating. Symptoms can worsen due to stress, anxiety, smoking, caffeine, fatigue, etc. Genetics Home Reference estimates that as many as ten million people in the United States are affected by the disease. Treatments for the disease include medical therapy, weighting the limbs and DBS. Patients need to eliminate any medications they are taking that cause tremors as this can exacerbate the symptoms. For some patients, using wrist weights may ease symptoms allowing the patient to function. Other patients may also use relaxation techniques as stress can increase symptoms. Medical therapy is also used to treat patient’s symptoms. Primidone is typically the first drug prescribed as it has had success in some situations for epilepsy. Botox is also used at times to control head tremors. When these fail, surgery is the next alternative. A surgical procedure used years ago created lesions in the ventral intermediate thalamus and was highly successful with treating essential tremors but is no longer commonly used due to increased risk of developing speech problems. The latest therapy is DBS, which, unlike other therapies, is reversible and programmable, helping to adjust the settings to maximize patient benefit. Similar to Parkinson’s disease, the ability to detect this irregular brain activity before it causes a tremor is highly desirable. We expect our technology will detect brain activity to a single neuron, which we believe would be highly desirable by both physicians diagnosing and treating patients with essential tremors.

 

Dystonia

 

Dystonia is a neurological condition recognized as a motion disorder that involves over activity of a variety of different muscles simultaneously that work against each other. It presents itself in a variety of symptoms but typically involves repetitive, patterned and often twisting involuntary muscle contractions resembling tremors. According to the Dystonia Medical Research Foundation, over 300,000 people are affected in the United States and Canada alone. Dystonia is the third most common problem seen in movement disorder clinics. Because it has many different manifestations, it is often misdiagnosed. In addition, similar to Parkinson’s Disease, there are no specific tests that can positively diagnose dystonia. A doctor typically will evaluate patient and family history, potentially do genetic testing, EEG testing, blood and urine tests. There are also many treatment options for patients but depend on the type of dystonia. Botox and certain medications may be helpful or DBS may be used. As was described in previous sections, if our technology under development is able to detect single neuron activity as we expect it will be, our technology could be helpful in preventing or even minimizing these involuntary muscle contractions.

 

Limitations of Currently Available Therapies

 

There are a limited number of currently available products for diagnosis and treatment for people with neurological disorders such as epilepsy. Although the currently available systems provide diagnosis and treatment for patients, they have certain inherent limitations and shortcomings that we believe limit their use and validate the need for improved technology in the market. These limitations include:

 

· Lengthy diagnostic times: Patients spend one to four weeks in the hospital waiting to have seizures that will allow doctors to determine where the seizures are occurring.

 

  9  

 

 

· Inability of diagnostic technologies to identify seizure location or micro seizures: Current technology does not have the ability to detect brain activity down to a single neuron, or what has been referred to as micro seizure activity. In addition, the spacing requirements between electrodes increase the potential for missing data that may be critical in the removal of brain tissue causing the irregular activity. Micro seizure activity could be a major predictor of where a future seizure will occur.

 

· Need to perform a full craniotomy (invasiveness): Currently available cortical electrode technology is placed through a craniotomy, which requires removing the top part of the cranium and is a very painful and invasive procedure. Procedural times for a craniotomy range from a minimum of 4 to 8 hours. A variety of complications can occur when a full craniotomy is performed, including but not limited to: stroke, bleeding, infection, seizures, swelling of the brain (which may require a second craniotomy), nerve damage, which may cause muscle paralysis or weakness, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leak, which may require repair, loss of mental functions and permanent brain damage with associated disabilities. The invasiveness, procedural times and possible surgical complications have limited the growth of surgical treatment of epilepsy.

 

· Multiple technologies required for diagnosis and treatment: Currently, a patient undergoes a craniotomy for implantation of diagnostic film technologies. The patient then waits in the hospital for one to four weeks waiting to have seizures that will allow doctors to pinpoint where the seizures are occurring in the brain. After this is complete, a patient has to undergo another lengthy procedure to have the brain tissue removed or undergo permanent implantation of depth electrodes for chronic stimulation. There is a need for an all in one technology that can potentially allow for diagnosis and treatment concurrently and potentially offer real time treatment without the need for surgery.

 

Our Solution

 

As a result of the inherent limitations and inconvenience of existing systems, we believe that there is a significant unmet need among people with neurological disorders for cortical strip, grid and depth electrodes that provide diagnostic capabilities through cEEG and sEEG recording in addition to therapeutic modalities, such as brain stimulation and ablation, offered as an all in one product. In comparison to currently available technologies, we are currently developing our strip, grid and depth electrodes with the goal of providing the following expected advantages:

 

· Reduced time for diagnosis: If we are successful in identifying brain activity more quickly, in offering a minimally invasive procedure and developing an all in one solution, we expect our technology will reduce overall procedural times. While our pre-clinical and clinical experience to date is very limited, our cortical grid technology under development has, in some cases, demonstrated the ability to provide hi fidelity recordings that have allowed physicians to identify the affected brain tissue causing seizures in hours versus weeks. This represents the potential for meaningful cost savings for hospitals and patients and improved quality of life for patients.

 

· Improved accuracy of diagnostic technologies: Because we believe our thin film technology will be capable of recording at higher fidelity than current technologies, we believe our technology may be able to more precisely determine the brain tissue causing seizures. In the limited clinical tests performed by Mayo Clinic with five patients to date, our technology under development has identified what clinicians refer to as pre-seizure activity (made possible by the ability to detect brain activity down to a single neuron and populations of neurons). We believe our technology under development may be able to improve outcomes compared to using other therapeutic technologies regardless of whether we are able to offer an all in one diagnostic and therapeutic solution.

 

  10  

 

 

· Possibility to implant via minimally invasive procedure with fewer post-procedure complications: We are currently developing an approach to deliver the cortical electrodes, including minimizing the invasiveness of the procedure. We expect that patients who have qualified for this therapy will be more accepting of a minimally-invasive procedure. Such a procedure would potentially reduce the patient’s pain, bleeding and other adverse events associated with a full craniotomy. Our technology is expected to also have fewer wires exiting the patient’s head, which can also reduce the potential for infections. Furthermore, the material we currently use in our cortical electrodes has shown in pre-clinical evaluations to cause less inflammation than current electrode substrates as it appears more compatible with brain tissue. As discussed under “Strategy” below, our technology under development, if approved, will be implanted via a full craniotomy until such time, if ever, as we are able to develop our minimally invasive procedure.

 

· All-in-one diagnostic and therapeutic technology solution: Due to the expected high fidelity recording capabilities of our technology under development, we have received feedback from physicians that they will attempt to perform the diagnosis and treatment in a single procedure, thereby eliminating the need for a second surgical procedure, reducing the likelihood of patient infection and minimizing the diagnostic, procedural and hospital costs. As discussed in under “Strategy” below, our initial product offering will offer diagnostic-only capabilities while we advance the development of our all in one approach.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our goal is to be the global leader in cEEG and sEEG recording, deep brain stimulation and ablation, owning the procedure from diagnosis through treatment. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

· Introduce cortical strip and grid electrodes for the diagnosis of epilepsy in U.S. – In the first quarter of 2018, we intend to complete the development, testing and 510(k) device submission to the FDA for our cortical and strip electrodes for temporary (less than 30 day) use with recording, monitoring, and acute stimulation equipment for the recording, monitoring and stimulation of electrical signals on the surface of the brain. Our initial product offering will be placed through traditional surgical means involving a craniotomy until such time, if any, that we launch our minimally invasive procedure. We believe, due to physician feedback, that our technology under development would represent a major improvement over existing devices for the diagnosis of epilepsy. We are initially targeting epilepsy as we believe this is a clinical area of great need and a market that is underpenetrated with the fastest path to commercialization. We believe the largest and quickest-to-market geography for our cortical strip and grid technology under development is in the United States for a number of reasons, including the following: (i) many industry sources believe there is a large underserved U.S. market, (ii) healthy procedural reimbursement for centers and physicians, (ii) robust average selling prices, (iii) physician enthusiasm for our technology under development and (iv) that we may seek additional intellectual property protection and will be required to seek additional regulatory approvals to commercialize outside the U.S. We expect to hire direct experienced sales representatives to market our technology, if approved, in the U.S.

 

· Evaluate international opportunities and initiate approval processes in targeted geographies – We are currently considering international opportunities to market our technology under development. We believe there is a market for our technology in Europe, but we are evaluating epilepsy surgery rates, reimbursement and growth opportunities, the regulatory pathway and intellectual property rights in each jurisdiction. Once we have compiled all this data, we will determine whether to seek to commercialize in any foreign jurisdictions, for which we would seek additional intellectual property protection and be required to obtain additional regulatory approvals.

 

· Launch depth electrodes for sEEG recording – Given the reluctance of patients to undergo epilepsy surgery due to its invasiveness, a number of epilepsy centers have adopted the use of depth electrodes, which are placed by drilling small holes into the patient’s cranium, thereby avoiding a craniotomy. We believe our technology will offer advantages to current depth electrode technology and will enable us to offer a therapeutic solution using this technology in the future. As we develop our technology, we plan to release further information about the expected advantages of our technology over currently available therapies.

 

  11  

 

 

· Introduce minimally invasive delivery system for cortical electrodes – Cortical electrodes generally require a craniotomy, which is a very invasive procedure that can cause patient complications. Because of this, many patients have opted to not have epilepsy surgery, instead accepting the consequences and risks associated with epilepsy. We intend to develop a procedure that may include a delivery system placed through a small circular incision in the skull for implantation of the cortical grid and strip electrodes. We believe this will increase patient willingness to accept the surgery and increase market penetration. Until we are able to develop this procedure, if at all, our initial product offering will be placed through traditional surgical means involving a craniotomy and may be less likely to be adopted by physicians and patients due to unwillingness of patients to undergo epilepsy surgery.

 

· Utilize these core technologies to develop all in one diagnostic and therapeutic solutions – Patients currently undergo one surgical procedure for diagnosis (either to have a cortical electrode placed via a craniotomy or depth electrodes placed via holes drilled into the skull) and, hopefully after the brain recordings successfully indicate where the affected brain tissue is located, a second procedure or surgery is then required to treat the patient. There is strong physician interest in being able to perform both the diagnostic and therapeutic procedure concurrently. We are developing our technology with the goal of being able to offer this benefit although there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so. We are pursuing cortical grid, strip and depth electrode technology that can record brain activity (diagnose), ablate brain tissue and also provide both acute and long term stimulation. The technology has demonstrated these functions in acute and short term animal models; however, additional development is required to offer a device that has long term therapeutic application. These therapeutic technologies are expected to require more robust regulatory approvals for the United States, ranging from a 510(k) with human clinical data to pre-market approvals (PMAs). We will engage the FDA at the proper time to determine the most efficient clinical path.

 

· Gain approval for other brain or motor related disorders such as Parkinson’s with the therapeutic technologies developed for epilepsy – While we are developing our technology for the diagnosis and treatment of epilepsy, we believe that our technology has strong application and utilization for other brain or motor related disorders such as Parkinson’s disease, dystonia, essential tremors and facial pain as these diseases are currently treated with DBS if medications are not effective. As previously mentioned, we are planning to offer electrodes that can be implanted for long term stimulation applications, but such use will require that we pursue additional approvals from the FDA and any international regulatory bodies where we seek to commercialize our technology.

 

· Explore partnerships with other companies that leverage our core technology – Given that our technology enables, complements and/or competes with a number of companies that are in the market or attempting to enter the market with diagnostic or therapeutic technologies to treat brain related disorders, we believe there may be opportunities to establish mutually beneficial relationships. In addition, our technology may have application in cardiovascular, orthopedic and pain related indications that could benefit from a hi-fidelity thin film electrode product that can provide stimulation and/or ablation therapies.

 

Our Technology

 

Epilepsy Mapping and Monitoring

 

Epileptic seizures occur when the neurons in the brain miscommunicate. This miscommunication typically results in involuntary muscle seizure activities and/or periods of perceptual disconnect where the individual appears frozen. Modern medical science has advanced the treatment of epileptic seizures by mapping the electrical communication activity of neurons and understanding their special orientation in the brain. This mapping is accomplished by access to the cranium (through a craniotomy) and placing conductive contacts on the brain directly. The craniotomy procedure is very invasive, traumatic to the surrounding tissue, results in high patient down time, and increases the risk of infection.

 

  12  

 

 

Our Technology

 

We seek to leverage scale-able technology and produce ultra-thin electrodes that allow for higher density contacts thus increasing the mapping resolution and signal acquisition. We also believe that the electrodes’ unique thinness and flexibility will afford a non-invasive approach to electrode placement to replace a craniotomy with placement and removal utilizing access via a small burr hole in the skull.

 

 

Our technology consists of three primary types of cortical electrodes: grid electrodes, strip electrodes and dual-sided electrodes. These electrodes have a patented design that utilizes proprietary processing and materials technology, which we believe will allow the electrodes to have improved features over the current industry standard recording electrodes.

 

What sets our technology apart from others is the integration of state of the art design leveraging the latest in flexible printed circuit technology. We believe our patented designs will provide the surgeon a higher tactile perspective on electrode placement allowing for ultra-precise neuron recording. We expect the benefits of our electrode designs to include the ability to detect better defined margins between healthy tissue and resect-able tissue, less immune-response from the brain and surrounding tissue, better signal acquisition due to superior conformability of the electrode over the brain, improved flexibility that physicians have been requested, which we expect will enable a minimally invasive approach and the electrodes unique thinness that is unmatched by current products being used.

 

The Future of Epilepsy Mapping with NeuroOne

 

We seek to develop superior “scale-able” technology for future product system iterations in higher density contact placement. This will open the doors to other brain related disease recording procedures by providing hi-fidelity, more accurate diagnostic capabilities and also the ability to provide an all in one therapy capable of diagnosis, ablation and/or stimulation. Beyond the brain, we believe our technology under development has applications in other neurological signal recording disease states related to voluntary or involuntary motor neuron abnormalities, understanding sensory neuro behavior (pain), limb prosthetics and degenerative muscle disease.

 

Clinical Development and Regulatory Pathway

 

Clinical Experience, Future Development and Clinical Trial Plans

 

Our technology under development has not been approved for commercialization by any U.S. or foreign regulatory body, and, prior to receiving such approval, our technology will need to undergo extensive pre-clinical testing and clinical trials. As disclosed in more detail below, our technology has been tested in very limited trials to date, and we have very limited clinical data to support our expectations regarding the performance of our technology, its safety, efficacy and anticipated benefits compared to currently available technology.

 

  13  

 

 

In parallel with the development and testing needed to launch our cortical strip and grid electrodes, we intend to expand our product offerings to include less invasive means and all in one solutions, thus providing both patients and physicians better options to treat epilepsy and other brain related disorders. While we expect to make modifications to this initial system, we believe that most of our future product development initiatives will involve unique and transformational next generation technology that should drive further appeal of our products with both physicians and patients.

 

We are utilizing a number of resources to develop these technologies. We license three critical patents from WARF that are the foundation of the technology we are developing and intend to commercialize and benefit from the thin film technology know-how of Mayo Clinic doctors through our license and development agreement. WARF and Mayo Clinic have been responsible for all pre-clinical studies of our technology under development to date. See “—WARF License” and “—The Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research License and Development Agreement” below.

 

Below we have summarized, for each component of our technology under development, the current stage of development, the pre-clinical testing done to date by WARF or Mayo Clinic on such component, if any, our plans for further testing or clinical trials and our expectations regarding the requirements for regulatory approval and timing of regulatory submissions:

 

Technology    

Stage of Development

and Pre-Clinical

Testing to Date

  Expected Requirements for Regulatory Approval

Cortical strip and grid electrodes for the diagnosis of epilepsy

 

 

   

Design freeze complete

 

Pre-clinical testing has been conducted on the versions used for clinical research by The Mayo Clinic and WARF (described below)

 

In vitro bench top and pre-clinical (bio compatibility and sterilization) testing expected to be required prior to human use and scheduled to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2017

 

There may be continued clinical evaluation of the technology under a pre-existing IRB research protocol approved by Mayo’s institutional review board, which will provide us with additional clinical evidence that may assist with product acceptance and launch

 

Planned U.S. commercial launch in early 2018 upon FDA clearance, if received

Depth electrodes for diagnostic purposes    

In development

 

Have not been tested in clinical or pre-clinical studies to date, although made of the same material and electrical contacts as our cortical grid and strip electrodes

 

In vitro bench top, biocompatibility and sterilization tests expected to be required

 

Design testing to be determined in the second half of 2017 and expected to be complete in the fourth quarter of 2017

 

Expect to file for FDA 510(k) clearance in the second quarter of 2018

Minimally invasive cortical electrode delivery system    

In development

 

No clinical testing to date

 

Future clinical testing requirements for regulatory clearance currently unknown

 

Currently researching predicate devices and procedures to support position to file with the FDA as a 510(k) submission and to determine required testing

 

  14  

 

 

Technology    

Stage of Development

and Pre-Clinical

Testing to Date

  Expected Requirements for Regulatory Approval
Cortical and depth electrode ablation devices    

In development

 

No clinical testing to date

 

 

Future clinical testing requirements for regulatory clearance/approval currently unknown

 

Expect to perform clinical study in 2019 and then submit such clinical study to the FDA

 

No FDA feedback has been sought or received by us to date on the clinical process that may be required for an ablation indication, but we expect regulatory clearance/approval will require a more robust clinical process, which could range from 510(k) clearance with human clinical data to a PMA, depending on proposed indications for use

 

In-vitro bench top, pre-clinical and safety (animal) studies and FDA-approved human clinical studies will most likely be required

Cortical and depth electrode chronic stimulation devices    

In development

 

No clinical testing to date

 

 

Future clinical testing requirements for regulatory clearance/approval currently unknown

 

Expect to conduct clinical testing in 2019

 

No FDA feedback has been sought or received by us to date on the clinical process that will be required for chronic stimulation, but we expect regulatory clearance/approval for chronic stimulation may require a more robust clinical process, which could range from 510(k) clearance with human clinical data to a PMA

 

In-vitro bench-top, pre-clinical and safety (animal) studies and FDA-approved human clinical studies will most likely be required

 

Our cortical technology for the diagnosis of epilepsy has been tested by doctors at Mayo Clinic in multiple pre-clinical tests conducted from 2012 to 2017. In pre-clinical models, doctors examined the biological impact on mammalian brains. Polyimide substrate electrodes (NeuroOne technology) were implanted on the pig’s brain for one week alongside standard competitive electrodes. The tissue underneath the two types of electrodes was removed, fixed, stained, and examined for immunological responses. Electrophysiological (brain neuron activity) properties were examined by recordings in pigs and from tissue to be removed in five patients undergoing surgery. Doctors examined the changes in local field potential activity of the brain with thin film electrodes (NeuroOne technology) and then compared to competitive electrodes. Intra-operative brain activity recordings were obtained and evaluated in a pig seizure model and in five human subjects undergoing surgery for drug resistant epilepsy.

 

The results of a histological (evaluation of brain tissue under a microscope) analysis showed reduced immunological reaction to prolonged polyimide substrate implants (NeuroOne technology) compared to standard silicone substrate competitive clinical electrodes. Electrophysiological recordings showed data obtained from polyimide electrodes showed feasibility of high fidelity multi-scale electrophysiology while also displaying easier deployment of polyimide electrodes (NeuroOne technology) through burr holes utilizing a minimally invasive approach.

 

Conclusions reached by the physicians at Mayo Clinic are that thin, flexible polyimide electrodes (NeuroOne technology) provide recordings similar to standard clinical electrodes with markedly reduced immunological response. In addition, the flexibility and reduced volume of polyimide electrodes should reduce pain and swelling associated with implantation of the device, and the single wire exiting the skull should reduce infection risk. Combined, these properties suggest that the replacement of current competitive silicone electrodes with polyimide substrate electrodes (NeuroOne technology) for recording brain activity for epilepsy could provide enhanced clinical value with reduced cost, reduced infection risk, and improved patient comfort.

 

  15  

 

 

In addition, our cortical implant technology has been tested by researchers at the University of Wisconsin-Madison in multiple pre-clinical studies conducted from 2006 to 2016. These studies, illustrated in a variety of pre-clinical animal models that included mice, rats and primates, have shown that thin film cortical implant technology can reliably record brain activity from different areas of the brain, can be implanted successfully in a minimally invasive fashion, can be safely implanted over long-time periods of up to five years, can electrically provide brain stimulation and tissue ablation, and has increased flexibility versus existing commercially available technology that allows the grids to conform to the brain surface.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Based on the size and maturity of the U.S. market, our initial commercial focus, if our technology is approved for commercialization for the diagnosis of epilepsy in the U.S., will be to invest in developing a direct sales force and infrastructure to support the launch of the product in the United States and target what we estimate to be approximately 188 Level 4 epilepsy centers along with their respective epilepsy teams comprised of neurologists, neurosurgeons and technicians in the United States who are clinically active.

 

In parallel, we are evaluating the opportunity to commercialize our products in select European markets, which we would do through third-party distributors or country independent agents. We believe there is a market for our technology in Europe, but we are evaluating epilepsy surgery rates, reimbursement and growth opportunities, the regulatory pathway and intellectual property rights in each jurisdiction. If we plan to commercialize in foreign jurisdictions, we plan to initially target markets that have active epilepsy programs with adequate reimbursement for the procedures. Simultaneously, we have engaged European consultants to identify the requirements to gain acceptance in the European Union.

 

In addition, if our technology is approved for commercialization for the diagnosis of epilepsy in the U.S., we will look to educate neurologists, neurosurgeons and primary care physicians on the advantages to existing epilepsy approaches through a variety of targeted marketing tools and social media.

 

Reimbursement

 

Coverage in the United States

 

Reimbursement from private third-party healthcare payors and, to a lesser extent, Medicare will be an important element of our success. Although the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid, or CMS, and third-party payors have adopted coverage policies for our targeted indications, there is no guarantee this will continue at the same levels or at all in the future. Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, is a medical code set that is used to report medical, surgical, and diagnostic procedures and services to entities such as physicians, health insurance companies and accreditation organizations.

 

Applicable diagnostic CPT codes for mapping (diagnosing) the brain for diagnostic procedures are as follows:

 

· 61531 Subdural implantation of strip electrodes through one or more burr or trephine (saw) hole(s) for long-term seizure monitoring

 

· 61533 Craniotomy with elevation of bone flap: for subdural implantation of an electrode array, for long term seizure monitoring

 

· 61535 Craniotomy with elevation of bone flap; for removal of epidural or subdural electrode array, without excision of cerebral tissue (separate procedure)

 

· 61760 Stereotactic implantation of depth electrodes into the cerebrum for long term seizure monitoring

 

  16  

 

 

Regarding ICD-10 codes, the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Edition (ICD-10) is a clinical cataloging system that went into effect for the U.S. healthcare industry on Oct. 1, 2015, after a series of lengthy delays. Accounting for modern advances in clinical treatment and medical devices, ICD-10 codes offer many more classification options compared to those found in its predecessor, ICD-9. Within the healthcare industry, providers, coders, IT professionals, insurance carriers, government agencies and others use ICD codes to properly note diseases on health records, to track epidemiological trends and to assist in medical reimbursement decisions.

 

ICD-10 codes for epilepsy are as follows:

 

· G40.0 Localization-related (focal) (partial) idiopathic epilepsy and epileptic syndromes with seizures of localized onset

 

· G40.1 Localization-related (focal) (partial) symptomatic epilepsy and epileptic syndromes with simple partial seizures

 

· G40.2 Localization-related (focal) (partial) symptomatic epilepsy and epileptic syndromes with complex partial seizures

 

· G40.3 Generalized idiopathic epilepsy and epileptic syndromes

 

· G40.A Absence epileptic syndrome

 

· G40.4 Other generalized epilepsy and epileptic syndromes

 

· G40.50 Epileptic seizures related to external causes, not intractable

 

· G40.80 Other epilepsy

 

· G40.82 Epileptic spasms

 

We believe that many of the indications we are pursuing with our technologies are currently reimbursed on a widespread basis by Medicare, Medicaid and private insurance companies.

 

Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new medical devices, and, as a result, their coverage policies may be restrictive, or they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. In order to obtain reimbursement arrangements, we may have to agree to a net sales price lower than the net sales price we might charge in other sales channels. Our revenue may be limited by the continuing efforts of government and third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare through various increasingly sophisticated means, such as requiring prospective reimbursement and second opinions, purchasing in groups, or redesigning benefits. Our future dependence on the commercial success of our technologies makes us particularly susceptible to any cost containment or reduction efforts. Accordingly, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products and the related insertion and removal procedures, our financial performance may be limited.

 

Coverage Outside the United States

 

If we seek to commercialize in countries outside the United States, coverage for epilepsy surgical procedures are available from certain governmental authorities, private health insurance plans, and labor unions. Coverage systems in international markets vary significantly by country and, within some countries, by region. If we seek to commercialize our technology, if approved, outside the U.S., coverage approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country, region-by-region or, in some instances, a case-by case basis. Based on our ongoing evaluation, certain countries reimburse more highly than others.

 

  17  

 

 

Manufacturing, Supply and Quality Assurance

 

We currently outsource the supply and manufacture of all components of our prototypes of our technology under development. We plan to continue with an outsourced manufacturing arrangement for the foreseeable future. Our third-party manufacturers are recognized in their field for their competency to manufacture the respective portions of our system and have quality systems established that meet FDA requirements. We believe the manufacturers we currently utilize have sufficient capacity to meet our launch requirements if our technology under development is approved in the future and are able to scale up their capacity relatively quickly with minimal capital investment. We believe that, as we increase our demand in the future, our per unit costs will decrease materially. We have also identified capable second source manufacturers and suppliers in the event of disruption from any of our primary vendors.

 

Our suppliers meet the latest ISO 13485 certification, which includes design control requirements. As a medical device developer, the facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. We believe that our quality systems and those of our suppliers are robust and achieve high product quality. We plan to audit our suppliers periodically to ensure conformity with the specifications, policies and procedures for our devices.

 

Research and Development

 

Our research and development team includes 10 employees and consultants who specialize in thin film technology, many of whom have considerable experience in brain related neurovascular technologies and related conditions. Our research and development team is focused on the development of thin film cortical grid and strip electrodes and depth electrodes for recording, ablation and chronic stimulation for brain related disorders. Our research and development expenses were $0 and $2,400 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $72,041 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Competition

 

In the market for Epilepsy diagnosis, our cortical strip, sheet and depth electrode technology will likely compete with Integra Life Science’s Integra Epilepsy Strip, Grid and depth electrodes, which provide a similar function to our diagnostic technologies under development. These products are well established in the marketplace and Integra has greater resources than us, which could allow them to innovate faster. Ad-Tech Medical Instrument Corporation’s Epilepsy/LTM (subdural grid, strip and depth) electrodes, which have become the market leaders for diagnostic mapping in epilepsy, and PMT Corporation’s Cortac Strips and grid electrodes and Depthalon depth electrodes are used for recording brain activity similar to other competitive technologies. These technologies are very different from our thin film strip technology under development, which, if developed as expected and approved, would represent next generation recording technology that can be placed minimally invasively, allow for smaller footprints with increased number of electrodes, different shaped electrodes and much higher fidelity that may be able to detect microseizure activity, which would be helpful in improving clinical rates of eliminating seizure activity in patients. Today’s success rates for seizure free post-operative conditions remain at 50%, which has limited patient’s acceptance to undergo the currently highly invasive surgical procedure. We will also compete against other companies in early stages of development of thin film technologies.

 

In the neuro-ablation market, we expect to compete with Medtronic’s Visualase® guided-laser ablation technology and Monteris Medical’s NeuroBlate technology, which use MRI guided laser surgical ablation for use to ablate, necrotize or coagulate soft tissue through interstitial irradiation or thermal therapy in medicine and surgery in the discipline of neurosurgery with 1064 nm lasers. Their website claims it is used for ablation in the brain for soft tissue and tumors. We believe there are other laser based systems in development that will compete with these technologies.

 

In the neurostimulation market, we expect to compete with NeuroPace’s RNS system approved for epilepsy, Medtronic’s Activa system approved for Parkinson’s disease, Boston Scientific Vercise (indicated for Parkinson’s, Dystonia and Essential Tremors), Abbott/St. Jude Medical’s Infinity DBS system (approved for Parkinson’s disease and essential tremors), Liva Nova/Cyberonic’s VNS therapy intended for patient’s suffering with epilepsy. We believe there are additional companies pursuing this high growth space although none are expected to be commercially available in 2017 based on current reports.

 

  18  

 

 

Although we will face potential competition from many different sources, we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources will provide us with competitive advantages. We expect the key competitive factors affecting the success of our cortical strip and sheet electrodes under development, if successfully developed and approved, are likely to be: hi-fidelity recording that allows for detection of pre-seizure activity, ability to place the devices minimally invasively, deliverability of cortical grid, strip and depth electrode technology, ability to offer grid, strip and depth electrodes in various electrode shapes and sizes, potential reduction in infections and ability to record brain activity both on the surface using cortical grid and strip technology and deeper into the brain using depth electrodes concurrently.

 

Many of the companies against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our development.

 

WARF License

 

We have entered into an Exclusive Start-Up Company License Agreement with Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation, or WARF, pursuant to which WARF has granted us an exclusive license, or the WARF License, to make, use and sell, in the United States only, products that employ certain licensed patents for a neural probe array or thin-film micro electrode array and method. In exchange for the license, we have agreed to pay WARF a one-time fee of $120,000 (representing a license fee and reimbursement for costs incurred by WARF in maintaining the licensed patents) upon the earliest to occur of certain events related to the Company raising a minimum amount of financing, a change of control or our revenue reaching a threshold amount. We have also agreed to pay WARF a royalty equal to a single-digit percentage of our product sales pursuant to the WARF License, with a minimum annual royalty payment of $50,000 for 2019, $100,000 for 2020 and $150,000 for 2021 and each calendar year thereafter that the WARF License is in effect. If we or any of our sublicenses contest the validity of any licensed patent, the royalty rate will be doubled during the pendency of such contest and, if the contested patent is found to be valid and would be infringed by us if not for the WARF License, the royalty rate will be tripled for the remaining term of the WARF License.

 

We have agreed to diligently develop, manufacture, market and sell products under the WARF License in the United States during the term of the agreement and, specifically, that we will submit a business plan to WARF by February 1, 2018 and file an application for 510(k) marketing clearance with the FDA by February 1, 2019. WARF may terminate this license in the event that we fail to meet these milestones on 30 days’ written notice, if we default on the payments of amounts due to WARF or fail to timely submit development reports, actively pursue our development plan or breach any other covenant in the WARF License and fail to remedy such default in 90 days or in the event of certain bankruptcy events involving us. WARF may also terminate this license (i) on 90 days’ notice if we fail to have commercial sales of one or more FDA-approved products under the WARF License by March 31, 2019 or (ii) if, after royalties earned on sales begin to be paid, such earned royalties cease for more than four calendar quarters. The WARF License otherwise expires by its terms on the date that no valid claims on the patents licensed thereunder remain. We expect the latest expiration of a licensed patent to occur in 2030.

 

In addition, WARF reserves the right to grant non-profit research institutions and government agencies non-exclusive licenses to practice and use the inventions of the licensed patents for non-commercial research purposes, and we grant WARF a non-exclusive, sub licensable, royalty-free right and license for non-commercial research purposes to use improvements to the licensed patents. In the event that we discontinue use or commercialization of the licensed patents or improvements thereon, we must grant WARF an option to obtain a non-exclusive, sub-licensable royalty-bearing license to use the improvements for commercial purposes.

 

  19  

 

 

See “Risk Factors—We depend on intellectual property licensed from Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development, and the termination of this license would harm our business” for additional information regarding the WARF License and our past breach thereof.

 

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research License and Development Agreement

 

We have entered into a license and development agreement, or the Mayo Development Agreement, with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (referred to herein as Mayo) to license worldwide (i) certain know how for the development and commercialization of products, methods and processes related to flexible circuit thin film technology for the recording of tissue and (ii) the products developed therefrom, and to partner with Mayo to assist the Company in the investigation, research application, development and improvement of such technology. Mayo has agreed to assist us by providing access to certain individuals at Mayo, or the Mayo Principal Investigators, in developing our cortical thin film flexible circuit technology, including prototype development, animal testing, protocol development for human and animal use, abstract development and presentation and access to and license of any intellectual property that the Mayo Principal Investigators develop relating to the procedure.

 

Whether or not any such technology, product, method, process, device or delivery system is developed, we agreed, in consideration for Mayo’s efforts under the Mayo Development Agreement, to pay Mayo a cash payment of approximately $92,000 on the earlier of September 30, 2017 or the date we raise a minimum amount of financing, and on May 25, 2017, prior to the closing of the Acquisition, NeuroOne, Inc. issued Mayo 50,556 NeuroOne Shares pursuant to a Subscription Agreement. Finally, we have agreed to pay Mayo a royalty equal to a single-digit percentage of our product sales pursuant to the Mayo Development Agreement. Mayo may purchase any developed products licensed under the Mayo Development Agreement at the best price offered by us to the end user in the prior year. The Mayo Development Agreement generally will expire in October 2034, unless the Mayo know-how and improvements under the Mayo Development Agreement remain in use, and the Mayo Development Agreement may be terminated by Mayo for cause or under certain circumstances.

 

For additional information regarding the Mayo Development Agreement and our past breach thereof, see “Risk Factors—We depend on our partnership with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research to license certain know how for the development and commercialization of our technology. Termination of this partnership would harm our business, and even if this partnership continues, it may not be successful.”

 

Intellectual Property

 

Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets as well as nondisclosure and assignment of invention agreements, material transfer agreements, confidentiality agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights.

 

Patents

 

As of June 19, 2017, our patent estate consists of 3 issued United States patents licensed from WARF covering a neural probe array and thin-film micro electrode array and method and one pending United States provisional patent application filed by us on March 31, 2017 covering our depth electrode technology and ancillary devices used during the diagnostic and therapeutic ablation and stimulation procedures. The licensed issued patents expire between 2025 and 2030, subject to any patent extensions that may be available for such patents. If a patent is issued on our pending patent application, the resulting patent is projected to expire in 2038.

 

Our patent application may not result in an issued patent, and any patents that have been issued or may be issued in the future may not protect the commercially important aspects of our technology. Furthermore, the validity and enforceability of our issued patents may be challenged by third parties and our patents could be invalidated or modified by the issuing governmental authority. Third parties may independently develop technology that is not covered by our patents that is similar to or competes with our technology. In addition, our intellectual property may be infringed or misappropriated by third parties, particularly in foreign countries where the laws and governmental authorities may not protect our proprietary rights as effectively as those in the United States.

 

  20  

 

 

The medical device industry in general, and the recording, ablation and neurostimulation sector of this industry in particular, are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on assertions of patent infringement. We are aware of numerous patents issued to third parties that may relate to the technology used in our business, including the design and manufacture of electrodes and pulse generators, as well as methods for device placement. Each of these patents contains multiple claims, any one of which may be independently asserted against us. The owners of these patents may assert that the manufacture, use, sale or offer for sale of our cortical strip and sheet electrodes infringe one or more claims of their patents. Furthermore, there may be additional patents issued to third parties of which we are presently unaware that may relate to aspects of our technology that such third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be patent applications that are currently pending and unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that third parties could assert against us and materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Any adverse determination in litigations, post grant trial proceedings, including interference proceedings, at the Patent Office relating to intellectual property to which we are or may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or require us to seek licenses from third parties, and result in the cancellation and/or invalidation of our intellectual property. Furthermore, if a court finds that we have willfully infringed a third party's intellectual property, we could be required to pay treble damages and/or attorney fees for the prevailing party, in addition to other penalties. Although intellectual property disputes in the medical device area are often settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements can be substantial and often require ongoing royalty payments. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement; if we are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement, we may not receive FDA approval in a timely manner. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which could have a significant adverse impact on our business.

 

Trademarks

 

We have 1 pending U.S. trademark application for the “NeuroOne” trademark.

 

Trade Secrets

 

We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect such intellectual property and proprietary information by generally requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements upon the commencement of their employment or engagement as the case may be. Our agreements with our employees prohibit them from providing us with any intellectual property or proprietary information of third parties. We also generally require confidentiality agreements or material transfer agreements with third parties that receive or have access to our confidential information, data or other materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our employees and third parties that have access to our confidential proprietary information will abide by the terms of their agreements. Despite the measures that we take to protect our intellectual property and confidential information, unauthorized third parties may copy aspects of our products or obtain and use our proprietary information.

 

Government Regulation

 

Our cortical strip, grid and depth electrodes are a medical device subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA, the U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the European Commission, and regulatory bodies in other countries. Regulations cover virtually every critical aspect of a medical device company's business operations, including research activities, product development, quality and risk management, contracting, reimbursement, medical communications, and sales and marketing. In the United States, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and the implementing regulations of the FDA govern product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, product manufacturing, quality systems, import and export, product labeling, product storage, recalls and field safety corrective actions, advertising and promotion, product sales and distribution, and post-market clinical surveillance. Our business is subject to federal, state, local, and foreign regulations, such as ISO 13485, ISO 14971, FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, contained in 21 CFR Part 820, and the European Commission's Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices and its amendments.

 

  21  

 

 

The FDA characterizes medical devices into one of three classes. Devices that are considered by the FDA to pose lower risk are classified as Class I or II. Class I devices and are subject to controls for labeling, pre-market notification and adherence to the FDA's QSR. This pertains to manufacturers' methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of products, but are usually exempt from premarket notification requirements. Class II devices are subject to the same general controls but may be subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling, and may also require clinical testing prior to clearance or approval. Class III devices are those for which insufficient information exists to assure safety and effectiveness solely through general or special controls, including devices that support or sustain human life, are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury.

 

Some Class I and Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the pre-market notification requirement under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, and the requirement of compliance with substantially all of the QSR. However, a pre-market approval, or PMA application, is required for devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or those that are "not substantially equivalent" either to a device previously cleared through the 510(k) process or to a "preamendment" Class III device in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 when PMA applications were not required. The PMA approval process is more comprehensive than the 510(k) clearance process and typically takes several years to complete. Based on FDA definitions, we believe our diagnostic strip, grid and depth electrode technology will be categorized by the FDA as a Class II device that does not require clinical testing and can be filed as a 510(k), similar to existing competitive technology. The Company expects that indications for treating epilepsy, Parkinson’s and other patients suffering from motor related neurological deficiencies via a permanent implant for chronic treatment will require a PMA process to commercially distribute in the United States. While the 510(k) process is typically shorter than a PMA process, both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy.

 

FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

 

· the device may not be safe, effective, reliable or accurate to the FDA's satisfaction;
· the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;
· the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and
· changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

 

If an FDA evaluation of a PMA application is favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter, or approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of a device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA's evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

 

New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

 

  22  

 

 

Clinical trials are typically required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. These trials generally require submission of an application for an IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA's approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product's safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria. All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA's IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA's regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product. Clinical trials must be entered into the clinical trials registry at clintrials.gov.

 

The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

· the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;
· patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;
· patients, sponsor (NeuroOne) or study sites do not comply with trial protocols;
· patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;
· patients experience adverse side effects;
· patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of our trial;
· institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;
· third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;
· the sponsor (NeuroOne) or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;
· third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to the sponsor (NeuroOne) or the study that the FDA deems to make the study results unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;
· regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;
· changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;
· the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and
· the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

 

International Regulation

 

International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

 

  23  

 

 

The primary regulatory body in Europe is that of the European Union, the European Commission, which includes most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of these relevant directives will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third party assessment by a "Notified Body." This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer's quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer's product. An assessment by a Notified Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. Additional local requirements may apply on a country-by-country basis. Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval would need to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our products.

 

Medical devices in Europe are classified into four primary categories.  They are as follows:

 

· Non-invasive devices
· Invasive medical devices
· Active medical devices
· Special Rules (including contraceptive, disinfectant, and radiological diagnostic medical devices)

 

Devices are further segmented into the classes noted below. In Vitro Diagnostic devices(IVDs) have their own classification scheme and while active implantable devices do not follow the same classification system as provided by the Medical Device Directive(MDD), they are subject to similar requirements as Class III devices:

· Class I – Provided non-sterile or do not have a measuring function (low risk)
· Class I – Provided sterile and/or have a measuring function (low/medium risk)
· Class IIa (medium risk)
· Class IIb (medium/high risk)
· Class III (high risk)

 

After a review of our technology, an international regulatory consultant advised us that our strip, grid and depth electrode diagnostic technology is likely a Class III device (since it comes into contact with the central nervous system) which will require a lengthy approval process as a design dossier including clinical data will be required for approval. The Company is currently investigating the market potential of the European Union before this process is initiated to gain European Union approval.

 

Other Regulatory Requirements

 

Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

· establishment registration and device listing;
· QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, risk management, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;
· labeling regulations that prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or "off-label" uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotion;

 

  24  

 

 

· MDR regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;
· voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to health; and
· corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.

 

Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or establish and maintain a system for tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. The FDA enforces regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

 

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the FDA and other regulatory agencies. These may include any of the following sanctions or consequences:

 

· warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;
· fines and civil penalties;
· unanticipated expenditures;
· delays in approving or refusal to approve future products;
· FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;
· suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval;
· product recall or seizure;
· interruption of production;
· operating restrictions;
· injunctions; and
· criminal prosecution.

 

Our contract manufacturers, specification developers and some suppliers of components or device accessories, also are required to manufacture our products in compliance with current good manufacturing practice requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and it includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The FDA evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If the FDA believes that any of our contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down such manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees.

 

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and Similar Foreign and State Laws and Regulations Affecting the Transmission, Security and Privacy of Health Information

 

We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA's security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as service providers of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from HIPAA and each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect.

 

  25  

 

 

Foreign data privacy regulations, such as the EU Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC), the country-specific regulations that implement Directive 95/46/EC, and the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) also govern the processing of personally identifiable data, and may be stricter than U.S. laws.

 

Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

In addition to FDA restrictions, there are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.

 

Federal Anti-Kickback and Self-Referral Laws

 

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, waiver of payments and providing anything at less than its fair market value. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a review of all its relevant facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of (or purchases, or recommendations related to) federal healthcare covered business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been implicated and potentially violated.

 

The penalties for violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment for up to five years, fines of up to $25,000 per violation and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many states have adopted prohibitions similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which do not have the same exceptions and apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only by the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Further, the Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA. Specifically, as noted above, under the Anti-Kickback Statute, the government must prove the defendant acted "knowingly" to prove a violation occurred. The PPACA added a provision to clarify that with respect to violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute, "a person need not have actual knowledge" of the statute or specific intent to commit a violation of the statute. This change effectively overturns case law interpretations that set a higher standard under which prosecutors had to prove the specific intent to violate the law. In addition, the PPACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

 

We plan to provide the initial training to providers and patients necessary for appropriate use of our technology either through our own educators or by contracting with outside educators that have completed an appropriate training course. Outside educators are reimbursed for their services at fair market value.

 

Noncompliance with the federal anti-kickback legislation could result in our exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, and civil and criminal penalties.

 

  26  

 

 

Federal law also includes a provision commonly known as the "Stark Law," which prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing "designated health services," including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, in which the physician has an ownership or investment interest or with which the physician has entered into a compensation arrangement. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. We believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements.

 

Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

 

Additionally, as some of these laws are still evolving, we lack definitive guidance as to the application of certain key aspects of these laws as they relate to our arrangements with providers with respect to patient training. We cannot predict the final form that these regulations will take or the effect that the final regulations will have on us. As a result, our provider and training arrangements may ultimately be found to be not in compliance with applicable federal law.

 

Federal False Claims Act

 

The Federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring "qui tam" whistleblower lawsuits against companies under the Federal False Claims Act. Penalties include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus three times the amount of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act of that person. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.

 

There are other federal anti-fraud laws that that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

Additionally, HIPAA established two federal crimes in the healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment.

 

Civil Monetary Penalties Law

 

In addition to the Anti-Kickback Statute and the civil and criminal False Claims Acts, the federal government has the authority to seek civil monetary penalties, or CMPs, assessments, and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a wide variety of prohibited conduct. For example, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law authorizes the imposition of substantial CMPs against an entity that engages in activities including, but not limited to: (1) knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or which is otherwise false or fraudulent in any way; (2) knowingly giving or causing to be given false or misleading information reasonably expected to influence the decision to discharge a patient; (3) offering or giving remuneration to any beneficiary of a federal health care program likely to influence the receipt of reimbursable items or services; (4) arranging for reimbursable services with an entity which is excluded from participation from a federal health care program; (5) knowingly or willfully soliciting or receiving remuneration for a referral of a federal health care program beneficiary; or (6) using a payment intended for a federal health care program beneficiary for another use. Noncompliance can result in civil money penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the federal healthcare programs.

 

  27  

 

 

State Fraud and Abuse Provisions

 

Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and a false claims act. We believe that we are in conformance to such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

 

Physician Payment Sunshine Act

 

Transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to healthcare providers and teaching hospitals may also impact our business practices. The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act requires most medical device manufacturers to report annually to the Secretary of Human Health Services financial arrangements, payments, or other transfers of value made by that entity to physicians and teaching hospitals. The payment information is made publicly available in a searchable format on a CMS website. Over the next several years, we will need to dedicate significant resources to establish and maintain systems and processes in order to comply with these regulations. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties. Similar laws have been enacted or are under consideration in foreign jurisdictions.

 

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making corrupt payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. Activities that violate the FCPA, even if they occur wholly outside the United States, can result in criminal and civil fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, oversight, and debarment from government contracts.

 

Employees

 

As of June 19, 2017, we had 4 employees, all of whom are located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

Facilities

 

We currently have no leased or owned properties, including office space. To meet our current needs, we intend to lease office space near Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this Report. Any of the following risks could harm our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this Report including our financial statements and the related notes thereto.

 

  28  

 

 

Risks Relating to our Business

 

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will ever achieve or sustain profitability.

 

We have incurred losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $266,370 as December 31, 2016. The LLC, prior to the Merger, also incurred losses since its inception and had cumulative losses of $49,930 as of the date of the Merger. As of March 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $995,945, primarily as a result of expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative expenses associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating and net losses for the foreseeable future. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through debt and equity financings. We had very limited resources prior to our convertible note and warrant financing commencing in November 2016. To date, our primary activities have been limited to, and our limited resources have been dedicated to, performing business and financial planning, raising capital, recruiting personnel, negotiating with business partners and the licensors of our intellectual property and conducting development activities.

 

To implement our business strategy we need to, among other things, successfully complete the development, testing and 510(k) device submission to the FDA for our cortical and strip electrodes for the diagnosis of epilepsy, successfully complete the development, testing and all required steps for regulatory approval of our depth electrodes for sEEG recording in the U.S., develop and introduce a minimally invasive delivery system for our cortical electrodes, develop an all-in-one diagnostic and therapeutic solution, successfully complete the necessary testing and clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our technology for ablation and stimulation therapies, gain approval for other brain or motor related disorders such as Parkinson’s with the therapeutic technologies developed for epilepsy, convince physicians and patients that our technology, if approved, represents an improvement over existing diagnostic or treatment options, hire direct experienced sales representatives to market our technology, if approved, in the U.S., evaluate international opportunities and initiate and successfully complete the approval processes in targeted geographies and engage in beneficial partnerships that can leverage our core technology. We have never been profitable and do not expect to be profitable in the foreseeable future. We expect our expenses to increase significantly as we pursue our objectives. The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of profitability are highly uncertain, and we expect to continue incurring significant expenses and operating losses over the next several years. Our prior losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. Any additional operating losses may have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity, and we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, obtain regulatory approvals or continue our operations.

 

We are a development stage company with a limited operating history, making it difficult for you to evaluate our business and your investment.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. was incorporated on October 7, 2016, and our predecessor, the LLC, had very limited operations. We are an early-stage medical technology company developing comprehensive neuromodulation cEEG and sEEG monitoring, ablation, and brain stimulation solutions to diagnose and treat patients with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors, and other brain related disorders. Our cortical strip technology under development has only been used by Mayo in five patients for research purposes and has not been tested in any clinical trials. Our operations are subject to all of the risks inherent in the establishment of a new business enterprise, including but not limited to the absence of an operating history, lack of fully-developed or commercialized products, insufficient capital, expected substantial and continual losses for the foreseeable future, limited experience in dealing with regulatory issues, lack of manufacturing and marketing experience, need to rely on third parties for the development and commercialization of our proposed products, a competitive environment characterized by well-established and well-capitalized competitors and reliance on key personnel.

 

Since inception, we have not established any revenues or operations that will provide financial stability in the long term, and there can be no assurance that we will realize our plans on our projected timetable (or at all) in order to reach sustainable or profitable operations.

 

Investors are subject to all the risks incident to the creation and development of a new business and each investor should be prepared to withstand a complete loss of his, her or its investment. Furthermore, the accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. We have not emerged from the development stage, and may be unable to raise further equity. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

  29  

 

 

Our company has limited experience in medical device development and may not be able to successfully develop any device or therapy. Our ability to become profitable depends primarily on: our ability to develop our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, our successful completion of all necessary pre-clinical testing and clinical trials on such technology, our ability to obtain approval for such technology and, if approved, successfully commercialize such technology, our ongoing research and development efforts, the timing and cost of clinical trials, our ability to identify personnel with the necessary skill sets or enter into favorable alliances with third-parties who can provide substantial capabilities in clinical development, regulatory affairs, sales, marketing and distribution and our ability to obtain and maintain necessary intellectual property rights to such technology. Our limited experience in medical device development may make it more difficult for us to complete these tasks.

 

Even if we successfully develop and market such technology, we may not generate sufficient or sustainable revenue to achieve or sustain profitability, which could cause us to cease operations and cause you to lose all of your investment. Because we are subject to these risks, you may have a difficult time evaluating our business and your investment in our Company.

 

Our ability to continue our operations requires that we raise additional capital and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain the additional funding as or when needed. As a result, our registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements included in this Report. We will need to raise substantial additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. A failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could force us to delay, limit, scale back or cease some or all operations.

 

Upon the completion of the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, we concluded there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph regarding this uncertainty in its report on those financial statements.

 

At March 31, 2017, we had approximately $486,418 in cash deposits. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses only to August 2017. Our Board of Directors approved a convertible note and warrant financing for gross proceeds of up to $1.5 million in November 2016 and increased such financing authority to $2.5 million in June 2017. Our convertible notes, or the Notes, issued between November 2016 and June 2017 in aggregate principal amount of $1,625,120 pursuant to such authority, bear interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum and require us to repay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the earlier of November 21, 2017 or the consummation of the next equity or equity-linked round of financing resulting in more than $3 million in gross proceeds. If such a financing occurs before November 21, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes shall automatically convert into the securities issued by us in such financing based on the greater number of such securities resulting from either (i) the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes divided by $1.80 or (ii) the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes multiplied by 1.25, divided by the price paid per security in such financing. If a change of control transaction or initial public offering occurs prior to such a financing, the Notes would, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal of the Notes, either become payable on demand as of the closing date of such transaction or become convertible into shares of common stock immediately prior to such transaction at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the per share value as determined by our board of directors as if in connection with the granting of stock based compensation or in a private sale to a third party in an arms’ length transaction or (ii) at the per share consideration to be paid in such transaction. Change of control means a merger or consolidation with another entity in which our stockholders do not own more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity or the disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. The Notes are unsecured.

 

As of July 13, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes totaled $1,677,345. If we fail to complete an equity financing by November 21, 2017, the notes will be immediately due and payable on such date and we will not have sufficient cash to pay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

 

We will need to secure additional funding on or prior to August 2017. We plan to complete an equity financing in the third quarter of 2017.

 

  30  

 

 

The continued growth of our business, including the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, will significantly increase our expenses going forward. As a result, we may be required to seek substantial additional funds in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

· the cost of developing our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology;
· obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearance or approval for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology;
· the costs associated with commercializing our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology;
· any change in our development priorities;
· the revenue generated by sales of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, if approved;
· the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing infrastructure for commercialization of our cortical strip grid electrode and depth electrode technology, if approved;
· any change in our plans regarding the manner in which we choose to commercialize any approved product in the United States or internationally;
· the cost of ongoing compliance with regulatory requirements;
· expenses we incur in connection with potential litigation or governmental investigations;
· the costs to develop additional intellectual property:
· anticipated or unanticipated capital expenditures; and
· unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

 

As a result of these and other factors, we do not know whether and the extent to which we may be required to raise additional capital. We may in the future seek additional capital from public or private offerings of our capital stock, borrowings under credit lines or other sources.

 

We may not be able to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any failure to raise additional capital could compromise our ability to execute on our business plan, and we may be forced to liquidate our assets. In such a scenario, the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements.

 

If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnership arrangements or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

 

Medical device development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of any product.

 

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development in the United States or elsewhere, we must complete all pre-clinical testing, clinical trials and other regulatory requirements necessitated by the FDA and foreign regulatory bodies and demonstrate the performance and safety of our technology. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is inherently uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Further, the outcomes of completed clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Clinical data is often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval. We have limited resources to complete the expensive process of medical device development, pre-clinical testing and clinical trials, putting at a disadvantage, particularly compared to some of our larger and established competitors, and we may not have sufficient resources to commercialize our products under development in a timely fashion, if ever.

 

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during or as a result of clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our products, including:

 

  31  

 

 

· regulators may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;
· the failure to successfully complete pre-clinical testing requirements required by the FDA and international organizations;
· we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts with third parties or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different trial sites;
· clinical trials of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may produce negative or inconclusive results, including failure to demonstrate statistical significance, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon our development programs;
· the number of people with brain related disorders required for clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or people may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;
· our products may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or institutional review boards to suspend or terminate the trials;
· our third-party contractors conducting the clinical trials may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;
· regulators may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical development for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;
· the cost of clinical trials of our products may be greater than we anticipate;
· the supply or quality of our products or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our products may be insufficient or inadequate; and
· delays from our suppliers and manufacturers could impact clinical trial completion and impact revenue.

 

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development beyond those that we contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not favorable or if there are safety concerns, we may:

 

· not obtain marketing approval at all;
· be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development in a jurisdiction;
· be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or
· have our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

 

Our development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant clinical trial delays also could allow our competitors to bring innovative products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

 

Changes in the configuration of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development may result in additional costs or delay.

 

As products are developed through pre-clinical testing and clinical trials towards approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and configuration, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Any changes we make carry the risk that they will not achieve the intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our products to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered device. Such changes may also require additional testing, regulatory notification or regulatory approval. This could delay completion of pre-clinical testing or clinical trials, increase costs, delay approval of our future products and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.

 

  32  

 

 

We have no products that are approved for commercial sale. If we are unable to successfully develop, receive regulatory approval for and commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development, or if we experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be harmed.

 

We have no products that are approved for commercial sale. We initially plan to seek regulatory approval to commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development in the U.S. and we may seek approval to commercialize in select international geographies. Our ability to generate revenue from our developed products, if any, will depend heavily on their successful development, regulatory approval and eventual commercialization. The success of any products that we develop will depend on several factors, including:

 

· FDA approval of our planned regulatory pathway (or approval of foreign regulatory body if we seek approval in any jurisdiction outside the U.S.);
· successful completion of all necessary pre-clinical testing and clinical trials;
· receipt of timely commercialization approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;
· our ability to procure and maintain suppliers and manufacturers of the components of our current cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and future versions;
· launching commercial sales of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, if approved for marketing;
· market acceptance of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, if approved, by people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders, the medical community and third-party payors;
· our ability to obtain extensive coverage and reimbursement for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and implantation procedures;
· our success in educating healthcare providers and people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders about the benefits, administration and use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and future versions;
· the prevalence and severity of adverse events;
· the perceived advantages, cost, safety, convenience and accuracy of alternative therapies;
· obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and otherwise protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;
· maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements, including current good manufacturing practices; and
· maintaining a continued acceptable performance and safety profile of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology following approval.

 

Whether regulatory approval will be granted is unpredictable and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. Our success in clinical trials will not guarantee regulatory approval. The FDA and, if we seek to commercialize in select international geographies, other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require that we conduct additional pre-clinical testing or clinical trials, provide additional data, take additional manufacturing steps, or require other conditions before they will grant us approval. If the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities require additional clinical trials or data, we would incur increased costs and delays in the marketing approval process, which may require us to expend more resources than we have available. In addition, the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not consider sufficient any additional required clinical trials, data or information that we perform and complete or generate.

 

In cases where we are successful in obtaining regulatory approval to market one or more of our products, our revenue will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval, the accepted price for the product, the ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement, and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. If the number of people we target is not as significant as we estimate or the treatment population is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved.

 

  33  

 

 

Approval or clearance in the United States by the FDA or by a regulatory agency in another country does not guarantee approval by the regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or ensure approval for the same conditions of use. In addition, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. It is possible that no product we develop will never obtain regulatory approval in the United States or any other jurisdiction, even if we expend substantial time and resources seeking such approval. If we do not achieve one or more of these approvals in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to fully commercialize any product and achieve profitability.

 

Both before and after a product is commercially released, we will have ongoing responsibilities under U.S. and foreign regulations. We will also be subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities to determine compliance with regulatory requirements, such as the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, of the FDA, medical device reporting regulations, vigilance in reporting of adverse events and regulations regarding notification, corrections, and recalls. These inspections can result in observations or reports, warning letters or other similar notices or forms of enforcement action. If the FDA or any comparable foreign authority concludes that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our products are ineffective or pose an unreasonable health risk, such authority could ban these products, suspend or cancel our marketing authorizations, impose “stop-sale” and “stop-import” orders, refuse to issue export certificates, detain or seize adulterated or misbranded products, order a recall, repair, replacement, correction or refund of such products, or require us to notify health providers and others that the products present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. Discovery of previously unknown problems with our product's design or manufacture may result in restrictions on use, restrictions placed on us or our suppliers, or withdrawal of an existing regulatory clearance. The FDA or comparable foreign authorities may also impose operating restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices, assess civil or criminal penalties against our officers, employees or us, or recommend criminal prosecution of our company. Adverse regulatory action may restrict us from effectively marketing and selling our products. In addition, negative publicity and product liability claims resulting from any adverse regulatory action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

Foreign governmental regulations have become increasingly stringent and more extensive, and we may become subject to even more rigorous regulation by foreign governmental authorities in the future. Penalties for a company's noncompliance with foreign governmental regulation could be severe, including revocation or suspension of a company's business license and civil or criminal sanctions. In some jurisdictions, such as Germany, any violation of a law related to medical devices is also considered to be a violation of unfair competition law. In such cases, governmental authorities, our competitors and business or consumer associations may then file lawsuits to prohibit us from commercializing a product in such jurisdictions. Our competitors may also sue us for damages. Any domestic or foreign governmental law or regulation imposed in the future may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Depending on the cost and market opportunity, we may never seek approval to commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology in the European Union. We anticipate the cost to seek approval to commercialize in the EU will be significantly greater than the cost to seek approval to commercialize in the U.S. This is because we believe commercial approval by the corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and the European Economic Area, or EEA, even for diagnostic purposes, will require human clinical trials, which we do not believe will be required for regulatory approval by the FDA in the U.S. in order to seek approval of the use of our technology for diagnostic purposes.

 

Our success depends on our ability to continue to develop, commercialize and gain market acceptance for our product under development, our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology.

 

Our current business strategy is highly dependent on developing and commercially launching one product, our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, and achieving and maintaining market acceptance. In order for us to sell cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology to people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders, we must convince them, their caregivers and healthcare providers that cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology is an attractive alternative to competitive products for neuromodulation cEEG and sEEG recording, ablation, and brain stimulation. Market acceptance and adoption of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology depends on educating people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, and other perceived benefits of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology as compared to competitive products. We may face challenges convincing physicians, many of whom have extensive experience with competitors’ products and established relationships with other companies, to appreciate the benefits of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and, in particular, its ability to successfully diagnose and treat epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, and other brain related disorders in a way that is superior to and differentiated from currently available technology, and adopt it for treatment of their patients.

 

  34  

 

 

Achieving and maintaining market acceptance of cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology could be negatively impacted by many factors, including:

· the failure of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology to achieve wide acceptance among people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders, their caregivers, healthcare providers, third-party payors and key opinion leaders in the community;
· lack of evidence supporting the performance criteria or other perceived benefits of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology over competitive products or other currently available technology;
· perceived risks associated with the use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or similar products or technologies generally;
· the introduction of competitive products and the rate of acceptance of those products as compared to our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology;
· adverse results of clinical trials relating to our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or similar competitive products; and
· loss of regulatory approval for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, adverse publicity or other adverse events including any product liability lawsuits.

 

In addition, our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may be perceived by people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders, their caregivers or healthcare providers to be more complicated or less effective than current technology, and people may be unwilling to change their current regimens.

 

Moreover, we believe that healthcare providers tend to be slow to change their medical treatment practices because of perceived liability risks arising from the use of new products and the uncertainty of third-party reimbursement. Accordingly, healthcare providers may not recommend our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology until, if ever, there is sufficient evidence to convince them to alter the treatment methods they typically recommend, such as receiving recommendations from prominent healthcare providers or other key opinion leaders in the community.

 

If we are not successful in convincing people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders of the benefits of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, or if we are unable to achieve the support of caregivers and healthcare providers or widespread market acceptance for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, then our sales potential, strategic objectives and profitability could be negatively impacted, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We may fail to obtain regulatory approvals to market our products in the United States or in other countries.

 

Before we can market or sell a new regulated product in the United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or approval of a PMA application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Both the 510(k) and PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy and require the payment of significant fees, unless exempt. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

 

  35  

 

 

Even if we obtain clearance or approval by the FDA, said clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Failure to secure or retain coverage or adequate reimbursement for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or future versions of thereof, including the implantation procedures, by third-party payors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We plan to derive nearly all of our revenue from sales of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development, if approved, in the United States and potentially select international geographies and expect to do so for the next several years. We anticipate a substantial portion of the purchase price of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology will be paid for by third-party payors, including private insurance companies, preferred provider organizations and other managed care providers. Patients who receive treatment for their medical conditions and their healthcare providers generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their medical treatment, including healthcare providers' services. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors, is critical to new product acceptance. Future sales of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology will be limited unless people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders can rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the cost to purchase our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders.

 

In the United States, a third-party payor's decision to provide coverage for our products does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be obtained. Further, one third-party payor's decision to cover our products does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the products or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. Healthcare providers may choose not to order a product unless third-party payors pay a substantial portion of the product. Within and outside the United States, reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans. These third-party payors determine whether to provide coverage and reimbursement for specific products and procedures. Coverage determinations and reimbursement levels of both our products and the healthcare provider's performance of the insertion and removal procedures are critical to the commercial success of our product, and if we are not able to secure positive coverage determinations and reimbursement levels for our products or the insertion and removal procedures, our business would be materially adversely affected.

 

In addition, there may be significant delays in obtaining reimbursement, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is cleared by the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Payment rates may vary according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on payments allowed for lower cost products that are already reimbursed, and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for products may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or third-party payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of products from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States.

 

  36  

 

 

Because there is generally no separate reimbursement for medical devices and other supplies used in such procedures, including our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, and because we believe that our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, if approved, would be adequately described by existing DRG and ICD-9 codes for epilepsy surgery, some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology over more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives already available or subsequently become available. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for procedures using our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology could make it difficult for new customers to adopt our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and could create additional pricing pressure for us, which could adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.

 

Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to payor. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.

 

Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many international markets, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. Further, many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and procedures. In most markets there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems. If sufficient coverage and reimbursement is not available for our any product we develop, in either the United States or internationally, the demand for our products and our revenues will be adversely affected.

 

Reimbursement by Medicare is highly regulated and subject to change.

 

The Medicare program is administered by CMS, which imposes extensive and detailed requirements on medical services providers, including, but not limited to, rules that govern how we structure our relationships with physicians, and how and where we provide our solutions. Our failure to comply with applicable Medicare rules could result in discontinuing the ability for physicians to receive reimbursement as they will likely utilize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under the Medicare payment program, civil monetary penalties, and/or criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and revenues.

 

The impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act remains uncertain.

 

In 2010, significant reforms to the health care system were adopted as law in the United States. The law includes provisions that, among other things, reduce or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose increased taxes. These factors, in turn, could result in reduced demand for our products, if approved, and increased downward pricing pressure. Because other parts of the 2010 health care law remain subject to implementation, the long-term impact on us is uncertain. The new law or any future legislation could reduce medical procedure volumes, lower reimbursement for our products, and impact the demand for our products or the prices at which we sell our products. Accordingly, while it is too early to understand and predict the ultimate impact of the law on our business, the legislation and resulting regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If our competitors are better able to develop and market products for the diagnosis and treatment of epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders that are safer, more effective, less costly, easier to use or otherwise more attractive than our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, our business will be adversely impacted.

 

The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish a competitive position in the market for the diagnosis and treatment of epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders by securing broad market acceptance of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development. Any product we develop that achieves regulatory clearance or approval will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. If developed as anticipated, we believe that the primary competitive factors of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development will be: product efficacy, reduced infections, ability to record additional brain activity, minimally invasive surgical procedure, ease of use and cost effectiveness. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally, which we believe will intensify. For example, our major competitors (i) in the market for diagnosis are PMT Corporation, Ad-Tec Medical and Integra Lifesciences, (ii) in the market for neuro-ablation are Medtronic and Monteris Medical and (iii) in the market for neurostimulation are Medtronic, Boston Scientific, NeuroPace Biotronik and Abbott. Each of the foregoing competitors has systems approved in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions and has been established for several years. We face a particular challenge overcoming the long-standing practices by some physicians of using the existing technology of our larger, more established competitors. Physicians may be reluctant to try new products from a source with which they are less familiar. If these physicians do not try and subsequently adopt our product, then our revenue growth will slow or decline.

 

  37  

 

 

In addition to these major competitors, we may also face competition from other emerging competitors or smaller companies with active development programs that may emerge in the future.

 

Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several advantages over us, including:

 

  more experienced sales forces;
     
  greater name recognition;
     
  more established sales and marketing programs and distribution networks;
     
  earlier regulatory approval in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions;
     
  long established relationships with physicians and hospitals;
     
  significant patent portfolios, including issued U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications, as well as the resources to enforce patents against us or any of our third-party suppliers and distributors;
     
  the ability to acquire and integrate our competitors and/or their technology;
     
  demonstrated ability to develop product enhancements and new product offerings;
     
  established history of product reliability, safety and durability;
     
  the ability to offer rebates or bundle multiple product offerings to offer greater discounts or incentives;
     
  greater financial and human resources for product development, sales, and marketing; and
     
  greater experience in and resources for conducting research and development, clinical studies, manufacturing, preparing regulatory submissions, obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products and marketing approved products.  

 

Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than us, obtain patents that may apply to us at any time, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or less competitive. Furthermore, the frequent introduction by competitors of products that are, or claim to be, superior to our products may create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competitive products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of any product we may develop and commercialize. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific, and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and enrolling patients in clinical studies. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

 

  38  

 

 

The size and future growth in the market for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development has not been established with precision and may be smaller than we estimate, possibly materially. If our estimates and projections overestimate the size of this market, our sales growth may be adversely affected.

 

Our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development, including the number of people with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders who may benefit from and be amenable to using cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology for diagnosis and treatment, is based on a number of internal and third-party studies, reports and estimates. In addition, our internal estimates are based in large part on current treatment patterns by healthcare providers using current generation technology and our belief is that the incidence of epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors and other brain related disorders in the United States and worldwide is increasing. While we believe these factors have historically provided and may continue to provide us with effective tools in estimating the total market for cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, these estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. The actual incidence of brain related disorders, and the actual demand for our products or competitive products, could differ materially from our projections if our assumptions are incorrect. As a result, our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of people with brain related disorders who would benefit from cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and the size and future growth in the market for cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our projected sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

We depend on intellectual property licensed from Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation for our technology under development, and the termination of this license would harm our business.

 

Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation, or WARF, has granted us an exclusive license, or the WARF License, to make, use and sell, in the United States only, products that employ certain licensed patents for a neural probe array or thin-film micro electrode array and method. See “Business — WARF License” for additional information regarding our license agreement with WARF.

 

We have agreed to diligently develop, manufacture, market and sell products under the WARF License in the United States during the term of the agreement and, specifically, that we will submit a business plan to WARF by February 1, 2018 and file an application for 510(k) marketing clearance with the FDA by February 1, 2019. WARF may terminate this license in the event that we fail to meet these milestones on 30 days’ written notice, if we default on the payments of amounts due to WARF or fail to timely submit development reports, actively pursue our development plan or breach any other covenant in the WARF License and fail to remedy such default in 90 days or in the event of certain bankruptcy events involving us. WARF may also terminate this license (i) on 90 days’ notice if we fail to have commercial sales of one or more FDA-approved products under the WARF License by March 31, 2019 or (ii) if, after royalties earned on sales begin to be paid, such earned royalties cease for more than four calendar quarters. The WARF License otherwise expires by its terms on the date that no valid claims on the patents licensed thereunder remain.

 

Disputes may arise between us and WARF regarding intellectual property subject to this agreement, including with respect to: the scope of rights granted under the WARF License and other interpretation-related issues; whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of WARF that is not subject to the WARF License; the amount and timing of milestones and royalty payments; the rights of WARF under the license; our right to sublicense; and the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the WARF License. For example, if we or any of our sublicenses for any reason contest the validity of any patent licensed under the WARF License, the royalty rate will be doubled during the pendency of such contest and, if the contested patent is found to be valid and would be infringed by us if not for the WARF License, the royalty rate will be tripled for the remaining term of the WARF License.

 

Any disputes with WARF may prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangement. We depend on the intellectual property licensed from WARF to develop our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet the milestones or commercialize a product under the WARF License by the dates required. In fact, the original license agreement entered into with WARF in 2014 required that we meet certain earlier milestones than set forth above and make certain payments to WARF. We failed to do so and were in default under the original license agreement. Furthermore, the LLC was not able to transfer the rights and obligations under the 2014 WARF Agreement to us at the time of the Merger without the consent of WARF. As a result, in February 2017, we signed an amendment to the WARF License which, among other things, modified and removed certain previous milestones and provided WARF’s consent to such transfer. Because of this past breach, WARF may be less likely to waive future defaults or breaches or further amend the WARF License in the future, to the extent we request any waiver or amendment. See “Note 4 – Intellectual Property” to the financial statements included in this Report.

 

  39  

 

 

Termination of our license could result in the loss of significant rights and would harm our ability to further develop our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. In addition, WARF reserves the right to grant non-profit research institutions and government agencies non-exclusive licenses to practice and use the inventions of the licensed patents for non-commercial research purposes, and we grant WARF a non-exclusive, sub licensable, royalty-free right and license for non-commercial research purposes to use improvements to the licensed patents. In the event that we discontinue use or commercialization of the licensed patents or improvements thereon, we must grant WARF an option to obtain a non-exclusive, sub-licensable royalty-bearing license to use the improvements for commercial purposes. Such rights, if exercised by WARF, could harm our ability to develop and commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology.

 

We depend on our partnership with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research to license certain know how for the development and commercialization of our technology. Termination of this partnership would harm our business, and even if this partnership continues, it may not be successful.

 

We have entered into the Mayo Development Agreement to (i) exclusively license worldwide certain Mayo improvements for the development and commercialization of products, methods and processes related to flexible circuit technology for the recording and stimulation of tissue and (ii) license, on a non-exclusive basis, worldwide Mayo thin film electrode technology know-how for the development and commercialization of products, methods and processes related to flexible circuit technology for the recording and stimulation of tissue. Mayo has agreed to assist the Company by providing access to the Mayo Principal Investigators in developing a minimally invasive device/delivery system and procedure for a minimally invasive approach for the implantation of any flexible circuit technology developed by the Company, including prototype development, animal testing, protocol development for human and animal use, abstract development and presentation and access to and license of any intellectual property that the Mayo Principal Investigators develop relating to the procedure. See “Business—Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research License and Development Agreement” for additional information regarding our agreement with Mayo.

 

Mayo Development Agreement generally will expire in October 2034, unless the Mayo know-how and improvements under the Mayo Development Agreement remain in use, and the Mayo Development Agreement may be terminated by Mayo for cause or under certain circumstances. Mayo and the Company may not be successful in their efforts to develop any product, method, process, device, delivery system or minimally invasive approach by such expiration date or termination, if at all. If no such minimally invasive device or delivery system and procedure for minimally invasive approach is developed, the Company may never receive regulatory approval of its cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development or the market may never accept such technology, if approved.

 

Disputes may arise between us and Mayo regarding intellectual property subject to the Mayo Development Agreement or other matters, including with respect to: the scope of rights granted under the agreement and other interpretation-related issues; the amount and timing of payments; the rights and obligations of Mayo under the license agreement; and the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by Mayo and us.

 

Any disputes with Mayo may prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current arrangement. We depend on the intellectual property licensed from and development assistance from Mayo to develop our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to comply with the Mayo Development Agreement. In fact, the original license and development agreement entered into with Mayo in 2014 required that, upon the Merger with the LLC, we make certain payments and issue shares of common stock to Mayo, which we failed to do at such time. We signed the Mayo Development Agreement in May 2017, which, among other things, modified or removed certain provisions of the original agreement, including those we breached. Because of this past breach, Mayo may be less likely to waive future defaults or breaches or further amend the Mayo Development Agreement in the future, to the extent we request any waiver or amendment. See “Note 4 – Intellectual Property” to the financial statements included in this Report. Termination of the Mayo Development Agreement could result in the loss of significant rights and would harm our ability to further develop our technology.

 

We do not have the sales and marketing personnel necessary to sell any products we may develop, if approved for commercialization. Even if we have our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology approved for commercial sale, if we are unable to establish a sales and marketing infrastructure, we may not be successful in commercializing our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology in the United States.

 

We are an early stage development company with limited resources. Even if we had products available for sale, which we currently do not, we have not secured sales and marketing staff at this early stage of operations to sell products. To achieve commercial success in the United States for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, we will need to establish and expand our sales and marketing infrastructure to drive adoption of our products, which will include a team of educators that will train healthcare providers and people with brain related disorders on the benefits and use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. There is significant competition for sales personnel experienced in relevant medical device sales. We expect that we will face significant challenges as we recruit and subsequently grow our sales and marketing infrastructure. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient, and skilled, sales and marketing representatives, our sales could be adversely affected. If one of our sales or marketing representatives were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, they could help competitors solicit business from customers, if any, which could further harm our sales. In addition, if our sales and marketing representatives or educators fail to achieve their objectives or if we are not able to recruit and retain a network of educators, we may not be able to successfully train healthcare providers on the use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, which could delay new sales and harm our reputation.

 

  40  

 

 

As we increase our sales and marketing expenditures with respect to our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development, if approved, or future versions thereof, we will need to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled sales and marketing representatives with significant industry-specific knowledge in various areas. Our success will depend largely on the competitive landscape for our products and the ability of our sales personnel to obtain access to healthcare providers and persuade those healthcare providers to recommend our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. Recently hired sales representatives require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. In addition, the expansion of our sales and marketing personnel will place significant burdens on our management team.

 

If approved for sale, we anticipate that we will derive nearly all of our U.S. revenue from the sales of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or future versions thereof. As a result, our financial condition and operating results will be highly dependent on the ability of our sales representatives to adequately promote, market and sell our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and the ability of our educators to train healthcare providers on the use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. If we are unable to establish and expand our sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our existing or planned products, or enhance the strength of our brand, either of which could impair our projected sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

We will depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the components of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.

 

We will rely on third-party suppliers to supply and manufacture the components of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with components in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Future increases in sales of our cortical strip and sheet electrode technology, if approved, whether expected or unanticipated, could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of components and our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology in a manner that meets these various requirements.

 

We will likely use a small number of suppliers of components for our products. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. We may not have long-term supply agreements with our suppliers and, in many cases, we may make our purchases on a purchase order basis. Our ability to purchase adequate quantities of components or our products may be limited and we may not be able to convince suppliers to make components and products available to us. Additionally, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to supply components or manufacture products for us, including financial difficulties, damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities, or product discontinuations. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us. We may be required to make significant “last time” purchases of component inventory that is being discontinued by the supplier to ensure supply continuity. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand for our products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and regulatory requirements, we may not be able to quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any supplier to deliver components at the level our business requires could disrupt the manufacturing of our products and, if approved, limit our ability to meet our sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

  41  

 

 

Furthermore, vandalism, terrorism or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could damage or destroy equipment or our inventory of component supplies or finished products, cause substantial delays in development or our operations, result in the loss of key information, and cause us to incur additional expenses. We do not currently have insurance to cover such losses or expenses and, once we obtain such insurance, it may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to our or our suppliers' facilities could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory agencies, and the failure of any supplier to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, and termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. It could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies and modify our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals. Any disruption of this nature or increased expenses could harm our development, approval or commercialization efforts and adversely affect our operating results.

 

We plan to contract with third parties for the manufacture of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development and expect to continue to do so for clinical trials and commercialization. Risks associated with the manufacturing of our products could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results.

 

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology during development, for clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology receives regulatory approval. Therefore, our business strategy depends on our third-party manufacturers' ability to manufacture our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and future generations thereof in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis so as to meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. To date, we have only had an initial supply of our product manufactured. As a result, we currently have limited data and experience regarding the quality, reliability and timeliness of our third-party manufacturers.

 

We are subject to numerous risks relating to the manufacturing capabilities of our third-party manufacturers, including:

 

· quality or reliability defects;
· inability to secure product components in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable terms;
· failure to increase production to meet demand;
· inability to modify production lines to enable us to efficiently produce future products or implement changes in current products in response to regulatory requirements;
· difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative manufacturers in a timely manner;
· inability to manufacture product components cost-effectively;
· inability to establish agreements with future third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms; or
· potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturers' equipment or facilities.

 

These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and its manufacturing process. As demand for our products increases, our third-party suppliers will need to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees, and enhance their manufacturing processes. If our manufacturers fail to increase production capacity efficiently, our sales may not increase in line with our expectations and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. In addition, manufacturing any future versions of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may require the modification of production lines, the identification of new manufacturers for specific components, or the development of new manufacturing technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make any future versions of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology commercially viable.

 

  42  

 

 

If we or our third-party suppliers or manufacturers fail to comply with the FDA's good manufacturing practice regulations, this could impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.

 

We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA's QSR, which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may impose inspections or audits at any time. If we or our suppliers or manufacturers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action against us. Any of the foregoing actions could impair our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Various factors outside our direct control may adversely affect manufacturing, sterilization and distribution of our products.

 

The manufacture, sterilization and distribution of our products is challenging. Changes that our suppliers may make outside the purview of our direct control can have an impact on our processes, quality of our products and the successful delivery of products to our customers. Necessary materials for our product under development may not be available from our third-party suppliers in a timely fashion or at all. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect supply and delivery. Some of these risks include:

 

· failure to complete sterilization on time or in compliance with the required regulatory standards;
· transportation and import and export risk;
· delays in analytical results or failure of analytical techniques that we will depend on for quality control and release of products;
· natural disasters, labor disputes, financial distress, raw material availability, issues with facilities and equipment or other forms of disruption to business operations affecting our manufacturers or suppliers; and
· latent defects that may become apparent after products have been released and that may result in a recall of such products.

 

If any of these risks were to materialize, our ability to develop products, conduct clinical trials or provide our products to customers on a timely basis, if approved, would be adversely impacted.

 

Potential complications from our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may come to light or may not be revealed by our clinical experience.

 

Based on our industry experience and the experience of the physicians that use products similar to our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, complications from use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may include post-operative hemorrhage, infection, brain inflammation, brain tissue necrosis, inability to accurately localize the epileptogenic focus (the area of the cerebral cortex responsible for causing epileptic seizures), neurologic deficit (abnormal function of a body area due to weaker function of the brain, spinal cord, muscles or nerves, such as abnormal reflexes, inability to speak and decreased sensation) and extra axial fluid collections (fluid that occurs in the brain after surgery). If these or unanticipated complications or side-effects result from the use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, our product development may be delayed, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for any product, we could be subject to liability and, even if approved, our technology would not be widely adopted. Additionally, we have no clinical experience with use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. We cannot assure you that use, even for a limited time, would not result in unanticipated complications, even after the device is removed.

 

Undetected errors or defects in our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development or future versions thereof could harm our reputation, decrease the market acceptance of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or expose us to product liability claims.

 

Our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may contain undetected errors or defects. Disruptions or other performance problems with our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may delay development, prevent regulatory approval or harm our reputation. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to warranty and liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in our cortical strip and sheet electrode technology or future versions thereof. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology could harm our business and operating results. This risk exists even if a device is cleared or approved for commercial sale and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Our products are designed to affect, and any future products will be designed to affect, important bodily functions and processes. Any side effects, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or future versions thereof could result in patient injury or death. The medical device industry has historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims, and we cannot offer any assurance that we will not face product liability lawsuits.

 

  43  

 

 

The sale and use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or future versions thereof could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or one of our products contained a design or manufacturing defect. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our business or financial condition. Product liability claims may be brought against us by patients, healthcare providers or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our products, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

· costs of litigation;
· distraction of management's attention from our primary business;
· the inability to commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology;
· decreased demand;
· damage to our business reputation;
· product recalls or withdrawals from the market;
· withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
· substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants; or
· loss of revenue.

 

Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, delay our product development efforts, place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our reputation, increase our product liability insurance rates, once we obtain such insurance, or prevent us from securing such insurance coverage in the future and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, if approved, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We do not currently maintain any product liability insurance and do not anticipate obtaining product liability insurance until we commence clinical trials. Once we obtain such insurance, we cannot assure you that such insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies typically have substantial deductibles for which we are responsible. Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage would negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

If there are significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage product development tasks, research and development data and accounting and financial functions. We expect in the future we will rely on our information technology systems for inventory management and technical support functions, if and once implemented. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by computer viruses or hackers, power losses, and computer system or data network failures. In addition, our data management application and a variety of our software systems are hosted by third-party service providers whose security and information technology systems are subject to similar risks, which could be subject to computer viruses or hacker attacks or other failures. If our or our third-party service provider's security systems are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive data.

 

  44  

 

 

The failure of our or our service providers' information technology systems or our transmitter's software to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new information technology systems could disrupt our entire operation or adversely affect our products and could delay our product development, clinical trial or commercialization efforts, result in increased overhead costs and damage our reputation, all of which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We have no business insurance; any unanticipated events or expenses may hurt our business substantially.

 

We have no general liability or umbrella liability insurance, no business liability or disruption insurance and no criminal insurance. Any unanticipated events or expenses may result in our incurring substantial costs and the diversion of our resources and hurt our business substantially.

 

We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third-parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships or other arrangements to develop products and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenues and could be terminated prior to developing any products.

 

Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our future collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we may have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that any future collaborators devote to our or their future products. Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements will be contractual in nature and will generally be terminable under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

 

If we enter into in-bound intellectual property license agreements, we may not be able to fully protect the licensed intellectual property rights or maintain those licenses. Future licensors could retain the right to prosecute and defend the intellectual property rights licensed to us, in which case we would depend on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for the licensed intellectual property. These licensors may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, entering into such license agreements could impose various diligence, commercialization, royalty or other obligations on us. Future licensors may allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and accordingly seek to terminate our license, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

 

  45  

 

 

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of complementary products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire other companies, products or technologies that may enhance our product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business strategies. Potential acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

 

· problems assimilating the acquired products or technologies;
· issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;
· unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;
· diversion of management's attention from our existing business;
· risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;
· increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or compliance with regulatory matters; and
· unanticipated or undisclosed liabilities of any target.

 

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition. We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or technologies. Our potential inability to integrate any acquired products or technologies effectively may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

 

We are highly dependent on the management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development expertise of David Rosa, Mark Christianson and Thomas Bachinski , as well as our scientific and physician advisory board members. Although we have an employment agreement with David Rosa, he (and each of our other key employees) may terminate his employment with us at any time and will continue to be able to do so. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees.

 

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize our products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous medical device companies for similar personnel, many of which have greater financial and other resources dedicated to attracting and retaining personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

 

Prolonged negative economic conditions could adversely affect us, our customers and third-party partners, manufactures or suppliers, if any, which could harm our financial condition.

 

We are subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in general economic and market conditions. Uncertainty about future economic conditions could negatively impact our existing and potential customers, adversely affect the financial ability of health insurers to pay claims, adversely impact our expenses and ability to obtain financing of our operations, and cause delays or other problems with key suppliers.

 

Healthcare spending in Europe and the United States has been, and is expected to continue to be, under significant pressure and there are many initiatives to reduce healthcare costs. As a result, we believe that some insurers are scrutinizing insurance claims more rigorously and delaying or denying coverage and reimbursement more often. Because the sale, if approved, of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development will generally depend on the availability of third-party coverage and reimbursement, any delay or decline in coverage and reimbursement will adversely affect our sales.

 

  46  

 

 

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

 

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.

 

We rely primarily on patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, to protect our proprietary technologies. Our patent estate consists of 3 issued United States patents licensed from WARF covering a neural probe array and thin-film micro electrode array and method, and one pending United States provisional patent application filed by us covering a wide variety of concepts, ranging from accessories for brain surgery to ablation and stimulation concepts for both cortical and depth electrodes. The licensed issued patents expire between 2025 and 2030, subject to any patent extensions that may be available for such patents. If a patent is issued on our pending patent application, the resulting patent is projected to expire in 2038. We continue to review new technological developments in order to make decisions about what additional filings would be the most appropriate for us. We also plan to seek patent protection for our proprietary technology in select countries internationally. We also have one pending U.S. trademark application and one pending foreign trademark application, as well as one foreign trademark registration. We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. Currently, several of our issued U.S. patents licensed from WARF as well as our pending U.S. patent application relate to our cortical and depth electrode technologies and are therefore important to the functionality of our products. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any patent application will be approved in a timely manner or at all. The rights granted to us under our patents, and the rights we are seeking to have granted in our pending patent applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested or circumvented by our competitors, or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Even if we are successful in receiving patent protection for certain products and processes, our competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available.

 

We rely on our trademarks and trade names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. For example, we have one pending application in the United States for the “NeuroOne” trademark. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. Third parties also may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote additional resources to marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

 

We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and technology, which are not protectable by patents, to maintain our competitive position. We try to protect this information by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our officers, employees, temporary employees and consultants regarding our intellectual property and proprietary technology. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of those agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in the related or resulting know-how and inventions. If any of our trade secrets, know-how or other technologies not protected by a patent were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult and time-consuming. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and constant evolution and, consequently, patent positions in our industry can be uncertain. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management's attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third-parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. The occurrence of any of these events may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

  47  

 

 

We may not be able to establish or strengthen our brand.

 

We believe that establishing and strengthening our brand is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide physicians with a reliable product for successful treatment of brain-related disorders. Additionally, we believe the quality and reliability of our product is critical to building physician support in the United States, and any negative publicity regarding the quality or reliability of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology could significantly damage our reputation in the market. Further, given the established nature of our competitors, it is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These brand promotion activities may not yield increased sales and, even if they do, any sales increases may not offset the expenses we incur to promote our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology may not be accepted by physicians, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation, and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management's time and efforts, stop our development and commercialization measures or require us to pay damages.

 

Our success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third-parties. Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make and sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, and the complexities of the technology involved increase the risk of patent litigation.

 

In the future, we could receive communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their intellectual property rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

· stop selling our products or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property;
· incur significant legal expenses;
· pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we are allegedly infringing;
· redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property; or
· attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third-parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, and if available, may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technology.

 

Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and its outcome is uncertain. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the neurostimulation market increases, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.

 

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

 

Some of our current or future employees may have previously been employed at other medical device companies, including those that are our direct competitors or could potentially be our direct competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, or our employees, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we may in the future be subject to allegations that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

 

  48  

 

 

We received a letter in May 2017 from the former employer of Mark Christianson and Wade Fredrickson claiming, among other things, that such officers are breaching their non-competition obligations with such employer, by virtue of such officers’ current work for us and such officer’s prior work during employment with the prior employer, and their confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations to such prior employer and federal and state law by misappropriating confidential and trade secret information, and claiming that the Company is responsible for tortious interference with contract. The letter seeks that Mr. Fredrickson, Mr. Christianson and the Company cease and desist all competitive activities against the former employer, that Mr. Fredrickson step down from his position and that Mr. Christianson and the Company provide the former employer access to our systems to demonstrate that we are not using trade secrets or proprietary information nor competing with the former employer. We have no insurance coverage to protect against any losses we may experience due to this claim. Furthermore, Mr. Fredrickson or Mr. Christianson are key officers and the loss of either or both of them would be detrimental to our operations and prospects. The Company, Mr. Fredrickson and Mr. Christianson intend to vigorously defend themselves.

 

Even if we successfully defend against these claims, litigation could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not occur, and any future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional employees. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop or commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or future versions thereof, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We are subject to the patent laws of countries other than the United States, which may not offer the same level of patent protection and whose rules could seriously affect how we draft, file, prosecute and maintain patents, trademarks and patent and trademark applications.

 

Many countries, including certain countries in Europe, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties (for example, the patent owner has failed to “work” the invention in that country, or the third party has patented improvements). In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of the patent. Moreover, the legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the aggressive enforcement of patent and other intellectual property protection which makes it difficult to stop infringement.

 

We cannot be certain that the patent or trademark offices of countries outside the United States will not implement new rules that increase costs for drafting, filing, prosecuting and maintaining patents, trademarks and patent and trademark applications or that any such new rules will not restrict our ability to file for patent protection. For example, we may elect not to seek patent protection in some jurisdictions in order to save costs. We may be forced to abandon or return the rights to specific patents due to a lack of financial resources.

 

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

 

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

· others may be able to make devices that are the same as or similar to our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own;
· we or any collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own;
· we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;
· others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;
· it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;
· issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges;

 

  49  

 

 

· we might enforce our patent rights or defend a challenge to our issued patents or pending application, putting the patents and patent applications at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly;
· our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets; and
· we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

 

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

 

Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

 

The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies in the United States and the European Commission and corresponding Notified Body in the European Union and the EEA. The regulations are very complex and are subject to rapid change and varying interpretations. Regulatory restrictions or changes could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. These governmental authorities enforce laws and regulations that are meant to assure product safety and effectiveness, including the regulation of, among other things:

 

· product design and development;
· pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;
· product safety;
· establishment registration and product listing;
· labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;
· marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;
· pre-market clearance or approval;
· servicing and post-market surveillance;
· record-keeping procedures;
· product import and export;
· advertising and promotion; and
· recalls and field safety corrective actions.

 

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated revenues.

 

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, warning letters, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of products into the market, refusal of the regulatory agency or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, and the suspension or withdrawal of existing approvals by such regulatory agencies. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales, and harm our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

 

The FDA regulatory clearance process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain, and the failure to obtain and maintain required regulatory clearances and approvals could prevent us from commercializing our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development and future versions thereof.

 

Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, and its implementing regulations, guidances, and standards. The FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, promotion, distribution, and production of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. The FDA also regulates the export of medical devices manufactured in the United States to international markets. Any violations of these laws and regulations could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if there is a change in law, regulation or judicial interpretation, we may be required to change our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  50  

 

 

Under the FFDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness.

 

Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to FDA’s “general controls” for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below.

 

Class II devices are subject to FDA’s general controls, and any other “special controls” deemed necessary by FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification procedure, though certain Class II devices are exempt from this premarket review process. When a 510(k) is required, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed device, which in some cases may require submission of clinical data. A legally marketed device is defined by statute to mean a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, or another commercially available, similar device that was cleared through the 510(k) process. Unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, the FDA will place the device, or the particular use of the device, into Class III, and the device sponsor must then fulfill much more rigorous premarketing requirements in the form of a premarket approval, or PMA.

 

A Class III device includes devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to a device that has a new intended use or utilizes advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be assured solely by general and special controls. These devices almost always require formal clinical studies to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Submission and FDA approval of a PMA application is required before marketing of a Class III device can proceed.

 

We believe our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development will be a Class II medical device. The FDA has not made any determination about whether our specific technology is a Class II medical device. While such a determination is not necessary in order for us to list a device with the FDA and bring that device to the U.S. market, we may decide to get clarification from the FDA prior to introducing a product into the market. From time to time, the FDA may disagree with the classification and require us to apply for approval as a Class III medical device. In the event that the FDA determines that our technology should be classified as Class III, we could be precluded from marketing the devices for clinical use within the United States for months, years or longer, depending on the specific change in the classification. Reclassification of our technology as Class III could significantly increase our regulatory costs, including the timing and expense associated with required clinical trials and other costs.

 

If the FDA requires us to go through more costly, lengthy and uncertain PMA process for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, we may be less likely to receive approval for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology or such approval may take longer and be more costly.

 

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

· we may not be able to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;
· the data from our clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval; and
· the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

 

  51  

 

 

When FDA approval of a device requires human clinical trials, and if the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the device is considered a “non-significant risk,” IDE submission to FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the investigation at each clinical trial site is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of Class III devices and may be required for Class I and II devices. The FDA or the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. W e believe that we will need to complete human clinical trials and submit an application for an IDE in order to seek approval to use of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology for stimulation and ablation but not for diagnostic purposes. Because any IDE, if required, must be cleared by the FDA prior to the start of a clinical investigation, this requirement may delay our product development or clinical trial efforts . Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability.

 

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared or approved products on a timely basis.

 

After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: compliance with the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process; labeling regulations; the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses; the reports of Corrections and Removals regulation, which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk of health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; and the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur. Manufacturers are also required to register and list their devices with the FDA, based on which the FDA will conduct inspections to ensure continued compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

 

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters; fines; injunctions; consent decrees; civil penalties; repairs, replacements or refunds; recalls, corrections or seizures of products; total or partial suspension of production; the FDA’s refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current product applications; and criminal prosecution. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some people with brain related disorders from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived accuracy and safety of our products. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

International sales are subject to regulatory requirements in the countries in which our products are sold. The regulatory review process varies from country to country and may in some cases require the submission of clinical data. In addition, the FDA must be notified of, or approve the export to certain countries of devices that require a PMA, and are not yet approved in the United States.

 

A recall of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact on us.

 

The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Our third-party suppliers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our third-party distributors, if any, could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.

 

  52  

 

 

Further, under the FDA's medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

 

Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

 

We will be subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption and anti-money-laundering laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our future global operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our future global operations will expose us to trade and economic sanctions and other restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union and other governments and organizations. The U.S. Departments of Justice, Commerce, State and Treasury and other federal agencies and authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal penalties they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals for violations of economic sanctions laws, export control laws, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other federal statutes and regulations, including those established by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. In addition, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the Bribery Act, prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. An organization that “fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the Bribery Act unless the organization can establish the defense of having implemented “adequate procedures” to prevent bribery. Under these laws and regulations, as well as other anti-corruption laws, anti-money-laundering laws, export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations, various government agencies may require export licenses, may seek to impose modifications to business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned persons or entities and modifications to compliance programs, which may increase compliance costs, and may subject us to fines, penalties and other sanctions. A violation of these laws or regulations could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We will implement and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us, and our directors, officers, employees, representatives, third-party distributors, if any, consultants and agents with the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act and other export control, anticorruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. We cannot assure you, however, that our policies and procedures will be sufficient or that directors, officers, employees, representatives, third-party distributors, if any, consultants and agents have not engaged and will not engage in conduct for which we may be held responsible, nor can we assure you that our business partners have not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct. Violations of the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act or other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws or regulations may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We are subject to additional federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to our healthcare business; our failure to comply with those laws could have an adverse impact on our business.

 

Although we will not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from government health insurance programs or other third-party payors for our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal, state and foreign governments, which could adversely impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws potentially applicable to our operations include, but are not limited to:

 

  53  

 

 

· the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which will apply to our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies and relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among other things, soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
· federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions that prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval to the federal government that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government. The government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes;
· the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them;
· HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and their implementing regulations, also imposes certain regulatory and contractual requirements regarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;
· federal “sunshine” requirements imposed by the Patent Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, on device manufacturers regarding any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission. Manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year;
· federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;
· state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA; and
· foreign data privacy regulations, such as the EU Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC), and the country-specific regulations that implement Directive 95/46/EC, which impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting, and may be stricter than U.S. laws.

 

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that the scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain, many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations, or they vary country by country. We are unable to predict what additional federal, state or foreign legislation or regulatory initiatives may be enacted in the future regarding our business or the healthcare industry in general, or what effect such legislation or regulations may have on us. Federal, state or foreign governments may (i) impose additional restrictions or adopt interpretations of existing laws that could have a material adverse effect on us or (ii) challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any of these challenges could impact our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

 

  54  

 

 

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement of profits, exclusion from governmental health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any federal, state or foreign regulatory review to which we may become subject, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming.

 

For example, to enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, has recently increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management's attention from our core business. Additionally, if we settle an investigation with law enforcement or other regulatory agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

 

We may be liable if the FDA or another regulatory agency concludes that we have engaged in the off-label promotion of our products.

 

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of the off-label use of our products. Healthcare providers may use our products, if approved, off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties. Although we intend to train our marketing and direct sales force to not promote our products for uses outside of their cleared uses and our policy will be to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

 

Further, if we seek commercial approval in Europe, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to the laws of EEA Member States implementing Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. EEA Member State legislation may also restrict or impose limitations on our ability to advertise our products directly to the general public. In addition, voluntary EU and national codes of conduct provide guidelines on the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare providers harming our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our products.

 

Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. The sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health administration authorities, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations. Both the federal and state governments in the United States continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare. This legislation and regulation may result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce the prices charged for medical devices. This could harm our ability to market our products and generate sales.

 

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our products would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

  55  

 

 

While the goal of healthcare reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. For example, the PPACA was enacted in March 2010. The PPACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device industries. Among other things, the PPACA:

 

· establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research;
· implements payment system reforms including value-based payment programs, increased funding for comparative effectiveness research, reduced hospital payments for avoidable readmissions and hospital acquired conditions, and pilot programs to evaluate alternative payment methodologies that promote care coordination (such as bundled physician and hospital payments); and
· creates an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

 

At this time, we cannot predict which, if any, additional healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted or what impact they, or the PPACA, may have on our business and operations, and any of these impacts may be adverse on our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws.

 

The PPACA imposes, among other things, an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning in 2013. Due to subsequent legislative amendments, the excise tax has been suspended from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2017, and, absent further legislative action, will be reinstated starting January 1, 2018. We do not believe that our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development is currently subject to this tax based on the retail exemption under applicable Treasury Regulations. However, the availability of this exemption is subject to interpretation by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and the IRS may disagree with our analysis. In addition, future products that we manufacture, produce or import may be subject to this tax. The financial impact this tax may have on our business is unclear and there can be no assurance that our business will not be materially adversely affected by it.

 

Risks Related to our Common Stock

 

There is not now, and there may never be, an active market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that our common stock will become liquid or that it will be listed on a securities exchange.

 

There currently is no liquid market for our common stock. An investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of the common stock and trading of our common stock may be extremely sporadic. For example, several days may pass before any shares may be traded. A more active market for our common stock may never develop. In addition, if we failed to meet the criteria set forth in SEC regulations, various requirements would be imposed by law on broker-dealers who sell our securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. Consequently, such regulations may deter broker-dealers from recommending or selling the common stock, which may further affect its liquidity. This would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital.

 

The price of our common stock might fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid for your shares. The trading price of our common stock may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;
· our progress toward developing our cortical strip and sheet electrode technology;
· the commencement, enrollment and results of our future clinical trials;
· adverse results from, delays in or termination of our clinical trials;
· adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval;

 

  56  

 

 

· publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts, if any;
· perceptions about the market acceptance of our products and the recognition of our brand;
· adverse publicity about our products or industry in general;
· overall performance of the equity markets;
· introduction of products, or announcements of significant contracts, licenses or acquisitions, by us or our competitors;
· legislative, political or regulatory developments;
· additions or departures of key personnel;
· threatened or actual litigation and government investigations;
· sale of shares of our common stock by us or members of our management; and
· general economic conditions.

 

These and other factors might cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Accordingly, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price.

 

Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company's securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management's attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We are a smaller reporting company, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For as long as we continue to be a smaller reporting company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not smaller reporting companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation, and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year when the aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and nonvoting common equity held by our nonaffiliates is $75 million or more on the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Our common stock is subject to the “penny stock” rules of the SEC, which makes transactions in our stock cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

 

The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define a "penny stock" as an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions . The SEC's penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document that provides information about penny stocks and the risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and the salesperson in the transaction, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer's account. In addition, the penny stock rules generally require that before a transaction in a penny stock occurs, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's agreement to the transaction. If applicable in the future, these rules may restrict the ability of brokers-dealers to sell our common stock and may affect the ability of investors to sell their shares, until our common stock no longer is considered a penny stock.

 

  57  

 

 

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

 

Our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 95.0% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.

 

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

 

We intend to issue more shares to raise capital, which will result in substantial dilution.

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Any additional financings effected by us may result in the issuance of additional securities without stockholder approval and the substantial dilution in the percentage of common stock held by our then existing stockholders. Moreover, the common stock issued in any such transaction may be valued on an arbitrary or non-arm's-length basis by our management, resulting in an additional reduction in the percentage of common stock held by our current stockholders. Our board of directors has the power to issue any or all of such authorized but unissued shares without stockholder approval. To the extent that additional shares of common stock are issued in connection with a financing, dilution to the interests of our stockholders will occur and the rights of the holder of common stock might be materially and adversely affected.

 

In addition, as of the Closing, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 365,716 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.035 per share and Notes and warrants convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock upon their terms. As of July 13, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes totaled $1,677,345. For a description of the Notes and warrants and information about the number of shares of common stock for which they are convertible or exercisable, see “Management's Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources”. To the extent these outstanding options or warrants are exercised or the Notes are converted, there will be further dilution to investors.

 

Anti-takeover provisions that may be in our charter and bylaws may prevent or frustrate attempts by stockholders to change the board of directors or current management and could make a third-party acquisition of us difficult.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

 

We do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your shares of our common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment.

 

We expect to incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

 

As a public company in the United States, we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the stock exchange on which we may list our common stock, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

 

  58  

 

 

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

 

Failure to establish and maintain an effective system of internal controls could result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud in which case, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and could negatively impact the price of our stock. Furthermore, our management and our independent auditors have identified certain internal control deficiencies, which management and our independent auditors believe constitute material weaknesses.

 

Prior to the Acquisition, NeuroOne, Inc. was a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures.  We review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies as our Company continues to evolve. In addition, i n connection with the Acquisition and becoming a company required to file reports with the SEC, we are required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of SOX and management is required to report annually on our internal control over financial reporting . Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of SOX until the date we are no longer a "smaller reporting company" as defined by applicable SEC rules. We will remain a "smaller reporting company" as long as our public float remains less than $75 million as of the last business day of our most recently-completed second fiscal quarter.

 

During the 2016 audit, it was determined that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Such shortcoming could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results and the price of our common stock could be negatively affected once we become a Registrant. This reporting requirement could also make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. Any system of internal controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulation concerning control and procedures could have a material effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition. Any of these events could result in an adverse reaction in the financial marketplace due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which ultimately could negatively affect the market price of our shares, increase the volatility of our stock price and adversely affect our ability to raise additional funding. The effect of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors and as executive officers.

 

Our management’s evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 concluded that our controls were not effective, due to material weaknesses resulting from:

 

· Management did not maintain effective internal controls relating to the accounting closing and financial reporting process pertaining to certain stock transactions and complicated convertible debt instruments;

 

· The Company has insufficient internal personnel resources and technical accounting and reporting expertise within the Company’s financial closing and reporting functions; and

 

· Due to our small size, the Company did not maintain effective internal controls to assure proper segregation of duties as the same employee was responsible for initiating and recording of transactions, thereby creating a segregation of duties weakness. 

 

  59  

 

 

Management believes there is a reasonable possibility that these control deficiencies, if uncorrected, could result in material misstatements in the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected in a timely manner. Accordingly, we have determined that these control deficiencies constitute material weaknesses. Although the Company is taking steps to remediate the material weaknesses, there can be no assurance that similar incidents can be prevented in the future if the internal controls are not followed by senior management and our Board of Directors.

 

We will need to evaluate our existing internal controls over financial reporting against the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) (the “Framework”) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). During the course of our ongoing evaluation of the internal controls, we may identify other areas requiring improvement, and may have to design enhanced processes and controls to address issues identified through this review. Remediating any deficiencies, significant deficiencies or material weaknesses that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify may require us to incur significant costs and expend significant time and management resources. We cannot assure you that any of the measures we implement to remedy any such deficiencies will effectively mitigate or remedy such deficiencies. The existence of one or more material weaknesses could affect the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting. Investors could lose confidence in our financial reports, and the value of our common stock may be harmed, if our internal controls over financial reporting are found not to be effective by management or by an independent registered public accounting firm or if we make disclosure of existing or potential material weaknesses in those controls.

 

Even if we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting provides reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our future reporting obligations.

 

Our reporting obligations as a public company will place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. If we fail to timely achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce reliable financial reports or help prevent fraud. Our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could prevent us from filing our periodic reports on a timely basis which could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our common stock.

 

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

 

Of the 7,864,994 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding after the closing of the Acquisition, 224,151 shares are freely tradable without restriction by stockholders who are not our affiliates. Of our outstanding shares, 1,348,849 shares that were outstanding before the Acquisition are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. We issued an aggregate of 6,291,994 shares of our common stock to the former NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and such shares are also “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities may be publicly resold under Rule 144 beginning one year following the date of the filing of this Report with the SEC.

 

In addition, in the future, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately 365,716 shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued as well as the 1,300,000 additional shares reserved for future issuance, under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment as set forth in such plan. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.

 

  60  

 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. Securities or industry analysts may elect not to provide coverage of our common stock, and such lack of coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do not secure additional securities or industry analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities or industry analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more securities or industry analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

Risks Related to our Acquisition by Original Source Entertainment, Inc.

 

We may be subject to unknown risks as a result of our recently completed acquisition by Original Source Entertainment, Inc.

 

Original Source Entertainment, Inc., which was renamed NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation in connection with the Acquisition, was formed to license songs to the television and movie industry and has generated very little revenues. Prior to the Acquisition, its operations have been primarily limited to organizational, start-up, and capital formation activities, with no employees other than the former officers. On February 5, 2014, the board of directors of Original Source Entertainment, Inc. authorized the spin-off of Original Source Music, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary which then held all of our operations and assets, to our stockholders of record as of February 25, 2014. Under the terms of the spin-off, the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Original Source Music was distributed on a pro-rata basis to each holder of our common stock on the February 25, 2014 record date without any consideration or action on the part of such holders, and the holders of our common stock as of the February 25, 2014 record date became owners of 100% of the common stock of Original Source Music. The spin-off of Original Source Music was effective as of May 13, 2016, due to the satisfactory resolution of all comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the Registration Statement on Form 10 of Original Source Music and the Form 10’s effectiveness. Therefore, upon the spinoff of Original Source Music, which held all of our operations and assets at the time, on May 13, 2016, Original Source Entertainment, Inc. ceased having a specific business plan and purpose.

 

In connection with the Acquisition, the liabilities existing in Original Source Entertainment, Inc. at the time of the Acquisition were cancelled or paid by a related party, as required by the Merger Agreement. Despite this requirement and the representations and warranties of Original Source Entertainment, Inc. in the Merger Agreement, there may be unknown liabilities, or liabilities that were known but believed to be immaterial, related to the business of Original Source Entertainment, Inc. that may become material liabilities we are subject to in the future. If we are subject to material liability as a result of the conduct of Original Source Entertainment, Inc., we may have limited recourse for such liabilities, which could have a material impact on our business and stock price.

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Management's Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of NeuroOne, Inc. together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

 

  61  

 

 

Overview

 

On July 20, 2017, we entered into the Merger Agreement with NeuroOne, Inc. and OSOK Acquisition Company to acquire NeuroOne, Inc. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement were consummated on July 20, 2017 and, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, (i) all outstanding NeuroOne Shares were exchanged for Company Shares based on the Exchange Ratio of 17.0103706 Company Shares for every one NeuroOne Share, (ii) all NeuroOne Options were replaced with Company Options based on the Exchange Ratio, with corresponding adjustments to their respective exercise prices, (iii) all NeuroOne Warrants were replaced with Company Warrants and (iv) we assumed the outstanding convertible promissory notes, or the Notes, of NeuroOne, Inc. Accordingly, we acquired 100% of NeuroOne, Inc. in exchange for the issuance of shares of our common stock and NeuroOne, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Our sole business is the business of NeuroOne, Inc. Our management's discussion and analysis below is based on the financial results of NeuroOne, Inc. Except as otherwise indicated herein, all share and per share information in this “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section gives retroactive effect to the exchange of NeuroOne Shares, NeuroOne Options and NeuroOne Warrants for Company Shares, Company Options and Company Warrants, respectively, in the Acquisition, as well as the corresponding exercise price adjustments for such Company Options. The following discussion and analysis provides information which we believe to be relevant to an assessment and understanding of the results of operations and financial condition of NeuroOne, Inc.

 

We are an early-stage medical technology company developing comprehensive neuromodulation cEEG and sEEG monitoring, ablation, and brain stimulation solutions to diagnose and treat patients with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors, and other brain related disorders. Our cortical strip technology under development has only been used by Mayo in five patients for research purposes and has not been tested in any clinical trials.

 

The LLC was formed on December 13, 2013 and operated as a limited liability company until it was merged with and into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 with NeuroOne, Inc. as the surviving entity. As a result of the Merger, all of the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the LLC vested in NeuroOne, Inc., and all debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC became the debts, liabilities and duties of NeuroOne, Inc., except for the WARF License, which was not legally transferred until May 2017. The purpose of the Merger was to change the jurisdiction of incorporation from Minnesota to Delaware, change of ownership of the LLC’s underlying assets and to convert from a limited liability company to a corporation. All financial results prior to October 27, 2016 are from the operations of the LLC. The LLC and NeuroOne, Inc. are collectively referred to as the Company. The sole member of the LLC received, upon the effectiveness of the Merger, in consideration for the cancellation of his membership interests in the LLC, 5,000 shares of NeuroOne, Inc. The holders of shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. received, upon the effectiveness of the Merger, one share of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. for every three shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. held pre-merger. Except as otherwise indicated herein, all share and per share information in this Report gives retroactive effect to the stock combination completed in connection with the Merger.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. and the LLC were not entities under common control. As the LLC did not have an integrated set of activities that contained the required complement of inputs, processes and outputs to be considered a business the 2016 Merger was accounted for as an asset acquisition as prescribed under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – Business Combinations. As such, the activities of NeuroOne, Inc. and the LLC were not combined and are shown separately in the accompanying financial statements included in this Report. For purposes of the management discussion and analysis the 2016 results for NeuroOne, Inc and the LLC have been combined for comparative purposes.

 

We had very limited resources prior to our convertible note and warrant financing commencing in November 2016. To date, our primary activities have been limited to, and our limited resources have been dedicated to, performing business and financial planning, raising capital, recruiting personnel, negotiating with business partners and the licensors of our intellectual property and conducting development activities. Our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology is still under development, we do not yet have regulatory approval in any jurisdiction to sell any products and, to date, we have not generated any revenue.

 

We have incurred losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $266,370 as December 31, 2016. The LLC, prior to the Merger, also incurred losses since its inception and had cumulative losses of $49,930 as of the date of the Merger. As of March 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $995,945, primarily as a result of expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative expenses associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating and net losses for the foreseeable future.

 

  62  

 

 

We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain marketing authorization to sell our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology from applicable regulatory authorities. See “Business—Clinical Experience, Future Development and Clinical Trial Plans” for an explanation of our plans for pre-clinical testing, clinical trials and regulatory submissions in the U.S.

 

Our primary source of cash has been proceeds from the issuance of Notes and common stock purchase warrants. From November 2016 to June 2017, we issued Notes (in aggregate principal amount of $1,625,120) and common stock purchase warrants, or the Warrants, for aggregate net proceeds of $1,511,510 to fund our operations.

 

We need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, which may include collaborations with third parties. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise such capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to develop and commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and future products and our ability to pursue our business strategy. See “–Liquidity and Capital Requirements” below.

 

Financial Overview

 

Revenue

 

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to generate revenue unless or until we develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. If we fail to complete the development of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, or any other product candidate we may pursue in the future, in a timely manner, or fail to obtain regulatory approval, we may never be able to generate any revenue.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for personnel in functions not directly associated with research and development activities. Other significant costs include legal fees relating to corporate matters, intellectual property costs, professional fees for consultants assisting with regulatory, clinical, product development and financial matters, and product costs. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will significantly increase in the future to support our continued research and development activities, potential commercialization of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology, if approved, and the increased costs of operating as a public company. These increases will include increased costs related to the hiring of additional personnel and fees for legal and professional services, as well as other public-company related costs.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities in developing our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. Research and development expenses include compensation and benefits for research and development employees, overhead expenses, cost of laboratory supplies, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, costs related to regulatory operations, fees paid to consultants, and other outside expenses. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and costs incurred by third parties are expensed as the contracted work is performed.

 

We expect our research and development expenses to significantly increase over the next several years as we develop our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and conduct preclinical testing and clinical trials and will depend on the duration, costs and timing to complete our preclinical programs and clinical trials.

 

  63  

 

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense primarily consists of amortized Note issuance costs and interest costs related to the Notes we issued between November 2016 and June 2017. The Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum, compounding annually.

 

Interest expense also includes the change in the fair value of warrant liability and the premium conversion derivative during the particular period. The change in fair value of the warrant liability results from the marking to market at the end of every reporting period of the fair value of the warrant liability related to the warrants to purchase shares of common stock issued in connection with the issuance of the Notes. The fair value of this warrant liability will fluctuate based on the change in the price of our common stock in the public markets until these warrants are exercised or expire.

 

Results of Operations

 

For comparison purposes, the results of operations for the LLC for the three-month period ended March 31, 2016 is compared to the operating results for NeuroOne, Inc. for the three-month period ended March 31, 2017. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the results of operations for the LLC from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 have been combined with the operating results for NeuroOne, Inc. from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 and such combined results have been compared to the operating results of the LLC for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2017

 

The following table sets forth the results of operations of NeuroOne, LLC and NeuroOne, Inc. for the three-months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
       
   

NeuroOne LLC

2016

   

NeuroOne, Inc.

2017

    Period-to-
Period Change
 
       
Expenses:                        
General and administrative   $ 2,001     $ 444,016     $ (442,015 )
Research and development           72,041       (72,041 )
Operating Loss     (2,001 )     (516,057 )     (514,056 )
Other expense:                        
Interest expense     (3,498 )     (213,518 )     (210,020 )
Net loss and comprehensive loss   $ (5,499 )   $ (729,575 )   $ (724,076 )

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $444,016 for the three months ended March 31, 2017, compared to $2,001 for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary related expenses to support the increased level of commercialization and development activities. The increase in spending was primarily attributable to salary and related expenses for additional staffing $300,000, legal and accounting expenses of $63,500, and investment banker fees of $50,000.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Research and development expenses were $72,041 for the three months ended March 31, 2017, compared to $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary-related expenses and development materials and supplies to support the increased level of development activities.

 

  64  

 

 

Interest expense

 

Interest expense, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was $213,518, consisting of interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs of $212,200 related to the Notes and other interest expense of $1,318. There were no outstanding Notes in the prior year.

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

 

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

    NeuroOne LLC     NeuroOne, Inc.    

NeuroOne, Inc.

and NeuroOne

LLC 2016

Combined

       
   

For the year

ended December

31, 2015

   

For the period

January 1, 2016

to October 26,

2016

   

For the period

October 7, 2016

to December 31,

2016

   

For the period

January 1, 2016

to December 31,

2016

   

Fiscal Year

Period to

Period

Change

 
Operating expenses:                                        
General and administrative   $ 7,936     $ 6,657     $ 182,667     $ 189,324     $ (181,388 )
Research and development     2,400                         2,400  
Total operating expenses     10,336       6,657       182,667       189,324       (178,988 )
Loss from operations     (10,336 )     (6,657 )     (182,667 )     (189,324 )     (178,988 )
Interest expense     (4,187 )     (11,947 )     (83,703 )     (95,650 )     (91,463 )
Net loss   $ (14,523 )   $ (18,604 )   $ (266,370 )   $ (284,974 )   $ (270,451 )

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses were $189,324 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $7,936 for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $181,388. The increase was primarily due to increases in compensation expenses from additional personnel of $124,634 and professional fees for legal and accounting services of $48,687.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Research and development expenses were $0 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $2,400 for the year ended December 31, 2015. Development activities were limited in 2016 while our focus was on laying the groundwork for future growth by creating our corporate structure and obtaining funding needed to support an increased level of future operations.

 

Interest expense

 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $95,650 compared to $4,187 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The $91,463 increase in interest expense was primarily due to the amortization of $78,466 of debt issuance costs for the Notes in the fourth quarter of 2016.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our principal source of liquidity consisted of cash deposits of $522,217 and $486,418, respectively. We have not generated any revenue, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we develop our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology and pursue pre-clinical testing and clinical trials, seek regulatory approvals, contract to manufacture any products, establish our own sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development, if approved, hire additional staff, add operational, financial and management systems and operate as a public company.

 

  65  

 

 

Our primary source of cash has been proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and Warrants. From November 2016 to June 2017, we issued Notes (in aggregate principal amount of $1,625,120) and Warrants for aggregate net proceeds of $1,511,510.

 

The Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum and require us to repay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the earlier of November 21, 2017 or the consummation of the next equity or equity-linked round of financing resulting in more than $3 million in gross proceeds. If such a financing occurs before November 21, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes shall automatically convert into the securities issued by us in such financing based on the greater number of such securities resulting from either (i) the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes divided by $1.80 or (ii) the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes multiplied by 1.25, divided by the price paid per security in such financing. If a change of control transaction or initial public offering occurs prior to such a financing, the Note would, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal of the Notes, either become payable on demand as of the closing date of such transaction or become convertible into shares of common stock immediately prior to such transaction at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the per share value as determined by our board of directors as if in connection with the granting of stock based compensation or in a private sale to a third party in an arms’ length transaction or (ii) at the per share consideration to be paid in such transaction. Change of control means a merger or consolidation with another entity in which our stockholders do not own more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity or the disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. The Notes are unsecured. As of July 13, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes totaled $1,677,345. If we fail to complete a qualified equity financing by November 21, 2017, the Notes will be immediately due and payable on such date.

 

Each Warrant grants the holder the option to purchase the number of shares issuable upon the conversion of the Note held by such holder.

 

The terms of the Warrants were amended in June 2017 to be exercisable only in the event of conversion of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the related Notes. Prior to such amendment, the Warrants were immediately exercisable into common stock and the number of shares were not fixed and determinable at the issuance date. No Warrants were exercised prior to the amendment. The Warrants have been accounted for as a liability at fair value. Following such amendment, the amount of warrant shares to be issued are now fixed to the number of shares of common stock to be received by the Holder upon conversion of such holder’s Note, and to an exercise price equal to the price at which the Notes convert into common shares. However, the warrants still have price protections that result in the accounting for these Warrants as a liability at fair value. Since the Warrants were no longer immediately exercisable as of the date of the amendment and the terms were modified, we will adjust the fair value of the underlying warrant liability in the second quarter of 2017.

 

In connection with the private placement of Notes and Warrants, we owe the placement agent a cash fee of $113,610 (8% of the gross proceeds received to date from certain Note and Warrant investors) and are obligated to issue to the placement agent a Warrant to purchase shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) in an amount equal to 8% of the common stock purchased by certain investors in the private placement, which Warrant is expected to have an exercise price of $2.00 per Company Share.

 

The Warrants (other than the placement agent Warrant), after the amendment in June 2017, are exercisable following the conversion of the Notes and expire on November 21, 2021. The placement agent Warrants will be immediately exercisable and expire five years from the date of issuance. The placement agent Warrant is issuable upon the closing of the Company’s Note and Warrant financing. The exercise price and number of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercising the Warrants will be subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, business combination or similar transaction, as described therein. In addition, the exercise price of the Warrants (but not those issued to the placement agent) is subject to reduction of the exercise price if we subsequently issue common stock or equivalents at an effective price less than the current exercise price of such Warrants.

 

We also received a short-term unsecured loan for $50,000 in November 2016 from the placement agent of the Notes and Warrants. We incurred no fees or interest costs related to such temporary loan and repaid it in full in February 2017.

 

The placement agent is entitled to receive warrants to purchase common stock in an amount equal to 10% of the common stock (or common stock equivalents) purchased by certain investors in subsequent equity financing rounds. Such warrants will have an exercise price determined in relation to the pricing of the subsequent financing, will be immediately exercisable once issued and have a term of 5 years.

 

  66  

 

 

Funding Requirements and Outlook

 

We have no current source of revenue to sustain our present activities, and we do not expect to generate revenue until, and unless, the FDA or other regulatory authorities approve our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology under development and we successfully commercialize our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity and debt financings as well as collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third-party partners, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development, future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, noting the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. This uncertainty arose from management's review of our results of operations and financial condition and its conclusion that, based on our operating plans, we did not have sufficient existing working capital to sustain operations through December 31, 2017.

 

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses only to August 2017. Furthermore, as of July 13, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes totaled $1,677,345. If we fail to complete an equity financing by November 21, 2017, the Notes will be immediately due and payable on such date and we will not have sufficient cash to pay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

 

We have agreements with WARF and Mayo that require us to make certain milestone and royalty payments. See “Business—WARF License” and “Business—Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research License and Development Agreement”.

 

To continue to fund operations, we will need to secure additional funding on or prior to August 2017. We plan to complete an equity financing in the third quarter of 2017. We may obtain additional financing in the future through the issuance of our common stock, through other equity or debt financings or through collaborations or partnerships with other companies. We may not be able to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and any failure to raise capital as and when needed could compromise our ability to execute on our business plan.

 

The development of our cortical strip, grid electrode and depth electrode technology is subject to numerous uncertainties, and we have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be substantially different than we currently anticipate and could use our cash resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, the process of developing medical devices is costly, and the timing of progress in pre-clinical tests and clinical trials is uncertain. Our ability to successfully transition to profitability will be dependent upon achieving a level of product sales adequate to support our cost structure. We cannot assure you that we will ever be profitable or generate positive cash flow from operating activities.

 

  67  

 

 

Cash Flows

 

The following is a summary of cash flows for each of the periods set forth below.

 

    NeuroOne LLC     NeuroOne, Inc.    

NeuroOne, Inc.

and NeuroOne

LLC

2016 Combined

   

NeuroOne

LLC

    NeuroOne, Inc.  
   

For the year

ended December

31, 2015

   

For the period

January 1,

2016 to

October 26,

2016

   

For the period

October7, 2016

to December

31, 2016

   

For the period

January 1,

2016 to

December 31,

2016

   

For the period

Ended March

31, 2016

   

For the period

Ended March

31, 2017

 
                                     
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (2,400 )   $     $ (175,783 )   $ (175,783 )   $     $ (350,919 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,400             698,000       698,000             315,120  
Net increase(decrease) in cash   $     $     $ 522,217     $ 522,217     $     $ (35,799 )

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $350,919 for the three months ended March 31, 2017, which consisted of a net loss of $729,575 partially offset by non-cash interest, discount amortization, and warrant issuance costs on the convertible promissory notes of $212,231, an increase in accrued expenses of $107,627, and an increase in prepaid expenses of $53,823.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2016. There was limited activity during the three month period ended March 31, 2016.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $175,783 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which consisted of a net loss of $284,974 combined with a decrease in prepaid expenses of $53,823, partially offset by non-cash interest, discount amortization, and warrant issuance costs on the convertible promissory notes of $82,416, combined with an increase in accrued expenses of $72,266.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,400 for the year ended December 31, 2015, which consisted primarily of a net loss of $14,523, partially offset by amortization expense of $7,765 combined with an increase in accrued expenses and accounts payable of $4,358.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $315,120 for the three months ended March 31, 2017, which consisted of $365,120 in net proceeds received upon the issuance of the Notes and Warrants during the quarter partially offset by the $50,000 repayment of a short-term unsecured loan.

 

We had no cash provided by financing activities in the three month period ended March 31, 2016.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $698,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which consisted of $648,000 in net proceeds received upon the issuance of the Notes and Warrants during the fourth quarter of 2016 and proceeds of $50,000 received from a short-term unsecured loan.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2,400 for the year ended December 31, 2015, and consisted of LLC member contributions.

 

  68  

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

 

Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances at the time such estimates are made. Actual results may differ materially from our estimates and judgments under different assumptions or conditions. We periodically review our estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates are reflected in our financial statements prospectively from the date of the change in estimate.

 

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Report, we believe the following are the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements that require significant estimates and judgments.

 

Management's Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

We account for fair value measurements of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring or nonrecurring basis adhering to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

· Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to us at the measurement date.

 

· Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

· Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair values of cash, other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and the unsecured loan approximated their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these assets or liabilities. The estimated fair value of the convertible promissory notes was based on amortized cost which was deemed to approximate fair value. The fair value of the warrant liability and the premium conversion derivative associated with the Notes were based on cash flow models discounted at current implied market rates evidenced in recent arms-length transactions representing expected returns by market participants for similar instruments which were based on Level 3 inputs. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the year ended December 31, 2016 or the three-month period ended March 31, 2017.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We entered into two licensing agreements with major research institutions, which allow for access to certain patented technology and know-how. Milestone payments under those agreements are capitalized and amortized to general and administrative expense over the expected useful life of the acquired technology.

 

  69  

 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We evaluate long-lived assets, which consists entirely of licensed intellectual property for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. Through March 31, 2017, we had not impaired any long-lived assets.

 

Debt Issuance Costs

 

Debt issuance costs are recorded as a reduction of the Notes. Amortization of debt issuance costs is calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the Notes, which approximates the effective interest method, and is recorded in interest expense in the statement of operations.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development expenses may comprise costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including clinical trial costs, manufacturing costs for both clinical and pre-clinical materials as well as other contracted services, license fees, and other external costs. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity is performed or when the goods have been received, rather than when payment is made, in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development .

 

Warrant Liability

 

We issued warrants to purchase equity securities in connection with the issuance of the Notes. We account for these warrants as a liability at fair value for each reporting period as the number of shares were not fixed and determinable at the issuance date. Additionally, issuance costs associated with the warrants are expensed as incurred and reflected as interest expense in the accompanying statement of operations. We will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or until such time, if any, as the number of shares to be exercised becomes fixed, at which point the warrants will be classified in stockholders’ (deficit) equity provided that there are sufficient authorized and unissued shares of common stock to settle the warrants and redeem any other contracts that may require settlement in shares of common stock. Any future change in fair value of the warrant liability will be recognized as a component of interest expense in the statement of operations.

 

Premium Debt Conversion Derivative

 

We evaluate all conversion and redemption features contained in a debt instrument to determine if there are any embedded derivative(s) that require separation from the host debt instrument. An embedded derivative that requires separation is bifurcated from its host debt instrument and a corresponding discount to the host debt instrument is recorded. The discount is amortized and recorded to interest expense over the term of the host debt instrument using the straight line method which approximates the effective interest method. The separated embedded derivative is accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. We record the fair value changes of a separated embedded derivative to interest expense at each reporting period. We issued Notes that contained a 125% conversion premium in the event that a qualified financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). We determined that the redemption feature under the Notes qualified as an embedded derivative and was separated from its debt host.

 

Income Taxes

 

For NeuroOne, Inc., income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

  70  

 

 

The LLC operated as a single-member LLC from formation on December 12, 2013 until it was merged into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016. As such, it was a disregarded legal entity for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes was included in the financial statements for the period from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Net Loss Per Share

 

The LLC was a single-member LLC for which no units were outstanding. Accordingly, earnings per share is not presented for the LLC.

 

For NeuroOne, Inc., basic loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

 

Diluted earnings or loss per share of common stock is computed similarly to basic earnings or loss per share except the weighted average shares outstanding are increased to include additional shares from the assumed exercise of any common stock equivalents, if dilutive. Our convertible promissory notes and warrants are considered common stock equivalents for this purpose. Diluted earnings is computed utilizing the treasury method for the warrants. Diluted earnings with respect to the convertible promissory notes utilizing the if-converted method was not applicable during the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 as no conditions required for conversion had occurred during this period. No incremental common stock equivalents were included in calculating diluted loss per share because such inclusion would be anti-dilutive given the net loss reported for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016.

 

Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

 

Prior to the Acquisition, we were a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, we have historically periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations on an as-needed basis. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date.

 

Common Stock Valuation Methodology

 

The contemporaneous valuations that we conducted were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the asset, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. In determining the fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options granted, our board of directors has historically considered, among other things, the most recent estimate of fair value provided by an independent third-party valuation specialist and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors to determine the common stock fair market value each valuation date. The following factors, among others, were considered:

 

· our financial condition and operating results, including our projected results;
· our stage of development and business strategy;
· the financial condition and operating results of comparable publicly owned companies;
· worldwide economic conditions;
· our recent securities transactions; and
· the likelihood of a liquidity event such as an initial public offering, a merger or the sale of our company.

 

  71  

 

 

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of fair value of our common stock, including the contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

 

In each of our contemporaneous valuations, we generally used the asset and market approaches to derive an estimated enterprise value. The asset approach establishes value based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property, less economic depreciation due to physical deterioration, and functional or economic obsolescence, if present and measurable. The particular market approach utilizes the option pricing method, or OPM, backsolve method to determine our enterprise value. Under this method, an implied equity value of the company is derived from recent transactions involving the company's securities in arms-length transactions. Under the option pricing method, shares are valued by creating a series of hypothetical call options using exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the multiple classes of equity are inferred by analyzing these options and determining the option value attributable to each respective security. We applied a discount to the valuations due to the lack of marketability of the ordinary shares at the time of issuance. We calculated the discount for lack of marketability and applied it as appropriate to each allocation.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17). The new guidance simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. ASU 2015-17 applies to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by this ASU. For public entities, ASU 2015-17 is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for other entities beginning after December 15, 2017 with earlier application permitted. The new guidance may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all periods presented. We have adopted this standard for all periods presented. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the our financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The guidance affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option and the presentation and disclosure requirements of financial instruments. The guidance is effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 for public entities and for all other entities in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted for the accounting guidance on financial liabilities under the fair value option. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on our financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This ASU simplifies the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including: income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for public entities and after December 15, 2017 for all other entities, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the requirements of this new guidance and have not yet determined its impact on our financial statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During the periods presented, we did not have, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under SEC rules.

 

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

 

We currently have no leased or owned properties, including office space. To meet our current needs, we intend to lease office space near Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

 

  72  

 

 

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the Closing, taking into account the conversion of all NeuroOne Shares and NeuroOne Options into Company Shares and Company Options, respectively, in the Acquisition for:

 

· each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

· each of our named executive officers;

· each of our directors; and

· all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after the Closing. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, c/o David Rosa, 10006 Liatris Lane, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55347.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner  

Number of Shares of Common

Stock Beneficially Owned

   

Percentage of

Ownership(1)

 
Greater than 5% stockholders                
Wade Fredrickson(2)
4825 Suburban Drive
Shorewood, Minnesota 55331
    2,840,731       36.12 %

Chromium 24 LLC(3)

135 East 18 th Street

New York, New York 10003

    790,499       10.05 %
Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (4)
200 First Street SW
Rochester, Minnesota 55905
    859,976       10.93 %

Lifestyle Healthcare LLC(5)

404 East 79 th Street, Apt 28G

New York, New York 10075

    542,622       6.90 %

Named Executive Officers and Directors

               
David Rosa     793,822       10.09 %
Amer Samad(6)     15,728       *  
Paul Buckman(7)     34,020 (8)     *  
Suraj Kalia(7)     34,020 (8)     *  
Jeffrey S. Mathiesen(7)     34,020 (8)     *  
Thomas Bachinski     215,453 (9)     2.74 %
Mark Christianson     1,423,206       18.10 %
All Directors and Officers as a Group (4 persons) (10)     2,448,209       31.1 %

* Less than one percent.

 

(1) Based on 7,864,994 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Closing.

 

  73  

 

 

(2) Mr. Fredrickson is our former Vice President of Therapy and Product Development.

 

(3) Chromium 24, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company that is controlled by John Kalem.  Mr. Kalem has sole voting and investment power over these shares.

 

(4) Mayo Clinic, a Minnesota corporation, is the controlling corporation of Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research. Mayo Clinic disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.

 

(5) Lifestyle Healthcare LLC is a Delaware limited liability company. Dmitri Saprikyn is a partner of Lifestyle Healthcare LLC and has voting and investment control over these shares.

 

(6) Mr. Samad has resigned from the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1. At the Closing, Mr. Samad tendered for cancellation 3,500,000 shares of our common stock held by him, as part of the conditions to Closing.

 

(7) Messrs Buckman, Kalia and Mathiesen, who are directors of NeuroOne, Inc., have been appointed to the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1.

 

(8) Consists of an option to purchase 34,020 shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the 2016 Plan.

 

(9) Consists of shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to the 2016 Plan and a subscription agreement. Pursuant to the subscription agreement, the shares of restricted stock were subject to a repurchase option until the vesting milestones had been achieved. All such vesting milestones were achieved as of the Closing of the Acquisition and, as such, the shares are held outright and no longer remain subject to the repurchase option.

 

(10) Includes shares beneficially owned by Messrs. Rosa, Samad, Bachinski and Christianson, our directors and officers at the Closing of the Acquisition. The number of shares beneficially owned by Messrs. Rosa, Buckman, Kalia, Mathiesen, Bachinski and Christianson (6 persons), our directors and officers effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1, is 2,534,541 (31.8%).

 

  74  

 

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of the Closing of the Acquisition:

 

Name

  Age   Position
Executive Officers:        
David Rosa   53   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Mark Christianson   50   Vice President, Business Development and Marketing
Thomas Bachinski   56   Chief Development Officer
         
Non-management Directors:        
Amer Samad   33   Director (1)
Paul Buckman   61   Chairman of the Board of Directors(2)
Suraj Kalia   44   Director(2)
Jeffrey Mathiesen   56   Director(2)
(1) Mr. Samad has resigned from the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1.
(2) Messrs Buckman, Kalia and Mathiesen, who are directors of NeuroOne, Inc., have been appointed to the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1.

 

Executive Officers

 

David Rosa

 

Mr. Rosa has served as the Chief Executive Officer and as a director of NeuroOne, Inc. since October 2016 and was appointed as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company upon the Closing of the Acquisition. From November 2009 to November 2015, Mr. Rosa served as the chief executive officer and president of Sunshine Heart, Inc., a publicly-held early-stage medical device company. From 2008 to November 2009, Mr. Rosa served as chief executive officer of Milksmart, Inc., a company that specializes in medical devices for animals. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Rosa served as the vice president of global marketing for cardiac surgery and cardiology at St. Jude Medical.

 

Mr. Rosa’s qualifications to serve on the Board include his senior leadership experience in the medical device industry. In addition, his day-to-day leadership of the Company gives him critical insights into the Company’s operations, strategy and competition, and he facilitates the Board’s ability to perform its oversight function. Throughout his career at the Company and his former positions, he has demonstrated strong technical, strategic, and operational expertise, and he possesses in-depth knowledge of the medical device industry on a global basis.

 

Mark Christianson

 

Mr. Christianson has served as Vice President of Business Development and Marketing of NeuroOne, Inc. since December 2016 and of the Company since the Closing of the Acquisition. From May 2013 to December 2016 Mr. Christianson served as North American sales manager for Cortec Corporation. From February 2012 to May 2013 Mr. Christianson held the position of business development executive for Robert Half International. From May 2009 to February 2012 Mr. Christianson held the position of regional sales manager for PMT Corporation. Mr. Christianson studied accounting at Augsburg College in Minneapolis.

 

Mr. Christianson brings 15 years of high performing sales, sales management, and project management experience to the team. In addition, he also has contributed to the development and corporate strategy of the Company given his experience in the neurological field and his close relationships with key epilepsy opinion leaders.

 

  75  

 

 

Thomas Bachinski

 

Mr. Bachinski has served as Chief Development Officer of NeuroOne, Inc. since January 2017 and of the Company since the Closing of the Acquisition. From July 2015 to January 2017, Mr. Bachinski served as the vice president of research and development / engineering at Caerus Corporation, a privately held medical device company developing products for both the human medical and animal veterinarian industries. From December 2014 to the present Mr. Bachinski founded FutureWorks Innovative Engineering where technology commercialization strategies are developed and executed for a variety of clients across the medical device industry. Prior to FutureWorks, Mr. Bachinski was Vice President of research and development and director of the advanced concept development group at Empi, Inc., developing and commercializing a portfolio of neuro-stimulation devices and technologies.

 

We believe that Mr. Bachinski’s extensive engineering background and accomplishments in technology commercialization in the neurological market space will bring key engineering solutions and insight into our future product portfolio under development and future commercialization efforts, if approved. He holds a Master’s degree in Engineering and an MBA.

 

Non-Management Directors

 

Amer Samad

 

Amer Samad served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since March 6, 2014. Mr. Samad resigned as our Chief Executive Officer upon the Closing of the Acquisition and tendered his resignation as a director effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1. Mr. Samad completed his undergraduate degree at the State University of New York at Buffalo with concentrations in Financial Analysis and Marketing. He later studied Real Estate Development and Real Estate Finance at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and went on to found in November 2007, Samad Holdings & Construction Corp., a real estate development company based in Buffalo, New York that specializes in medical office and multi-family development in the United States and Canada. Mr. Samad earned a Masters in Business Administration degree from Columbia Business School in 2014.

 

Paul Buckman

 

Mr. Buckman has served as the chairman of the board of directors of NeuroOne, Inc. since October 2016 and has been appointed chairman of the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1. He is currently the General Manager of TMVR for LivaNova PLC. Prior to joining LivaNova, Mr. Buckman served as chief executive officer of Conventus Orthopaedics, a Minnesota-based company specializing in peri-articular bone fracture fixation, from September 2013 until March 2017. Mr. Buckman was chief executive officer of Sentreheart, Inc., a medical technology company focused on closure of various anatomic structures, from February 2012 to September 2013. Previously, Mr. Buckman served as chief executive officer and chairman of Pathway Medical Technologies, Inc., a medical device company focused on treatment of peripheral arterial disease, from September 2008 to February 2012; as chief executive officer of Devax, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of drug eluting stents, from December 2006 to September 2008; as president of the cardiology division of St. Jude Medical, Inc., a publicly traded diversified medical products company, from August 2004 to December 2006; and as chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of ev3, LLC, a Minnesota-based medical device company focused on endovascular therapies that Mr. Buckman founded and developed into an $80 million business, from January 2001 to January 2004. Mr. Buckman has worked in the medical device industry for over 30 years, including 10 years at Scimed Life Systems, Inc. and Boston Scientific Corporation, a publicly traded medical device manufacturer, where he held several executive positions before becoming president of the cardiology division of Boston Scientific in January 2000. Mr. Buckman also currently serves as a business advisory board member for Bio Star Ventures, and as a director for Ablative Solutions, Inc., Aortica, Inc., Miromatrix, Inc. and Xtant Medical. He previously served as a director of Conventus Orthopaedics, Caisson Interventional LLC, Velocimed, Inc., where he was a co-founder, EndiCor, Inc., Microvena, Inc., Sunshine Heart, Inc., a publicly-held early-stage medical device company, and Micro Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Buckman received a Master’s degree in Business Administration and Finance and a B.A. degree in Business Administration from Western Michigan University.

 

  76  

 

 

We believe that Mr. Buckman’s strong executive experience in medical device companies provides the Company with valuable guidance on product development and operational matters.

 

Suraj Kalia

 

Mr. Kalia has served as a member of the board of directors of NeuroOne, Inc. since March 2017 and has been appointed to the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1. He currently serves as a Managing Director and Senior Research Analyst at Northland Capital Markets, where he covers the medical technology sector, after rejoining the firm in August 2012. His previous positions include Managing Director and Senior Medical Device Analyst at Rodman & Renshaw Capital Group, Senior Vice President at Madison Williams and Company LLC, Senior Research Analyst at Piper Jaffray Companies, and Project Manager at Entegris, Inc. as part of the Business Development & Engineering groups.

 

Mr. Kalia has served as a member of the Advisory Board of Levitronix, LLC from 2009 till its acquisition by Thoratec Corp in 2011. He has more than 18 years of experience working in the financial and health care industries. Mr. Kalia has also served as an Adjunct Professor of Finance and taught MBA level courses on Investment Theory and Mergers & Acquisitions at University of St. Thomas.

 

Mr. Kalia holds the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation. He received a Master's of Business Administration degree in Finance from the University of St. Thomas in Minneapolis, a Bachelor's degree in Chemical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology in Bombay, India and a Master's degree in Chemical Engineering from Stevens Institute of Technology in Hoboken, N.J.

 

We believe that Mr. Kalia’s extensive background in the financial and medtech industry will bring important practical experience from a financial and strategic perspective. In addition, his engineering background will enable him to provide key insights with respect to the Company’s product development strategy.

 

Jeffrey Mathiesen

 

Mr. Mathiesen  has served as a member of the board of directors of NeuroOne, Inc. since April 2017 and has been appointed to the board of directors of the Company effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1 . He currently serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Gemphire Therapeutics Inc., a publicly-held clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company developing therapies for patients with cardiometabolic disorders, a position he has held since September 2015. From August 2015 to September 2015 he was a consultant to Gemphire. Prior to joining Gemphire, Mr. Mathiesen served as Chief Financial Officer of Sunshine Heart, Inc., a publicly traded medical device company, from March 2011 to January 2015. From December 2005 to April 2010, Mr. Mathiesen served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Zareba Systems, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of medical products, perimeter fencing and security systems, which was purchased by Woodstream Corporation in April 2010. Mr. Mathiesen has held executive positions with publicly traded companies dating back to 1993, including vice president and chief financial officer positions. Mr. Mathiesen also serves as a director, audit committee chairman and nominating and governance committee member of Sun BioPharma, Inc., a publicly traded clinical stage biopharmaceutical company that develops therapies for pancreatic diseases. Mr. Mathiesen received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of South Dakota and is also a Certified Public Accountant.

 

We believe that Mr. Mathiesen brings financial insight and leadership and a wealth of experience in capital markets to the Board, as well as knowledge of public company accounting and financial reporting requirements and familiarity with the life sciences industry.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no familial relationships between any of our officers and directors.

 

  77  

 

 

Structure and Operation of the Board

 

We do not have standing audit, compensation or nominating committees of our Board.  However, the full Board performs all of the functions of a standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee.  The following is a brief description of these functions of the Board:

 

Nomination of Directors

 

The Board does not currently have a standing nominating committee, and thus we do not have a nominating committee charter.  Due to our small size and limited operations to date, the Board determined that it was appropriate for the entire Board to act as the nominating committee. The full Board currently has the responsibility of selecting individuals to be nominated for election to the Board. Board candidates are typically identified by existing directors or members of management.  The Board will consider director candidates recommended by stockholders.  Any such candidates will be evaluated on the same basis as other candidates being evaluated by the Board.  Information with respect to such candidates should be sent to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, c/o Mr. David Rosa, 10006 Liatris Lane, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55347. The Board considers the needs for the Board as a whole when identifying and evaluating nominees and, among other things, considers diversity in background, age, experience, qualifications, attributes and skills in identifying nominees, although it does not have a formal policy regarding the consideration of diversity.  

 

Audit Committee Related Function

 

We do not have a standing audit committee, and thus we do not have an audit committee charter. Due to our small size and limited operations to date, the Board determined that it was appropriate for the entire Board to act as the audit committee. The Board reviews with management and the Company’s independent public accountants the Company’s financial statements, the accounting principles applied in their preparation, the scope of the audit, any comments made by the independent accountants upon the financial condition of the Company and its accounting controls and procedures and such other matters as the Board deems appropriate. During fiscal year 2016, the Board met one time with respect to audit committee related matters.  Because the Company’s common stock is traded on the Over the Counter Pink Open Market, the Company is not subject to the listing requirements of any securities exchange regarding audit committee related matters.

 

The Board currently consists of four directors: Mr. Rosa, Mr. Buckman, Mr. Kalia and Mr. Mathiesen.  

 

Report of Board on Audit Related Matters

 

In discharging its responsibility for oversight of the audit process, the Board obtained from the Company’s newly appointed independent auditors, BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”), a formal written statement describing any relationships between the auditors and the Company that might bear on the auditors’ independence, consistent with the Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, “Independence Discussions with Audit Committees.”  In addition, the Board discussed with the auditors any relationships that might impact the auditors’ objectivity and independence.  The Board is satisfied as to the auditors’ independence.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

We do not have an audit committee financial expert, because we do not have an audit committee.

 

Risk Oversight

 

The Board’s risk oversight is administered primarily through the following:

· review and approval of an annual business plan;
· review of a summary of risks and opportunities at meetings of the Board;
· review of business developments, business plan implementation and financial results;
· oversight of internal controls over financial reporting; and
· review of employee compensation and its relationship to our business plans.

 

Due to the small size and early stage of the Company, we have not adopted a formal policy on whether the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions should be separate or combined.

 

  78  

 

 

Compensation Committee Related Function

 

The Board does not currently have a standing compensation committee, and thus we do not have a compensation committee charter. Due to our small size and limited operations to date, the Board determined that it was appropriate for the entire Board to act as the compensation committee. The full Board currently has the responsibility for reviewing and establishing compensation for executive officers and making policy decisions concerning salaries and incentive compensation for executive officers of the Company.

 

The Company’s executive compensation program is administered by the Board, which determines the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers of the Company. In reviewing the compensation of the individual executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer), the Board considers the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer, published compensation surveys and current market conditions.

 

Communication with Stockholders

 

Stockholders wishing to communicate with the Board can send an email to daver@neurooneinc.com or write or telephone David Rosa at the Company’s corporate offices:

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation

c/o David Rosa

10006 Liatris Lane

Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55347

Telephone: 952-237-7412

 

All such communication must state the type and amount of Company securities held by the stockholder and must clearly state that the communication is intended to be shared with the Board.  Mr. Rosa will forward all such communications to the members of the Board.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our Board has not yet adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, but we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics following the Closing of the Acquisition.

 

  79  

 

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

All NeuroOne Shares were converted into Company Shares and all NeuroOne Options were converted into Company Options in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Ratio. The share and per share information included in this "Executive Compensation" section gives effect to the conversion of such shares and options in the Acquisition, except as otherwise reflected below.

 

NeuroOne, Inc.’s named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016 were:

 

· Dave Rosa, Chief Executive Officer and President
· Wade Fredrickson, former Vice President of Therapy and Product Development
· Mark Christianson, Vice President of Marketing and Sales

 

Amer Samad, the Company’s sole named executive officer and director for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 did not receive any compensation for services rendered to us.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table presents the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers of NeuroOne, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position  

Salary

($)

   

Stock

Awards (1)

($)

   

All Other

Compensation

($)

   

Total

($)

 
                         
Dave Rosa, Chief Executive Officer and President     75,000 (2)           2,898 (3)     79,298  
                                 
Wade Fredrickson, former Vice President, Market Development(4)     16,667 (5)           204 (6)     21,881  
                                 
Mark Christianson, Vice President, Business Development and Marketing     16,667 (7)           830 (8)     20,007  

 

(1) In October 2016, NeuroOne, Inc. issued 301,670 NeuroOne Shares as founders’ shares to seven individuals, including the three named executive officers above. The investors did not pay the purchase price for the shares. The purchase price owed by the seven individuals for the founders’ shares under their respective subscription agreements totaling $9,050 was recorded as share subscription receivable in 2016.  The receivable was forgiven in June 2017 and will be reportable as compensation in 2017.

(2) Represents the salary earned by Mr. Rosa for his service from October 5, 2016, the effective date of his employment, through the end of 2016.
(3) Represents an $800 per month car allowance commencing in October 2016 and a $498 life insurance premium paid in 2016.

(4) Mr. Fredrickson was no longer an officer of the Company as of June 28, 2017.

(5) Represents the salary earned by Mr. Fredrickson for his service from December 1, 2016, the effective date of his employment, through December 31, 2016.

(6) Represents a $204 life insurance premium paid in 2016.

(7) Represents the salary earned by Mr. Christianson for his service from December 1, 2016, the effective date of his employment, through December 31, 2016.

(8) Represents a $500 per month car allowance, which was received for December 2016, and a $330 life insurance premium paid in 2016.

 

  80  

 

 

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

 

Our board of directors sets the annual compensation for our named executive officers. As we are a development-stage company and commenced our operational efforts in 2016, we have not hired a compensation consultant and do not currently target a specific competitive position or a specific mix of compensation among base salary, bonus or long-term incentives.

 

Our subsidiary, NeuroOne, Inc., entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Rosa in October 2016 that establishes his base salary and target bonus opportunity. Mr. Fredrickson’s and Mr. Christianson’s base salaries and bonus opportunities were established in offer letters negotiated in connection with their hiring. In connection with the Acquisition, the named executive officers of NeuroOne, Inc. were appointed as officers of the Company, and we assumed those employment arrangements and entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Rosa.

 

Except for car allowances provided to Mr. Rosa and Mr. Christianson and payment of a portion of the premiums for life, medical and disability insurance for all employees, NeuroOne, Inc. did not, and we do not, provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Our subsidiary, NeuroOne, Inc. entered into a written employment agreement with Mr. Rosa, as described below. Each of our named executive officers has also executed our standard form of proprietary information, inventions assignment and non-competition agreement.

 

In October 2016, NeuroOne, Inc. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Rosa that governs the terms of his employment with us. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Rosa is entitled to an annual base salary of $300,000 per year, and is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus of up to 40% of his base salary, as determined by our board of directors. Mr. Rosa was also entitled to an equity award equal to 14% of the fully diluted equity of Neuro One, Inc.

 

The employment agreement provides for an at-will arrangement and may be terminated by Mr. Rosa or NeuroOne, Inc. at any time, with or without cause. If NeuroOne, Inc. terminates Mr. Rosa’s employment without cause or if Mr. Rosa resigns for good reason, Mr. Rosa is eligible to receive a continuation of his base salary in effect on the termination date for 12 months and a prorated portion of his annual performance bonus, if any, based upon the number of full months during the year of termination in which Mr. Rosa was employed. All severance payments related to his annual base salary will be paid in equal monthly installments in accordance with our regular payroll practices; however, the initial payment will not be made until the first regular monthly payroll date that is more than 60 days after the termination date. Any severance payment related to his annual performance bonus will be made at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other employees.

 

If Mr. Rosa’s employment is terminated without cause or Mr. Rosa resigns for good reason within two years of a change in control, the annual base salary severance payments will increase from 12 months to 18 months and will be paid on the first payroll date that is more than 60 days after Mr. Rosa’s last date of employment.

 

In order to receive any severance payments, Mr. Rosa must deliver a general release to NeuroOne, Inc. and must not be in material breach of any other agreement between Mr. Rosa and NeuroOne, Inc. In the event Mr. Rosa materially breaches any agreement while still receiving severance payments, all benefits will cease being paid.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In October 2016 NeuroOne, Inc.’s board of directors adopted and its stockholders approved the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan. In connection with the Acquisition, we assumed the 2016 Plan. As of the Closing of the Acquisition, there were outstanding Company Options to purchase a total of 365,716 Company Shares issued and outstanding under the 2016 Plan and 215,453 restricted Company Shares had been granted under the 2016 Plan. Upon the closing of the Acquisition, we anticipate that no additional awards will be granted under the 2016 Plan, and all awards will be granted under the 2017 Plan.

 

  81  

 

 

Description of the Plan

 

The 2016 Plan authorizes the board of directors to provide incentive compensation in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock and stock units. Under the 2016 Plan, the board of directors is authorized to issue up to 58,333 shares (pre-Acquisition).

 

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2016 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of its officers the authority to (1) designate officers and employees to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to therein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types or combination of types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator also determines the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

 

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

 

Stock Options

 

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2016 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provides otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with the Company, or any of its affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise his or her options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date of the individual. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option is determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) the tender of shares of the Company’s common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (3) a net exercise of the option if it is a non-qualified stock option, or NSO, (4) a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the optionholder, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

 

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death. The board of directors may also permit transfer of options to a trust provided certain conditions are met.

 

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of the Company’s common stock with respect to Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of the Company’s stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit are generally treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power or that of any of the Company’s affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

 

  82  

 

 

Changes in Capital Structure

 

In the event that there is a specified type of change in the Company’s capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

 

Other Corporate Transactions

 

In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

· arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of stock awards outstanding under the 2016 Plan by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

· arrange for the reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

· accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

· terminate unexercised stock awards held by participants no longer employed by the Company and that have not been assumed, continued or substituted; or

 

· make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price applicable to the stock award.

 

The Company’s plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

 

Under the 2016 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the Company’s outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the Company Shares outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

 

The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and the Company that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control transaction. For example, certain of the Company’s employees may receive an award agreement that provides for vesting acceleration upon the individual’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason (including a material reduction in the individual’s base salary, duties, responsibilities or authority, or a material relocation of the individual’s principal place of employment with the Company) in connection with a change of control. Under the 2016 Plan, a change of control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of the Company’s combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which the Company’s stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or license or other disposition of all or substantially of the Company’s consolidated assets.

 

  83  

 

 

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In April 2017, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2017 equity incentive plan, or the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan is designed to provide a vehicle under which a variety of stock-based and other awards can be granted to the Company’s employees, consultants and directors, which will align the interests of award recipients with those of our stockholders, reinforce key goals and objectives that help drive stockholder value, and attract, motivate and retain experienced and highly qualified individuals who will contribute to the Company’s financial success. The board of directors believes that the 2017 Plan will serve a critical role in attracting and retaining high caliber employees, consultants and directors essential to our success and in motivating these individuals to strive to meet our goals.

 

Shares Available Under the Plan

 

The 2017 Plan authorizes the compensation committee or board of directors to provide incentive compensation in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock units, performance shares and units and other stock-based awards. Under the 2017 Plan, the compensation committee is authorized to issue up to 1,300,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

Section 162(m) Tax Considerations

 

The 2017 Plan is designed to help us comply with the rules relating to our ability to deduct in full for federal income tax purposes the compensation recognized by our executive officers in connection with certain types of awards. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally denies a corporate tax deduction for annual compensation exceeding $1 million paid to the chief executive officer or any of the three other most highly compensated officers of a publicly held company other than the chief financial officer. However, qualified performance-based compensation is excluded from this limit. To enable compensation in connection with stock options, stock appreciation rights, certain restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, performance shares, performance units and certain other stock-based awards granted under the 2017 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code to be deductible, the stockholders were asked to approve certain material terms of the 2017 Plan. By approving the 2017 Plan, the Consenting Stockholder specifically approved, among other things:

 

· the eligibility requirements for participation in the 2017 Plan;
· the maximum number of shares for which stock-based awards may be granted to an employee in any fiscal year; and
· the performance measures that may be used by the compensation committee to establish the performance goals applicable to the grant or vesting of awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and other stock-based awards that are intended to result in qualified performance-based compensation.

 

While we believe that compensation provided by such awards under the 2017 Plan generally will be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, under certain circumstances, such as a change in control, compensation paid in settlement of certain awards may not qualify as performance-based. In addition, Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a number of other requirements that must be met in order for awards to qualify for deduction under the Code. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that awards under the 2017 Plan will be fully deductible under all circumstances. In addition, other awards under the 2017 Plan which are not intended to satisfy these “performance-based” compensation requirements generally will not so qualify. To the extent that such compensation, when added to other non-exempt compensation, exceeds $1 million in any given year paid to certain executives, then the amount in excess of $1 million will be subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Description of the 2017 Plan

 

Authorized Shares.  The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2017 Plan, is 1,300,000 shares. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2018 through January 1, 2027, in an amount equal to 13.0% of the total number of fully-diluted shares of our common stock as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2017 Plan is 1,300,000.

 

  84  

 

 

Shares subject to awards granted under the 2017 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2017 Plan. Additionally, shares become available for future grant under the 2017 Plan if they were issued under stock awards under the 2017 Plan and if we repurchase them or they are forfeited. This includes shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award.

 

Plan Administration.  Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer the 2017 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under the 2017 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards and underlying agreements, including:

 

· recipients;
· the exercise, purchase, or strike price of stock awards, if any;
· the number of shares subject to each stock award;
· the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration; and
· the form of consideration, if any, payable on exercise or settlement of the award.

 

Under the 2017 Plan, the board of directors also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant:

 

· the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding award;
· the cancellation of any outstanding award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or
· any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Section 162(m) Limits.  At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 1,300,000 shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, under the 2017 Plan, in a calendar year, no participant may be granted a performance stock award covering more than 1,300,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $1 million. These limitations are designed to allow us to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Stock Options.  Incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2017 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Restricted Stock Units ( “RSUs” ) are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. RSUs may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. An RSU may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the RSU agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by an RSU. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, RSUs that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

 

  85  

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards.  Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights.  Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2017 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

 

Performance Awards.  The 2017 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

 

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and changes in deferred revenue; (ix) total stockholder return; (x) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (xi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xii) stock price; (xiii) margin (including gross margin); (xiv) income (before or after taxes); (xv) operating income; (xvi) operating income after taxes; (xvii) pre-tax profit; (xviii) operating cash flow; (xix) sales or revenue targets; (xx) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xxi) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxii) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxiii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiv) market share; (xxv) cash flow; (xxvi) cash flow per share; (xxvii) cash balance; (xxviii) cash burn; (xxix) cash collections; (xxx) share price performance; (xxxi) debt reduction; (xxxii) implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, clinical trial initiation, new and supplemental indications for existing products, and product supply); (xxxiii) stockholders’ equity; (xxxiv) capital expenditures; (xxxv) debt levels; (xxxvi) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxvii) workforce diversity; (xxxviii) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxix) billings; (xl) bookings; (xli) employee retention; (xlii) initiation of phases of clinical trials and/or studies by specific dates; (xliii) acquisition of new customers, including institutional accounts; (xliv) customer retention and/or repeat order rate; (xlv) number of institutional customer accounts; (xlvi) budget management; (xlvii) improvements in sample and test processing times; (xlviii) regulatory milestones; (xlix) progress of internal research or clinical programs; (l) progress of partnered programs; (li) partner satisfaction; (lii) milestones related to samples received and/or tests run; (liii) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (liv) research progress, including the development of programs; (lv) patient samples processed and billed; (lvi) sample processing operating metrics (including, without limitation, failure rate maximums and reduction of repeat rates); (lvii) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); and (lviii) and to the extent that an award is not intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the board of directors.

 

  86  

 

 

The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the board of directors or committee (as applicable) (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the performance goals are established, the board of directors or committee (as applicable) will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals for a performance period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to any regulatory body. In addition, subject to certain limitations, the board of directors or committee (as applicable) retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due on attainment of performance goals and to define the manner of calculating the performance criteria it selects to use for such performance period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the award agreement or the written terms of a performance cash award.

 

Other Stock Awards.  The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our Common Stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

 

Changes to Capital Structure.  In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of incentive stock options, (3) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted to a person in a calendar year (as established under the 2017 Plan under Section 162(m) of the Code), and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

 

Corporate Transactions.  The 2017 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of more than 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our Common Stock outstanding before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, the administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards:

· arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;
· arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;
· accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination before the transaction;
· arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us;
· cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award before the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, or no payment, as determined by the board; or
· make a payment, in the form determined by our board of directors, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received on exercise of the awards before the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

 

  87  

 

 

The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner and is not obligated to treat all participants in the same manner.

 

In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2017 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement. Under the 2017 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity), (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders, and (4) an unapproved change in the majority of the board of directors.

 

Transferability.  A participant may not transfer stock awards under the 2017 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the 2017 Plan.

 

Plan Amendment or Termination.  Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2017 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2017 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under the 2017 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

New Plan Benefits

 

A new plan benefits table for the 2017 Plan and the benefits or amounts that would have been received by or allocated to participants for the last completed fiscal year under the 2017 Plan if the 2017 Plan was then in effect, are not provided because all awards made under the 2017 Plan will be made at the board of directors or compensation committee’s discretion, subject to the terms of the 2017 Plan. Therefore, the benefits and amounts that will be received or allocated under the 2017 Plan are not determinable at this time.

 

Dissenters’ Rights

 

Our stockholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights with respect to the 2017 Plan.

 

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

 

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws limit our directors' liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Delaware corporate law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

· for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit; 

 

· for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  88  

 

 

· under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares); or 

 

· for any breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

 

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

 

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

 

We are procuring a directors' and officers' insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against certain liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation

 

All NeuroOne Shares were converted into Company Shares and all NeuroOne Options were converted into Company Options in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Ratio. The share and per share information included in this "—Non-Employee Director Compensation " section gives effect to the conversion of such shares and options in the Acquisition.

 

We have not historically paid cash retainers or other cash compensation with respect to service on the Board, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with the business of the Company. The Company grants stock options to its non-employee directors in connection with their appointment to the Board under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. In April 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. granted an option to purchase 2,000 NeuroOne Shares (34,020 Company Shares) to each of Mr. Buckman, Mr. Kalia and Mr. Mathiesen, at an exercise price of $0.59 per NeuroOne Share ($0.035 per Company Share).

 

Director Compensation Table

 

Paul Buckman was the only non-employee director of NeuroOne, Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2016; no compensation was paid to Mr. Buckman during the year ended December 31, 2016. David Rosa, our Chief Executive Officer, was a NeuroOne, Inc. director during the year ended December 31, 2016, but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Rosa’s compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under "Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table."

 

  89  

 

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

There have been no transactions since January 1, 2015 to which NeuroOne, Inc. has been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2016, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under "Executive Compensation."

 

NeuroOne LLC Merger into NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NeuroOne, Inc.’s predecessor company, NeuroOne LLC (the “LLC”), was formed as a limited liability company in Minnesota on December 13, 2013 and merged with and into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016. The founder and sole member of the LLC received, upon the effectiveness of the merger, in consideration for the cancellation of his membership interests in the LLC, 5,000 shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. The holders of shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc., including David Rosa, our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mark Christianson, our Vice President of Marketing and Sales, and Wade Fredrickson, our former Vice President of Therapy and Product Development, received, upon the effectiveness of the Merger, one share of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. for every three shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. held pre-Merger.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. Founders Shares

 

In October 2016, prior to the Merger, NeuroOne, Inc. issued 301,670 NeuroOne Shares as founders’ shares in a private placement to seven individuals (who were all accredited investors), including David Rosa, our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mark Christianson, our Vice President of Marketing and Sales, and Wade Fredrickson, our former Vice President of Therapy and Product Development . The value applied to the shares issued was $0.03 per NeuroOne Share based on a valuation utilizing a weighted average market value of invested capital methodology. In June 2017, the purchase price owed by the seven individuals for the founders’ shares under their respective subscription agreements totaling $9,050 was forgiven by the Company in its entirety. For more information, see “Item 3.02 –Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.”

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

In connection with the issuance of founders’ shares described above, NeuroOne, Inc. entered into a stockholders agreement with the recipients of founders’ shares, which was also executed by the recipients of NeuroOne Shares subsequent to the execution of the stockholders agreement.

 

The stockholders agreement, among other things, grants certain of our stockholders drag-along rights and preemptive rights with respect to NeuroOne Shares issued in subsequent offerings. The parties to the stockholders agreement agreed to vote their NeuroOne Shares to ensure that the board size and composition is as directed by the then current NeuroOne Board and designated David A. Rosa and Paul Buckman as the initial directors of NeuroOne, Inc. The stockholders agreement, by its terms, terminated at the Closing of the Acquisition. The stockholders agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Issuance of NeuroOne, Inc. Notes and Warrants

 

Our Board of Directors approved a Note and Warrant financing for gross proceeds of up to $1.5 million in November 2016 and increased such financing authority to $2.5 million in June 2017. Between November 2016 and June 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. issued Notes and Warrants to investors in a private placement, including, in June 2017, a Note for $50,000 and Warrants to the founder and sole owner of the LLC. For more information, see “Item 11. Description of Capital Stock—Convertible Promissory Notes” and “Item 11. Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”.

 

  90  

 

 

Mayo Development Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Mayo Development Agreement, we have agreed to license worldwide (i) certain know how for the development and commercialization of products, methods and processes related to flexible circuit thin film technology for the recording of tissue and (ii) the products developed therefrom, and to partner with Mayo to assist the Company in the investigation, research application, development and improvement of such technology. Mayo has agreed to assist us by providing access to the Mayo Principal Investigators in developing a minimally invasive device/delivery system and procedure for a minimally invasive approach for the implantation of our cortical thin film flexible circuit technology developed by the Company, including prototype development, animal testing, protocol development for human and animal use, abstract development and presentation and access to and license of any intellectual property that the Mayo Principal Investigators develop relating to the procedure.

 

Whether or not any such technology, product, method, process, device, delivery system or minimally invasive approach is developed or approved, we agreed, in consideration for Mayo’s efforts under the Mayo Development Agreement, to pay Mayo a cash payment of approximately $92,000 on the earlier of September 30, 2017 or the date we raise a minimum amount of financing, and on May 25, 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. issued Mayo 50,556 NeuroOne Shares pursuant to a Subscription Agreement, pursuant to which Mayo became a holder of over 5% of NeuroOne, Inc.’s outstanding common stock. Finally, we have agreed to pay Mayo a royalty equal to a single-digit percentage of our product sales pursuant to the Mayo Development Agreement. Mayo may purchase any developed products licensed under the Mayo Development Agreement at the best price offered by us to the end user in the prior year. The Mayo Development Agreement will expire on May 25, 2037 and may be terminated by Mayo for cause or under certain circumstances.

 

For additional information regarding the Mayo Development Agreement and our past breach thereof, see “Risk Factors—We depend on our partnership with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research to license certain know how for the development and commercialization of our technology. Termination of this partnership would harm our business, and even if this partnership continues, it may not be successful.”

 

The Placement Agent

 

The placement agent of NeuroOne, Inc. for the private placement of the Notes and Warrants, HRA Capital, is affiliated with two of our greater than 5% stockholders, Chromium 24 LLC and Lifestyle Healthcare LLC. Pursuant to the engagement letter with such placement agent, NeuroOne, Inc. owes the placement agent a cash fee of $113,610 (8% of the gross proceeds received from certain Note and Warrant investors) and is obligated to issue to the placement agent a Warrant to purchase shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) in an amount equal to 8% of the common stock purchased by investors in the private placement, which Warrants are expected to have an exercise price of $2.00 per Company Share. The placement agent Warrants are immediately exercisable and expire five years from the date of issuance. The exercise price and number of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercising the placement agent Warrant will be subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, business combination or similar transaction, as described therein. Under the engagement letter, the placement agent is further entitled to receive warrants to purchase common stock in an amount equal to 10% of the common stock (or common stock equivalents) purchased by certain investors in subsequent equity financing rounds. Such warrants will have an exercise price determined in relation to the pricing of the subsequent financing and will be immediately exercisable once issued and have a term of 5 years.

 

We also received a short-term unsecured loan for $50,000 in November 2016 from the placement agent. We incurred no fees or interest costs related to such temporary loan and repaid it in full in February 2017.

 

The Acquisition

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement for the Acquisition whereby NeuroOne, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, each holder of NeuroOne Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Closing received Company Shares in exchange therefore based on the Exchange Ratio, with all fractional shares rounded down to the nearest whole share. Accordingly, we issued 793,822, 1,423,206 and 2,840,731 Company Shares to Messrs. Rosa, Christianson and Fredrickson, respectively, 34,020 Company Options to each of Messrs. Buckman, Kalia and Mathiesen and 859,976 Company Shares to Mayo, a holder of over 5% of our outstanding common stock. All of the Company Shares held by Mr. Samad prior to the Closing of the Acquisition were cancelled by us upon the Closing pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement also provides that Mr. Rosa be appointed as a director of the Company upon the Closing of the Acquisition.

 

  91  

 

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our bylaws provides that we indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board.

 

In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with our directors and our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

 

Related Person Transaction Policy

 

The Board reviews, approves and oversees any transaction between us and any related person and any other potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis, in accordance with our policies and procedures, and develops policies and procedures for the approval of related party transactions. Prior to consideration of a transaction with a related person, the material facts as to the related person's relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the disinterested directors. The transaction is not approved unless a majority of the members of the Board who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. The Board takes into account, among other factors that it deems appropriate, whether the related person transaction is on terms no less favorable to us than terms generally available in a transaction with an unrelated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the related person transaction. Our current policy with respect to approval of related person transactions is not set forth in writing.

 

Director Independence

 

We are not currently listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system that has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent. However, our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors has determined that, following the effectiveness of their appointments, Messrs. Buckman, Kalia and Mathiesen, representing three of our four directors, are "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market. Mr. Samad, the sole director of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016, and Mr. Rosa, one of our current directors, are not considered independent due to their service as executive officers of the Company.

 

  92  

 

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, we are subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. O ther than the letter received in May 2017 from the former employer of Mark Christianson and Wade Fredrickson claiming, among other things, certain breaches of non-competition obligations and confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations to such prior employer and federal and state law by virtue of such officers’ work for us , we are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. See “Risk Factors—We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors”.

 

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

As of the date of the Closing of the Acquisition, 21,500 NeuroOne Shares (365,716 Company Shares giving effect to the Acquisition), each with an exercise price of $0.59 per NeuroOne Share ($0.035 per Company Share giving effect to the Acquisition) were issuable upon the exercise of Company Options issued under our 2016 Plan.

 

There has been no trading market for our common stock since inception. There can be no assurance that a trading market will ever develop or, if such a market does develop, that it will continue.

 

Holders

 

As of the date of the Report, after giving effect to the Closing of the Acquisition and the issuance of shares required thereunder, there are approximately 51 holders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend. We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our current policy is to retain earnings, if any, to fund operations, and the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will be dependent upon our financial condition, operation results, capital requirements, applicable contractual restrictions, restrictions in our organizational documents, and any other factors that our Board deems relevant.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In October 2016, the NeuroOne, Inc. board of directors adopted and its stockholders approved the 2016 Plan. All NeuroOne Options were converted into Company Options in connection with the Closing of the Acquisition.

 

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In April 2017, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan is designed to provide a vehicle under which a variety of stock-based and other awards can be granted to the Company’s employees, consultants and directors, which will align the interests of award recipients with those of our stockholders, reinforce key goals and objectives that help drive stockholder value, and attract, motivate and retain experienced and highly qualified individuals who will contribute to the Company’s financial success. The board of directors believes that the 2017 Plan will serve a critical role in attracting and retaining high caliber employees, consultants and directors essential to our success and in motivating these individuals to strive to meet our goals.

 

  93  

 

 

Shares Available Under the Plan

 

At the Closing of the Acquisition, we assumed the 2016 Plan, under which the NeuroOne Options were exchanged for Company Options, based on the Exchange Ratio. The following table shows the number of securities issuable upon exercise of outstanding Company Options as of the date hereof.

 

Plan Category   Number of Securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options
(a)
    Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
(b)
    Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders     0     $ 0       0  
Equity compensation plan approved by security holders     365,716       0.035       1,711,090 (1)
Total     365,716       0.035       1,711,090 (1)
(1) Consists of 1,300,000 shares reserved under the 2017 Plan and 411,090 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. Upon the closing of the Acquisition, we anticipate that no additional awards will be granted under the 2016 Plan, and all awards will be granted under the 2017 Plan.

 

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

See information contained in Item 3.02 below.

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a summary of the rights of holders of our capital stock and some of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Authorized Capital Stock

 

We have authorized capital stock consisting of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of the date of this Report, all of our authorized preferred stock is undesignated.

 

Common Stock

 

As of the date of this Report, we had 7,864,994 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Each outstanding share of our common stock is duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Voting Rights

 

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a plurality of the shares of our common stock present at the meeting and entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election. For most other matters, the approval of a majority of the shares voting at an annual or special meeting of stockholders will be required. Exceptions to this include removing directors for cause and amending certain sections of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which will require the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding capital stock.

 

  94  

 

 

Dividends

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Rights and Preferences

 

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Preferred Stock

 

As of the date of this Report, we had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

 

Under the certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

 

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

In connection with the issuance of founders’ shares described above, NeuroOne, Inc. entered into a stockholders agreement with the recipients of founders’ shares, which was also executed by the recipients of NeuroOne Shares subsequent to the execution of the stockholders agreement.

 

The stockholders agreement, among other things, grants certain of our stockholders drag-along rights and preemptive rights with respect to NeuroOne Shares issued in subsequent offerings. The parties to the stockholders agreement agreed to vote their NeuroOne Shares to ensure that the board size and composition is as directed by the then current NeuroOne Board and designated David A. Rosa and Paul Buckman as the initial directors of NeuroOne, Inc. The stockholders agreement, by its terms, terminated at the Closing of the Acquisition. The stockholders agreement is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  95  

 

 

Options

 

As of the date of the Closing of the Acquisition, 365,716 Company Shares were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding Company Options issued under our 2016 Plan, each with an exercise price of $0.035 per share.

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

 

Between November 2016 and June 2017, we issued Notes and Warrants for net proceeds of approximately $1.5 million. The Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum and require us to repay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the earlier of November 21, 2017 or the consummation of the next equity or equity-linked round of financing resulting in more than $3 million in gross proceeds. If such a financing occurs before November 21, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes shall automatically convert into the securities issued by us in such financing based on the greater number of such securities resulting from either (i) the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes divided by $1.80 or (ii) the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes multiplied by 1.25, divided by the price paid per security in such financing. If a change of control transaction or initial public offering occurs prior to such a financing, the Note would, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal of the Notes, either become payable on demand as of the closing date of such transaction or become convertible into shares of common stock immediately prior to such transaction at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the per share value as determined by our board of directors as if in connection with the granting of stock based compensation or in a private sale to a third party in an arms’ length transaction or (ii) at the per share consideration to be paid in such transaction. Change of control means a merger or consolidation with another entity in which our stockholders do not own more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity or the disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement governing the issuance of the Notes, the Company agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a reverse merger transaction with a public company within three months of the closing of the Notes and Warrants issuance at which time the Company had sold and issued at least $750,000 in aggregate original principal amount of the Notes. In addition, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, the Company is entitled to notice in the event a holder receives a bona fide offer for any portion of the Notes or Warrants and the right to purchase the Notes or Warrants on the same terms as the bona fide offer as long as it exercises that right within 15 days of receiving written notice.

 

As of July 13, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes totaled $1,677,345. If we fail to complete an equity financing by November 21, 2017, the notes will be immediately due and payable on such date.

 

Warrants

 

Each Warrant grants the holder the option to purchase the number of shares issuable upon the conversion of the Note held by such holder. In connection with the private placement of Notes and Warrants, we are obligated to issue a Warrant to purchase shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) in an amount equal to 8% of the common stock purchased by investors in the private placement, which Warrants have an exercise price of $2.00 per Company Share. The Warrants (other than the placement agent Warrants) are exercisable following the conversion of the Notes, as amended in June 2017, and expire on November 21, 2021. The placement agent Warrants are immediately exercisable and expire five years from the date of issuance. The exercise price and number of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercising the Warrants will be subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, as described therein. In addition, the Warrants (but not those issued to the placement agent) is subject to reduction of the exercise price if we subsequently issue common stock or equivalents at an effective price less than the current exercise price of such Warrants. For more information, see “Item 11. Description of Capital Stock—Convertible Promissory Notes.”

 

The placement agent Warrants have piggyback registration rights.

 

  96  

 

 

The placement agent engagement letter also provides that we will issue to the placement agent warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) sold in the subsequent private placement transaction.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

· prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; 

 

· the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding upon consummation of the transaction, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or 

 

· on or subsequent to the consummation of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

· any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; 

 

· any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; 

 

· subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; 

 

· subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; and 

 

· the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

 

  97  

 

 

· permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate; 

 

· provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors; 

 

· provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding capital stock; 

 

· provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law or subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock as designated from time to time, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum; 

 

· divide our board of directors into three classes; 

 

· require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission; 

 

· provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice; 

 

· do not provide for cumulative voting rights, which means that holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election; 

 

· provide that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by the chairman of the board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not any vacancies exist); and 

 

· provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding capital stock .

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The Company’s registrar and transfer agent for the Common Stock is Action Stock Transfer and may be contacted at 2469 E. Fort Union Blvd., Suite 214, Salt Lake City, UT 84121. Their telephone number is 801-274-1088.

 

  98  

 

 

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

 

The Company’s certificate of incorporation provides for the indemnification of its directors to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company’s bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

· transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit; 

 

· act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; 

 

· unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or 

 

· breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

 

The Company’s certificate of incorporation includes such a provision. Under the Company’s bylaws, expenses incurred by any director or officers in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the Company upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, as long as such undertaking remains required by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

 

  99  

 

 

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, that require us to indemnify such persons against any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred (including expenses of a derivative action) in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, an officer or an employee of the Company or any of its affiliated enterprises, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

There is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of the Company’s directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and the Company is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification, other than the letter received by the Company in May 2017 from the former employer of Mark Christianson and Wade Fredrickson claiming, among other things, certain breaches of non-competition obligations and confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations to such prior employer and federal and state law by virtue of such officers’ work for the Company. See “Risk Factors—We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors”.

 

The Company is procuring an insurance policy that covers its officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

See information contained in Item 9.01 below.

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING OR FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

See information contained in Item 4.01 below.

 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

See information contained in Item 9.01 below.

 

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

 

Issuance of NeuroOne, Inc. Common Stock, Stock Awards and Options

 

Prior to the Merger, between October 16 and October 20, 2016, NeuroOne, Inc. issued 301,670 NeuroOne Shares (5,131,514 Company Shares giving effect to the Acquisition) as founders’ shares in a private placement to seven individuals (who were all accredited investors), including three officers of the Company. The value applied was $0.03 per NeuroOne Share based on a valuation utilizing a weighted average market value of invested capital methodology. In June 2017, the purchase price owed by the seven individuals for the founders’ shares under their respective subscription agreements totaling $9,050 was forgiven by the Company in its entirety.

 

The issuances of the NeuroOne Shares were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the purchasers represented to NeuroOne, Inc. that they acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The purchasers also represented to NeuroOne, Inc. that they were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

In April 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. issued 12,666 restricted NeuroOne Shares (215,453 Company Shares giving effect to the Acquisition), subject to vesting, to one of our executive officers under the 2016 Plan. Between January 2017 and June 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. granted NeuroOne Options under the 2016 Plan to purchase an aggregate of 21,500 NeuroOne Shares (365,716 Company Shares giving effect to the Acquisition), each with an exercise price of $0.59 per NeuroOne Share ($0.035 per Company Share giving effect to the Acquisition), to certain of its consultants and directors.

 

  100  

 

 

The issuance of restricted NeuroOne Shares and NeuroOne Options was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Issuance of NeuroOne, Inc. Notes and Warrants

 

Between November 2016 and June 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. issued Notes and Warrants to 16 accredited investors in a private placement for gross proceeds of $1,625,120. The offers, sales and issuances of the Notes and Warrants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the purchasers represented to NeuroOne, Inc. that they acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The purchasers also represented to NeuroOne, Inc. that they were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act. For more information, see “Item 11. Description of Capital Stock—Convertible Promissory Notes” and “Item 11. Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”.

 

Issuance of NeuroOne Shares Pursuant to Mayo Development Agreement

 

In May 2017, NeuroOne, Inc. issued to Mayo 50,556 NeuroOne Shares pursuant to a Subscription Agreement, as required by the terms of the Mayo Development Agreement. The issuance of the NeuroOne Shares was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Mayo represented to NeuroOne, Inc. that it acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Mayo also represented to NeuroOne, Inc. that they were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Issued Pursuant to Acquisition

 

At the Closing, pursuant to and in connection with the Acquisition, we issued:

 

· 6,291,994 Company Shares to the former stockholders of NeuroOne, Inc.;
· Company Options for the purchase of an aggregate of 365,716 Company Shares; and
· Company Warrants, which are exercisable for Company Shares following conversion of the Notes on their terms.

 

We also assumed the Notes of NeuroOne, Inc., pursuant to which $1,677,345 in principal and accrued and unpaid interest was outstanding in the aggregate as of July 13, 2017, which Notes are convertible into Company Shares on their terms. For a description of the Notes and Company Warrants and information about the number of shares of common stock for which they are convertible or exercisable, see “Form 10 Information—Management's Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Resources”.

 

The 6,291,994 shares issued to the former NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders were issued with a restrictive legend that the shares had not been registered under the Securities Act. For more information, see “Item 2.01—Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.”

 

The issuance of the Company Shares and Company Warrants in conjunction with the Acquisition was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act as an offering not involving a public offering. Each of the recipients of the Company Shares and Company Warrants represented that they were accredited investors and/or sophisticated, with fewer than 35 non-accredited investors. The issuance of the Company Options were exempt under Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

  101  

 

 

None of the Company Shares, Company Options or Company Warrants issued in connection with the Acquisition, nor the underlying shares of common stock issuable upon exercise, have been registered under the Securities Act, and all documents have been issued with a restrictive legend prohibiting further transfer of the securities without such securities either being first registered or otherwise exempt from registration in any further resale or disposition.

 

Item 4.01 Changes In Accountants.

 

Change in Independent Registered Public Accountants Resulting from the Acquisition

 

The financial statements of NeuroOne, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 and NeuroOne LLC for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 were audited by BDO USA, LLP, or BDO. Our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were audited by, and our financial statements as of and for the first quarter ended March 31, 2017 were reviewed by, Pritchett, Siler & Hardy, P.C., or Pritchett, which served as our independent registered public accountant prior to the Acquisition.

 

Effective as of the Closing of the Acquisition, BDO will act as our auditor until its resignation or removal. Pursuant to Item 304 of Regulation S-K, we report as follows:

 

· The dismissal of Pritchett and the appointment of the new independent registered public accounting firm, BDO, each of which took effect on the Closing of the Acquisition, were related solely to the change of control resulting from the Acquisition, and were not related in any way to any disagreement with Pritchett.
· Pritchett’s reports on the financial statements of Original Source Entertainment, Inc. have not contained any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principle, except for Pritchett’s audit reports dated April 17, 2017 and April 14, 2016, each of which contained a statement that cited certain conditions that raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
· The decision to utilize BDO was approved by our board of directors.
· During our last two fiscal years and through the date of this Report, there were no disagreements between us and Pritchett on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Pritchett, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its report; and there were no reportable events with respect to the Company as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K (other than the material weaknesses in the internal controls over financial reporting of NeuroOne, Inc. as described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Failure to establish and maintain an effective system of internal controls could result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud in which case, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and could negatively impact the price of our stock. Furthermore, our management and our independent auditors have identified certain internal control deficiencies, which management and our independent auditors believe constitute material weaknesses.”

 

We have provided Pritchett a copy of the above disclosures in response to Item 304 of Regulation S-K in conjunction with the filing of this Report and requested that Pritchett provide us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements we have made in response to Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K. A copy of such letter is filed as an exhibit to this Report and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

During our two most recent fiscal years and through the date of this Report, we did not consult BDO with respect to the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company's consolidated financial statements, or any other matters or reportable events as set forth in Items 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.

 

  102  

 

 

Previous independent registered public accounting firm

 

On November 10, 2015, Cutler & Co., LLC (“Cutler”) resigned as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company, as Cutler merged its SEC auditing practice with Pritchett. On November 10, 2015, the Company engaged Pritchett as its new independent registered public accounting firm. The change of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm from Cutler to Pritchett was approved by our board of directors.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, there were (i) no disagreements between the Company and Cutler on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreement, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Cutler, would have caused Cutler to make reference thereto in their reports on the consolidated financial statements for such year, and (ii) no “reportable events” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

The Company provided Cutler with a copy of its Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2015 (the “Cutler 8-K”) and requested that Cutler furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not Cutler agreed with the above statements. A copy of such letter, dated November 12, 2015, was attached as Exhibit 16.1 to the Cutler 8-K.

 

New independent registered public accounting firm

 

The Company engaged BDO as its new independent registered public accounting firm as of July 20, 2017. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the subsequent interim period through March 31, 2017 we have not consulted with BDO regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report was provided to us or oral advice was provided that BDO concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Regulation S-K, Item 304(a)(1)(iv)) and the related instructions to Regulation S-K 304, or a reportable event (as defined in Regulation S-K, Item 304(a)(1)(v)).

 

Item 5.01 Changes in Control of Registrant.

 

The information regarding the Acquisition set forth in Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

At the closing of the Acquisition, we issued 6,291,994 Company Shares to former NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders in exchange for all of their ownership of NeuroOne, Inc. and all of the shares held by our largest stockholder, Amer Samad, were cancelled. Prior to the Acquisition, the NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders did not own any of our shares of common stock.

 

After giving effect to the issuance of the Company Shares, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding is 7,864,994 of which the former NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders own approximately 80.0%. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Company Options as of the Closing, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding would be 8,230,710, of which the former NeuroOne, Inc. stockholders would own approximately 81.0%. Stockholders beneficially owning all of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition were diluted to an aggregate ownership of 1,573,000 shares, or approximately 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares. For information on arrangements with respect to the election of directors, see “Item 5.02—Departure of Directors or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.”

 

  103  

 

 

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

Change in the Directors Serving on our Board

 

In connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, the sole member of the Company’s Board, Amer Samad, increased the size of the Board to two members and appointed David Rosa as a director of the Company as of the Closing Date pursuant to the Merger Agreement. On the Closing, the Company’s Board accepted the resignation of Amer Samad, to be effective on the 10 th day following our filing of the Schedule 14F-1, and, subject to the expiration of such 10 days, increased its size to four members and appointed Paul Buckman, Suraj Kalia and Jeffrey Mathiesen to serve on the Board with Mr. Rosa. The resignation of Mr. Samad was not in connection with any known disagreement with us on any matter.

 

Change in Executive Officers

 

In connection with the Closing of the Acquisition, Mr. Samad, the former sole officer, resigned and the following individuals were named as executive officers of the Company as of the Closing Date:

 

Name Position
Executive Officers:  
David Rosa Chief Executive Officer and Director
Mark Christianson Vice President, Business Development and Marketing
Thomas Bachinski Chief Development Officer

 

Our executive officers serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

 

See “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers” for information on each of our new directors and executive officers, “Item 6. Executive Compensation” for information on compensatory arrangements with our executive officers and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for information on related party transactions.

 

Item 5.03 Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

 

As previously disclosed, prior to the Closing of the Acquisition, we completed a series of steps contemplated by a Plan of Conversion pursuant to which we, among other things, changed our name to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, increased our authorized number of shares of common stock from 45,000,000 to 100,000,000, increased our authorized number of shares of preferred stock from 5,000,000 to 10,000,000 and reincorporated in Delaware. In connection with the foregoing, we adopted a new Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws are annexed hereto as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 and incorporated by reference herein.

  

Item 5.06 Change in Shell Company Status.

 

As a result of the Acquisition, we are no longer a “shell company” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. For more information, see “Item 2.01 – Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.” In addition, the information contained in this Report is intended to provide “Form 10 information” within the meaning of Rule 144(i)(3) under the Securities Act.

 

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial Statements of Business Acquired

 

See Financial Statements for NeuroOne, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 and NeuroOne LLC for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, which are filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Report and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

  104  

 

 

See Financial Statements for NeuroOne, Inc. for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and NeuroOne LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2016, which are filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Report and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information

 

See Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017 and Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, which is filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  105  

 

 

(d) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.     Document
  2.1 *   Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, OSOK Acquisition Company and NeuroOne, Inc. dated as of July 20, 2017
         
  3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 on the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June, 29, 2017)
         
  3.2     Bylaws of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 on the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2017)
         
  4.1     Form of Common Stock Certificate
         
  10.1 #   Exclusive Start-Up Company License Agreement; WARF Agreement No. 14-00333 by and between Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation and Neuro One LLC, dated October 1, 2014
         
  10.2 #   Amendment to Exclusive Start-Up Company License Agreement by and between Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation, Neuro One LLC, and NeuroOne, Inc. dated as of February 22, 2017
         
  10.3 #   Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Amended and Restated License and Development Agreement by and between Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, and NeuroOne LLC dated as of May 25, 2017
         
  10.4     Form of October 2016 Common Stock Subscription Agreement
         
  10.5     Form of Promissory Note and Warrant Subscription Agreement
         
  10.6     Form of Promissory Note issued pursuant to Promissory Note and Warrant Subscription Agreement
         
  10.7     First Amendment to Promissory Note issued pursuant to Promissory Note and Warrant Subscription Agreement
         
  10.8     Form of Capital Stock Purchase Warrant issued pursuant to Promissory Note and Warrant Subscription Agreement
         
  10.9     Form of First Amendment to Capital Stock Purchase Warrant issued pursuant to Promissory Note and Warrant Subscription Agreement
         
  10.10     Stockholders Agreement by and among NeuroOne, Inc., and the stockholders party thereto dated as of October 20, 2016
         
  10.11 +   2016 Equity Incentive Plan of NeuroOne, Inc.
         
  10.12     Form of Stock Option Award Agreement pursuant to 2016 Equity Incentive Plan of NeuroOne, Inc.
         
  10.13     Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement by and between NeuroOne, Inc. and Thomas Bachinski, dated as of April 10, 2017
         
  10.14 +   2017 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company (incorporated by reference to Appendix G to Schedule 14C filed on April 20, 2017)
         
  10.15 +   NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation 2017 Equity Incentive Plan Option Agreement

 

  106  

 

 

  10.16 +   NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation 2017 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
         
  10.17 +   Employment Agreement by and between NeuroOne LLC and Dave Rosa, dated as of October 5, 2016
         
  10.18 +   Offer Letter to Mark Christianson from NeuroOne, Inc. dated December 1, 2016
         
  10.19 +   Offer Letter to Thomas Bachinski from NeuroOne, Inc. dated January 9, 2017
         
  10.20 +   Offer Letter to Wade Fredrickson from NeuroOne, Inc. dated December 1, 2016
         
  10.21 +   Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Company’s Officers and Directors (incorporated by reference to Appendix E to Schedule 14C filed on April 20, 2017)
         
  10.22     Resignation Letter of Amer Samad
         
  10.23 +   Release Agreement of Wade Fredrickson dated June 28, 2017.
         
  16.1     Letter from Cutler & Co., LLC dated November 12, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 on the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 12, 2015)
         
  16.2     Letter from Pritchett, Siler & Hardy, P.C dated July 11, 2017
         
  21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
         
  99.1     Financial Statements for NeuroOne, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and for the period from October 7, 2016 to  December 31, 2016 and for NeuroOne LLC for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015
         
  99.2     Financial Statements for NeuroOne, Inc. for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and NeuroOne LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2016
         
  99.3     Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017 and Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the Agreement and Plan of Merger to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

#Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

+Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

  107  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: July 20, 2017

      NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
     
    By: /s/ DAVID ROSA
       
      David Rosa
Chief Executive Officer

 

  108  

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization

 

By and among:

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation,

a Delaware corporation;

 

OSOK Acquisition Company,

a Delaware corporation;

 

and

 

NeuroOne, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

Dated as of July 20, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Recitals 1
   
ARTICLE 1 THE MERGER 2
     
1.1 The Merger 2
1.2 Closing; Effective Time 2
1.3 Effect of the Merger 3
1.4 Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws 3
1.5 Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation 3
1.6 Conversion of the Company Securities 3
1.7 Dissenting Shares 6
1.8 Exchange of Certificates 7
1.9 Stock Transfer Books 8
1.10 No Further Rights 8
1.11 Tax Consequences 8
1.12 Additional Actions 8
     
ARTICLE 2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY 8
     
2.1 Organization and Qualification 9
2.2 Capital Structure 9
2.3 Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals 10
2.4 Company Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities 11
2.5 Absence of Certain Changes or Events 11
2.6 Taxes 11
2.7 Intellectual Property 13
2.8 Compliance with Legal Requirements 14
2.9 Legal Proceedings 14
2.10 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees 14
2.11 Employee Benefit Plans 14
2.12 Title to Assets; Condition of Equipment 15
2.13 Environmental Matters 15
2.14 Labor Matters 15
2.15 Company Contracts 15
2.16 Insurance 16
2.17 Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance 16
     
ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB 16
     
3.1 Organization and Qualification 17
3.2 Capital Structure 17
3.3 Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals 18
3.4 Anti-Takeover Statutes Not Applicable 19

 

  i  

 

 

3.5 SEC Filings; Parent Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities 20
3.6 Taxes 20
3.7 Intellectual Property 22
3.8 Compliance with Legal Requirements 23
3.9 Legal Proceedings; Orders 23
3.10 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees 23
3.11 Employee Benefit Plans 24
3.12 Labor Matters 24
3.13 Real Property 24
3.14 Parent Contracts 24
3.15 Insurance 25
3.16 Interested Party Transactions 25
3.17 Disclosure 25
3.18 Emerging Growth Company 25
3.19 No Prior Merger Sub Operations 25
3.20 Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance 25
     
ARTICLE 4 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER 26
     
4.1 Conduct of the Company Business 26
4.2 Conduct of Parent Business 27
     
ARTICLE 5 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 29
     
5.1 Company Written Consent 29
5.2 Parent Written Consent; Notice; Private Placement 29
5.3 Access to Information; Confidentiality 30
5.4 Regulatory Approvals and Related Matters 30
5.5 Director Indemnification and Insurance 31
5.6 Notification of Certain Matters 31
5.7 Public Announcements 31
5.8 Conveyance Taxes 31
5.9 Exclusive Dealing 32
5.10 Company Options 32
5.11 Company and Parent Disclosure Schedules 33
5.12 Tax Matters 33
5.13 Expenses 33
     
ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER 34
     
6.1 Conditions to Obligation of Each Party to Effect the Merger 34
6.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Parent 34
6.3 Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company 35
     
ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION 36
     
7.1 Termination 36
7.2 Effect of Termination 37

 

  ii  

 

 

ARTICLE 8 GENERAL PROVISIONS 37
     
8.1 Notices 37
8.2 Amendment 38
8.3 Headings 38
8.4 Severability 38
8.5 Entire Agreement 38
8.6 Successors and Assigns 39
8.7 Parties in Interest 39
8.8 Waiver 39
8.9 Remedies Cumulative; Specific Performance 39
8.10 Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial 39
8.11 Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties 40
8.12 Counterparts and Exchanges by Electronic Transmission or Facsimile 40
8.13 Cooperation 40
8.14 Construction 40

 

LIST OF SCHEDULES

 

Company Disclosure Schedule

Parent Disclosure Schedule

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A Certain Definitions
Exhibit B Merger Sub Written Consent
Exhibit C Company Written Consent
Exhibit D Letter of Transmittal
Exhibit E Certificate of Merger
Exhibit F Allocation Statement

 

  iii  

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

 

This Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization , is made and entered into as of July 20, 2017 (this “Agreement” ), by and among NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation , a Delaware corporation ( “Parent” ), OSOK Acquisition Company , a Delaware corporation ( “Merger Sub” ) and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, and NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ). Parent, Merger Sub and the Company are each a “Party” and referred to collectively herein as the “Parties” . Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Recitals

 

Whereas , this Agreement contemplates a merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving entity after the merger (the “Merger” ), whereby the Company Stockholders will receive Parent Common Stock in exchange for their Company Capital Stock and the Company will become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent;

 

Whereas , the Parties intend, by approving resolutions authorizing this Agreement, to adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), and the regulations thereunder, and to cause the Merger to qualify as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Code;

 

Whereas , pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the holders of the outstanding equity interests of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time will own approximately 80% of the outstanding equity interests of Parent immediately following the Effective Time, and the holders of the outstanding equity interests of Parent immediately prior to the Merger will own approximately 20% of the outstanding equity interests of Parent immediately following the Effective Time;

 

Whereas , the board of directors of Parent (i) has determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, Parent and its stockholders and (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Merger, the issuance of shares of Parent Common Stock to the Company Stockholders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the change of control of Parent, and the other actions contemplated by this Agreement and has deemed this Agreement and such transactions advisable;

 

Whereas , the board of directors of Merger Sub (i) has determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, Merger Sub and its sole stockholder, (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Merger, and the other actions contemplated by this Agreement and has deemed this Agreement and such transactions advisable and (iii) has determined to recommend that its sole stockholder vote to adopt this Agreement and thereby approve the Merger and such other actions as contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  1  

 

 

Whereas , the board of directors of the Company (i) has determined that the Merger is advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders, (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and has deemed this Agreement and such transactions advisable and (iii) has determined to recommend that the Company Stockholders vote to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby;

 

Whereas , promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on the date hereof, Merger Sub will deliver to the Company the written consent of Parent, as sole stockholder of Merger Sub, in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Merger Sub Written Consent” );

 

Whereas , promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on the date hereof, the Company will deliver to Parent the written consent of the Company Stockholders, in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Company Written Consent” ), representing a number of shares of the Company Capital Stock necessary for the adoption of this Agreement, the approval of the Merger, the other transactions contemplated hereby and the treatment of certain of the Company Warrants; and

 

Whereas , promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Company Stockholders and the holders of Company Options are entering into investment representation letters with Parent in substantially the form included in the Letter of Transmittal attached hereto as Exhibit D  (the “Letter of Transmittal” ).

 

Agreement

 

Now , therefore , in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
THE MERGER

 

1.1          The Merger. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Delaware General Corporation Law ( “Delaware Law” ), Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company at the Effective Time. From and after the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease, and the Company will continue as the surviving corporation. The Company as the surviving corporation after the Merger is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Surviving Corporation.”

 

1.2          Closing; Effective Time. Unless this Agreement has been terminated and the transactions herein contemplated have been abandoned pursuant to Section 7.1 of this Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 6 of this Agreement, the consummation of the Merger (the “Closing” ) will be deemed to take place at the offices Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP, 350 East Michigan Avenue, Suite 300, Kalamazoo, Michigan 49007, at 10:00 a.m. local time no later than two (2) Business Days after satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 6 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of each such condition), or at such other time, date and place as Parent and the Company may mutually agree in writing. The date on which the Closing actually takes place is referred to as the “Closing Date” . On the Closing Date, the Parties will cause the Merger to be consummated by executing and filing a Certificate of Merger in accordance with the relevant provisions of Delaware Law (the “Certificate of Merger” ), in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, together with any required related certificates, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in such form as required by, and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of, Delaware Law. The Merger will become effective at the time of the filing of such Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time” ).

 

  2  

 

 

1.3          Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger will be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub will vest in the Surviving Corporation, all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company and Merger Sub will become the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Surviving Corporation, and the Surviving Corporation will be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent.

 

1.4          Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws. Unless otherwise determined by Parent and the Company:

 

(a)           the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub will be amended and restated at the Effective Time as set forth in the Certificate of Merger, and, as so amended and restated, will be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law and such certificate of incorporation; and

 

(b)           the bylaws of Merger Sub will be amended and restated to read in the form of the bylaws of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof and, as so amended and restated, will be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and such bylaws.

 

1.5          Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation. Unless otherwise determined by Parent and the Company, the Parties will take all action such that:

 

(a)           the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time will consist of David A. Rosa, Paul Buckman, Suraj Kalia and Jeff Mathiesen, until such time as their respective successors are duly elected or appointed;

 

(b)           the board of directors of Parent immediately after the Effective Time will consist of David A. Rosa and Amer Samad, until such time as their respective successors are duly elected or appointed; and

 

(c)           the officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the officers of Parent immediately following the Effective Time, until such time as their respective successors are duly elected or appointed.

 

1.6          Conversion of the Company Securities. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, the Company, any stockholder of the Company or any other Person:

 

  3  

 

 

(a)          Conversion of the Company Capital Stock. Each share of the Company Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to, and contingent upon the occurrence of, the Effective Time (excluding any shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 1.6(c) ) will be converted, subject to Sections 1.6(c) , 1.6(h) , 1.6(i) , 1.7 and 1.8 , into and represent the right to receive such number of shares of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of Parent, $0.001 par value per share ( “Parent Common Stock” ), as is equal to the Exchange Ratio (the “Merger Consideration” ).

 

(b)          Merger Sub Common Stock. Each share of Merger Sub Common Stock then outstanding will be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation. Each stock certificate of Merger Sub evidencing ownership of any such shares will, as of the Effective Time, evidence ownership of such shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(c)          Cancellation. Each share of the Company Capital Stock held in the treasury of the Company and each share of the Company Capital Stock owned by Parent or by any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company or Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, cease to be outstanding, be canceled and extinguished without any conversion thereof and without payment of any consideration therefor and cease to exist.

 

(d)          Company Options. Each Company Option under the Company Option Plan that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time will be subject to Section 5.10 . Prior to the Closing Date, Parent and the Company will take all actions necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by this Section 1.6(d) , including delivering all notices required thereby. The Company shall deliver notice to all holders of the Company Options setting forth such holders’ rights pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(e)          Company Warrants. At the Effective Time, all unexercised and unexpired warrants to purchase Company capital stock (the “Company Warrants” ) then outstanding under the several warrant agreements entered into by the Company and the warrant holders party thereto (collectively, the “Warrant Agreements” ), will be assumed by Parent. Each Company Warrant so assumed by Parent under this Agreement will continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Warrant Agreement pursuant to which such Company Warrant was granted, except that: (i) each Company Warrant will be exercisable (or will become exercisable in accordance with its terms) into shares of Parent Common Stock; (ii) any reference in the Company Warrants to the Company shall be deemed a reference to Parent; and (iii) any references in the Company Warrants to Common Stock shall be deemed a reference to Parent Common Stock.

 

(f)          Company Notes. At the Effective Time, all unconverted and unexpired Company Notes, will be assumed by Parent. Each Company Note so assumed by Parent under this Agreement will continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions as set forth in the such Company Note pursuant to which such Company Note was issued, except that: (i) each Company Note will be convertible (or will become convertible in accordance with its terms) into shares of Parent Common Stock; (ii) any reference in the Company Notes to the Company shall be deemed a reference to Parent; and (iii) any references in the Company Notes to Common Stock shall be deemed a reference to Parent Common Stock.

 

  4  

 

 

(g)         Allocation Spreadsheet. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company will prepare and deliver to Parent a list of (i) the Company Stockholders and holders of the Company Options and the number of shares of the Company Capital Stock held by each the Company Stockholder and subject to each Company Option, in each case as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (ii) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be exchanged for each the Company Stockholder’s shares of the Company Capital Stock and the number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be subject to each option replacing each Company Option, as applicable, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. A copy of such list, which would be accurate if the Closing Date were the date of this Agreement, is attached hereto as Exhibit F .

 

(h)         Adjustments to Exchange Ratio. The Exchange Ratio will be appropriately adjusted to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Parent Common Stock or the Company Capital Stock), reorganization, recapitalization or other like change with respect to Parent Common Stock or the Company Capital Stock occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time.

 

(i)          Fractional Shares. No fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Merger, and no certificates or scrip for any such fractional shares will be issued. All fractional share amounts shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share (based on the total number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued to the applicable the Company Stockholder). The Company Stockholders will not be entitled to any voting rights, rights to receive any dividends or distributions or other rights as a stockholder of Parent with respect to any such fraction of a share that would have otherwise been issued to such Company Stockholder.

 

(j)          Restrictions. If any shares of the Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time are unvested or are subject to a repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition under any applicable restricted stock purchase agreement or other Contract with the Company or under which the Company has any rights, then the shares of Parent Common Stock issued in exchange for such shares of the Company Capital Stock will also be unvested and subject to the same repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition, and the book-entry representing such shares of Parent Common Stock may accordingly be marked with appropriate legends. The Company will take all action that may be necessary to ensure that, from and after the Effective Time, Parent is entitled to exercise any such repurchase option or other right set forth in any such restricted stock purchase agreement or other Contract.

 

(k)          Legends on Stock Certificates. The certificates representing shares of Parent Common Stock issuable in the Merger hereunder, or any other securities issued in respect of such shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legends (along with any other legends that may be required under applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  5  

 

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE, DISTRIBUTION OR OTHER TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

1.7          Dissenting Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “Dissenting Shares” mean any shares of the Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Person who has not voted such shares in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the Merger, has properly demanded appraisal for such shares in accordance with Delaware Law and has not effectively withdrawn or forfeited such demand for appraisal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Dissenting Shares will not be converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration unless such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses its rights to appraisal or it is determined that such holder does not have appraisal rights in accordance with Delaware Law. If after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or loses its right to appraisal, or if it is determined that such holder does not have appraisal rights, such shares will be treated as if they had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the merger consideration set forth in Section 1.6(a) . The Company will give Parent prompt notice of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of shares of the Company Capital Stock, withdrawals of such demands, and any other instruments that relate to such demands received by the Company. Parent and the Company shall jointly participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands except as limited by applicable Legal Requirements. Neither Parent nor the Company will, except with prior written consent of the other, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands, unless and to the extent required to do so under applicable Legal Requirements.

 

  6  

 

 

1.8          Exchange of Certificates.

 

(a)          Exchange Procedures. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, Parent will mail to the record holders of the Company Stock Certificates (i) a Letter of Transmittal, and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Company Stock Certificates in exchange for non-certificated shares of Parent Common Stock represented by book-entry issuable pursuant to Section 1.6(a) . Upon surrender of a Company Stock Certificate to Parent for exchange, together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal and such other documents as may be reasonably required by Parent, (A) the holder of such Company Stock Certificate will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor non-certificated shares of Parent Common Stock represented by book-entry equal to the number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.6(a) , (B) the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered will be canceled and (C) Parent will instruct Parent’s transfer agent to issue non-certificated shares of Parent Common Stock represented by book-entry issuable pursuant to Section 1.6(a) . Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 1.8(a) , each Company Stock Certificate held by a Company Stockholder will be deemed, from and after the Effective Time, to represent only the right to receive the Merger Consideration. If any Company Stock Certificate will have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent will require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificate to provide an appropriate affidavit and, in Parent’s discretion, to deliver a bond as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Parent or the Surviving Corporation with respect to such Company Stock Certificate.

 

(b)          Distributions with Respect to Unexchanged Shares. No dividends or other distributions declared or made with respect to Parent Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time will be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Company Stock Certificate with respect to the shares of Parent Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive in the Merger until such holder surrenders such Company Stock Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.8 (at which time such holder will be entitled, subject to the effect of applicable escheat or similar laws, to receive all such dividends and distributions, without interest).

 

(c)          Transfers of Ownership. If any shares of Parent Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that in which the Company Stock Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it will be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered will be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the Person requesting such exchange will have paid to Parent or any Person designated by it any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of the shares of Parent Common Stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Company Stock Certificate surrendered, or established to the satisfaction of Parent or any agent designated by it that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

(d)          Abandoned Property Law. Neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation will be liable to any holder or former holder of the Company Capital Stock or to any other Person with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto), or for any cash amounts, delivered to any public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property law, escheat law or similar Legal Requirement.

 

(e)          Withholding Rights. Each of Parent and the Surviving Corporation will be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder or former holder of the Company Capital Stock such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law or under any other applicable Legal Requirement. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts will be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

 

  7  

 

 

1.9          Stock Transfer Books. At the Effective Time: (a) all shares of the Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically be canceled and retired and cease to exist, and all holders of Company Capital Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will cease to have any rights as stockholders of the Company, except each such holder’s right to receive Merger Consideration; and (b) the stock transfer books of the Company will be closed with respect to all shares of the Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. No further transfer of any such shares of the Company Capital Stock will be made on such stock transfer books after the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, a valid certificate previously representing any shares of Company Capital Stock (a “Company Stock Certificate” ) is presented to the Surviving Corporation or Parent, such Company Stock Certificate will be canceled and exchanged as provided in Section 1.8 .

 

1.10        No Further Rights. The Merger Consideration delivered upon the surrender for exchange of the Company Capital Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares.

 

1.11        Tax Consequences. For United States federal income tax purposes, the Merger is intended to constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The Parties to this Agreement hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) of the Treasury Regulations, and intend to file the statement required by Section 1.368-3(a) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

1.12        Additional Actions. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary, desirable or proper to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation and its proper officers and directors or their designees are fully authorized (to the fullest extent allowed under applicable Legal Requirements) to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of either the Company or Merger Sub, all deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and do, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, all other acts and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties or assets of the Company or Merger Sub, as applicable, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

 

The Company represents and warrants to Parent and Merger Sub as follows (it being understood that each representation and warranty contained in this Article 2 is subject to: (a) the exceptions and disclosures set forth in the part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the particular Section or subsection in this Article 2 in which such representation and warranty appears; (b) any exceptions or disclosures explicitly cross-referenced in such part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule by reference to another part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule; and (c) any exception or disclosure set forth in any other part or subpart of the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent it is reasonably apparent from the wording of such exception or disclosure that such exception or disclosure qualifies such representation and warranty):

 

  8  

 

 

2.1          Organization and Qualification. The Company is a Delaware corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Legal Requirements of Delaware, and has the requisite corporate, limited liability company or other organizational, as applicable, power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) in each jurisdiction where the character of the assets and properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or license necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no Subsidiaries and does not own any equity interest in any other Person.

 

2.2          Capital Structure.

 

(a)           The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 1,200,000 shares of the Company Common Stock, of which 369,892 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, and 100,000 shares of preferred stock of the Company, none of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. No shares of capital stock are held in the Company’s treasury. All outstanding shares of the Company Capital Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities Legal Requirements.

 

(b)           As of the date of this Agreement, the Company had reserved an aggregate of 58,333 shares of the Company Common Stock, net of exercises, for issuance to employees, consultants and non-employee directors pursuant to the Company Option Plan, under which options were outstanding for an aggregate of 21,500 shares of the Company Common Stock and 12,666 shares of restricted Company Common Stock were outstanding.

 

(c)           Section 2.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists each holder of the Company Capital Stock and the number and type of shares of the Company Capital Stock held by such holder, each outstanding Company Option and Company Warrant, the name of the holder of such Company Option or Company Warrant, the number of shares subject to such Company Option or Company Warrant, the exercise price of such Company Option or Company Warrant, the vesting schedule and termination date of such Company Option or Company Warrant and whether the exercisability of such Company Option or Company Warrant will be accelerated in any way by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for any other reason, indicating the extent of acceleration, if any.

 

  9  

 

 

(d)           Except as set forth on Section 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) none of the outstanding shares of the Company Capital Stock are entitled or subject to any preemptive right, right of repurchase or forfeiture, right of participation, right of maintenance or any similar right; (ii) there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the Company having a right to vote on any matters on which the Company Stockholders have a right to vote; and (iii) there is no Contract to which the Company is a party relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting any Person from purchasing, selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of (or from granting any option or similar right with respect to), any shares of the Company Capital Stock. Except as set forth on Section 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not under any obligation, and is not bound by any Contract pursuant to which it may become obligated, to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of the Company Capital Stock or other securities.

 

2.3          Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals.

 

(a)           The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, subject to the Company Written Consent, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, subject only to the Company Written Consent and the filing and recordation of the Certificate of Merger pursuant to Delaware Law. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock outstanding on the applicable record date (collectively, the “Company Requisite Vote” ) is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of the Company Capital Stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger and all other transaction contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Parent and Merger Sub constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws and general principles of equity.

 

(b)           The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the performance of this Agreement by the Company will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (ii) subject to obtaining the Company Written Consent, conflict with or violate any Legal Requirement applicable to the Company, except for any such conflicts or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair the rights of the Company or alter the rights or obligations of any third party thereunder, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of an Encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of the Company pursuant to, any Company Contract required to be disclosed on Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, except, for purposes of this clause (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           No material consent, approval, Order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the filings contemplated by Section 5.4(a) , and (iii) the filing of a Form D Notice of Exempt Offering of Securities or other related filings in reliance on an exemption provided in Regulation D of the Securities Act.

 

  10  

 

 

2.4          Company Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities.

 

(a)           The Company has made available to Parent the audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the unaudited financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 (collectively, the “Company Financials” ). The Company Financials were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ( “GAAP” ) consistently applied and in accordance with past practice throughout the periods involved and fairly and accurately present in all material respects the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein. The balance sheet of the Company as of March 31, 2017, is hereinafter referred to as the “Company Balance Sheet” .

 

(b)           The Company has no material liabilities, obligations or commitments, whether asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured or otherwise, in each case of the nature that would be required to be reflected in a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) those which are adequately reflected or reserved against in the Company Financials as of the date of the Company Balance Sheet, and (ii) those which have been incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Company Balance Sheet.

 

2.5          Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Since the date of the Company Balance Sheet through the date of this Agreement, the Company has conducted its business only in the ordinary course of business, and there has not been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.6          Taxes.

 

(a)           Each income and other material Tax Return that the Company was required to file under applicable Legal Requirements: (i) has been timely filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date); and (ii) is true and complete in all material respects. All material Taxes due and payable by the Company have been timely paid, except to the extent such amounts are being contested in good faith by the Company or are properly reserved for on the books or records of the Company. No extension of time with respect to any date on which a Tax Return was required to be filed by the Company is in force (except routine extensions of not more than six months followed by timely filing within the extension period), and no waiver or agreement by or with respect to the Company is in force for the extension of time for the payment, collection or assessment of any Taxes, and no request has been made by the Company in writing for any such extension or waiver (except, in each case, in connection with any request for extension of time for filing Tax Returns). There are no Encumbrances for Taxes on any asset of the Company other than Encumbrances for Taxes not yet due and payable, Taxes contested in good faith or that are otherwise not material and are reserved against in the Company Financials. No deficiency with respect to Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed in writing against the Company which has not been fully paid or adequately reserved or reflected in the Company Financials.

 

  11  

 

 

(b)           All material Taxes that the Company has been required to collect or withhold have been duly collected or withheld and, to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements when due, have been duly and timely paid to the proper Governmental Body.

 

(c)           The unpaid Taxes of the Company (i) did not, as of March 31, 2017, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax items) set forth on the face of the balance sheet of such date contained in the Company Financials, and (ii) do not exceed the reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company in filing its Tax Returns. Since March 31, 2017, the Company has not incurred any liability for Taxes outside of the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom or practice.

 

(d)           The Company will not be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction or credit from, the computation of taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date, as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, (v) deferred intercompany gain or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), or (vi) election under Section 108(i) of the Code.

 

(e)           No closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into by the Company with any taxing authority or issued by any taxing authority to the Company. There are no outstanding rulings of, or request for rulings with, any Governmental Body addressed to the Company that are, or if issued would be, binding on the Company.

 

(f)           The Company is not a party to any Contract with any third party relating to allocating or sharing the payment of, or liability for, Taxes or Tax benefits (other than pursuant to customary provisions included in credit agreements, leases, and agreements entered with employees, in each case, not primarily related to Taxes and entered into in the ordinary course of business). The Company has no liability for the Taxes of any third party under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Legal Requirement) as a transferee or successor or otherwise by operation of Legal Requirements.

 

(g)           The Company has not been a member of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code or of any group that has filed a combined, consolidated or unitary Tax return under state, local or foreign Tax Legal Requirement (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company).

 

  12  

 

 

(h)           The Company does not have any direct or indirect interest in any trust, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other “business entity” for United States federal income tax purposes. The Company is and always has been a corporation taxable under subchapter C of the Code for United States federal income tax purposes, and has had comparable status under the Legal Requirements of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which it was required to file any Tax Return at the time it was required to file such Tax Return. The Company is not a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.

 

(i)           The Company has not participated in, or is currently participating in, a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2). The Company has disclosed on its respective United States federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of United States federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

(j)           The Company is not (or has been for the five-year period ending at the Effective Time) a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(k)           The Company has no permanent establishment in any country other than the United States, as defined in any applicable Tax treaty between the United States and such other country or is otherwise subject to the taxing jurisdiction of a country other than the United States.

 

(l)           The Company has not distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code.

 

(m)           The Company has not taken or agreed to take any action that would prevent the Merger from constituting a reorganization qualifying under Section 368 of the Code. The Company is not aware of any agreement, plan or other circumstance that would prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

 

2.7          Intellectual Property.

 

(a)           (i) The Company exclusively owns or possesses, valid, exclusive licenses to, the entire right, title and interest in and to all IP Rights used by it in its business and (ii) the Company owns or possesses, or has the right or license to use, all of the Intellectual Property used in its business as currently conducted without any violation, misappropriation or infringement of, or other conflict with, the rights of another Person.

 

(b)           Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no pending Legal Proceedings alleging that the Company is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of a Person or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any IP Rights owned by the Company and used in its business, and (ii) the Company has not received any written claim from any Person alleging that the Company is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of any Person, or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or the Company’s use of any IP Rights owned or licensed by the Company and used in its business.

 

  13  

 

 

2.8          Compliance with Legal Requirements.

 

(a)           The Company has not failed to comply with or is not in conflict with, or in default or in material violation of any Legal Requirement, in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect. No material investigation or review by any Governmental Entity is pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, has been threatened, against the Company. There is no material Order binding upon the Company.

 

(b)           The Company holds, to the extent required by any applicable Legal Requirement, all permits, licenses, authorizations, variances, exemptions, Orders and approvals from governmental authorities which are material and necessary to the operation of the business of the Company (collectively, the “Company Permits” ). No suspension or cancellation of any such Company Permit is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened. Each such Company Permit is valid and in full force and effect, and the Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such Company Permits.

 

2.9          Legal Proceedings. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in Section 2.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no pending Legal Proceeding, and (to the knowledge of the Company) no Person has threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (a) against or by the Company affecting any of its properties or assets; or (b) against or by the Company that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.10        Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission from the Company in connection with the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.11        Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(a)           Section 2.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, a complete and accurate list of each material plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, pension, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, profit sharing, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits, medical benefits, life insurance, disability benefits, accident benefits, salary continuation, accrued leave, vacation, sabbatical, sick pay, sick leave, unemployment benefits or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including each “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association”, under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code and each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ( “ERISA” ), in each case, for active, retired or former employees, directors or consultants, which is currently sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to or with respect to which any potential liability is borne by the Company or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is or at any relevant time was treated as a single employer with the Company within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code (an “ERISA Affiliate” ), (collectively, the “Company Employee Plans” ).

 

  14  

 

 

(b)           Each Company Employee Plan is being, and has been, administered substantially in accordance with its terms and in material compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all Legal Requirements (including ERISA and the Code). The Company and each ERISA Affiliate are not in material default under or material violation of, and have no knowledge of any material default or material violation by any other party to, any of the Company Employee Plans.

 

2.12        Title to Assets; Condition of Equipment. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company owns, and has good, valid and marketable title to, all tangible assets purported to be owned by it, including, free and clear of any Encumbrances, except for (i) any Encumbrance for current taxes not yet due and payable and (ii) Encumbrances that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and that do not (in any case or in the aggregate) materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Company.

 

2.13        Environmental Matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (b) as of the date hereof, no claims are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, and (c) to the knowledge of the Company, no conditions exist at any of the Company’s properties that would reasonably be expected to result in the owner or operator thereof incurring any material liability under any Environmental Law. “Environmental Law” means any applicable Legal Requirement relating to the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. , as amended; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. , as amended; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. , as amended; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. , as amended; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 655 et seq .

 

2.14        Labor Matters. Section 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, complete and correct list of all employees of the Company along with their position, hire date, current base compensation and 2017 target bonus. The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor has it experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes.

 

2.15        Company Contracts. Except as set forth in Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not a party to or bound by any Contract that would be a “material contract” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K if the Company were the registrant thereunder). The Company has made available to Parent a true, correct and complete copy of each Contract listed or required to be listed in Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (any such Contract, a “Company Contract” ). Neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge any other party to a Company Contract, has breached or violated in any material respect or materially defaulted under, or received notice that it has breached, violated or defaulted under, any of the terms or conditions of any of the Company Contracts. To the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would reasonably be expected to: (a) result in a violation or breach in any material respect of any of the provisions of any Company Contract; (b) give any Person the right to declare a default in any material respect under any Company Contract; or (c) give any Person the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Company Contract. Each Company Contract is valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws and general principles of equity.

 

  15  

 

 

2.16        Insurance. The Company maintains insurance policies (including fire, theft, casualty, general liability, workers compensation, business interruption, environmental, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and surety arrangements) (the “Insurance Policies” ) as are commercially reasonable for companies of the nature of the Company. Such Insurance Policies are in full force and effect.

 

2.17        Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance.

 

(a)           Except as expressly set forth in this Article 2 , neither the Company nor any Person on behalf of the Company has made, nor are any of them making, any representation or warranty, written or oral, express or implied, at law or in equity, including with respect to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose, in respect of the Company or its business in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including any representations or warranties about the accuracy or completeness of any information or documents previously provided (including with respect to any financial or other projections therein), and any other such representations and warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.

 

(b)           Parent and Merger Sub acknowledge and agree that, except as set forth in Article 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, none of Parent, Merger Sub or any of their agents, employees or Representatives is relying on any other representation or warranty of the Company or any other Person, including regarding the accuracy or completeness of any such other representations or warranties or the omission of any material information, whether express or implied, in each case with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

 

Parent and Merger Sub, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Company as follows (it being understood that each representation and warranty contained in this Article 3 is subject to: (a) the exceptions and disclosures set forth in the part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the particular Section or subsection in this Article 3 in which such representation and warranty appears; (b) any exceptions or disclosures explicitly cross-referenced in such part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule by reference to another part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule; and (c) any exception or disclosure set forth in any of the SEC Documents (other than any exhibits, schedules, or other documents incorporated therein by reference or any disclosures contained or referenced therein under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and any other disclosures contained or referenced therein of information, factors or risks that are predictive, cautionary or forward-looking in nature) or other part or subpart of the Parent Disclosure Schedule to the extent it is reasonably apparent from the wording of such exception or disclosure that such exception or disclosure qualifies such representation and warranty):

 

  16  

 

 

3.1          Organization and Qualification.

 

(a)           Each of the Acquiring Companies is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) under the Legal Requirements of its jurisdiction of organization, and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. Each of the Acquiring Companies is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) in each jurisdiction where the character of the assets and properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or license necessary.

 

(b)           Parent does not have any Subsidiaries other than Merger Sub, and Parent does not own any equity interest in any other Person other than Merger Sub. None of the Acquiring Companies has agreed or is obligated to make, or is bound by any Contract under which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in or capital contribution to any other Entity.

 

(c)           Parent has delivered or made available to the Company a true and correct copy of the articles of incorporation (including any certificate of designations), bylaws or like organizational documents, each as amended to date, of each of the Acquiring Companies. None of the Acquiring Companies is in violation of any of the provisions of such organizational documents.

 

3.2          Capital Structure.

 

(a)           The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 100,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, of which 5,073,000 shares are issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the day prior to the date hereof and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share ( “Parent Preferred Stock” ), of which zero shares are issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the day prior to the date hereof. No shares of capital stock are held in Parent’s treasury. All outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(b)           Section 3.2(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule lists each holder of Parent Capital Stock and the number and type of shares of Parent Capital Stock held by such holder.

 

(c)           The shares of Parent Common Stock issuable as Merger Consideration, upon issuance on the terms and conditions contemplated in this Agreement, would be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

  17  

 

 

(d)           There is no existing option, warrant, call, right or contract to which Parent is a party requiring, and there are no equity interests in Parent outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional shares of Parent Capital Stock or other equity securities in Parent or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase shares of capital stock or other equity securities in Parent.

 

(e)           (i) None of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock are entitled or subject to any preemptive right, right of repurchase or forfeiture, right of participation, right of maintenance or any similar right; (ii) none of the outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock are subject to any right of first refusal in favor of Parent; (iii) there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the Acquiring Companies having a right to vote on any matters on which the stockholders of Parent have a right to vote; (iv) there is no Contract to which the Acquiring Companies are a party relating to the voting or registration of, or restricting any Person from purchasing, selling, pledging or otherwise disposing of (or from granting any option or similar right with respect to), any shares of Parent Capital Stock. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(e) of the Disclosure Schedules, none of the Acquiring Companies is under any obligation, or is bound by any Contract pursuant to which it may become obligated, to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of Parent Capital Stock or other securities.

 

3.3          Authority; Non-Contravention; Approvals.

 

(a)           Parent has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, subject to the Parent Written Consent, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by Parent of this Agreement, the performance by Parent of its obligations hereunder and the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent and Merger Sub, subject only to the Parent Written Consent, to adoption of this Agreement by Parent as sole stockholder of Merger Sub immediately following the execution hereof, and the filing and recordation of the Certificate of Merger pursuant to Delaware Law. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock outstanding on the applicable record date ( “Parent Requisite Vote” ) is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of Parent Capital Stock necessary to adopt or approve the matters set forth in the Parent Written Consent. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws and general principles of equity.

 

(b)           Parent’s board of directors, by resolutions duly adopted by the written consent of Parent’s sole director and, as of the date of this Agreement, not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has, as of the date of this Agreement (i) approved this Agreement and the Merger, and determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger, are fair to, and in the best interests of Parent’s stockholders, and (ii) resolved to recommend that Parent’s stockholders approve the Parent Written Consent. The board of directors of Merger Sub, by resolutions duly adopted by the written consent of Merger Sub’s sole director and, as of the date of this Agreement, not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the Merger and submitted this Agreement to Parent, as its sole stockholder for adoption thereby. Immediately following the execution of this Agreement, Parent in its capacity as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, shall execute a written consent adopting this Agreement.

 

  18  

 

 

(c)           The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub does not, and the performance of this Agreement by Parent or Merger Sub will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Parent or Merger Sub, (ii) subject to obtaining Parent Written Consent and compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.3(d) below, conflict with or violate any Legal Requirement or Order applicable to Parent or Merger Sub or by which their respective properties are bound or affected, or (iii) require an Acquiring Company to make any filing with or give any notice to or obtain any consent from a Person pursuant to any Parent Contract, result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair Parent’s rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of an Encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of Parent pursuant to, any Parent Contract.

 

(d)           No consent, approval, Order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to Parent in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing with the SEC of any outstanding periodic reports due under the Exchange Act, (ii) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (iii) the filing of Current Reports on Form 8-K with the SEC within four business (as determined under applicable SEC Legal Requirements) days after the execution of this Agreement and the Closing Date, (iv) the filing of an Amended and Restated Charter with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, (v) such approvals as may be required under applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or the rules and regulations of the OTCQB Market, and (vi) the filings contemplated by Section 5.4(a) .

 

3.4          Anti-Takeover Statutes Not Applicable. The board of directors of Parent and the board of directors of Merger Sub have taken all actions so that no state takeover statute or similar Legal Requirement applies or purports to apply to the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or to the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Section 203 of Delaware Law are inapplicable to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  19  

 

 

3.5          SEC Filings; Parent Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities.

 

(a)           Parent has filed or furnished all reports and other materials required to be filed or furnished by Parent under the Exchange Act since December 31, 2015. All SEC Documents have been timely filed and, as of the time an SEC Document was filed with the SEC (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, then on the date of such filing): (i) each of the SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and (ii) none of the SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Each of the certifications and statements relating to SEC Documents required by: (1) the SEC’s Order dated June 27, 2002 pursuant to Section 21(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (File No. 4-460); (2) Rule 13a-14 or 15d-14 under the Exchange Act; or (3) 18 U.S.C. §1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) is accurate and complete, and complied as to form and content with all applicable Legal Requirements in effect at the time such Parent Certification was filed with or furnished to the SEC. As used in this Section 3.5 , the term “file” and variations thereof will be broadly construed to include any manner in which a document or information is furnished, supplied or otherwise made available to the SEC.

 

(b)           Parent maintains disclosure controls and procedures required by Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that all material information concerning Parent required to be disclosed by Parent in the reports that it is required to file, submit or furnish under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of such reports.

 

(c)           The financial statements (including any related notes) contained or incorporated by reference in the SEC Documents (the “Parent Financials” ): (i) complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC applicable thereto; (ii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may be indicated in the notes to such financial statements or, in the case of unaudited financial statements, as permitted by the SEC, and except that the unaudited financial statements may not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that are not reasonably expected to be material in amount) applied on a consistent basis unless otherwise noted therein throughout the periods indicated; and (iii) fairly present the consolidated financial position of Parent as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Parent for the periods covered thereby.

 

(d)           None of the Acquiring Companies has any liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of any nature.

 

3.6          Taxes.

 

(a)           Each of the income and other material Tax Returns that any Acquiring Company was required to file under applicable Legal Requirements: (i) has been timely filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date) and (ii) is true and complete in all material respects. All material Taxes due and payable by Parent have been timely paid, except to the extent such amounts are being contested in good faith by Parent or are properly reserved for on the books or records of Parent. No extension of time with respect to any date on which a Tax Return was required to be filed by an Acquiring Company is in force (except routine extensions of not more than six months followed by timely filing within the extension period), and no waiver or agreement by or with respect to an Acquiring Company is in force for the extension of time for the payment, collection or assessment of any Taxes, and no request has been made by an Acquiring Company in writing for any such extension or waiver (except, in each case, in connection with any request for extension of time for filing Tax Returns). There are no Encumbrances for Taxes on any asset of an Acquiring Company other than Encumbrances for Taxes not yet due and payable, Taxes contested in good faith or that are otherwise not material and reserved against or reflected in the SEC Documents. No deficiency with respect to Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed in writing against Parent which has not been fully paid or adequately reserved or reflected in the SEC Documents.

 

  20  

 

 

(b)           All material Taxes that an Acquiring Company has been required to collect or withhold have been duly collected or withheld and, to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements when due, have been duly and timely paid to the proper Governmental Body.

 

(c)           The unpaid Taxes of the Acquiring Companies (i) did not, as of March 31, 2017, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax items) set forth on the face of the balance sheet of such date contained in the SEC Documents, and (ii) do not exceed the reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Acquiring Companies in filing their Tax Returns. Since March 31, 2017, the Acquiring Companies have not incurred any liability for Taxes outside of the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom or practice.

 

(d)           No Acquiring Company will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction or credit from, the computation of taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date, as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, (v) deferred intercompany gain or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), or (vi) election under Section 108(i) of the Code.

 

(e)           No closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into by any Acquiring Company with any taxing authority or issued by any taxing authority to an Acquiring Company. There are no outstanding rulings of, or request for rulings with, any Governmental Body addressed to an Acquiring Company that are, or if issued would be, binding on any Acquiring Company.

 

(f)           No Acquiring Company is a party to any Contract with any third party relating to allocating or sharing the payment of, or liability for, Taxes or Tax benefits (other than pursuant to customary provisions included in credit agreements, leases, and agreements entered with employees, in each case, not primarily related to Taxes and entered into in the ordinary course of business). No Acquiring Company has any liability for the Taxes of any third party under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Legal Requirement) as a transferee or successor or otherwise by operation of Legal Requirements.

 

  21  

 

 

(g)           No Acquiring Company has been a member of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code or of any group that has filed a combined, consolidated or unitary Tax return under state, local or foreign Tax Legal Requirement (other than a group the common parent of which was Parent).

 

(h)           Other than its direct interest in Merger Sub, Parent does not have any direct or indirect interest in any trust, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other “business entity” for United States federal income tax purposes. Each Acquiring Company is and always has been a corporation taxable under subchapter C of the Code for United States federal income tax purposes, and has had comparable status under the Legal Requirements of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which it was required to file any Tax Return at the time it was required to file such Tax Return. None of the Acquiring Companies is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.

 

(i)           No Acquiring Company has participated in, or is currently participating in, a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2). Parent has disclosed on its respective United States federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of United States federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

(j)           Each Acquiring Company is not (and has not been for the five-year period ending at the Effective Time) a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(k)           No Acquiring Company has a permanent establishment, as defined in any applicable Tax treaty between the United States and such other country, or is otherwise subject to the taxing jurisdiction of a country other than the United States.

 

(l)           No Acquiring Company has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code.

 

(m)           No Acquiring Company has taken or agreed to take any action that would prevent the Merger from constituting a reorganization qualifying under Section 368 of the Code. No Acquiring Company is aware of any agreement, plan or other circumstance that would prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

 

3.7          Intellectual Property.

 

(a)           (i) The Acquiring Companies do not own or possesses any material IP Rights used by them in their business and (ii) the Acquiring Companies do not own or possess any material Intellectual Property.

 

  22  

 

 

(b)           (i) There are no pending Legal Proceedings alleging that an Acquiring Company is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of a Person or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any IP Rights owned by the Acquiring Companies and used in their business, and (b) the Acquiring Companies have not received any written claim from any Person alleging that they are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any IP Rights of any Person, or that seek to limit or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or their use of any IP Rights owned or licensed by them and used in their business.

 

3.8          Compliance with Legal Requirements.

 

(a)           Each of the Acquiring Companies has not failed to comply in any material respect with or is not in conflict with, or in default or in material violation of any Legal Requirement, including any applicable Environmental Law. No investigation or review by any Governmental Entity is pending, or to the knowledge of Parent, has been threatened, against any of the Acquiring Companies. There is no Order binding upon Parent.

 

(b)           Each of the Acquiring Companies holds, to the extent required by any applicable Legal Requirement, all permits, licenses, authorizations, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals from governmental authorities which are necessary to the operation of the business of the Company (collectively, the “Parent Permits” ). No suspension or cancellation of any such Parent Permit is pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened. Each such Parent Permit is valid and in full force and effect, and each Acquiring Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of such Parent Permits.

 

3.9          Legal Proceedings; Orders.

 

(a)           There is no pending Legal Proceeding, nor has there ever been any Legal Proceeding, and (to the knowledge of Parent) no Person has ever threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (i) against or by any Acquiring Company affecting any of its properties or assets; or (ii) that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred, and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any Legal Proceeding of the type described in clause “(i)” or clause “(ii)” of the first sentence of this Section 3.9(a) .

 

(b)           There is no Order to which any of the Acquiring Companies, or any of the assets owned or used by any of the Acquiring Companies, is subject. To the knowledge of Parent, no officer or other key employee of any of the Acquiring Companies is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer or other employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the business of any of the Acquiring Companies.

 

3.10        Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission payable by an Acquiring Company in connection with the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any of the Acquiring Companies.

 

  23  

 

 

3.11        Employee Benefit Plans. The Acquiring Companies do not administer, and have never administered, any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, pension, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, profit sharing, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits, medical benefits, life insurance, disability benefits, accident benefits, salary continuation, accrued leave, vacation, sabbatical, sick pay, sick leave, unemployment benefits or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including each “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association” under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code and each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, in each case, for active, retired or former employees, directors or consultants, which is currently sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to or with respect to which any potential liability is borne by Parent or any ERISA Affiliate of Parent.

 

3.12        Labor Matters. None of the Acquiring Companies has any employees. Neither Acquiring Company is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor has it experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes.

 

3.13        Real Property. The Acquiring Companies do not own or hold, and have never owned or held, any real property or any interest in real property, including any leasehold.

 

3.14        Parent Contracts. No Acquiring Company is a party to or is or since March 31, 2017 has ever been bound by:

 

(a)           any employment agreement or Contract with an independent contractor or consultant (or similar arrangement) which is not cancellable without material penalty or without more than 90 days’ notice;

 

(b)           any agreement or plan, including, without limitation, any stock option plan, stock appreciation right plan or stock purchase plan, any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)           any Contract incorporating or relating to any guaranty, any warranty, any sharing of liabilities or any indemnity not entered into in the ordinary course of business, including any indemnification agreements between any Acquiring Company and any of its officers or directors;

 

(d)           any Contract limiting or purporting to limit the ability of Parent to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;

 

(e)           any agreement, Contract or commitment currently in force relating to the disposition or acquisition of assets not in the ordinary course of business or any ownership interest in any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business enterprise;

 

(f)           any mortgages, indentures, loans, credit agreements, security agreements or any other Contract or instrument relating to the borrowing of money or extension of credit;

 

  24  

 

 

(g)           any Contract that would reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the ability of Parent to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or to consummate any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(h)           any Contract that provides for: (i) any right of first refusal, right of first negotiation, right of first notification or similar right with respect to any securities or assets of any Acquiring Company; or (ii) any “no shop” provision or similar exclusivity provision with respect to any securities or assets of any Acquiring Company;

 

(i)           any Contract that contemplates or involves the payment or delivery of cash or other consideration in an amount or having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, or contemplates or involves the performance of services having a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate; or

 

(j)           any Contract that does not allow any Acquiring Company to terminate the Contract for convenience with no more than thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the other party and without the payment of any rebate, chargeback, penalty or other amount to such third party in connection with any such termination.

 

3.15        Insurance. No Acquiring Party is, or has ever been, a party to any Insurance Policy.

 

3.16        Interested Party Transactions. Except as set forth in the SEC Documents, no event has occurred during the past three (3) years that would be required to be reported by Parent as a Certain Relationship or Related Transaction pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

 

3.17        Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties of Parent contained herein, none of the information contained in the Parent Disclosure Schedule and none of the other information or documents furnished or to be furnished to the Company by Parent or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is false or misleading in any material respect or omits to state a fact herein or therein necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstance in which they were made, not misleading in any material respect.

 

3.18        Emerging Growth Company. Parent is not an “emerging growth company” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

 

3.19        No Prior Merger Sub Operations. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations, nor does it have any assets or liabilities, other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.20        Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties; Reliance.

 

(a)           Except as expressly set forth in this Article 3 , no Acquiring Company or any Person on behalf of any Acquiring Company has made, nor are any of them making, any representation or warranty, written or oral, express or implied, at law or in equity, including with respect to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose, in respect of any Acquiring Company or its business in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including any representations or warranties about the accuracy or completeness of any information or documents previously provided (including with respect to any financial or other projections therein), and any other such representations and warranties are hereby expressly disclaimed.

 

  25  

 

 

(b)           The Company acknowledges and agrees that, except as set forth in this Article 3 , none of the Company or any of its agents, employees or Representatives is relying on any other representation or warranty of any Acquiring Company or any other Person, including regarding the accuracy or completeness of any such other representations or warranties or the omission of any material information, whether express or implied, in each case with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 4
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

 

4.1          Conduct of the Company Business. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Effective Time (the “Pre-Closing Period” ), the Company agrees, except to the extent that Parent consents in writing, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and except to the extent as necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by the Company Written Consent, to carry on its business in the ordinary course of business. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without obtaining the written consent of Parent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the Company will not do any of the following:

 

(a)           amend or otherwise change its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise alter its corporate structure through merger, liquidation, reorganization or otherwise;

 

(b)           issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition or encumbrance of, any shares of capital stock of any class, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest) (except for the issuance of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to employee stock options under currently existing employee stock option plans or pursuant to currently outstanding warrants, as the case may be, which options, warrants or rights, as the case may be, are outstanding on the date hereof);

 

(c)           redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company Capital Stock (other than pursuant to a repurchase right in favor of the Company with respect to unvested shares at no more than cost);

 

(d)           incur any indebtedness or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others or sell, pledge, dispose of or create an Encumbrance over any assets (except for (i) sales of assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) dispositions of obsolete or worthless assets);

 

  26  

 

 

(e)           accelerate, amend or change the period (or permit any acceleration, amendment or change) of exercisability of options or warrants or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options, except as may be required under any the Company Option Plan, Contract or this Agreement or as may be required by applicable Legal Requirements;

 

(f)           (i) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of any of its capital stock, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or (iii) amend the terms of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities, or propose to do any of the foregoing;

 

(g)           acquire (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or any other material property or assets;

 

(h)           take any action, other than as required by applicable Legal Requirements or GAAP, to change accounting policies or procedures;

 

(i)           make or change any material tax election inconsistent with past practices, adopt or change any Tax accounting method, or settle or compromise any material federal, state, local or foreign tax liability or agree to an extension of a statute of limitations for any assessment of any tax;

 

(j)           pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the financial statements of the Company, or incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)           initiate any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration or settle or agree to settle any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration (in each case, except in connection with this Agreement); and

 

(l)           take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Sections 4.1(a) through (k) above.

 

The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) nothing contained in this Agreement shall give Parent, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the Company’s operations prior to the Effective Time; (ii) prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its operations; and (iii) notwithstanding anything contrary set forth in this Agreement, no consent of Parent will be required with respect to any matter set forth in the Agreement to the extent the requirement of such consent would violate any applicable Legal Requirements.

 

4.2          Conduct of Parent Business. During the Pre-Closing Period, Parent agrees, except to the extent that the Company consents in writing, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to carry on its business in the ordinary course of business. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without obtaining the written consent of the Company, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, none of the Acquiring Companies will do any of the following:

 

  27  

 

 

(a)           amend or otherwise change its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise alter its corporate structure through merger, liquidation, reorganization or otherwise, except as may be contemplated by the SEC Documents;

 

(b)           issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition or encumbrance of, any shares of capital stock of any class, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest);

 

(c)           redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Parent Capital Stock;

 

(d)           incur any indebtedness or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others or sell, pledge, dispose of or create an Encumbrance over any assets, except consistent with past practices and provided all of such indebtedness is repaid, terminated or spun off at or prior to the Closing;

 

(e)           accelerate, amend or change the period (or permit any acceleration, amendment or change) of exercisability of options or warrants or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options;

 

(f)           (i) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of any of its capital stock, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or (iii) amend the terms of, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its securities, or propose to do any of the foregoing;

 

(g)           (i) acquire (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or any other material property or assets; (ii) enter into or amend any Parent Contract; or (iii) authorize any capital expenditures or purchase of fixed assets;

 

(h)           materially increase the compensation payable or to become payable to its directors, officers, employees or consultants or grant any severance or termination pay to, or enter into any employment or severance agreement with, any director, officer, employee or consultant, or establish, adopt, enter into or amend any collective bargaining, bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, stock option, restricted stock, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, termination, severance or other plan, agreement, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any such director, officer, consultant or employee;

 

(i)           take any action, other than as required by applicable Legal Requirements or GAAP, to change accounting policies or procedures;

 

  28  

 

 

(j)           make or change any material tax election inconsistent with past practices, adopt or change any Tax accounting method, or settle or compromise any material federal, state, local or foreign tax liability or agree to an extension of a statute of limitations for any assessment of any tax;

 

(k)          pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the financial statements of the Company, or incurred in the ordinary course of business, or other than to make the Representatives of the Acquiring Companies found in Section 3.5(d) of this Agreement true and accurate;

 

(l)            enter into any material partnership arrangements, joint development agreements or strategic alliances;

 

(m)          initiate any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration or settle or agree to settle any litigation, action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration (in each case, except in connection with this Agreement); or

 

(n)           take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Sections 4.2(a) through (m) above, or any action which would make any of the representations or warranties of such Party contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect or prevent such Party from performing or cause such Party not to perform its covenants hereunder or result in any of the conditions to the Merger set forth herein not being satisfied.

 

ARTICLE 5
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

5.1          Company Written Consent. Within five (5) hours following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to Parent an executed copy of the Company Written Consent representing the Company Requisite Vote.

 

5.2          Parent Written Consent; Notice; Private Placement.

 

(a)           Within five (5) hours following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Parent shall furnish to the Company an executed copy of the Parent Written Consent representing the Parent Requisite Vote.

 

(b)           Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the issuance of Parent Common Stock in the Merger to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by reason of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and from the registration requirements of any applicable state securities Legal Requirements and otherwise to comply with all requirements of applicable federal and state securities Legal Requirements.

 

  29  

 

 

5.3          Access to Information; Confidentiality. From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 7 , and upon reasonable notice and subject to restrictions contained in confidentiality agreements to which such Party is subject, the Company and Parent will each afford to the officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other Representatives of the other Party, reasonable access, during the Pre-Closing Period, to all its properties, books, contracts, commitments and records (including, without limitation, Tax records) and, during such period, the Company and Parent each will furnish promptly to the other all information concerning its business, properties and personnel as such other Party may reasonably request, and each will make available to the other the appropriate individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other professionals) for discussion of the other’s business, properties and personnel as either Party may reasonably request; provided, that each of the Company and Parent reserves the right to withhold any information if access to such information could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between it and its counsel. Each Party will not, and shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives not to, disclose to any third party, and shall keep confidential, such information and any other information in its possession regarding any of the Parties hereto, in each case, except to the extent (a) such information is generally available to the public through no fault of such Party or any of its Representatives or (b) disclosure is required by applicable Legal Requirements.

 

5.4          Regulatory Approvals and Related Matters.

 

(a)           As promptly as practicable, each Party will file all notices, reports and other documents required to be filed by such Party with any Governmental Body with respect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to submit promptly any additional information requested by any such Governmental Body. Each of Parent and the Company will notify the other Party promptly upon the receipt of (and, if in writing, share a copy of) any communication received by such Party from, or given by such Party to, any Governmental Bodies and of any material communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of Parent and the Company will give the other Party prompt notice of the commencement or known threat of commencement of any Legal Proceeding by or before any Governmental Body with respect to the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will keep the other Party reasonably informed as to the status of any such Legal Proceeding or threat, and, in connection with any such Legal Proceeding, will permit authorized Representatives of the other Party to be present at each meeting or conference relating to any such Legal Proceeding and to have access to and be consulted in connection with any document, opinion or proposal made or submitted to any Governmental Body in connection with any such Legal Proceeding.

 

(b)           Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and subject to this Section 5.4(b) , each of the Parties agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary or advisable to satisfy each of the conditions set forth in Article 6 , consummate the Merger and make effective the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (provided that no Party will be required to waive any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 , as applicable, to its obligations to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

  30  

 

 

5.5          Director Indemnification and Insurance.

 

(a)           From and after the Effective Time, Parent will fulfill and honor in all respects the obligations of the Company and Parent which exist prior to the date hereof to indemnify the Company’s and Parent’s present and former directors and officers and their heirs, executors and assigns; provided, however, that the Company directors and officers which become directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation will enter into the Surviving Corporation’s standard indemnification agreement which will supersede any other contractual rights to indemnification. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation will contain provisions at least as favorable as the provisions relating to the indemnification and elimination of liability for monetary damages set forth in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, and the provisions relating to the indemnification and elimination of liability for monetary damages set forth in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and Parent will not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six (6) years from the Effective Time in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of individuals who, at the Effective Time, were directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company or Parent, unless such modification is required by Legal Requirements.

 

(b)           This Section 5.5 will survive any termination of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger at the Effective Time, is intended to benefit the Company, the Surviving Corporation and the parties indemnified hereby (each of whom is an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to this Section 5.5 ), and will be binding on all successors and assigns of the Surviving Corporation.

 

5.6          Notification of Certain Matters. To the extent any of the following would reasonably be expected to result in the failure to be satisfied of any condition set forth in Article 6 , the Company will give prompt notice to Parent, and Parent will give prompt notice to the Company, of (i) the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of any event the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of which would be likely to cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate, and (ii) any failure of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, materially to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.6 will not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the Party receiving such notice; and provided, further, that failure to give such notice will not be treated as a breach of covenant for the purposes of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.3(a) unless the failure to give such notice results in material prejudice to the other Party.

 

5.7          Public Announcements. Parent and the Company will consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to the Merger or this Agreement and, subject to any applicable Legal Requirements, will not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the prior consent of the other Party, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

5.8          Conveyance Taxes. Parent and the Company will cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all returns, questionnaires, applications or other documents regarding any real property transfer or gains, sales, use, transfer, value added, stock transfer and stamp taxes, any transfer, recording, registration and other fees, and any similar taxes which become payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that are required or permitted to be filed on or before the Effective Time.

 

  31  

 

 

5.9          Exclusive Dealing. From the date hereof until the Effective Time or termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article 7 , neither Parent nor the Company shall, nor shall either of them authorize or permit any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants or other agents or advisors to, directly or indirectly, take any action to solicit, initiate, knowingly facilitate or encourage the submission of any Acquisition Proposal, engage in any discussions or negotiations with any third party regarding an Acquisition Proposal or enter into any agreement with respect to an Acquisition Proposal. For purposes of this Agreement, “Acquisition Proposal” means, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any third party offer or proposal relating to any acquisition or purchase, direct or indirect, whether by way of asset purchase, equity purchase, merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination or otherwise, of a material portion of the assets of Parent or the Company, respectively, or any equity interest in Parent or the Company, respectively, or any other transaction the consummation of which would reasonably be expected to frustrate the purposes of, impede, prevent or materially delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.10        Company Options.

 

(a)           At the Effective Time, each Company Option that is outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the Effective Time under the Company Option Plan, whether or not vested, will be converted into and become an option to purchase Parent Common Stock, and Parent shall assume the Company Option Plan. All rights with respect to the Company Common Stock under the Company Options assumed by Parent will thereupon be converted into rights with respect to Parent Common Stock.

 

(b)           Accordingly, from and after the Effective Time: (i) each Company Option assumed by Parent may be exercised solely for shares of Parent Common Stock; (ii) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to each Company Option assumed by Parent will be determined by multiplying (x) the number of shares of the Company Common Stock that were subject to such Company Option, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time by (y) the Exchange Ratio and rounding the resulting number down to the nearest whole number of shares of Parent Common Stock; (iii) the per share exercise price for the Parent Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Company Option assumed by Parent will be determined by dividing (x) the per share exercise price of the Company Common Stock subject to such Company Option, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, by (y) the Exchange Ratio; and (iv) any restriction on the exercise of any Company Option assumed by Parent will continue in full force and effect and the term, exercisability, vesting schedule, status as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code, if applicable, and other provisions of such Company Option will otherwise remain unchanged; provided, however, that: (1) to the extent provided under the terms of a Company Option, such Company Option assumed by Parent in accordance with this Section 5.10(b) will, in accordance with its terms, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate to reflect any stock split, division or subdivision of shares, stock dividend, reverse stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction with respect to Parent Common Stock subsequent to the Effective Time; and (2) Parent’s board of directors or a committee thereof will succeed to the authority and responsibility of the Company’s board of directors or any committee thereof with respect to each Company Option assumed by Parent.

 

  32  

 

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.10(c) , the conversion of each Company Option (regardless of whether such option qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) into an option to purchase shares of Parent Common Stock will be made in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1, such that the conversion of a Company Option will not constitute a “modification” of such Company Option for purposes of Section 409A or Section 424 of the Code. It is the intention of the Parties that each Company Option so assumed by Parent shall qualify following the Effective Time as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and to the extent such Company Option qualified as an incentive stock option prior to the Effective Time.

 

(d)           Within twenty (20) Business Days after the Effective Time, Parent will deliver to each Person who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, was a holder of a Company Option a document evidencing the foregoing assumption of such option by Parent.

 

5.11        Company and Parent Disclosure Schedules. Each of the Company and Parent may in its discretion, for informational purposes only, supplement the information set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, with respect to any matter now existing or hereafter arising that, if existing or occurring at or prior to the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, on the date of this Agreement or that is necessary to correct any information in the Company Disclosure Schedule or Parent Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, which has been rendered inaccurate thereby promptly following discovery thereof. Any such amended or supplemented disclosure shall not be deemed to modify the representations and warranties of the Company, Parent or Merger Sub for any purpose.

 

5.12        Tax Matters.

 

(a)           Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Merger to qualify, and agree not to, and not to permit or cause any Affiliate or Subsidiary to, take any actions or cause any action to be taken which would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying, as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code.

 

(b)           Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall treat, and shall not take any Tax reporting position inconsistent with the treatment of, the Merger as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code for U.S. federal, state and other relevant Tax purposes, unless otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code.

 

5.13        Expenses. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be paid by the Party incurring such expenses, whether or not the Merger is consummated (provided, however, that if the Merger is consummated, such fees and expenses will be paid by such Party out of its own cash on hand prior to the Effective Time).

 

  33  

 

 

ARTICLE 6
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

 

6.1          Conditions to Obligation of Each Party to Effect the Merger. The respective obligations of each Party to effect the Merger and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby will be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

 

(a)          No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby, will be in effect, nor will any proceeding brought by any administrative agency or commission or other Governmental Body or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; and there will not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or Order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby illegal.

 

(b)          Stockholder Approvals. Each of the Company Written Consent and the Parent Written Consent shall have been obtained.

 

6.2          Additional Conditions to Obligations of Parent. The obligations of Parent to effect the Merger and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are also subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)          Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement will be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date, which will remain true and correct as of such date), except for such failures to be true and correct as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a the Company Material Adverse Effect; provided that, all “Company Material Adverse Effect” qualifications and other materiality qualifications limiting the scope of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement will be disregarded. Parent will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of the Company.

 

(b)          Agreements and Covenants. The Company will have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Time. Parent will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of the Company.

 

(c)          Company Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there will have been no change, occurrence or circumstance in the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company having a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

  34  

 

 

(d)          Other Deliveries. Parent shall have received (i) a certificate dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by the Secretary of the Company on behalf of the Company, certifying as to (A) an attached copy of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and stating that it has not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (B) an attached copy of the Company’s bylaws and stating that they have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and (C) an attached copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and stating that such resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (ii) a good standing certificate of the Company from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated as of a date not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

6.3          Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The obligation of the Company to effect the Merger and to consummate the other transactions contemplated hereby is also subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)          Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement will be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date, which will remain true and correct as of such date), except for such failures to be true and correct as would not reasonably be expected to constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect; provided that, all “Parent Material Adverse Effect” qualifications and other materiality qualifications limiting the scope of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement will be disregarded. The Company will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of each of Parent and Merger Sub.

 

(b)          Agreements and Covenants. Parent and Merger Sub will have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Time. The Company will have received a certificate to such effect signed by an officer of Parent.

 

(c)          Parent Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there will have been no change, occurrence or circumstance in the business, results of operations or financial condition of any Acquiring Company having a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)          Parent Board of Directors Resignation Letter. The Company will have received a duly executed copy of a resignation letter from the sole member of the board of directors of Parent, effective no earlier than ten (10) days after the filing and distribution of a Schedule 14F-1 announcing a change of control of the Board of Directors of Parent.

 

(e)          Company Appointees. David A. Rosa shall have been duly elected to the board of directors of Parent.

 

  35  

 

 

(f)          Other Deliveries. The Company shall have received (i) a certificate dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by the Secretary of Parent on behalf of Parent, certifying as to (A) an attached copy of Parent’s articles of incorporation, as amended, and stating that they have not been further amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (B) an attached copy of Parent’s bylaws and stating that they have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and (C) an attached copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Parent authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and stating that such resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, (ii) a good standing certificate of Parent from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated as of a date not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(g)          Delivery of Control Stock. Amer Samad, the majority stockholder of the Parent, shall deliver to the Parent for cancellation the three million five hundred thousand (3,500,000) shares of Parent Common Stock owned beneficially and of record thereby.

 

(h)            No Liabilities of Parent or Merger Sub. Parent and Merger Sub shall have paid off all liabilities and payables and canceled all related party advances, such that Parent and Merger Sub will have no liabilities as of the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 7
TERMINATION

 

7.1          Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Effective Time, notwithstanding approval thereof by the stockholders of the Company and Parent:

 

(a)           by mutual written consent of the Company and Parent duly authorized by each of their respective boards of directors;

 

(b)           by either Parent (subject to Section 7.1(e) ) or the Company (subject to Section 7.1(d) ) if the Merger has not been consummated by the close of business on the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date of this Agreement (provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 7.1(b) will not be available to any Party whose material breach of this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date);

 

(c)           by either Parent or the Company if a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission will have issued a non-appealable final Order or ruling or taken any other action, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(d)           by Parent if the Company Written Consent is not obtained by the Company within five (5) hours following the execution of this Agreement and has not been obtained by the time that Parent delivers a written notice of termination pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) ;

 

(e)           by the Company if the Parent Written Consent is not obtained by Parent within five (5) hours following the execution of this Agreement and has not been obtained by the time that the Company delivers a written notice of termination pursuant to this Section 7.1(e) ;

 

  36  

 

 

(f)           by Parent upon breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements on the part of the Company set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of the Company will have become inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty will have become inaccurate; provided if such breach or inaccuracy is curable by the Company, then this Agreement will not terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1(f) as a result of such particular breach or inaccuracy unless the breach or inaccuracy remains uncured as of the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date of written notice given by Parent to the Company of such breach or inaccuracy and its intention to terminate the agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(f) ; or

 

(g)           by the Company upon breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements on the part of Parent or Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of Parent or Merger Sub will have become inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty will have become inaccurate; provided if such breach or inaccuracy is curable by Parent or Merger Sub, then this Agreement will not terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1(g) as a result of such particular breach or inaccuracy unless the breach or inaccuracy remains uncured as of the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date of written notice given by the Company to Parent of such breach or inaccuracy and its intention to terminate the agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(g) .

 

7.2          Effect of Termination . In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1 , this Agreement will forthwith become void, except that Sections 5.3 , 5.7 and 5.13 , this Section 7.2 and Article 8 shall survive such termination; provided that nothing herein shall relieve Parent, Merger Sub or the Company of any liability for any willful breach of this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination.

 

ARTICLE 8
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

8.1          Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any Party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered or sent if delivered in person, (b) on the third (3rd) Business Day after dispatch by registered certified mail, (c) on the next Business Day if transmitted by national overnight courier or (d) on the date delivered if sent by email (provided confirmation of email receipt is obtained other than by an automatically-generated reply), in each case as follows:

 

(a)           If, prior to the Effective Time, to Parent or Merger Sub:

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation

24 Turnberry Drive

Williamsville, New York 14221

Attn: Amer Samad

  

  37  

 

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ruskin Moscou Faltischek, P.C.

East Tower, 15th Floor

1425 RXR Plaza

Uniondale, New York 11556

Attention: Stephen E. Fox, Esq.

Email: sfox@rmfpc.com

 

(b)           If to the Company or, after the Effective Time, to Parent or the Surviving Corporation:

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

10006 Liatris Lane

Eden Prairie, MN 55347

Attn: David A. Rosa

Email: daver@neurooneinc.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP

350 East Michigan Avenue, Suite 300

Kalamazoo, Michigan 49007

Attention: Phillip D. Torrence and Justin M. Crawford

Email: ptorrence@honigman.com and jcrawford@honigman.com

 

8.2          Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by Parent and the Company pursuant to action taken by or on behalf of their respective boards of directors at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that, after approval of the Merger by the Company Written Consent or the Parent Written Consent, as applicable, no amendment may be made which by Legal Requirements requires further approval by such stockholders without such further approval.

 

8.3          Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

8.4          Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

8.5          Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the Parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

  38  

 

 

8.6          Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon: (a) the Company and its successors and assigns (if any); (b) Parent and its successors and assigns (if any); (c) Merger Sub and its successors and assigns (if any); and (d) the Company Stockholders. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of: (i) the Company; (ii) Parent; (iii) Merger Sub; and (iv) the respective successors and assigns (if any) of the foregoing. No Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Parties hereto.

 

8.7          Parties in Interest. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or will confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, other than Section 5.5 (which is intended to be for the benefit of the Parties indemnified thereby and may be enforced by such Parties).

 

8.8          Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of any Party hereto in the exercise of any right hereunder will impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty or agreement herein, nor will any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right. At any time prior to the Effective Time, any Party hereto may, with respect to any other Party hereto, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver will be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party or Parties to be bound.

 

8.9          Remedies Cumulative; Specific Performance. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. Each Party to this Agreement agree that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the other Party of any covenant, obligation or other provision set forth in this Agreement: (a) such Party will be entitled, without any proof of actual damages (and in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it) to: (i) an Order of specific performance or mandamus to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant, obligation or other provision; and (ii) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach; and (b) such Party will not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such Order or in connection with any related action or Legal Proceeding.

 

8.10        Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)           This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

  39  

 

 

(b)           Any action, suit or other Legal Proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement will be brought or otherwise commenced exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if jurisdiction over the matter is vested exclusively in the federal courts, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Each Party to this Agreement: (i) expressly and irrevocably consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and each appellate court therefrom) in connection with any such action, suit or Legal Proceeding; (ii) agrees that such court will be deemed to be a convenient forum; and (iii) agrees not to assert (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise), in any such action, suit or Legal Proceeding commenced in any such court, any claim that such Party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such court, that such action, suit or Legal Proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such action, suit or other Legal Proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(c)           EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

8.11        Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties. None of the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time. This Section 8.11 shall not limit any covenant or agreement of the Parties which by its terms contemplates performance after the Effective Time.

 

8.12        Counterparts and Exchanges by Electronic Transmission or Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts and by facsimile or electronic (i.e, PDF) transmission, each of which when executed will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

8.13        Cooperation. Each Party hereto agrees to cooperate fully with the other Parties hereto and to execute and deliver such further documents, certificates, agreements and instruments and to take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the other Parties hereto to evidence or reflect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

 

8.14        Construction.

 

(a)           For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number will include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender will include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender will include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender will include masculine and feminine genders.

 

(b)           The Parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  40  

 

 

(c)           As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(d)           Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections,” “Exhibits” and “Schedules” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Exhibits or Schedules to this Agreement.

 

(e)           The term “knowledge of the Company” , and all variations thereof, will mean the actual knowledge of David A. Rosa, after reasonable inquiry. The term “knowledge of Parent” , and all variations thereof, will mean the actual knowledge of Amer Samad, after reasonable inquiry.

 

signatures on the following page

 

  41  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , the Parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Parent:  
   
NeuroOne Medical Technologies
Corporation
     
By: /s/ AMER SAMAD  
Name: Amer Samad  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
   
MERGER SUB:  
   
OSOK Acquisition Company  
     
By: /s/ AMER SAMAD  
Name: Amer Samad  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

THE COMPANY:  
   
NeuroOne, Inc.  
     
By: /s/ DAVID A. ROSA  
Name:   David A. Rosa  
Title:     Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature Page to
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Plan of Reorganization

 

 

Exhibit A

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Agreement (including this Exhibit A ):

 

“Acquiring Companies” mean Parent and Merger Sub.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person, and the term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in Minneapolis, Minnesota are authorized or required by applicable Legal Requirements to close.

 

“Company Capital Stock” means the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

 

“Company Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.001.

 

“Company Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule that has been delivered by the Company to Parent on the date of this Agreement.

 

“Company Material Adverse Effect” means any effect, change, event or circumstance that has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company taken as a whole; provided, however, that, in no event will any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Company Material Adverse Effect: effects resulting from (i) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Company participates or the United States or global economy or capital markets as a whole, to the extent that such conditions do not have a disproportionate impact on the Company taken as a whole; (ii) any failure by the Company to meet internal projections (it being understood, however, that any effect causing or contributing to such failures to meet projections or predictions may constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iii) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (iv) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; or (v) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP or applicable Legal Requirements; or (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  Exhibit A- 1  

 

 

“Company Note” means a promissory note that is convertible into shares of the Company Capital Stock.

 

“Company Option” means an option to purchase shares of the Company Capital Stock.

 

“Company Option Plan” means the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

“Company Preferred Stock” means the Company’s Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

“Company Securityholders” means the Company Stockholders, the holders of Company Notes, the holders of Company Options and the holders of Company Warrants.

 

“Company Stockholders” mean the holders of the Company Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

“Company Warrant” means a warrant to purchase shares of the Company Capital Stock.

 

“Contract” means oral or any written agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, understanding, arrangement, instrument, note, option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature.

 

“Copyrights” mean all copyrights and copyrightable works (including without limitation databases and other compilations of information, mask works and semiconductor chip rights), including all rights of authorship, use, publication, reproduction, distribution, performance, transformation, moral rights and rights of ownership of copyrightable works and all registrations and rights to register and obtain renewals and extensions of registrations, together with all other interests accruing by reason of international copyright.

 

“Encumbrance” means any lien, encumbrance, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, equitable interest, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, transfer restriction under any stockholder or similar agreement or other similar restriction.

 

“Entity” means any corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any company limited by shares, limited liability company or joint stock company), firm, society or other enterprise, association, organization or entity.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange Ratio” means 17.0103706-for-1.

 

“Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, regulatory agency, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal).

 

  Exhibit A- 2  

 

 

“IP Rights” mean any and all of the following in any country or region: (a) Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademark Rights, domain name registrations, Trade Secrets, and other intellectual property rights; and (b) the right (whether at law, in equity, by Contract or otherwise) to enjoy or otherwise exploit any of the foregoing, including the rights to sue for and remedies against past, present and future infringements of any or all of the foregoing, and rights of priority and protection of interests therein under the Legal Requirements of any jurisdiction worldwide.

 

“Legal Proceeding” means any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or formal investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

 

“Legal Requirements” mean any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

 

“Merger Sub Common Stock” means the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Merger Sub.

 

“Order” means any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of a Governmental Body.

 

“Parent Capital Stock” means Parent Common Stock.

 

“Parent Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule that has been delivered by Parent to the Company on the date of this Agreement.

 

“Parent Material Adverse Effect” means any effect, change, event or circumstance that has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of Parent taken as a whole; provided, however, that, in no event will any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Parent Material Adverse Effect: effects resulting from (i) conditions generally affecting the industries in which Parent participates or the United States or global economy or capital markets as a whole, to the extent that such conditions do not have a disproportionate impact on Parent taken as a whole; (ii) any failure by Parent to meet internal projections (it being understood, however, that any effect causing or contributing to such failures to meet projections or predictions may constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Parent Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iii) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (iv) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; or (v) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP or applicable Legal Requirements; or (b) the ability of Parent to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  Exhibit A- 3  

 

 

“Patent Rights” mean all issued patents, pending patent applications and abandoned patents and patent applications provided that they can be revived (which for purposes of this Agreement will include utility models, design patents, industrial designs, certificates of invention and applications for certificates of invention and priority rights) in any country or region, including all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, renewals, reissues, re-examinations and extensions thereof.

 

“Person” means any person, Entity, Governmental Body, or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act).

 

A party’s “Representatives” include each Person that is or becomes (a) a Subsidiary or other Affiliate of such Party or (b) an officer, director, employee, partner, attorney, advisor, accountant, agent or other representative of such Party or of any such Party’s Subsidiaries or other Affiliates.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

SEC Documents mean each report, registration statement, proxy statement and other statements, reports, schedules, forms and other documents filed by Parent with the SEC since December 31, 2015, including all amendments thereto.

 

An Entity will be deemed to be a “Subsidiary” of another Person if such Person directly or indirectly owns, beneficially or of record, (a) an amount of voting securities of or other interests in such Entity that is sufficient to enable such Person to elect at least a majority of the members of such Entity’s board of directors or other governing body, or (b) at least 10% of the outstanding equity or financial interests of such Entity.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Tax” and “Taxes” mean any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, escheat, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

 

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

“Trade Secrets” mean trade secrets, know-how, proprietary information, inventions, discoveries, improvements, technology, technical data and research and development, whether patentable or not.

 

  Exhibit A- 4  

 

 

“Trademark Rights” mean all material common law trademarks, registered trademarks, applications for registration of trademarks, material common law service marks, registered service marks, applications for registration of service marks, trade names, registered trade names and applications for registration of trade names, and Internet domain name registrations; and including all filings with the applicable Governmental Body indicating an intent to use any of the foregoing if not registered or subject to a pending application.

 

Additionally, the following terms have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Sections of this Agreement set forth below opposite such term:

 

Defined Word   Section of Agreement
“Acquisition Proposal”   Section 5.9
“Agreement”   Preamble
“Certificate of Merger”   Section 1.2
“Closing”   Section 1.2
“Closing Date”   Section 1.2
“Code”   Recitals
“Company”   Preamble
“Company Balance Sheet”   Section 2.4(a)
“Company Employee Plans”   Section 2.11(a)
“Company Financials”   Section 2.4(a)
“Company Permits”   Section 2.8(b)
“Company Requisite Vote”   Section 2.3(a)
“Company Stock Certificate”   Section 1.9
“Company Written Consent”   Recitals
 “Delaware Law”   Section 1.1
“Dissenting Shares”   Section 1.7
“Effective Time”   Section 1.2
“ERISA”   Section 2.11(a)
“ERISA Affiliate”   Section 2.11(a)
“GAAP”   Section 2.4(a)
“Insurance Policies”   Section 2.16
“Letter of Transmittal”   Recitals
“Merger”   Recitals
“Merger Consideration”   Section 1.6(a)
“Merger Sub”   Preamble
“Parent”   Preamble
“Parent Common Stock”   Section 1.6(a)
“Parent Financials”   Section 3.5(c)
“Parent Permits”   Section 3.8(b)
“Parent Requisite Vote”   Section 3.3(a)
“Parent Preferred Stock”   Section 3.2(a)
“Party” or “Parties”   Preamble
“Pre-Closing Period”   Section 4.1
“Surviving Corporation”   Section 1.1

 

  Exhibit A- 5  

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Merger Sub Written Consent

 

  Exhibit B- 1  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Company Written Consent

 

  Exhibit C- 1  

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Investment Representation Letter

 

  Exhibit D- 1  

 

 

Exhibit E

 

Certificate of Merger

 

  Exhibit E- 1  

 

 

Exhibit F

 

Allocation Statement

 

Company Stock Holders

 

Name   Shares of
Company Stock
    Post-Merger
Shares of Parent
Stock
                 
Wade Fredrickson     167,000       2,840,731                  
Mark Chistianson     83,667       1,423,206                  
Dave Rosa     46,667       793,822                  
Timothy R. Geck     3,334       56,712                  
Steve Friswold     334       5,681                  
Jacob Hertel     334       5,681                  
Brent Moen     334       5,681                  
Sean Wambold     5,000       85,051                  
Thomas Bachinski     12,666       215,453                  
Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research     50,556       859,976                  

 

Option Holders

 

Name   Per Share
Exercise Price
for Company
Shares
    Shares of
Company Stock
Subject to
Option
    Post-Merger Per
Share Exercise
Price of Parent
Stock
    Post-Merger
Shares of Parent
Stock Subject to
Option
 
Debra Kridner   $ 0.59       5,000     $ 0.035       85,051  
Kip Ludwig   $ 0.59       2,500     $ 0.035       42,525  
Mike Jerik   $ 0.59       500     $ 0.035       8,505  
Jainal Bhuiyan   $ 0.59       2,500     $ 0.035       42,525  
Justin Williams   $ 0.59       2,500     $ 0.035       42,525  
Paul Buckman   $ 0.59       2,000     $ 0.035       34,020  
Suraj Kalia   $ 0.59       2,000     $ 0.035       34,020  
Jeff Mathiesen   $ 0.59       2,000     $ 0.035       34,020  
Gregory Esper   $ 0.59       2,500     $ 0.035       42,525  

  

  Exhibit F- 1  

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

EXCLUSIVE START-UP COMPANY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Exclusive Start-Up Company License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective the 1 st day of October, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) by and between the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF”), a nonstock, nonprofit Wisconsin corporation, and Neuro One, LLC. (“Licensee”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Minnesota.

 

WHEREAS , WARF owns certain intellectual property rights to the inventions described in the “Licensed Patents” defined below, and WARF is willing to grant a license to Licensee under any one or all of the Licensed Patents, and Licensee desires a license under all of them.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions .

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the Appendix A definitions shall apply.

 

Section 2. Grant .

 

A. License .

 

WARF hereby grants to Licensee under the Licensed Patents an exclusive license to make, use and sell Products in the Licensed Field and Licensed Territory.

 

B. Sublicenses .

 

Licensee may grant written, nonexclusive sublicenses, without the right to further sublicense, to third parties. Any agreement granting a sublicense shall contain terms and conditions no less restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement and shall state that the sublicense is subject to the termination of this Agreement. Licensee shall have the same responsibility for the activities of any sublicensee as if the activities were directly those of Licensee. Licensee shall provide WARF with the name, contact information and address of each sublicensee, as well as information regarding the number of full-time employees of any such sublicensee to allow WARF to determine whether it can maintain its small entity filing status for patent prosecution and maintenance purposes. Upon WARF’s written request, Licensee shall provide to WARF copies of each sublicense agreement and any amendments thereto.

 

C. Reservation of Rights .

 

In addition to the United States Government Rights identified in Section 14, WARF hereby reserves the right to grant non-profit research institutions and governmental agencies non-exclusive licenses to practice and use the inventions of the Licensed Patents for Non-Commercial Research Purposes. WARF, the University of Wisconsin and the inventors of the Licensed Patents shall have the right to publish any information included in the Licensed Patents.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 1 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

D. License to WARF .

 

(i)          Licensee hereby grants, and shall require its sublicensee(s) to grant, to WARF a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, paid-up license, with the right to grant sublicenses to non-profit research institutions and governmental agencies, to practice and use “Improvements” for Non-Commercial Research Purposes. “Improvements” shall mean any patented modification of an invention described in the Licensed Patents that (1) would be infringed by the practice of an invention claimed in the Licensed Patents; or (2) if not for the license granted under this Agreement, would infringe one or more claims of the Licensed Patents.

 

(ii)         In the event that Licensee and its sublicensee(s) discontinue the use or commercialization of the Licensed Patents or any Improvements provided for under this Agreement, Licensee shall grant, and shall require its sublicensee(s) to grant to WARF an option to obtain a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant sublicenses, to practice and use said Improvements for commercial purposes. Licensee shall provide to WARF written notice that Licensee and its sublicensee(s) intend to discontinue such use or commercialization immediately upon making such a decision. WARF’s option with respect to each Improvement shall expire sixty (60) days after WARF’s receipt of said written notice from Licensee. The failure of WARF to timely exercise its option under this paragraph shall be deemed a waiver of WARF’s option, but only with respect to the Improvement so disclosed.

 

Section 3. Development .

 

A.           Licensee shall diligently develop, manufacture, market and sell Products in each Licensed Field and Licensed Territory throughout the term of this Agreement. Such activities shall include, without limitation, those activities listed in Licensee’s “Development Plan” attached hereto as Appendix E. Licensee agrees that said Development Plan is reasonable and that it shall take all reasonable steps to meet the development program as set forth therein.

 

B.           Beginning in calendar year 2014 and until the Date of First Commercial Sale, Licensee shall provide WARF with a written Development Report summarizing Licensee’s development activities since the last Development Report and any necessary adjustments to the Development Plan. Licensee agrees to provide each Development Report to WARF on or before thirty (30) days from the end of each semi-annual period ending June 30 and December 31 for which a report is due, and shall set forth in each Development Report sufficient detail to enable WARF to ascertain Licensee’s progress toward the requirements of the Development Plan. WARF reserves the right to audit Licensee’s records relating to the development activities required hereunder. Such record keeping and audit procedures shall be subject to the procedures and restrictions set forth in Section 6 for auditing the financial records of Licensee.

 

C.           Licensee agrees to and warrants that it has, or will obtain, the expertise necessary to independently evaluate the inventions of the Licensed Patents and to develop Products for sale in the commercial market and that it so intends to develop Products for the commercial market. Licensee acknowledges that any failure by Licensee to reasonably implement the Development Plan, or to make timely submission to WARF of any Development Report, or the providing of any false information to WARF regarding Licensee’s development activities hereunder, shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 2 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

D.           Licensee further agrees to and warrants that it will meet the following Milestones:

 

(i)          Licensee will submit a revised business plan to WARF within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date.

 

(ii)         Licensee will obtain at least $1,000,000 in equity financing within one (1) year of the Effective Date.

 

(iii)        Licensee will obtain at least $3,000,000 in cumulative equity financing within two (2) years of the Effective Date.

 

(iv)        Licensee will file an application for 510(k) marketing clearance with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) within one (1) year of the Effective Date.

 

Section 4. Consideration .

 

A.            License Fee .

 

Licensee will pay to WARF a license fee of $[*] as follows:

 

(i)          Licensee will pay to WARF $[*] due the earlier of one hundred and twenty (120) days from the execution of this Agreement or upon raising $100,000 in equity financing.

 

(ii)         Licensee will pay to WARF $[*] due the earlier of twelve (12) months from the execution of this Agreement or upon raising $1,000,000 in equity financing.

 

B.            Royalty .

 

(i)          In addition to the license fee under Section 4A, Licensee agrees to pay to WARF as “earned royalties” a royalty calculated as a percentage of the Selling Price of Products in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The royalty is deemed earned as of the earlier of the date the Product is actually sold, leased or otherwise transferred for consideration, the date an invoice is sent by Licensee or its sublicensee(s), or the date a Product is transferred to a third party for any promotional reasons. The royalty shall remain fixed while this Agreement is in effect at a rate of [*]% of the Selling Price of Products.

 

(ii)         If Licensee is required to pay royalties to one or more independent third parties during any calendar year to obtain a license or similar right in the absence of which Licensee could not legally make, use or sell Products, then the royalty payable hereunder will be reduced by [*]% for each additional [*]% of royalties payable for all of the additional licensing components, to WARF. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the royalty due WARF be reduced to less than [*]%.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 3 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

C.            Sublicensing Royalties and Fees .

 

(i)          With respect to sublicenses granted by Licensee under Section 2B, Licensee shall pay to WARF an amount equal to what Licensee would have been required to pay to WARF had Licensee sold the amount of Products sold by such sublicensee.

 

(ii)         In addition, if Licensee receives any fees, minimum royalties, or other payments in consideration for any rights granted under a sublicense, or option to sublicense, or other similar rights, and such payments are not based directly upon the amount or value of Products sold by the sublicensee (hereinafter “Sublicense Fees”), then Licensee shall pay WARF [*] of such payments within thirty (30) days of receipt of such payments, and otherwise in the manner specified in Section 4F. Licensee shall not receive from its sublicensees anything of value in lieu of cash payments in consideration for any sublicense granted under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of WARF. No payments owed for Sublicense Fees shall be prorated, whether the sublicense to the Licensed Patents is bundled with other licenses or sublicenses or not, without WARF’s written consent.

 

D.            Minimum Royalty .

 

Licensee further agrees to pay to WARF a minimum royalty of $50,000 for calendar year 2017, $100,000 for calendar year 2018, and $150,000 for calendar year 2019 and each calendar year thereafter or part thereof during which this Agreement is in effect, against which any earned royalty paid for the same calendar year will be credited. The minimum royalty for a given year shall be due at the time payments are due for the calendar quarter ending on December 31. It is understood that the minimum royalties will apply on a calendar year basis, and that sales of Products requiring the payment of earned royalties made during a prior or subsequent calendar year shall have no effect on the annual minimum royalty due WARF for any other given calendar year.

 

E.            Patent Fees and Costs .

 

(i)          Licensee agrees to reimburse WARF $[*] towards the costs incurred by WARF in filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Licensed Patents. Such payment is due the earlier of twelve (12) months from the execution of this Agreement or upon raising $1,000,000 in equity financing. Licensee will pay to WARF such costs within thirty (30) days of receiving an invoice from WARF.

 

(ii)         If WARF decides to abandon maintenance of any patent under the Licensed Patents, WARF shall provide Licensee notice of WARF’s intent to abandon such application and the parties will determine in good faith how to proceed, taking into account the patent fees and costs already expended.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 4 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

F.            Accounting Payments .

 

(i)          Amounts owing to WARF under Section 4B and Section 4C shall be paid on a quarterly basis, with such amounts due and received by WARF on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the end of the calendar quarter ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 in which such amounts were earned. The balance of any royalty and non-royalty amounts owed to WARF under this Agreement which remain unpaid more than thirty (30) days after they are due to WARF shall accrue interest until paid at the rate of the lesser of one percent (1%) per month or the maximum amount allowed under applicable law. However, in no event shall this interest provision be construed as a grant of permission for any payment delays.

 

(ii)         Except as otherwise directed, all amounts owing to WARF under this Agreement shall be paid in U.S. dollars to WARF at the address provided in Section 16(a). All royalties owing with respect to Selling Prices and other fees stated in currencies other than U.S. dollars shall be converted at the rate shown in the Federal Reserve Noon Valuation Value of Foreign Currencies on the day preceding the payment. WARF is exempt from paying income taxes under U.S. law. Therefore, all payments due under this Agreement shall be made without deduction for taxes, assessments, or other charges of any kind which may be imposed on WARF by any government outside of the United States or any political subdivision of such government with respect to any amounts payable to WARF pursuant to this Agreement. All such taxes, assessments, or other charges shall be assumed by Licensee or its sublicensee(s).

 

(iii)        A full accounting showing how any amounts owing to WARF under Section 4B and Section 4C have been calculated shall be submitted to WARF on the date of each such payment. For royalties, such accounting shall be on a per country and product line, model or tradename basis and shall be summarized on the form shown in Appendix C of this Agreement. Such accounting shall include completing the quarterly royalty forecast section of Appendix C. In the event no payment is owed to WARF, a statement setting forth that fact shall be supplied to WARF.

 

Section 5. Certain Warranties .

 

A.           WARF warrants that except as otherwise provided under Section 14 of this Agreement with respect to U.S. Government interests, it is the owner of the Licensed Patents or otherwise has the right to grant the licenses granted to Licensee in this Agreement. However, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

(i)          a warranty or representation by WARF as to the validity or scope of any of the Licensed Patents;

 

(ii)         a warranty or representation that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under the license granted in this Agreement will or will not infringe patents of third parties; or

 

(iii)        an obligation to furnish any know-how not provided in the Licensed Patents or any services other than those specified in this Agreement.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 5 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

B.           WARF MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS, EXTENDS NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE USE, SALE, OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY LICENSEE, ITS SUBLICENSEE(S) OR THEIR VENDEES OR OTHER TRANSFEREES OF PRODUCTS INCORPORATING OR MADE BY USE OF INVENTIONS LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

C.           Licensee represents and warrants that Products produced under the license granted herein shall be manufactured substantially in the United States as required by 35 U.S.0 § 204 and applicable regulations of Chapter 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

 

Section 6. Recordkeeping .

 

A.           Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall keep books and records sufficient to verify the accuracy and completeness of Licensee’s and its sublicensee(s)’s accounting referred to above, including without limitation inventory, purchase and invoice records relating to the Products or their manufacture. In addition, Licensee shall maintain documentation evidencing that Licensee is in fact pursuing the development of Products as required herein. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, invoices for studies advancing the development of Products, laboratory notebooks, internal job cost records, and filings made to the Internal Revenue Department to obtain tax credit, if available, for research and development of Products. Such books and records shall be preserved for a period not less than six (6) years after they are created during and after the term of this Agreement.

 

B.           Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall take all steps necessary so that WARF may within thirty (30) days of its request review and copy all the books and records at a single U.S. location to allow WARF to verify the accuracy of Licensee’s royalty reports and Development Reports, the royalty reports of its sublicensee(s), and any applicable Sublicense Fees. Such review may be performed by any employee of WARF as well as by any attorney or registered CPA designated by WARF, upon reasonable notice and during regular business hours.

 

C.           If a royalty payment deficiency is determined, Licensee and its sublicensee(s), as applicable, shall pay the royalty deficiency outstanding within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof, plus interest on outstanding amounts as described in Section 4F(i).

 

D.           If a royalty payment deficiency for a calendar year exceeds the lesser of [*]% of the royalties paid for that year or $[*], then Licensee or its sublicensee(s) shall be responsible for paying WARF’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred with respect to such review.

 

Section 7. Term and Termination .

 

A.           The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue until this Agreement is terminated as provided herein or until the earlier of the date that no Licensed Patent remains an enforceable patent or the payment of earned royalties under Section 4B and Section 4C, once begun, ceases for more than four (4) calendar quarters.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 6 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

B.           Licensee may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving at least ninety (90) days’ written and unambiguous notice of such termination to WARF. Such a notice shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons for termination.

 

C.           In the event that Licensee fails to meet any Milestone set forth in Section 3D, WARF may terminate this Agreement by giving Licensee at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of such termination.

 

D.           If Licensee at any time defaults in the timely payment of any monies due to WARF or the timely submission to WARF of any Development Report, fails to actively pursue the Development Plan, or commits any breach of any other covenant herein contained, and Licensee fails to remedy any such breach or default within ninety (90) days after written notice thereof by WARF, or if Licensee commits any act of bankruptcy, becomes insolvent, is unable to pay its debts as they become due, files a petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency act, or has any such petition filed against it which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, or if Licensee or its sublicensee(s) offer any component of the Licensed Patents to their creditors, WARF may, at its option, terminate this Agreement immediately by giving notice of termination to Licensee.

 

E.           WARF may terminate this Agreement by giving Licensee at least ninety (90) days’ written notice if the Date of First Commercial Sale does not occur by July 1, 2016.

 

F.           Upon the termination of this Agreement, Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall remain obligated to provide an accounting for and to pay royalties earned up to the date of the termination and any minimum royalties shall be prorated as of the date of termination by the number of days elapsed in the applicable calendar year. Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall also remain obligated to pay all other amounts owed under this Agreement to WARF prior to termination. Such accountings and payments shall be due within thirty (30) days of termination.

 

G.           Waiver by either party of a single breach or default, or a succession of breaches or defaults, shall not deprive such party of any right to terminate this Agreement in the event of any subsequent breach or default.

 

Section 8. Assignability .

 

This Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by Licensee, whether pursuant to a change-of-control event or otherwise, without the prior written consent of WARF.

 

Section 9. Contest of Validity .

 

A.           Licensee and its sublicensee(s) must provide WARF at least three (3) months prior written notice before filing any action that contests the validity of any Licensed Patent during the term of this Agreement.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 7 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

B.           In the event Licensee or its sublicensee(s) files any action contesting the validity of any Licensed Patent, the filing party shall pay a royalty rate of two (2) times the royalty rate specified in Section 4B of this Agreement for all Products sold during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such contest determine that any claim of a Licensed Patent challenged is valid and would be infringed by a Product sold by Licensee (or its sublicensee(s) if such sublicensee filed the action), if not for the license granted by this Agreement, Licensee (or its sublicensee(s), if such sublicensee filed the action) shall thereafter, and for the remaining term of this Agreement, pay a royalty rate of three (3) times the royalty rate specified in Section 4B of this Agreement.

 

C.           In the event that Licensee or its sublicensee(s) contests the validity of any Licensed Patent during the term of this Agreement, Licensee agrees (and shall require its sublicensee(s) to agree) to pay to WARF all royalties due under the Agreement during the period of challenge. For the sake of clarity, such amounts shall not be paid into any escrow or other account, but directly to WARF, and shall not be refunded.

 

Section 10. Enforcement .

 

WARF intends to protect the Licensed Patents against infringers or otherwise act to eliminate infringement, when, in WARF’s sole judgment, such action may be necessary, proper, and justified and makes reasonable business sense considering all factors. In the event that Licensee or its sublicensee(s) believe there is infringement of any Licensed Patent under this Agreement which is to its substantial detriment, Licensee shall provide WARF with notification and reasonable evidence of such infringement. Upon request by WARF, Licensee will provide WARF with such assistance and information as may be useful to WARF in connection with WARF’s taking such action (if the cause of action arose during the term of this Agreement and WARF reimburses Licensee for Licensee’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses).

 

Section 11. Patent Marking .

 

Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall mark all Products or Product packaging with the appropriate patent number reference in compliance with the requirements of U.S. law 35 U.S.C. § 287.

 

Section 12. Product Liability: Conduct of Business .

 

A.           Licensee shall, at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, indemnify, defend and hold WARF and the inventors of the Licensed Patents harmless against all claims and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of the death of or injury to any person or persons or out of any damage to property and against any other claim, proceeding, demand, expense and liability of any kind whatsoever resulting from the production, manufacture, sale, use, lease, consumption or advertisement of Products arising from any right or obligation of Licensee or its sublicensee(s) hereunder. WARF at all times reserves the right to select and retain counsel of its own to defend WARF’s interests.

 

B.           Licensee warrants that it now maintains and will continue to maintain liability insurance coverage appropriate to the risk involved in marketing the Products subject to this Agreement and that such insurance coverage lists WARF and the inventors of the Licensed Patents as additional insureds. Upon WARF’s request, Licensee will present evidence to WARF that such coverage is being maintained.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 8 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

Section 13. Use of Names .

 

Neither Licensee nor its sublicensee(s) shall use WARF’s name, the name of any inventor of inventions governed by this Agreement, or the name of the University of Wisconsin in sales promotion, advertising, or any other form of publicity without the prior written approval of the entity or person whose name is being used.

 

Section 14. United States Government Interests .

 

It is understood that if the United States Government (through any of its agencies or otherwise) has funded research, during the course of or under which any of the inventions of the Licensed Patents were conceived or made, the United States Government is entitled, as a right, under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and applicable regulations of Chapter 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, to a nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced the invention of such Licensed Patents for governmental purposes. Any license granted under this Agreement to Licensee or any of its sublicensees shall be subject to such right.

 

Section 15. Miscellaneous .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin. If any provisions of this Agreement are or shall come into conflict with the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction or any governmental entity having jurisdiction over the parties or this Agreement, those provisions shall be deemed automatically deleted, if such deletion is allowed by relevant law, and the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If such a deletion is not so allowed or if such a deletion leaves terms thereby made clearly illogical or inappropriate in effect, the parties agree to substitute new terms as similar in effect to the present terms of this Agreement as may be allowed under the applicable laws and regulations. The parties hereto are independent contractors and not joint venturers or partners.

 

Section 16. Notices .

 

Any notice required to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at the earlier of the time when actually received as a consequence of any effective method of delivery, including but not limited to hand delivery, transmission by telecopier, or delivery by a professional courier service or the time when sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the party for whom intended at the address below or at such changed address as the party shall have specified by written notice, provided that any notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 9 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

(a) Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation
Attn: Contracts Manager
614 Walnut Street
Madison, Wisconsin 53726

 

(b) Neuro One, LLC
Attn: Mark Christianson
17326 Candlewood Parkway
Eden Prairie, MN 55347

 

Section 17. Integration .

 

This Agreement constitutes the full understanding between the parties with reference to the subject matter hereof, and no statements or agreements by or between the parties, whether orally or in writing, except as provided for elsewhere in this Section 17, made prior to or at the signing hereof, shall vary or modify the written terms of this Agreement. Neither party shall claim any amendment, modification, or release from any provisions of this Agreement by mutual agreement, acknowledgment, or otherwise, unless such mutual agreement is in writing, signed by the other party, and specifically states that it is an amendment to this Agreement.

 

Section 18. Confidentiality .

 

The parties hereto agree to keep any information identified as confidential by the disclosing party, confidential using methods at least as stringent as each party uses to protect its own confidential information. “Confidential Information” shall include the terms of this Agreement, Licensee’s Development Plan and Development Reports, Royalty Reports and forecasts, sublicenses, the Licensed Patents and all information concerning them and any other information marked confidential or accompanied by correspondence indicating such information is exchanged in confidence between the parties. Except as may be authorized in advance in writing by WARF, Licensee shall only grant access to WARF’s Confidential Information to its sublicensee(s) and those employees of Licensee and its sublicensee(s) involved in research relating to the Licensed Patents. Licensee shall require its sublicensee(s) and all such employees to be bound by terms of confidentiality no less restrictive than those set forth in this Section 18. Licensee and its sublicensee(s) shall not use any Confidential Information to WARF’s detriment, including, but not limited to, claiming priority to the Licensed Patents in any patent prosecution. The confidentiality and use obligations set forth above apply to all or any part of the Confidential Information disclosed hereunder except to the extent that:

 

(i)          the receiving party can show by written record that it possessed the information prior to its receipt from the disclosing party;

 

(ii)         the information was already available to the public or became so through no fault of the receiving party;

 

(iii)        the information is subsequently disclosed to the receiving party by a third party that has the right to disclose it free of any obligations of confidentiality;

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 10 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

(iv)        the information is required by law, rule, regulation or judicial process to be disclosed (if such requirement arises, the party requested to disclose the Confidential Information of the other party shall, prior to any such disclosure, promptly notify said party and provide assistance in any reasonable effort to obtain confidential treatment with respect to such disclosure); or

 

(v)         five (5) years have elapsed from the expiration of this Agreement.

 

Section 19. Authority .

 

The persons signing on behalf of WARF and Licensee hereby warrant and represent that they have authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the party for whom they have signed.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 11 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the dates indicated below.

 

WISCONSIN ALUMNI RESEARCH FOUNDATION

 

By: /s/ Leigh Cagan   Date: 10/28/2014
  Leigh Cagan, Chief Technology Commercialization Officer      

 

NEURO ONE LLC

 

By: /s/ Mark Christianson   Date: 10/22/2014
         
Name and Title: Mark Christianson, Partner      
           

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 12 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

APPENDIX A

 

A.           “Date of First Commercial Sale” shall mean the date when Licensee sells an FDA approved Product to the retail market.

 

B.           “Development Report” shall mean a written account of Licensee’s progress under the Development Plan having at least the information specified on Appendix D to this Agreement.

 

C.           “Licensed Field” shall be limited to devices for the treatment and diagnosis of neurological disorders.

 

D.           “Licensed Patents” shall refer to and mean those patents listed on Appendix B attached hereto.

 

E.            “Licensed Territory” shall be limited to the United States.

 

F.            “Non-Commercial Research Purposes” shall mean the use of the inventions of the Licensed Patents and/or Improvements for academic research purposes or other not-for-profit or scholarly purposes not involving the use of the inventions of the Licensed Patents or Improvements to perform services for a fee or for the production or manufacture of products for sale to third parties.

 

G.            “Products” shall refer to and mean any and all products that employ or are in any way produced by the practice of an invention claimed in the Licensed Patents or that would otherwise constitute infringement of any claims of the Licensed Patents.

 

H.           “Selling Price” shall mean, in the case of Products that are sold or leased, the invoice price to the end user of Products (regardless of uncollectible accounts) less any shipping costs, allowances because of returned Products, or sales taxes. The “Selling Price” for a Product that is transferred to a third party for promotional purposes without charge or at a discount shall be the average invoice price to the end user of that type of Product during the applicable calendar quarter.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 13 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

APPENDIX B

 

LICENSED PATENTS

 

REFERENCE
NUMBER

  COUNTRY   APPLICATION
SERIAL
NUMBER
  FILING
DATE
  PATENT
NUMBER
                 
[*]                
                 
[*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]
                 
                 
[*]                
                 
[*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]
[*]   [*]   [*]   [*]   [*]

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 14 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

APPENDIX C

 

WARF ROYALTY REPORT

 

Licensee:     Agreement No:  
Inventor:     P#:  
Period Covered: From:   Through:  
Prepared By:     Date:  
Approved By:     Date:  

 

If license covers several major product lines, please prepare a separate report for each line. Then combine all product lines into a summary report.

 

Report Type: Single Product Line Report:                                                                                   
  Multiproduct Summary Report.  Page 1 of _______Pages
  Product Line Detail.  Line:  ___________ Tradename:  __________ Page             

 

Report Currency : U. S. Dollars ________ Other                                                                          

 

    Gross   * Less:       Royalty   Period Royalty Amount
Country   Sales   Allowances   Net Sales   Rate   This Year   Last Year
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
TOTAL:                        

 

Total Royalty: _____________Conversion Rate: __________ Royalty in U.S. Dollars: $______

The following royalty forecast is non-binding and for WARF’s internal planning purposes only:

Royalty Forecast Under This Agreement: Next Quarter: _____ Q2: ______ Q3: ____ Q4: ____

 

* On a separate page, please indicate the reasons for returns or other adjustments if significant. Also note any unusual occurrences that affected royalty amounts during this period. To assist WARF’s forecasting, please comment on any significant expected trends in sales volume.

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 15 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

APPENDIX D

 

DEVELOPMENT REPORT

 

A. Date development plan initiated and time period covered by this report.

 

B. Development Report (4-8 paragraphs).

 

1. Activities completed since last report including the object and parameters of the development, when initiated, when completed and the results.

 

2. Activities currently under investigation, i.e., ongoing activities including object and parameters of such activities, when initiated, and projected date of completion.

 

C. Future Development Activities (4-8 paragraphs).

 

1. Activities to be undertaken before next report including, but not limited to, the type and object of any studies conducted and their projected starting and completion dates.

 

2. Estimated total development time remaining before a product will be commercialized.

 

D. Changes to Development Plan submitted to WARF (2-4 paragraphs).

 

1. Reasons for change.

 

2. Variables that may cause additional changes.

 

E. Items to be provided if applicable:

 

1. Information relating to Product that has become publicly available, e.g., published articles, competing products, patents, etc.

 

2. Development work being performed by third parties other than Licensee to include name of third party, reasons for use of third party, planned future uses of third parties including reasons why and type of work.

 

3. Update of competitive information trends in industry, government compliance (if applicable) and market plan.

 

PLEASE SEND DEVELOPMENT REPORTS TO:

 

Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation

Attn.: Contracts Manager

614 Walnut Street

Madison, WI 53726

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 16 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

APPENDIX E

 

DEVELOPMENT PLAN

 

  Estimated
  Start Date   Finish Date
I.           Development Program [*]   [*]

 

A. Development Activities to be Undertaken

 

1. Secure project funding

 

2. Devicex Engineering will lead all development and testing requirements to obtain 510K approval. Please refer to Devicix Proposal #249-002 “iEEG Flex Depth Electrode” Dated March 3, 2014.

 

B. Estimated Total Development Time: 12 months upon receiving funding.

 

II. Governmental Approval

 

A. Types of submissions required: 510K approval for clinical use

 

B. Government agency: FDA approval required for clinical use.

 

III.         Proposed Market Approach: Sell through existing relationships and the utilization of independent sales professionals that have existing knowledge and relationships in the Neuro-surgery arena.

 

1V.        Competitive Information

 

A.           Potential Competitors: PMT, Adtech and Integra currently sell electrodes for use in epilepsy surgery. The company feels that with the significant advancement that our technology offers, we will be able to secure the expected sales projections. Also, having patents that protect other companies from developing similar technology will secure our ability to achieve the desired success projected.

 

B.            Potential Competitive Devices/Compositions: None known to be in development

 

C.            Known Competitor’s plans, developments, and technical achievements: Current companies manufacturing electrodes are not currently developing similar technology.

 

D.           Anticipated Date of Product Launch-[*]

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 17 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333

 

[*]

 

Neuro One Exclusive License 14-00333 5 final Page 18 of 18

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

AMENDMENT TO EXCLUSIVE START-UP COMPANY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment to Exclusive Start-up Company License Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into on this 22 nd day of February, 2017 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), by and between Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF”), a nonstock, nonprofit Wisconsin corporation, Neuro One LLC (“Former Licensee”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Minnesota, and NeuroOne, Inc. (“New Licensee”), a Delaware corporation.

 

WHEREAS , WARF and Former Licensee entered into an Exclusive Start-Up Company License Agreement effective October 1, 2014 (the “Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS , Effective October 27, 2016, Former Licensee was completely merged with and into New Licensee, such that New Licensee is the successor to Former Licensee’s business and assets;

 

WHEREAS , Former Licensee and New Licensee have requested, and WARF has consented, to assign all of Former Licensee’s rights and obligations under the Agreement to New Licensee;

 

WHEREAS , WARF, Former Licensee and New Licensee entered into a Letter Agreement dated January 9, 2017, that outlined Former Licensee’s prior acts and omissions under the Agreement for which it was in breach in order to facilitate the continued negotiation and eventual consummation of an amendment (“Letter Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS , this Amendment serves to remedy the provisions of the Agreement outlined in the Letter Agreement that had been breached by Former Licensee, and New Licensee has requested amendments to certain provisions of the Agreement which New Licensee believes will maximize the commercialization of the technology covered by the rights licensed under the Agreement; and as a result WARF and Licensee have agreed to amend the Agreement to alter certain deadlines for Development Reports, Milestones, license fee payment, and patent fee reimbursement, as well as to make additional changes as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and the Agreement, WARF hereby grants its consent under Section 8 of the Agreement for Former Licensee to assign its rights, obligations, and liabilities under the Agreement to New Licensee.

 

2.           Former Licensee hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to New Licensee all of Former Licensee’s right, title and interest in and to the Agreement, including all rights, obligations, and liabilities thereunder. New Licensee hereby accepts such transfer and assignment, fully assumes all rights, obligations and responsibilities under the Agreement as if it were the original “Licensee” under it, and agrees to be responsible in full for the covenants, representations, warranties, terms, and obligations of Former Licensee under the Agreement.

 

Page 1 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

3.           The preamble of the Agreement is hereby amended to substitute “NeuroOne, Inc.” in place of “Neuro One, LLC” and “Delaware” in place of “Minnesota.”

 

4.           Section 3B is hereby amended to substitute “2017” in place of “2014,” for the calendar year as of which Licensee will provide WARF the Development Report and adjustments to the Development Plan as set forth therein.

 

5.           Section 3D is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“D.        Licensee further agrees to and warrants that it will meet the following Milestones:

 

(i)           Licensee will submit a revised business plan to WARF on or before February 1, 2018.

 

(ii)          Licensee will file an application for 510(k) marketing clearance with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) on or before February 1, 2019.”

 

6.           Section 4A (License Fee) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“A.            License Fee .

 

Licensee will pay to WARF a license fee of $[*] upon the earliest of (i) the date as of which Licensee raises a cumulative total of at least $3 million in financing, (ii) the date as of which Licensee, its business or assets, or the majority of its voting shares is acquired by a third party; or (iii) the date as of which Licensee’s cumulative revenue reaches or exceeds $2 million.”

 

7.           Section 4D (Minimum Royalty) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“Licensee further agrees to pay to WARF a minimum royalty of $50,000 for calendar year 2019, $100,000 for calendar year 2020, and $150,000 for calendar year 2021 and each calendar year thereafter or part thereof during which this Agreement is in effect, against which any earned royalty paid for the same calendar year will be credited. The minimum royalty for a given year shall be due at the time payments are due for the calendar quarter ending on December 31. It is understood that the minimum royalties will apply on a calendar year basis, and that sales of Products requiring the payment of earned royalties made during a prior or subsequent calendar year shall have no effect on the annual minimum royalty due to WARF for any other given calendar year.”

 

Page 2 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

8.           Section 4E(i) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(i)        Licensee agrees to reimburse WARF $[*] towards the costs incurred by WARF in filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Licensed Patents. Such payment is due the earliest of (i) the date as of which Licensee raises a cumulative total of at least $5 million in financing; (ii) the date as of which Licensee, its business or assets, or the majority of its voting shares is acquired by a third party; or (iii) the date as of which Licensee’s cumulative revenue reaches or exceeds $2 million.”

 

9.           Section 7E of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “July 1, 2016” with “March 31, 2019” as the date by which WARF may terminate as set forth therein.

 

10.         The parties have agreed to amend the manner by which royalties are calculated under Section 4B such that the earned royalty owed to WARF shall be based on “Net Sales,” rather than “Selling Price.” In view of this, the following amendments are hereby made to the Agreement:

 

· Appendix A, definition H (“Selling Price”), of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“H.        ‘Net Sales” shall mean the gross revenue received by Licensee and by its sublicensees, as applicable, from the sale or other disposition of Products made, sold, leased, transferred and/or imported in the Licensed Territory, less the following items, but only insofar as these items are commercially reasonable under the circumstances, documented in writing, pertain specifically to the sale of the Product, were actually included and accounted for in the gross revenue, and were not given in exchange for anything of value (such as data, in-kind exchanges, or commitments to purchase other products or services): (a) use, excise, sales and other applicable taxes; (b) credits for returns and rejections; (c) allowances for bad debt and uncollectible accounts (provided that Licensee has undertaken commercially reasonable efforts to obtain each such debt and amount); (d) customary and commercially reasonable quantity and cash discounts or rebates actually allowed, taken or paid; (e) governmental and managed care rebates, and hospital or other buying group charge backs; and (f) costs of insurance and outbound transportation (prepaid or allowed) of the Products from the place of manufacture to the customer’s location. Licensee and its sublicensees will not receive any non-monetary consideration in exchange for the transfer, lease or sale of a Product. For clarity, the foregoing deductions applicable to a given Product shall not exceed an aggregate maximum of [*]% of the invoiced price for such Product, unless Licensee requests and WARF provides prior written consent to deduct a larger percentage in view of the facts of the particular circumstances, which request WARF will consider in good faith and will not unreasonably withhold its consent.

 

Products that are transferred to third parties without charge (“Free Products”) shall be [*], unless Licensee requests and WARF provides prior written consent to calculate the amount owed for such Products in a different manner, which request WARF will consider in good faith and will not unreasonably withhold its consent; provided, however, Licensee may withhold such Free Products from the calculation of Net Sales to the extent such dispositions constitute less than [*]% of all Products that were transferred during the applicable calendar quarter, and after which threshold is met such Free Products shall be included in the calculation of Net Sales as stated above..”

 

Page 3 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

· Section 4B(i) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“(i)        In addition to the license fee under Section 4A, Licensee agrees to pay to WARF as “earned royalties” a royalty calculated as a percentage of the Net Sales derived from the sale, transfer and/or lease of Products in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The royalty shall remain fixed while this Agreement is in effect at a rate of [*]% of such Net Sales and will be deemed earned as of the date such Net Sales are received and paid on a quarterly basis as set forth in Section 4F.”

 

· The term “Selling Price” as it appears in the second sentence of Section 4F(ii) is replaced with the term “Net Sales.”

 

11.         The parties have agreed to introduce the term “Valid Claim” as a definition and to certain identified provisions as follows:

 

· The following definition is hereby added to Appendix A:

 

“I.          ‘Valid Claim’ means (i) any claim of an issued and unexpired patent within the Licensed Patents which has not been held unenforceable or invalid by a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision, and (ii) any pending claim in a pending patent application within the Licensed Patents.”

 

· Section 2A is hereby amended to include the term “Valid Claim” as follows:

 

“WARF hereby grants to Licensee under the Valid Claims of the Licensed Patents an exclusive license to make, use and sell Products in the Licensed Field and Licensed Territory.”

 

· Section 7A of the Agreement is hereby amended to include the term “Valid Claim” as follows:

 

“A.           The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue until this Agreement is terminated as provided herein or until the earlier of the date that no Valid Claims of any Licensed Patent remain or the payment of earned royalties under Section 4B and Section 4C, once begun, ceases for more than four (4) calendar quarters.”

 

Page 4 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

· Definition G of Appendix A of the Agreement is hereby amended to include the term “Valid Claim” as follows:

 

“G.           ‘Products’ shall refer to and mean any and all products that employ or are in any way produced by the practice of an invention claimed in a Valid Claim of the Licensed Patents or that would otherwise constitute infringement of any Valid Claims of the Licensed Patents.”

 

12.         The Development Plan of Appendix E is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the new Appendix E attached hereto.

 

13.         WARF hereby acknowledges and agrees that the amendments being made via this Amendment act to remedy those provisions of the Agreement outlined in the Letter Agreement that had been breached by Former Licensee; for clarity, WARF’s foregoing acknowledgement and agreement is limited to those bases for breach expressly outlined in the Letter Agreement.

 

14.         Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all terms and conditions previously set forth in the Agreement shall remain in effect as set forth therein. In the event that this Amendment and the Agreement are inconsistent, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall supersede the terms and provisions of the Agreement, but only to the extent necessary to satisfy the purpose of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered by electronic transmission or by mail delivery will be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same.  The parties agree this Amendment may be electronically signed and that the electronic signatures appearing on this agreement are the same as handwritten signatures for the purposes of validity, enforceability and admissibility.

 

15.         The persons signing on behalf of WARF, Former Licensee, and New Licensee hereby warrant and represent that they have authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the party for whom they have signed.

 

Page 5 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment on the dates indicated below.

 

WISCONSIN ALUMNI RESEARCH FOUNDATION

 

By:   /s/ Leigh Cagan   Date: 2/24/17 ,         
    Leigh Cagan, Chief Technology Commercialization Officer      
           
    NEURO ONE, LLC      
           
By:   /s/ Dave Rosa   Date: 2/23 , 2017  

 

Name and Title:   Dave Rosa CEO      

 

    NEUROONE, INC.      
           
By:   /s/ Dave Rosa   Date: 2/23 , 2017  

 

Name and Title:   Dave Rosa CEO      

 

Page 6 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Agreement No. 14-00333A

 

Appendix E

 

[*]

 

Page 7 of 7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

MAYO FOUNDATION FOR MEDICAL EDUCATION AND RESEARCH

AMENDED AND RESTATED LICENSE AND DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

 

This amended and restated license agreement (“Agreement”) is made this 25 th day of May, 2017 (the “Restatement Date” ) by and between Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, a Minnesota charitable corporation, located at 200 First Street SW, Rochester, Minnesota 55905-0001 ( “MAYO” ), and NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation, f/k/a Neuro One, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, having its principal offices at 10006 Liatris Lane, Eden Prairie, MN 55347 ( “COMPANY” ), each a “Party” and collectively “Parties” . This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety that certain License and Development Agreement between the Parties with an effective date of October 3, 2014 (the “Prior Agreement” ), provided however, for purposes of this Agreement, the Effective Date shall remain as of the Prior Agreement and any work done under the Prior Agreement shall be a part of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, MAYO represents itself as being knowledgeable in thin film electrode technology; and

 

WHEREAS, MAYO desires to make its intellectual property rights available for the development and commercialization of products, methods and processes for public use and benefit; and

 

WHEREAS, MAYO is willing to grant and COMPANY is willing to accept an exclusive license under such rights for the purpose of developing such technology; and

 

NOW WHEREAS, COMPANY represents itself as being knowledgeable in electrode technology; and

 

WHEREAS, COMPANY desires MAYO’s assistance and MAYO is willing to provide assistance in the investigation, research application and development and the improvement of such technology; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms and conditions set forth below, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1.00 – Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the terms defined in this Article will have the meaning specified and will be applicable both to the singular and plural forms:

 

1.01        For MAYO, “Affiliate” : any corporation or other entity within the same “controlled group of corporations” as MAYO or its parent MAYO Clinic. For purposes of this definition, the term “controlled group of corporations” will have the same definition as Section 1563 of the Internal Revenue Code as of November 10, 1998, but will include corporations or other entities which if not a stock corporation, more than fifty percent (50%) of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other entity is controlled by a corporation within the controlled group of corporations of MAYO or Mayo Clinic. MAYO’s Affiliates include, but are not limited to: Mayo Clinic; Mayo Collaborative Services, Inc.; Mayo Clinic Hospital, Rochester; Mayo Clinic Florida; Mayo Clinic Arizona; and its Mayo Clinic Health System entities.

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

For COMPANY, “Affiliate” : any corporation or other entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, COMPANY. For purposes of this definition, “control” means ownership of: (a) at least fifty percent (50%) or the maximum percentage, if less than fifty percent (50%), as allowed by applicable law, of the outstanding voting securities of such entity; or (b) at least fifty percent (50%) of the decision-making authority of such entity.

 

1.02       “Change of Control ”: (a) the acquisition of COMPANY by another person or entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including any stock transfer or series of transfers, reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of COMPANY; or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of COMPANY to which this Agreement relates.

 

1.03       “Confidential Information” : all proprietary unpublished or nonpublic information or materials including, but not limited to, written, oral or virtually presented information and such items as electronic media products, trade secrets, financial information, equipment, databases and the like provided by one Party to the other under this Agreement, or which is observed by a Party while on the other Party’s premises. Confidential Information does not include any information or material that receiving party evidences is: (a) already known to the receiving party at the time of disclosure (other than from the disclosing party); (b) publicly known other than through acts or omissions of the receiving party; (c) disclosed to the receiving party by a third party who was not and is not under any obligation of confidentiality; or (d) independently developed by employees of the receiving party without knowledge of or access to the Confidential Information.

 

1.04       “Effective Date”: October 3, 2014.

 

1.05       “Field”: consists of flexible circuit technology to be used in the recording and stimulation of tissue.

 

1.06       “MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How”: research and development information, materials, technical data, unpatented inventions, trade secrets, know-how, prototypes, and supportive information of MAYO Principal Investigators relating to thin film electrode development that is provided to the COMPANY and is owned and controlled by MAYO as of the Effective Date. (Mayo No. 2014-220).

 

1.07       “Licensed Product” : any product or process the development, manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, importation, or any product which incorporates, uses, was derived from, identified by, validated or developed in whole or in part using the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How or MAYO Improvements.

 

2

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

1.08       “MAYO Improvements”: subject to third party rights and the licenses granted by MAYO to COMPANY under Section 2.01, any new invention, discovery or material, whether patentable or not, that is conceived by the MAYO Principal Investigators during and in the course of MAYO Principal Investigators providing MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How in conjunction with performing research with COMPANY and may include improvements to Company Patent Right pursuant to 2.04, whether or not reduced to practice within three (3) years from the Effective Date.

 

1.09       “Net Sales” : the amount invoiced by COMPANY or, in the case of a permitted sublicense, a Sublicensee for the transfer of a Licensed Product to a third party, less documented: (a) sales, excise or use taxes shown on the face of the invoice, excluding value-added tax; (b) credits for defective or returned Licensed Products actually given; and (c) regular trade and discount allowances given. Leasing, lending, consigning or any other activity by means of which a non-affiliated third party acquires the right to possess or use a Licensed Product shall be deemed a transfer for the purpose of determining Net Sales. Net Sales on Licensed Products transferred as part of a non-cash exchange shall be calculated at the then-current customary sales price invoiced to third parties or fair market value if there are no current invoices to third parties. In the event that COMPANY transfers Licensed Products to an Affiliate, and the Affiliate retransfers the Licensed Products to third-party customers, then Net Sales shall be the price charged by the Affiliate to third-party customers, less documented allowable deductions. If such Affiliate does not retransfer the Licensed Product to third-party customers within one year, Net Sales shall be calculated to be the higher of:

 

(a) the price charged by the COMPANY to the Affiliate, or
(b) the average price charged by the COMPANY to third-party customers, or
(c) in the absence of sales to third party customers, the fair market price for the Licensed Products.

 

Net Sales accrues with the first of delivery or invoice.

 

1.10       “COMPANY Patent Rights”: PCT patent application licensed by the University of Wisconsin, Patent US 7,774.053 B2, and US 8,483.794 B2 and US 8,386,007 and provisionals, divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part (but only for subject matter supported pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §112 by the foregoing) therefrom, patents issuing thereon, re-examinations and re-issues thereof, as well as extensions and supplementary protection certificates and any foreign counterpart of any of the foregoing.

 

1.11       “Mayo Principal Investigators”: shall mean Gregory A. Worrell, M.D., Ph.D., Squire M. Stead, M.D., Ph.D., Jamie J. Van Gompel, M.D., and W. Richard Marsh, M.D. of MAYO.

 

1.12       “Sublicensee”: any third party or any Affiliate to whom COMPANY has conveyed rights or the forbearance of suit under the MAYO Improvements or MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How.

 

3

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

1.13       “Term” : begins on the Effective Date and ends, subject to Article 10, twenty (20) years therefreom, unless the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How and MAYO Improvements are still in use, or were used such that Section 3.02 and Article 4 still apply, in which case upon the date of the satisfaction of these provisions.

 

1.14       “Territory”: Worldwide

 

Article 2.00 - Grant of Rights

 

2.0l        GRANT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, MAYO grants to COMPANY: (a) an exclusive license with the right to sublicense, within the Field and Territory, under the MAYO Improvements to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, and import Licensed Products; and (b) a non-exclusive license, within the Field and Territory, to use the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How to develop, make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, and import Licensed Products.

 

During the thirty (30) days following the last signature hereto, MAYO will provide reasonable access to necessary personnel to transfer MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How, but in no event shall MAYO be required to provide any MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How in tangible form if it does not exist in tangible form as of the Effective Date, and in no event shall MAYO be required to provide more than forty-eight (48) hours of service of such access.

 

2.02       RESERVATION OF RIGHTS . All rights herein are subject to: (a) the rights and obligations to and requirements of the U.S. government, if any have arisen or may arise, regarding the MAYO Improvements, and MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How, including as set forth in 35 U.S.C. §§200 et al., 37 C.F.R. Part 401 et al. (“Bayh-Dole Act”); and (b) MAYO’s and its Affiliates’ reserved, irrevocable right to practice and have practiced the MAYO Improvements, and MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How in connection with MAYO’s and its Affiliates’ educational, research and clinical programs, including MAYO’s reference laboratory, MAYO Collaborative Services, Inc. COMPANY agrees to comply with the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act, including promptly providing to MAYO with information requested to enable MAYO to meet its compliance requirements and substantially manufacturing Licensed Product in the U.S.

 

2.03       NO OTHER RIGHTS GRANTED. This Agreement does not grant any right, title or interest in or to any tangible or intangible property right of MAYO or its Affiliates, including any improvements thereon, or to any MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How outside the Field or Territory that is not expressly stated in Section 2.01. All such rights, titles and interests are expressly reserved by MAYO and COMPANY agrees that in no event will this Agreement be construed as a sale, an assignment or an implied license by MAYO or its Affiliates to COMPANY of any such tangible or intangible property rights.

 

4

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

2.04       SPONSORED RESEARCH. COMPANY may decide to fund other services or research for work to be done at MAYO, subject to mutually agreed upon work plans and budgets, and subject to MAYO policies and approval of MAYO’s Institutional Review Board and Conflict of Interest as needed. Any validation services and/or sponsored research agreed upon will be covered under a separate agreement executed by authorized representatives of MAYO and COMPANY.

 

2.05       SUBLICENSES. Any sublicense by COMPANY shall be to a Sublicensee that agrees in writing to be bound by substantially the same terms and conditions as COMPANY herein, or such sublicense shall be null and void. Sublicenses granted hereunder shall not be transferable, including by further sublicensing, delegatable or assignable without the prior written approval of MAYO or such further sublicensing, delegation or assignation shall be null and void. COMPANY will provide MAYO with a copy of each sublicense agreement promptly after execution. COMPANY is responsible for the performance of all Sublicensees as if such performance were carried out by COMPANY itself, including the payment of any royalties or other payments provided for hereunder triggered by such Sublicense, regardless of whether the terms of any sublicense require that Sublicensee pay such amounts (such as in a fully paid-up license) to COMPANY or that such amounts be paid by the Sublicensee directly to MAYO. Each sublicense agreement shall name MAYO as a third party beneficiary and, unless MAYO has provided written consent, all rights of Sublicensees shall terminate when COMPANY’s rights terminate. COMPANY shall not grant any fully-paid up, royalty-free or exclusive sublicenses without MAYO’s prior written consent.

 

Article 3.00 – Cash, Equity, Milestones, and Royalties

 

3.01       CASH PAYMENT. Upon the earlier of September 30, 2017 or the closing by COMPANY of an equity financing resulting in gross proceeds to COMPANY of at least $3,000,000 after the Restatement Date, COMPANY shall promptly pay MAYO $91,708.80 in immediately available funds as consideration for the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How and Mayo Improvements .

 

3.02       EQUITY PAYMENT. As additional consideration for the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How and Mayo Improvements, COMPANY shall within thirty (30) days following the Restatement Date, issue MAYO 50,556 shares of common stock representing thirteen percent (13%) of COMPANY pursuant to a mutually agreed upon Subscription Agreement by and between MAYO and COMPANY (the “Equity Payment” ). Upon issuance of the Equity Payment, COMPANY shall have satisfied all obligations with respect to the issuance of equity to MAYO, and MAYO shall have no right to receive any additional equity from COMPANY.

 

3.03       EARNED ROYALTIES. COMPANY will make nonrefundable and noncreditable earned royalty payments to MAYO of [*]% of Net Sales of Licensed Products (collectively “Earned Royalties” ). The Earned Royalties are payable as described in Section 4.01. Licensed Products transferred to MAYO or its Affiliates are not considered transfers for purposes of determining Net Sales or for calculating Earned Royalties. No Earned Royalties are due MAYO on transfers to MAYO or MAYO Affiliates.

 

5

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

3.04       BEST PRICE. MAYO may, at its sole option, purchase the Licensed Product for use within MAYO’s and its Affiliates’ educational, research and clinical programs in any quantity at the prior year’s best net price offered by the COMPANY to any end user. The prior year’s best net price will be determined on each January 1 st and will apply for the entire forthcoming calendar year (January 1 – December 31). COMPANY will report such sales to MAYO as part of the royalty report described in Section 4.01.

 

3.05       TAXES. COMPANY is responsible for all taxes, duties, import duties, assessments and other governmental charges, however designated, which are now or hereafter imposed by any authority on COMPANY: (a) by reason of the performance by MAYO of its obligations under this Agreement, or the payment of any amounts by COMPANY to MAYO under this Agreement; (b) based on the Mayo Improvements and/or MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How; or (c) related to use, sale or importation of the Licensed Product. Any withholding taxes that COMPANY is required by law to withhold on remittance of the royalty payments shall be paid forthwith to MAYO in an amount which shall result in the net amount being received by MAYO being equal to the amount which would have been received by MAYO had no such deduction or withholding been made. If necessary, COMPANY will obtain, or assist MAYO in obtaining, any tax reduction (including avoidance of double taxation), tax refund or tax exemption available to MAYO by treaty or otherwise.

 

3.06       U.S. CURRENCY. All payments to MAYO under this Agreement will be made by draft drawn on a U.S. bank, and payable in U.S. dollars. In the event that conversion from foreign currency is required in calculating a payment under this Agreement, the exchange rate used shall be the Interbank rate quoted by US Bank at the end of the last business day of the quarter in which the payment accrued.

 

3.07       OVERDUE PAYMENTS. If overdue, the payments due under this Agreement shall bear interest until paid at a per annum rate of two percent (2%) above the prime rate in effect at US Bank on the due date. MAYO shall be entitled to recover, in addition to all other remedies, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs related to the administration or enforcement of this Agreement, including collection of payments, following COMPANY’s such failure to pay. The acceptance of any payment, including such interest, shall not foreclose MAYO from exercising any other right or seeking any other remedy that it may have as a consequence of the failure of COMPANY to make any payment when due.

 

Article 4.00 - Accounting and Reports

 

4.01       REPORTS AND PAYMENT. COMPANY will deliver to MAYO on or before the following dates: 1 February and 1 August, a written report setting forth a full accounting showing how any amounts due to MAYO for the preceding calendar half-year have been calculated as provided in this Agreement, including an accounting of total Net Sales with a reporting of any applicable foreign exchange rates, deductions, allowances, and charges and any payments due from Sublicensees. Each report will include product names, part numbers and quantity sold for each country in which the Licensed Product was sold. If no Licensed Product transfers have occurred and no other amounts are due to MAYO, COMPANY will submit a report so stating. Each such report will be accompanied by the payment of all amounts due for such calendar half-year.

 

6

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

4.02       ACCOUNTING. COMPANY will, throughout the Term, keep complete, continuous, true and accurate books of accounts and records sufficient to support and verify the calculation of Net Sales, all royalties and any other amount believed due and payable to MAYO under this Agreement. Such books and records will be open at all reasonable times for inspection by a representative of MAYO for audit and verification of royalty statements or of compliance with other aspects of this Agreement. The MAYO representative will treat as confidential all relevant matters and will be a person or firm reasonably acceptable to COMPANY. In the event such audit reveals an underpayment by COMPANY, COMPANY will within thirty (30) days pay the royalty due in excess of the royalty actually paid. In the event the audit reveals an underpayment by COMPANY of more than [*]% of the amount due, COMPANY will pay interest on the royalty due in excess of the royalty actually paid at the highest rate then permitted by law. In either event, COMPANY will pay all of MAYO’s costs in conducting the audit.

 

Article 5.00 - Diligence

 

5.01       DEVELOPMENT PLAN . Within six (6) months of the Effective Date, COMPANY will provide MAYO with a detailed development plan for the commercial development of the Licensed Product and will make commercially reasonable efforts to bring Licensed Products to market in the Field in the Territory.

 

5.02       DILIGENCE REPORTS. COMPANY will provide MAYO with annual reports within thirty (30) days of each anniversary of the Effective Date describing in detail: (a) as of that reporting period, all development and marketing activities for each Licensed Product and the names of all Sublicensees, including which of the Sublicensees are Affiliates; and (b) an updated development plan for the next annual period. MAYO shall have the right to audit COMPANY’s and Sublicensees’ records relating to development of Licensed Products.

 

Article 6.00 – Intellectual Property Management

 

6.01       CONTROL. COMPANY will have the first right to prepare, file, prosecute abandon, or otherwise handle the MAYO Improvements with prior advice and comment from MAYO. COMPANY shall pay all costs and expenses associated with the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the MAYO Improvements designated by COMPANY arising before or during the Term. In the event that the COMPANY decides to abandon certain patents within the MAYO Improvements, COMPANY shall so inform MAYO within at least sixty (60) days of taking the action or failing to act, which would cause such abandonment of rights. Should MAYO choose to continue the prosecution or maintenance of the said patents(s) within the MAYO Improvements, MAYO shall pay the cost of such activity, and the license to the COMPANY for the said patents(s) within the MAYO Improvements shall terminate. MAYO shall have sole control over the protection, defense, enforcement, maintenance, abandonment and other handling of the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How. MAYO will have no liability to COMPANY for any act or omission in the preparation, filing, prosecution, maintenance, abandonment, or other handling of the MAYO Improvements and the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How.

 

7

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

6.02       ENFORCEMENT. If either Party becomes aware of a third party infringement of any unexpired claim within the MAYO Improvements, it will promptly notify the other Party with written notice and provide the other with a sample of the alleged infringing article. In the event that the other Party agrees that the article infringes one more claims of the Patent Rights, the Parties will confer to decide upon an appropriate course of action, if any, to take against the infringer in view of all of the circumstances then existing.

 

6.03       DEFENSE . MAYO will have the first right, but not the obligation, to take any measures deemed appropriate by MAYO, regarding (a) challenges to the MAYO Improvements (including interferences in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and oppositions in foreign jurisdictions) and (b) defense of the MAYO Improvements (including declaratory judgment actions). COMPANY shall reasonably cooperate in any such measures if requested to do so by MAYO. To the extent MAYO does not take such measures, MAYO shall provide COMPANY with sixty (60) days’ notice of MAYO’s decision not to take such measures and the COMPANY shall have the right to take such measures deemed appropriate by the COMPANY regarding such challenges or defense which impact, in whole or in part, the rights of the COMPANY. MAYO shall reasonably cooperate with any measures if requested to do so by the COMPANY.

 

6.04       THIRD PARTY LITIGATION . In the event a third party institutes a suit against COMPANY or MAYO, for patent infringement involving a Licensed Product, the Party being sued will promptly inform the other and keep the other regularly informed of the proceedings. COMPANY agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless MAYO for any claims, demands or law suits related thereto.

 

6.05       CERTAIN IP RIGHTS. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary or otherwise, COMPANY shall retain all rights, title and interest in and to any patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights in and to new inventions or discoveries first reduced to practice during the Term and arising out of the subject matter of this Agreement relating to new or improved technology, methods, techniques, practices or procedures made solely by COMPANY’s employees, agents and/or representatives without the use of MAYO’s Confidential Information including the use of MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How.

 

Article 7.00 – Use of Name

 

7.01       USE OF NAME AND LOGO. COMPANY will not use for publicity, promotion or otherwise, any logo, name, trade name, service mark or trademark of MAYO or its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, the terms “MAYO®,” “MAYO Clinic®” and the triple shield MAYO logo, or any simulation, abbreviation or adaptation of the same, or the name of any MAYO employee or agent, without MAYO’s prior, written, express consent. MAYO may withhold such consent in MAYO’s absolute discretion. With regard to the use of MAYO’s name, all requests for approval pursuant to this Section must be submitted to the MAYO Clinic Public Affairs Business Relations Group, at the following e-mail address: PublicAffairsBR@MAYO.edu at least five (5) business days prior to the date on which a response is needed.

 

8

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

Article 8.00 - Confidentiality

 

8.01       TREATMENT OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . Except as provided for in Section 8.02, neither Party will disclose, use or otherwise make available the other’s Confidential Information during the Term and for three (3) years thereafter and will use the same degree of care it employs to protect its own confidential information.

 

8.02       RIGHT TO DISCLOSE .

 

(a) To the extent it is reasonably necessary or appropriate to fulfill its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement, COMPANY may disclose Confidential Information of MAYO to its consultants, and outside contractors on the condition that each such entity agrees to obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least as stringent as those therein.

 

(b) To the extent it is reasonably necessary or appropriate to fulfill its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement, MAYO may disclose Confidential Information of COMPANY to its consultants and outside contractors on the condition that each such entity agrees to obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least as stringent as those therein.

 

(c) If a Party is required by law, regulation or court order to disclose any of the Confidential Information, it will have the right to do so, provided it: (i) promptly notifies the disclosing party; and (ii) reasonably assists the disclosing party to obtain a protective order or other remedy of disclosing party’s election and at disclosing party’s expense, and only disclose the minimum amount necessary to satisfy such obligation.

 

8.03       CONFIDENTIALITY OF AGREEMENTS. Except as otherwise required by law, the specific terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be Confidential Information but the Parties may state that COMPANY is licensed under the MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How.

 

Article 9.00 – Warranties, Representations, Disclaimers and Indemnification

 

9.01       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY. COMPANY warrants and represents to MAYO that:

 

(a) it is experienced in the development, production, quality control, service, manufacture, marketing and sales of products similar to the subject matter of the Patent Rights;

 

9

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

(b) it has independently evaluated the, MAYO thin film electrode technology Know-How and Confidential Information, if any, their applicability or utility in COMPANY’s activities, is entering into this Agreement on the basis of its own evaluation and not in reliance of any representation by MAYO, and assumes all risk and liability in connection with such determination;

 

(c) it now maintains and will continue to maintain throughout the Term and beyond insurance coverage as set forth in Section 9.03 and that such insurance coverage sufficiently covers the MAYO Indemnitees;

 

(d) the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly authorized and no further approval, corporate or otherwise, is required in order to execute this binding Agreement;

 

(e) it shall comply with all applicable international, national and state laws, ordinances and regulations in its performance under this Agreement; and

 

(f) its rights and obligations under this Agreement do not conflict with any contractual obligation or court or administrative order by which it is bound.

 

9.02       DISCLAIMERS.

 

(a)          MAYO HAS NOT MADE AND DOES NOT MAKE ANY PROMISES, COVENANTS, GUARANTEES, REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, EXPRESS, STATUTORY OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SUITABILITY, DURABILITY, CONDITION, QUALITY OR ANY OTHER CHARACTERISTIC OF THE MAYO THIN FILM ELECTRODE KNOW-HOW, MAYO IMPROVEMENTS, OR CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

(b)          MAYO THIN FILM ELECTRODE KNOW-HOW, MAYO IMPROVEMENTS, AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED “AS IS,” “WITH ALL FAULTS” AND “WITH ALL DEFECTS,” AND COMPANY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO MAKE ANY CLAIM WHATSOEVER AGAINST MAYO FOR MISREPRESENTATION OR FOR BREACH OF PROMISE, GUARANTEE, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND RELATING TO THE MAYO THIN FILM ELECTRODE KNOW-HOW, MAYO IMPROVEMENTS, OR CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. MAYO EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE, WITH RESPECT TO: THE SCOPE, VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THE MAYO THIN FILM ELECTRODE KNOW-HOW, MAYO IMPROVEMENTS, AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; THAT ANY PATENT WILL ISSUE BASED UPON ANY PENDING PATENT APPLICATION; OR THAT THE USE OF THE MAYO IMPROVEMENTS, AND MAYO THIN FILM ELECTRODE KNOW-HOW WILL NOT INFRINGE OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE CONSTRUED AS AN OBLIGATION FOR MAYO TO BRING, PROSECUTE OR DEFEND ACTIONS REGARDING THE MAYO THIN FILM ELECTRODE KNOW-HOW, MAYO IMPROVEMENTS, AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

10

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

(c)          COMPANY AGREES THAT MAYO AND ITS AFFILIATES WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY OR ARISING OUT OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED OR PERFORMANCE MADE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER TO OR BY COMPANY OR A THIRD PARTY. IN NO EVENT WILL MAYO’S LIABILITY OF ANY KIND INCLUDE ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE LOSSES OR DAMAGES, EVEN IF MAYO HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR EXCEED THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF ROYALTIES THAT HAVE ACTUALLY BEEN PAID TO MAYO BY COMPANY AS OF THE DATE OF FILING AN ACTION AGAINST MAYO THAT RESULTS IN THE SETTLEMENT OR AWARD OF DAMAGES TO COMPANY.

 

9.03       INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.

 

(a)          COMPANY will defend, indemnify and hold harmless MAYO, MAYO’s Affiliates and their respective trustees, officers, agents, independent contractors and employees ( “MAYO Indemnitees” ) from any and all claims, actions, demands, judgments, losses, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees, court costs and other expenses of litigation), regardless of the legal theory asserted, arising out of or connected with: (i) the practice or exercise of any rights granted hereunder by or on behalf of COMPANY (ii) research, development, design, manufacture, distribution, use, sale, importation, exportation or other disposition of Licensed Products; and (iii) any act or omission of COMPANY hereunder, including the negligence or willful misconduct thereof. MAYO and MAYO’s Affiliates shall have no obligation to indemnify COMPANY hereunder .

 

(b)          The Parties agree that this indemnity should be construed and applied in favor of maximum indemnification of MAYO Indemnitees.

 

(c)          COMPANY will continuously carry occurrence-based liability insurance, including products liability and contractual liability, in an amount and for a time period sufficient to cover the liability assumed by COMPANY hereunder during the Term and after, such amount being at least TWO MILLION (US $2,000,000). In addition, such policy will name MAYO and its Affiliates as additional-named insureds. The minimum limits of any insurance coverage required herein shall not limit COMPANY’s liability.

 

9.04       PROHIBITION AGAINST INCONSISTENT STATEMENTS . COMPANY shall not make any statements, representations or warranties, or accept any liabilities or responsibilities whatsoever that are inconsistent with any disclaimer or limitation included in this section or any other provision of this Agreement. COMPANY shall not settle any matter that will incur liability for MAYO or require MAYO to make any admission of liability without MAYO’s prior written consent.

 

11

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

Article 10.00 - Term and Termination

 

10.01     TERM . This Agreement will expire at the end of the Term.

 

10.02     TERMINATION FOR BREACH.       If COMPANY commits a material breach of this Agreement, including without limitation, the failure to make any required royalty or fee payments hereunder, MAYO will notify COMPANY in writing of such breach and COMPANY will have thirty (30) days after such notice to cure such breach to MAYO’s reasonable satisfaction. If the breach is of a nature, which cannot be reasonably cured within such thirty (30) day period, the COMPANY’s time to cure such breach shall be extended for a mutually agreed reasonable period of time for the COMPANY to cure such breach. If COMPANY fails to cure such breach, MAYO may, at its sole option terminate this Agreement in whole or in part by sending COMPANY written notice of termination.

 

10.03     TERMINATION FOR SUIT . MAYO does not license entities that bring suit against MAYO or its Affiliates and as such, MAYO may immediately terminate this Agreement if COMPANY directly or indirectly brings any action or proceeding against MAYO or its Affiliates, except for an uncured material breach of this Agreement by MAYO.

 

10.04     INSOLVENCY OF COMPANY. This Agreement terminates immediately without an obligation of notice of termination to COMPANY in the event COMPANY ceases conducting business in the normal course, becomes insolvent or bankrupt, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they are due, permits the appointment of a receiver for its business or assets or avails itself of or becomes subject to any proceeding under any statute of any governing authority relating to insolvency or the protection of rights of creditors.

 

10.05     SURVIVAL. The termination or expiration of this Agreement does not relieve either Party of its rights and obligations that have previously accrued. After the Term, all rights granted immediately revert to MAYO. All Confidential Information of a Party shall be returned or destruction certified, at the disclosing party’s election. Rights and obligations that by their nature prescribe continuing rights and obligations shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement including Sections 9.03 (Indemnification and Insurance), 10.05 (Survival) and Articles 7 (Name Use), 8 (Confidentiality) and 11 (General Provisions). COMPANY, on behalf of itself, shall provide an accounting for and pay, within thirty (30) days of termination or expiration, all amounts due hereunder.

 

Article 11.00 - General Provisions

 

11.01      Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by both Parties and identified as an amendment to or restatement of this Agreement.

 

12

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

11.02     CONSTRUCTION. Each Party acknowledges that it was provided an opportunity to seek advice of counsel and as such this Agreement shall not be construed for or against either Party.

 

11.03     ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all past and contemporaneous agreements, promises, and understandings, whether oral or written, between the Parties, including without limitation the Prior Agreement. Provided however, the Effective Date of the Prior Agreement shall remain as the Effective Date of this Agreement

 

11.04     EXPORT CONTROL. The Parties agree not to use or otherwise export or re-export anything exchanged or transferred between them pursuant to this agreement except as authorized by United States law and the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was obtained. In particular, but without limitation, items exchanged may not be exported or re-exported (a) into any U.S. embargoed countries or (b) to anyone on the U.S. Treasury Department’s list of Specially Designated Nationals or the U.S. Department of Commerce Denied Person’s List or Entity List. By entering into this Agreement, each Party represents and warrants that they are not located in any such country or on any such list. Each Party also agrees that they will not use any item exchanged for any purposes prohibited by United States law, including, without limitation, the development, design, manufacture or production of missiles, or nuclear, chemical or biological weapons. In the event either Party becomes aware of any suspected violations of this paragraph that Party will promptly inform the other Party of such suspected violation, and cooperate with one another in any subsequent investigation and defense, be they civil or criminal.

 

11.05     GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION. This Agreement is made and performed in Minnesota. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as all disputes arising under or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by Minnesota law, specifically excluding its choice-of-law principles, except that the interpretation, validity and enforceability of the Patent Rights will be governed by the patent laws of the country in which the patent application is pending or issued. This is not an Agreement for the sale of goods and as such Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in Minnesota does not apply.

 

11.06     HEADINGS. The headings of articles and sections used in this document are for convenience of reference only.

 

11.07     INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. It is mutually understood and agreed that the relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractors. Neither Party is the agent, employee, or servant of the other. Except as specifically set forth herein, neither Party shall have nor exercise any control or direction over the methods by which the other Party performs work or obligations under this Agreement. Further, nothing in this Agreement is intended to create any partnership, joint venture, lease or equity relationship, expressly or by implication, between the Parties.

 

13

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

11.08     INDUCEMENT OF REFERRALS. It is not the purpose of this Agreement or the intent of the Parties to induce or encourage the referral of patients, and there is no requirement under this Agreement or under any other Agreement between the Parties that COMPANY or its staff refer patients to MAYO for products or services. No payment made under this Agreement is made in return for the referral of patients, or is made in return for the purchasing, leasing, or ordering of any products or services.

 

11.09     LIMITATION OF RIGHTS CREATED. This Agreement is personal to the Parties and shall be binding on and inure to the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns and shall not be construed as conferring any rights to any third party. Specifically, no interests are intended to be created for any customer, patient, research subjects, or other persons (or their relatives, heirs, dependents, or personal representatives) by or upon whom the Licensed Products may be used.

 

11.10     No Assignment . Neither Party may assign its rights hereunder to any third party without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, that a Party may assign its rights without the prior written consent of the other Party to any affiliate or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party. Any purported assignment in violation of this clause is void. Such written consent, if given, shall not in any manner relieve the assignor from liability for the performance of this Agreement by its assignee.

 

11.11     NOTICES. All notices and other business communications between the Parties related to this Agreement shall be in writing, sent by certified mail, addressed as follows:

 

To MAYO: Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research
Mayo Clinic Ventures – BB4
200 First Street SW
Rochester, Minnesota 55905-0001
Attn: Ventures Operations
Phone: [*]
Facsimile: [*]
Email: [*]
Fed Tax ID: [*]

 

To COMPANY: NeuroOne, Inc.
10006 Liatris Lane
Eden Prairie, MN 55347
Attn: David A. Rosa
CEO and President
Phone: (952) 237-7412
Email: daver@neurooneinc.com

 

Notices sent by certified mail shall be deemed delivered on the third day following the date of mailing. Either Party may change its address or facsimile number by giving written notice in compliance with this section.

 

14

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

11.12     REGISTRATION OF LICENSES. COMPANY will register and give required notice concerning this Agreement, at its expense, in each country in the Territory where an obligation under law exists to so register or give notice.

 

11.13     SEVERABILITY. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had never been a part of the Agreement.

 

11.14     WAIVER. The failure of either Party to complain of any default by the other Party or to enforce any of such Party’s rights, no matter how long such failure may continue, will not constitute a waiver of the Party’s rights under this Agreement. The waiver by either Party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. No part of this Agreement may be waived except by the further written agreement of the Parties.

 

15

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

License Agreement  
MAYO / NEURO ONE (Mayo file #2014-220 and 2007-127) 5/25/2017

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts which, when taken together, will constitute an original, and photocopy, facsimile, electronic or other copies shall have the same effect for all purposes as an ink-signed original. Each Party hereto consents to be bound by photocopy or facsimile signatures of such Party’s representative hereto.

 

Mayo Foundation for Medical
Education and Research
  NEUROONE, INC.
         
By /s/ Daniel D. Estes   By /s/ David Rosa
Name: Daniel D. Estes   Name: David Rosa
Title: Assistant Treasurer   Title: President and CEO
         
Date: 5-27-2017   Date: 5/25/17

 

16

 

* Information redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Subscription Agreement

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT” ), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, UNLESS SO REGISTERED, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Now , Therefore , the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Subscription.

 

(a)           The undersigned hereby agrees to purchase from NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), the number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (collectively, the “Shares” ), set forth on the Subscriber Signature Page to this Subscription Agreement below, at the price of $_____ per Share, payable in full as described below in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Subscription Agreement, the undersigned is delivering to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares subscribed by the undersigned. This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the undersigned.

 

(b)           Simultaneously with the execution of this Subscription Agreement, the undersigned will execute the Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of the Company below, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stockholders Agreement” ). The undersigned acknowledges that he, she or it has reviewed the Stockholders Agreement and understands the terms and provisions contained therein, and acknowledges and agrees that, upon delivery of this Subscription Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement executed by the Company, the undersigned shall be bound by the terms therein. The Stockholders Agreement will have the effective date that is set forth in the fully executed Stockholders Agreement delivered to the undersigned.

 

2.             Acceptance, Rejection or Withdrawal of Subscription Offer. Acceptance by the Company of the undersigned’s offer to purchase Shares pursuant to this Subscription Agreement shall be evidenced by the Company’s delivery to the undersigned of this Subscription Agreement executed by the Company.

 

3.             Accredited Investor. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is an Accredited Investor (as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Act).

 

4.             Representations, Warranties and Agreements. The undersigned makes the following representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements in order to induce the Company to accept this subscription:

 

 

 

 

(a)          Information. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the undersigned has reviewed to his, her or its satisfaction all documents and information requested by the undersigned, including: (i) all such financial statements, income statements, balance sheets, cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company’s bylaws, the Stockholders Agreement and the Company’s capitalization table, including illustrations of the Company’s stockholders and respective positions both before and after the undersigned’s and others’ purchases of the Shares; and (iii) any other information and materials requested by the undersigned relating to the Company and its subsidiaries, its proposed activities and business, its capitalization, its management and key personnel and the offering and sale of the Shares of the Company (collectively, the “Documents” ). The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the undersigned has read, is fully familiar with, and completely understands, the Documents, this Subscription Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and any other documents and information that the undersigned deems material to making an investment decision with respect to the Shares. The undersigned has been provided such requested Documents at least 48 hours prior to the execution of this Subscription Agreement. The undersigned shall keep the Documents and other information the undersigned receives about the Company confidential.

 

(b)          Availability of Information. The Company has made all documents pertaining to the matters described in the Documents and the offering of the Shares of the Company available to the undersigned and has allowed the undersigned, or the undersigned’s representative, a reasonable opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of this subscription and to obtain any additional information which the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to verify the accuracy of any information provided to the undersigned.

 

(c)          No Other Representations. The undersigned has relied solely on the Documents and the documents and materials submitted with the Documents in making the decision to purchase the Shares subscribed for under this Subscription Agreement, and no representations or agreements, written or oral, other than those set forth in this Subscription Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement have been made to the undersigned, with respect to such purchase of Shares of the Company.

 

(d)          Reliance on Own Investigation and Advisors. The undersigned acknowledges that the undersigned has been advised to consult with the undersigned’s own legal advisor concerning the legal aspects of the Company and to consult with the undersigned’s tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Company. The undersigned is not relying on the Company or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, executives, employees, advisors or other personnel for legal, accounting, financial or tax advice in connection with the undersigned’s evaluation of the risks and merits of an investment in the Company or of the consequences to the undersigned of such an investment.

 

(e)          Investment Intent. The Shares subscribed for under this Subscription Agreement will be acquired solely by, and for the account of, the undersigned (and not for other persons), for investment only, and are not being purchased with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares. The undersigned has no contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer, assign or pledge to such person or anyone else all or any part of the Shares for which the undersigned subscribes, and the undersigned has no current plans or intentions to enter into any such contract, undertaking or arrangement.

 

  2  

 

 

(f)          Resale Restrictions. The undersigned acknowledges that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Act or the securities statutes of any state or other jurisdiction, (ii) the Shares have the status of securities acquired in a transaction under Section 4(2) of the Act, (iii) the Shares are “restricted securities” (as that term is defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act), (iv) therefore, the Shares cannot be resold (and the undersigned covenants that the undersigned will not resell them) unless they are registered under applicable federal and state securities laws (including the Act) or unless exemptions from all such applicable registration requirements are available and (v) consequently, the undersigned must bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time. The undersigned will not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares (A) without (I) either the prior registration of the Shares under the Act and all other applicable statutes, or (II) applicable exemptions from the registration requirements of each of those statutes, (B) without compliance with the Documents, and (C) unless and until the Company has determined, by obtaining the advice of counsel or otherwise, that the intended disposition will not violate the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law. The undersigned understands that the Company has no obligation or intention to register the Shares under any federal or state securities act, law or regulation.

 

(g)          Economic Risk; Sophistication. The undersigned acknowledges and recognizes that an investment in the Company involves a high degree of risk in that (i) the undersigned may not be able to liquidate the investment, (ii) transferability may be extremely limited, (iii) there is currently no market for the Shares, nor is a market likely to develop, (iv) the undersigned could sustain the loss of the entire investment or part of the investment and (v) the Company is newly organized and has no financial or operating history.

 

(h)          Ability to Bear Risk. The financial condition of the undersigned is such that the undersigned has no need for liquidity with respect to the undersigned’s investment in the Shares to satisfy any existing or contemplated undertaking or indebtedness, and the undersigned has no need for a current return on the undersigned’s investment in the Shares. The undersigned is able to bear the economic risk of the undersigned’s investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time, including the risk of losing all of the undersigned’s investment.

 

(i)          Sophistication; No Agency Review or Endorsement. The undersigned, either alone or with the undersigned’s representative, has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment. The undersigned acknowledges and understands that no federal or state agency has passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of the information set forth in any document provided to the undersigned or made any finding or determination as to the fairness for investment, or any recommendation or endorsement of the Shares as an investment.

 

(j)          Pre-Existing Relationship. The undersigned has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company or one of its officers, directors, executive, members, managers or controlling persons, or by reason of the undersigned’s business or financial experience or the business or financial experience of the undersigned’s professional advisors who are unaffiliated with, and who are not compensated by, the Company or any affiliate of the Company, directly or indirectly, and can be reasonably assumed to have the capacity to protect the undersigned’s own interests in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Subscription Agreement. Preexisting personal or business relationships include any relationship consisting of personal or business contacts of a nature and duration such as would enable a reasonably prudent purchaser to be aware of the character, business acumen and general business and financial circumstances of the person with whom such relationship exists.

 

  3  

 

 

(k)          No General Solicitation. The undersigned acknowledges and represents that neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has offered or sold the Shares to the undersigned by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including, but not limited to, (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

(l)          Status after Purchase; Information. The undersigned acknowledges and accepts that if the undersigned purchases the Shares, the undersigned will have only a minority interest in the Company with little, if any, control over the Company or its business and no right to become a director or officer of the Company. In addition, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, therefore, is not required to publish periodic information about its business or financial condition.

 

(m)          Responsibility for Determining Suitability of Investment. The undersigned is assuming full responsibility independently (i) to determine whether an investment in the Shares is suitable for the undersigned, (ii) to evaluate the undersigned’s potential purchase of the Shares and (iii) to obtain, verify and evaluate all material information necessary or desired by the undersigned to make the undersigned’s decision, including, without limitation, information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries, their officers, directors, stockholders, executives, employees and their related party transactions, their financial condition and needs, their business, their obligations, their stockholders and their rights, preferences and privileges and any potential issuance of additional securities.

 

(n)          Residence. The undersigned, at all times since the undersigned received a copy of the Documents, (i) if an individual, was, and is, a bona fide resident of the state set forth in his or her address on the Subscriber Signature Page to this Subscription Agreement below, and (ii) if an entity, had, and has, its principal office and principal place of business in the state set forth in its address on the Subscriber Signature Page to this Subscription Agreement below. If the state of the undersigned’s principal residence, or the state of the undersigned’s principal office or principal place of business, changes, or the undersigned’s address changes in any other respect, before the consummation of the undersigned’s purchase of the Shares subscribed for under this Subscription Agreement, the undersigned will promptly notify the Company, and if the change in the state of the undersigned’s principal residence, or the undersigned’s principal office or principal place of business, is to a state in which an offer and/or sale of Shares is prohibited by applicable law, any agreement to sell Shares to the undersigned, shall be deemed cancelled and the undersigned shall cease to be entitled to purchase Shares pursuant to such agreement. In making such representation and warranty, the undersigned understands that:

 

(i)           if the undersigned is an individual, the undersigned is deemed to be a resident of the state of the undersigned’s principal residence;

 

  4  

 

 

(ii)          if the undersigned is a trust, partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other form of business organization, it is deemed to be a resident of the state where its principal office is located; and

 

(iii)         notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a trust, partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other form of business organization that is organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, it is deemed to be a resident of the state of all of the beneficial owners of the undersigned.

 

(o)          Accuracy of Information about the Undersigned. All information that the undersigned has provided in this Subscription Agreement, including, without limitation, information concerning the undersigned and the undersigned’s financial condition, is correct and complete as of the date of this Subscription Agreement, and if there should be any material change in such information before the acceptance of the undersigned’s subscription for the Shares subscribed for under this Subscription Agreement, the undersigned will immediately so inform the Company. If the undersigned is a trust, partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other form of entity, it expressly undertakes to provide the Company with such information as it may reasonable require regarding any of its beneficial owners.

 

(p)          Authority; Binding Obligation. If the undersigned is a trust, partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other form of entity, (i) it has the right, power and authority to execute (and the signatory is duly authorized to execute, on its behalf) this Subscription Agreement, (ii) it has the right, power and authority to perform the terms of, this Subscription Agreement; (iii) its state of organization is as set forth on the Subscriber Signature Page to this Subscription Agreement below; (iv) this Subscription Agreement constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of the undersigned; and (v) it has been duly formed, is validly existing, and is in good standing in the state of its formation.

 

(q)          Cooperation in Regulatory Compliance. The undersigned will cooperate with the Company in any manner reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the Company’s and its direct and indirect subsidiaries’ compliance with regulatory requirements either now existing or arising during the time the undersigned is a stockholder of the Company.

 

(r)          Financial Capacity. The undersigned has cash on hand sufficient to satisfy all of its obligations under this Subscription Agreement.

 

(s)          Brokers and Finders. The undersigned is not a party to any agreement with any finder or broker, and the undersigned is not in any way obligated to any finder or broker for any commissions, fees or expenses in connection with the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.             Representations and Warranties of Company. The Company makes the following representations and warranties: The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary company action. This Subscription Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

  5  

 

 

6.             Indemnification. The undersigned shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and each stockholder, director, officer and employee thereof from and against any and all loss, damage, liability or expense, including attorneys’ fees and court costs, which they or any of them may suffer, sustain or incur by reason of, or in connection with, any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or agreement made by the undersigned under this Subscription Agreement or in connection with the further sale or distribution of the Shares purchased by the undersigned pursuant to this Subscription Agreement in violation of the Act or any other applicable law.

 

7.             Choice of Law. This Subscription Agreement, its construction and the determination of any rights, duties or remedies of the parties arising out of, or relating to, this Subscription Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

 

8.             Entire Agreement. The terms of this Subscription Agreement, together with the Stockholders Agreement, are intended by the parties as the final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms included in this Subscription Agreement and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement, arrangement, understanding, representations, warranties, covenants or negotiations (whether oral or written).

 

9.             No Waiver. No waiver or modification of any of the terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be valid unless in writing. No waiver of a breach of, or default under, any provision of this Subscription Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature or of any other provision or condition of this Subscription Agreement.

 

10.           Counterparts. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

 

11.           Expenses. Each party shall pay all of the costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Subscription Agreement.

 

12.           Survival. All representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Subscription Agreement shall survive acceptance of the subscription.

 

13.           Gender and Number. Terms used in this Subscription Agreement in any gender or in the singular or plural include other genders and the plural or singular, as the context may require. If the Subscriber is an entity, all reference to “he,” “him” and “his” (and the corresponding feminine pronouns) shall be deemed to include “it” or “its.”

 

signatures on the following pages

 

  6  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , the undersigned subscribes for [_______] Shares of the Company. This Subscription Agreement and the representations, warranties, acknowledgements and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

Executed at ____________________________________ as of October ____, 2016

(City)                          (State)

 

  Entity Name (if applicable):  
  Signature:  
  Print Name:  
  Title (if applicable):  

 

FOR COMPLETION BY ALL SUBSCRIBERS

 

Subscriber’s Mailing Address:   Subscriber’s Other Address:
(for formal notice)   (home, business or main office)
     
     
     
     
     
Attention:     Attention:  
Phone No:     Phone No.:  
Fax No.:     Fax No.:  
E-mail:     E-mail:  

 

FOR COMPLETION BY SUBSCRIBERS WHO ARE NATURAL PERSONS:
   
  Subscriber’s Name:                                                         
    (print or type)
     
  Subscriber’s Signature                                                         
    (signature)
     
  Subscriber’s Social Security No:                                                         
     
FOR COMPLETION BY SUBSCRIBERS WHO ARE NOT NATURAL PERSONS:
(i.e., corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, trusts or other entities)
     
  Subscriber’s Name                                                         
    (print or type)
     
  By:                                                         
    (signature of authorized representative)
     
  Its:                                                         
    (name and title of authorized representative)
     
  Subscriber’s Tax Identification No.:                                                         

               

Subscriber Signature Page to
Subscription Agreement

 

 

 

 

Acceptance by the Company

 

Accepted as of October ____, 2016.

 

  NeuroOne, Inc.
     
     
  By:  
  Name: Dave Rosa
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Company Signature Page to
Subscription Agreement

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE COMPANY:

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

By:    
Name: Dave Rosa  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:

_________________________________

[_______________]

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT OF
NEUROONE, INC.

 

[See attached]

 

  A- 1  

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Subscription Agreement (this “Agreement” ) is made as of November 21, 2016, by and among NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and the subscribers identified on the signature pages hereto (each, a “Subscriber” and collectively, the “Subscribers” ).

 

Recitals

 

Whereas , the Company seeks to sell a maximum of $1,500,000 (or such higher amount as the Company’s Board of Directors shall determine) (the “Total Amount” ) in Convertible Promissory Notes in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes” ) and, subject to Section 1.1 below, Warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock as provided in the Note and in the form of warrant agreement annexed hereto as Exhibit C (each, a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants” ) pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), and Rule 506(b) of Regulation D ( “Regulation D” ) as promulgated under the Securities Act (the “Offering” ); and

 

Whereas , each Subscriber wishes to purchase a Note with the principal amount as set forth on such subscriber’s respective Signature Page to this Agreement.

 

Now , Therefore , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Subscribers hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             PURCHASE OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES.

 

1.1            Subscription. Each Subscriber hereby subscribes (the “Subscription” ) to purchase a Note in the amount set forth on such Subscriber’s respective signature page hereto (the “Subscription Amount” ) and a Warrant. This Subscription shall become effective when (a) it has been duly executed by the Subscriber, (b) this Agreement has been accepted and agreed to by the Company and (c) the Company has effectuated a Closing as set forth in Section 1.4 hereof. The minimum Subscription Amount per Subscriber shall be $50,000. Each Subscriber shall be entitled to receive a Warrant to purchase that number and type of shares of the Company’s capital stock equal to the number and type of shares of the Company’s capital stock the Subscriber would receive upon conversion of the Subscriber’s Note.

 

1.2            Payment for Subscription. Each Subscriber agrees that the Subscription Amount to the Company for the amount of the Subscriber’s Subscription is to be made upon submission of this Agreement in the form included in these Subscription Documents (as hereinafter defined) by check or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company.

 

1.3            Terms and Conditions. The Company shall have the right to accept or reject a Subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, the belief of the Company that a Subscriber cannot bear the economic risk of an investment in the Company, is not capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company or is not an “Accredited Investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, or for no reason at all.

 

  1  

 

 

1.4            Closing. A closing may occur once a Subscription is received by the Company and additional closings under the Offering may take place from time to time as subscriptions are received by the Company.

 

(a)           The closing of on the Subscriptions for the Notes and Warrants shall occur in one or more closings (collectively, the “Closings” and each, without distinction, a “Closing” ). Each Closing shall be held remotely by the electronic exchange of documents and funds, at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, or at such other time and by such means upon which the Company and the Subscribers purchasing the Notes at such Closing shall agree.

 

(b)           The first such Closing (the “Initial Closing” ) for an aggregate amount of at least $200,000 in Principal Amount of Notes (the “Minimum Amount” ) shall take place on a date determined by the Company within 10 days of the date upon which the Company shall have received Subscriptions having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Minimum Amount. The Notes and Warrants issued at the Initial Closing shall be documented in a Schedule of Purchasers maintained by the Company (the “Schedule of Purchasers” ).

 

(c)           At any time after the Initial Closing, to the extent that (i) Subscribers already party to this Agreement (at the time determined, the “Existing Subscribers” ) and/or (ii) additional Subscribers (the “Additional Subscribers” ) agree by execution of a signature page hereto to purchase an aggregate amount of at least $50,000 in additional principal amount of Notes, up to a balance of the Total Amount, the Company shall, within 10 days thereafter, hold an additional Closing with respect to the purchase of such Notes (each, a “Subsequent Closing” ); provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price of Notes issued at the Initial Closing and all Subsequent Closings may not exceed the Total Amount unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, and provided further, however, that no Closing shall occur after the five-month anniversary of the Initial Closing (subject to a one-time extension of ninety (90) days exercisable at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors). Other than expressly provided above in this Section 1.4(c) , there shall be no conditions precedent to a Subsequent Closing. Upon each Subsequent Closing, the Company shall amend the Schedule of Purchasers to reflect any additional purchase by the Existing Purchasers and to add any Additional Purchasers. The terms of the transactions consummated at each Subsequent Closing shall be identical to the terms of the transactions consummated at the Initial Closing, excepting the date of issuance of the Notes and the Warrants shall be the date of such Subsequent Closing. The Notes issued in each Subsequent Closing shall be issued to the Subscribers in the principal amount shown for each Subscriber with respect to such Subsequent Closing on the amended Schedule of Purchasers.

 

(d)           At each Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Subscribers executed Notes and Warrants in the amounts determined for each Purchaser pursuant to this Section 1 .

 

  2  

 

 

2.             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

2.1            Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Subscriber that:

 

(a)          Authorization. The Company has all corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors and stockholders necessary for the: (i) authorization execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company; (ii) authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Notes and Warrants contemplated hereby and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder; and (iii) authorization, issuance and delivery of the securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes or exercise of the Warrants, has been taken. The securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes and exercise of the Warrants will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The issuance and sale of the securities contemplated hereby will not give rise to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal on behalf of any person which have not been waived in connection with this offering. The Company is not in default of any other obligations, including any promissory notes or debentures.

 

(b)          Enforceability. Assuming this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties hereto and thereto other than the Company, this Agreement is duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement is limited by general equitable principles, or by bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally.

 

(c)          No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Note by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Warrants and the securities issuable upon the conversion of the Note or exercise of the Warrants) will not (i) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or other organizational documents of the Company, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected.

 

(d)          Litigation. The Company knows of no pending or threatened legal or governmental proceedings against the Company which could materially adversely affect the business, property, financial condition or operations of the Company or which materially and adversely questions the validity of this Agreement or any agreements related to the transactions contemplated hereby or the right of the Company to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality which could materially adversely affect the business, property, financial condition or operations of the Company. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending in any court or before any arbitrator or that the Company intends to initiate.

 

  3  

 

 

(e)          Intellectual Property. The Company owns or possesses sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes necessary for its business as now conducted without any known infringement of the rights of others. The Company has not received any written communications alleging that the Company has violated or, by conducting its business as presently proposed to be conducted, would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other person or entity.

 

(f)          Title to Assets. The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and good title to its leasehold estates, in each case subject to no mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than (i) those resulting from taxes which have not yet become delinquent; (ii) liens and encumbrances which do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Company; and (iii) those that have otherwise arisen in the ordinary course of business. The Company is in compliance with all material terms of each lease to which it is a party or is otherwise bound.

 

(g)          Investment Company. The Company is not an “investment company” within the meaning of such term under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

 

(h)          No Solicitation. Neither the Company nor any person participating on the Company’s behalf in the transactions contemplated hereby has conducted any “general solicitation,” as such term is defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, with respect to any of the Notes being offered hereby.

 

(i)          Blue Sky. The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the sale of the Notes under Regulation D of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company shall, on or before the Initial Closing, take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary to qualify the Notes for sale to the Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “blue sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification).

 

(j)          No Integration. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers or sales in any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would require registration under the Securities Act of the issuance of the Notes, the Warrants or securities issuable upon conversion of the Note or exercise of the Warrants to the Subscriber. The issuance of the Notes, the Warrants and securities issuable upon conversion of the Note or exercise of the Warrants to the Subscriber will not be integrated with any other issuance of the Company’s securities (past, current or future) such that the offering of the Notes or the Warrants would require registration under the Securities Act or would require shareholder approval.

 

  4  

 

 

(k)           The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company will not (i) violate any law, treaty, rule or regulation applicable to or binding upon the Company or any of its properties or assets, or (ii) result in a breach of any contractual obligation to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is bound that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(l)           There is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, demand, claim, hearing, notice of violation or investigation, proceeding or demand letter pending, or to the knowledge of the Company threatened, against the Company, which if adversely determined would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder. There is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, demand, claim, hearing, notice of violation or investigation, proceeding or demand letter pending, or to the knowledge of the Company threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole). There are no outstanding orders, writs, judgments, decrees, injunctions or settlements that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole).

 

2.2            Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company shall survive the Initial Closing for a period of 12 months and shall be fully enforceable at law or in equity against the Company and the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

2.3            Disclaimer. It is specifically understood and agreed by each Subscriber that the Company has not made, nor by this Agreement shall be construed to make, directly or indirectly, explicitly or by implication, any representation, warranty, projection, assumption, promise, covenant, opinion, recommendation or other statement of any kind or nature with respect to the anticipated profits or losses of the Company, except as otherwise provided with this Agreement.

 

2.4            Representations and Warranties by the Subscribers. Each Subscriber represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(a)           The Subscriber is acquiring the Notes and the Warrants for the Subscriber’s own account, as principal, for investment purposes only and not with any intention to resell, distributes or otherwise dispose of the Notes or Warrants, as the case may be, in whole or in part.

 

(b)           The Subscriber has had an unrestricted opportunity to: (i) obtain information concerning the Offering, including the Notes, the Warrants, the Company and its proposed and existing business and assets; and (ii) ask questions of, and receive answers from the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the Offering and to obtain such additional information as may have been necessary to verify the accuracy of the information contained in the this Agreement or otherwise provided.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)           The Subscriber is an Accredited Investor, within the meaning of Securities and Exchange Commission ( “SEC” ) Rule 501 of Regulation D, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investing in the Company, and all information that the Subscriber has provided concerning the Subscriber, the Subscriber’s financial position and knowledge of financial and business matters is true, correct and complete. The Subscriber acknowledges and understands that the Company will rely on the information provided by the Subscriber in this Agreement and in the Subscriber Questionnaire annexed hereto as Exhibit A for purposes of complying with federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

(d)           Except as otherwise disclosed in writing by the Subscriber to the Company, the Subscriber has not dealt with a broker in connection with the purchase of the Notes and agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and its officers and directors harmless from any claims for brokerage or fees in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

(e)           The Subscriber is not relying on the Company or any of its management, officers or employees with respect to any legal, investment or tax considerations involved in the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes or Warrants. The Subscriber has relied solely on the advice of, or has consulted with, in regard to the legal, investment and tax considerations involved in the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes and Warrants, the Subscriber’s own legal counsel, business and/or investment adviser, accountant and tax adviser.

 

(f)           The Subscriber understands that the Notes and the Warrants, or the securities into which either of them may convert or be exercised for, cannot be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, hypothecated or pledged, or otherwise disposed of or encumbered except in accordance with the Securities Act or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), and that no market will exist for the resale of any such securities. In addition, the Subscriber understands that the Notes, Warrants or the securities into which they may convert, have not been registered under the Securities Act, or under any applicable state securities or blue sky laws or the laws of any other jurisdiction, and cannot be resold unless they are so registered or unless an exemption from registration is available. The Subscriber understands that there is no current plan to register the Notes, Warrants or the securities into which they may convert.

 

(g)           The Subscriber is willing and able to bear the economic and other risks of an investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time. The Subscriber has read and understands the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(h)           The Subscriber maintains the Subscriber’s domicile, and is not merely a transient or temporary resident, at the residence address shown on the signature page of this Agreement.

 

(i)           The Subscriber understands that the Company has made available to the Subscriber and the Subscriber’s accountants, attorneys and other advisors full and complete information concerning the financial structure of the Company, and any and all data requested by the Subscriber as a basis for estimating the potential profits and losses of the Company and the Subscriber acknowledges that the Subscriber has either reviewed such information or has waived review of such information.

 

  6  

 

 

(j)           The Subscriber is not participating in the Offering as a result of or subsequent to: (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio; (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising; or (iii) any registration statement the Company may have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(k)           If the Subscriber is an entity, the Subscriber is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be. The Subscriber has all requisite power and authority to own its properties, to carry on its business as presently conducted, to enter into and perform the Subscription and the agreements, documents and instruments executed, delivered and/or contemplated hereby (collectively, the “Subscription Documents” ) to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Subscription Documents are valid and binding obligations of the Subscriber, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws, from time to time in effect, which affect enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. If applicable, the execution, delivery and performance of the Subscription Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Subscriber. The execution, delivery and performance of the Subscription Documents and the performance of any transactions contemplated by the Subscription Documents will not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under any contract or obligation to which the Subscriber is a party or by which it or its assets are bound, or any provision of its organizational documents (if an entity), or cause the creation of any lien or encumbrance upon any of the assets of the Subscriber; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, any provision of any law, regulation or rule, or any order of, or any restriction imposed by any court or other governmental agency applicable to the Subscriber; (iii) require from the Subscriber any notice to, declaration or filing with, or consent or approval of any governmental authority or other third party other than pursuant to federal or state securities or blue sky laws; or (iv) accelerate any obligation under, or give rise to a right of termination of, any agreement, permit, license or authorization to which the Subscriber is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(l)           The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company intends, in the future, to raise additional funds to expand its business which may include, without limitation, the need to: fund more rapid expansion; fund additional marketing expenditures; enhance its operating infrastructure; hire additional personnel; respond to competitive pressures; or acquire complementary businesses or necessary technologies.

 

(m)           The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company will have broad discretion with respect to the use of the proceeds from this Offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of management regarding the application of these proceeds.

 

  7  

 

 

(n)           At the time the Subscriber was offered the Notes and the Warrants, it was, and at the date hereof it is, and on each date on which the Subscriber converts the Notes and exercises the Warrants the Subscriber will be, an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act. The Subscriber hereby represents that neither the Subscriber nor any of its Rule 506(d) Related Parties is a “bad actor” within the meaning of Rule 506(d) promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “Rule 506(d) Related Party” shall mean a person or entity covered by the “Bad Actor disqualification” provision of Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(o)           The Subscriber understands the various risks of an investment in the Company, and has carefully reviewed the various risk factors described in Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

3.             COVENANTS OF THE SUBSCRIBERS.

 

3.1            Right of First Offer. In the event that a Subscriber shall elect to sell all or any portion of a Note or Warrant purchased by such Subscriber to any person or entity other than an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined), such Subscriber shall first give written notice thereof to the Company, which notice shall set forth the original principal amount of such Note and the Warrant to be sold and the sales price. For a period of 15 days after receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of such Note and Warrant at the so specified sales price, exercisable by giving written notice thereof to such Subscriber within such 15-day period. In the event the Company fails to timely exercise such right, such Subscriber may, subject to Section 3.2 hereof, offer and sell such Note and Warrant at the same or a higher price for a period of 180 days after expiration of such 15-day time period. After expiration of such 180-day period, such Subscriber shall not re-offer any of such Note or Warrant without first allowing the Company to exercise the right herein granted.

 

3.2            Right of First Refusal . In the event that any Subscriber shall receive and accept a bona fide offer (each, an “Offer” ) from any person or entity (other than an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or another original holder of Notes) to purchase all or any portion of the Notes and Warrants of such Subscriber, such Subscriber shall give written notice thereof to the Company, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such offer or a detailed description of the terms thereof (each, an “Offer Notice” ). For a period of 15 days after receipt of the Offer Notice, the Company may elect to purchase the Notes and Warrants subject to the Offer on the same terms as are described in the Offer Notice by giving notice of such election to such Subscriber within such 15-day period. In the event the Company fails to timely exercise such right, the Subscriber may offer and sell such Notes and Warrants to the party delivering the Offer on the Offer Terms.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall mean: (a) for purposes of any Subscriber that is an individual, (i) the ancestors, descendants, spouse or private, tax-exempt foundation of such Subscriber, or (ii) a trust, partnership, limited liability company, custodianship or other fiduciary account for the benefit of such Subscriber and/or such private foundation, ancestors, descendants or spouse; (b) for purposes of any Subscriber that is not an individual, (i) any person controlled by, or under the control of, the Subscriber, or (ii) any member, stockholder, partner or other equity holder of such Subscriber that is an “accredited investor”, as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

  8  

 

 

3.3            Injunctive Relief. Each Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that any breach of the covenants contained in this Section 3 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and that damages would be an inadequate remedy in the event of such breach. Accordingly, such Subscriber agrees that the Company shall be entitled to the remedy of specific performance in the event of any such breach and hereby consents to, and waives any right to contest, the imposition of any injunction by a court of competent jurisdiction requested by the Company to enforce specific performance of such covenants. Each Subscriber further agrees that should such Subscriber breach any of such covenants and force the Company to obtain an injunction to specifically enforce such covenants, such Subscriber shall reimburse the Company for all costs incurred by the Company in obtaining such injunction, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, all promptly upon receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

3.4            Termination of Rights. The obligations of the Subscribers, and the rights of the Company, under this Section 3 shall terminate upon the effective date of a registration statement for a firmly underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s capital stock under the Securities Act.

 

4.             MISCELLANEOUS.

 

4.1            Public Company Transaction. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a reverse merger transaction with a public company within three months of the Closing at which time the Company has sold and issued at least $750,000 in aggregate original principal amount of the Notes.

 

4.2            Indemnification.

 

(a)           The Subscriber will, severally and not jointly with any other Subscribers, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its officers, directors, members, shareholders, partners, representatives, employees and agents, successors and assigns against any losses, obligations, claims, damages, liabilities, contingencies, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs (including, without limitation, court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of defense and investigation), amounts paid in settlement or expenses, joint or several (collectively, “Company Claims” ), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending any action, claim, suit, inquiry, proceeding, investigation or appeal taken from the foregoing by or before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or the SEC, whether pending or threatened, whether or not an indemnified party is or may be a party thereto, to which any of them may become subject insofar as such Company Claims (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof): (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or untrue statement of a material fact made by the Subscriber and contained in this Agreement; or (ii) arise out of or are based upon any breach by the Subscriber of any representation, warranty, or agreement made by the Subscriber contained herein; provided, however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall the liability of the Subscriber pursuant to this Section 4.2 exceed the amount of the Note that the Subscriber purchases pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

(b)           The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Subscriber and its officers, directors, members, shareholders, partners, representatives, employees and agents, successors and assigns, and each other person, if any, who controls such Subscriber within the meaning of the Securities Act against any losses, obligations, claims, damages, liabilities, contingencies, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs (including, without limitation, court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of defense and investigation), amounts paid in settlement or expenses, joint or several (collectively, “Subscriber Claims” ), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending any action, claim, suit, inquiry, proceeding, investigation or appeal taken from the foregoing by or before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or the SEC, whether pending or threatened, whether or not an indemnified party is or may be a party thereto, to which any of them may become subject insofar as such Subscriber Claims (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (i) any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company specifically for that purpose or based upon written information furnished by the Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Notes (or securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes) under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information herein called a “Blue Sky Application” ); (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact made by the Company in this Agreement; (iii) arise out of or are based upon any breach by the Company of any representation, warranty, or agreement made by it contained herein or in the Note; or (iv) any violation by the Company or its agents of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company or its agents and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration; and will reimburse such Subscriber, and each such officer, director or member and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Subscriber or any such controlling person to the Company.

 

4.3            Addresses and Notices. All notices, demands, consents, requests, instructions and other communications to be given or delivered or permitted under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be delivered and received by the intended recipient as follows: (i) if personally delivered, on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the receipt of the personal delivery service); (ii) if mailed certified or registered mail return receipt requested, two (2) business days after being mailed; or (iii) if delivered by overnight courier (with all charges having been prepaid), on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the receipt of the overnight courier service of recognized standing). If any notice, demand, consent, request, instruction or other communication cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given (in accordance with this Section 4.3 , or the refusal to accept same, the notice, demand, consent, request, instruction or other communication shall be deemed received on the second business day the notice is sent (as evidenced by a sworn affidavit of the sender). All such notices, demands, consents, requests, instructions and other communications will be sent to the following addresses or facsimile numbers as applicable:

 

  10  

 

 

If to the Company to:   NeuroOne, Inc.
    14605 Woodhaven Road
    Minnetonka, MN 55345
    Attention: Dave Rosa
     
With copies to:   Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP
    350 East Michigan Avenue
    Suite 300
    Kalamazoo, MI 49007
    Attention: Phillip D. Torrence, Esq.

 

If to the Subscriber, to the address set forth on the signature page annexed hereto.

 

Any such person may by notice given in accordance with this Section 4.3 to the other parties hereto designate another address or person for receipt by such person of notices hereunder.

 

4.4            Titles and Captions. All Article and Section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and do not in any way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof.

 

4.5            Assignability. This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the undersigned.

 

4.6            Pronouns and Plurals. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms. The singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

4.7            Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or forbear from taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement. Each party shall bear its own expenses in connection therewith.

 

4.8            Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law rules.

 

4.9            Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, successors, legal representatives, personal representatives, permitted transferees and permitted assigns. If the undersigned is more than one person, the obligation of the undersigned shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein contained shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and such person’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

 

  11  

 

 

4.10          Integration. This Agreement, together with the remainder of the Subscription Documents of which this Agreement forms a part, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, pertaining thereto. No covenant, representation or condition not expressed in this Agreement shall affect or be deemed to interpret, change or restrict the express provisions hereof.

 

4.11          Amendment. This Agreement, the Notes and the Warrants may be amended only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (a “Majority in Interest” ). The conditions or observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by written instrument and with respect to conditions or performance obligations benefiting the Company, by the Company, and with respect to conditions or performance obligations benefiting the Subscribers, only with the consent of a Majority in Interest. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.11 shall be binding on all holders of the Notes, even if they do not execute such amendment, consent or waiver, as the case may be.

 

4.12          Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by creditors of any party.

 

4.13          Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy available upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of such or any other covenant, agreement, term or condition.

 

4.14          Rights and Remedies. The rights and remedies of each of the parties hereunder shall be mutually exclusive, and the implementation of one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall not preclude the implementation of any other provision.

 

4.15          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 

SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES

 

  12  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , the undersigned has executed this Agreement on this ____ day of _______________, 2016.

 

Signature of Subscriber:    
     
By:      
Name:     Print Name of Subscriber
Title:      

 

     
Social Security Number(s) or EIN    
     
     
Mailing Address of Subscriber(s)   Residence of Subscriber(s)
     
     
Street   Street
     
     
City        State       Zip Code   City       State       Zip Code

 

If Joint Ownership, check one:
 
¨ Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship
¨ Tenants-in-Common
¨ Tenants by the Entirety
¨ Community Property
¨ Other (specify):    

 

  $_____________________________________
  Aggregate Subscription Amount
   
  Method of Payment:   ¨ Wire Transfer    ¨ Check

 

FOREGOING SUBSCRIPTION ACCEPTED:

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

By:    
Name: Dave A. Rosa  
Title: CEO  

 

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

NEUROONE, INC.

 

SUBSCRIBER QUESTIONNAIRE

 

NeuroOne, Inc.
14605 Woodhaven Road

Minnetonka, MN 55345

 

Gentlemen:

 

The information contained herein is being furnished to NeuroOne, Inc. (the “Company” ) in order for the Company to determine whether the undersigned’s subscription for Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes” ) and Warrants (the “Warrants” ) therein may be accepted pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ) and Regulation D promulgated thereunder ( “Regulation D” ). The undersigned understands that (i) the Company will rely upon the following information for purposes of complying with Federal and applicable state securities laws, (ii) none of the Notes, the Warrants or any securities issuable thereunder will be registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D, and (iii) this questionnaire is not an offer to sell nor the solicitation of an offer to buy any Notes, Warrants or any other securities, to the undersigned.

 

The following representations and information are furnished herewith:

 

1.              Qualification as an Accredited Investor. Please check the categories applicable to you indicating the basis upon which you qualify as an Accredited Investor for purposes of the Securities Act and Regulation D thereunder.

 

¨ Individual with Net Worth In Excess of $1,000,000.  A natural person (not an entity) whose net worth, or joint net worth with his or her spouse, at the time of purchase exceeds $1,000,000. (Explanation: In calculating your net worth, you must exclude the value of your primary residence. This means you must exclude both the equity in your primary residence and any mortgage or other debt secured by your primary residence up to the fair market value of your primary residence; provided, however, that any indebtedness secured by your primary residence that (i) you have incurred in the 60 day period prior to the date of your subscription to the Company or (ii) is in excess of the fair market value of your primary residence should be considered a liability and deducted from your aggregate net worth. In calculating your net worth, you may include your equity in personal property and real estate (excluding your primary residence), cash, short-term investments, stock and securities. Your inclusion of equity in personal property and real estate (excluding your primary residence) should be based on the fair market value of such property less debt secured by such property.)
   
¨ Individual with a $200,000 Individual Annual Income.   A natural person (not an entity) who had an individual income of more than $200,000 in each of the preceding two calendar years, and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

¨ Individual with a $300,000 Joint Annual Income.   A natural person (not an entity) who had joint income with his or her spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of the preceding two calendar years, and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year.
   
¨ Corporations or Partnerships.   A corporation, partnership, or similar entity that has in excess of $5,000,000 of assets and was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring Notes and Warrants in the Company.
   
¨ Revocable Trust.   A trust that is revocable by its grantors and each of whose grantors is an accredited investor.  (If this category is checked, please also check the additional category or categories under which the grantor qualifies as an accredited investor.)
   
¨ Irrevocable Trust.   A trust (other than an ERISA plan) that (i) is not revocable by its grantors, (ii) has in excess of $5,000,000 of assets, (iii) was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring Notes and Warrants, and (iv) is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such person is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company.
   
¨ IRA or Similar Benefit Plan.   An IRA, Keogh or similar benefit plan that covers a natural person who is an accredited investor. (If this category is checked, please also check the additional category or categories under which the natural person covered by the IRA or plan qualifies as an accredited investor.)
   
¨ Participant-Directed Employee Benefit Plan Account.   A participant-directed employee benefit plan investing at the direction of, and for the account of, a participant who is an accredited investor.  (If this category is checked, please also check the additional category or categories under which the participant qualifies as an accredited investor.)
   
¨ Other ERISA Plan.   An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the ERISA Act other than a participant-directed plan with total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or for which investment decisions (including the decision to purchase an Interest) are made by a bank, registered investment adviser, savings and loan association, or insurance company.
   
¨ Government Benefit Plan.   A plan established and maintained by a state, municipality, or any agency of a state or municipality, for the benefit of its employees, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

¨ Non-Profit Entity.   An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000 (including endowment, annuity and life income funds), as shown by the organization’s most recent audited financial statements.
   
¨ Other Institutional Investor (check one).  
   
  ¨ A bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act (whether acting for its own account or in a fiduciary capacity);
  ¨ A savings and loan association or similar institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act (whether acting for its own account or in a fiduciary capacity;
  ¨ A broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
  ¨ An insurance company, as defined in section 2(13) of the Securities Act;  
  ¨ A “business development company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act;  
  ¨ A small business investment company licensed under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended; or
  ¨ A “private business development company” as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

¨ Executive Officer or Director.  A natural person who is an executive officer, director or managing member of the Company.
   
¨ Entity Owned Entirely By Accredited Investors.   A corporation, partnership, private investment company or similar entity each of whose equity owners is an accredited investor.  (If this category is checked, please also check the additional category or categories under which each equity owner qualifies as an accredited investor.)
   
¨ I do not qualify for any of the above.

 

2.              Representations and Warranties by Limited Liability Companies, Corporations, Partnerships, Trusts and Estates. If the Subscriber is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust, the Subscriber and each person signing on behalf of Subscriber certifies that the following responses are accurate and complete:

 

Was the undersigned organized or reorganized for the specific purpose, or for the purpose among other purposes, of acquiring interests in the Company?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

Will the Subscriber, at any time, invest more than 40% of Subscriber’s assets in the Company?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

  A- 3  

 

 

Under the Subscribing entity’s governing documents and in practice, are the Subscribing entity’s investment decisions based on the investment objectives of the Subscribing entity and its owners generally and not on the particular investment objectives of any one or more of its individual owners?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

Does any individual shareholder, partner or member or group of shareholders, partners or members of the undersigned have the right to elect whether or not to participate in the investment of the Subscribing entity in the Company or to determine the level of participation of such partner or group therein?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

Is the Subscribing entity authorized and qualified to become a note holder of the Company and does the Subscribing entity and the undersigned hereto further represent and warrant that such signatory has been duly authorized by the Subscribing entity to execute the Subscription Documents?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

Is the undersigned a private investment company which is not registered under the Investment Company Act, as amended, in reliance on Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) thereof?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

3.             Taxpayer ID Number; No Backup Withholding; Not a Foreign Person or Entity. If Subscriber is a “non-U.S. person or entity,” allocations of Company income may be subject to withholding and taxation under the Internal Revenue Code, as amended ( “Code” ). Subscriber acknowledges that it may be required to file U.S. income tax returns. If the Subscriber is a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Code and the regulations thereunder), please contact the Company. The Subscriber understands that the information contained in this item may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Company and that any false statement contained in this item could be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.

 

Subscriber certifies that the taxpayer identification number being supplied herewith by Subscriber is Subscriber’s correct taxpayer identification number and that Subscriber is not subject to backup withholding under Section 3406 of the Code and the regulations thereunder?

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

  A- 4  

 

 

Subscriber certifies that Subscriber is not a “Non-U.S. person” or, if an entity, that Subscribing entity is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate, as those terms are defined the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

If Subscriber’s non-foreign status changes or if any other information in this item changes, Subscriber agrees to notify the Company within 30 days thereafter.

 

Yes ¨ No ¨

 

To the best of my information and belief, the above information supplied by me is true and correct in all respects.

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Date:  

 

  A- 5  

 

 

Exhibit B

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

[See attached]

 

  B- 1  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

WARRANT

 

[See attached]

 

  C- 1  

 

 

Exhibit D

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The risks set forth below are not the only ones facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties may exist that could also adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operations. If any of the following or other risks actually materialize, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operations could suffer. In such event, the value of our securities could decline.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have a limited operating history upon which investors can evaluate our future prospects.

 

We have a limited operating history upon which an evaluation of its business plan or performance and prospects can be made. The business and prospects of the Company must be considered in the light of the potential problems, delays, uncertainties and complications encountered in connection with a newly established business and creating a new industry. The risks include, but are not limited to, the possibility that we will not be able to develop functional and scalable products and services, or that although functional and scalable, our products and services will not be economical to market; that our competitors hold proprietary rights that preclude us from marketing such products; that our competitors market a superior or equivalent product; that we are not able to upgrade and enhance our technologies and products to accommodate new features and expanded service offerings; or the failure to receive necessary regulatory clearances for our products. To successfully introduce and market our products at a profit, we must establish brand name recognition and competitive advantages for our products. There are no assurances that we can successfully address these challenges. If it is unsuccessful, we and our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The current and future expense levels are based largely on estimates of planned operations and future revenues rather than experience. It is difficult to accurately forecast future revenues because our business is new and our market has not been developed. If our forecasts prove incorrect, the business, operating results and financial condition of the Company will be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unanticipated reduction in revenue. As a result, any significant reduction in revenues would immediately and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We have had no revenues since inception, and we cannot predict when we will achieve profitability.

 

We have not been profitable and cannot predict when we will achieve profitability. We have experienced net losses and have had no revenues since our and our predecessor’s inception. We do not anticipate generating significant revenues until we successfully develop, commercialize and sell our existing and proposed products, of which we can give no assurance. We are unable to determine when we will generate significant revenues, if any, from the sale of any of such products.

 

  D- 1  

 

 

We cannot predict when we will achieve profitability, if ever. Our inability to become profitable may force us to curtail or temporarily discontinue our research and development programs and our day-to-day operations. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that profitability, if achieved, can be sustained on an ongoing basis.

 

We may never complete the development of our proposed products into marketable products.

 

We do not know when or whether we will successfully complete the development of our proposed or contemplated products, for any of our target markets. We continue to seek to improve our technologies before we are able to produce a commercially viable product. Failure to improve on any of our technologies could delay or prevent their successful development for any of our target markets.

 

Developing any technology into a marketable product is a risky, time consuming and expensive process. You should anticipate that we will encounter setbacks, discrepancies requiring time consuming and costly redesigns and changes and that there is the possibility of outright failure.

 

We may not meet our product development and commercialization milestones.

 

We have established milestones, based upon our expectations regarding our technologies at that time, which we use to assess our progress toward developing our products. These milestones relate to technology and design improvements as well as to dates for achieving development goals. If our products exhibit technical defects or are unable to meet cost or performance goals, our commercialization schedule could be delayed and potential purchasers of our initial commercial products may decline to purchase such products or may opt to pursue alternative products.

 

We may also experience shortages of electrodes, monitors, sensors or bases due to manufacturing difficulties. Multiple suppliers provide the components used in our devices. Our manufacturing operations could be disrupted by fire, earthquake or other natural disaster, a labor-related disruption, failure in supply or other logistical channels, electrical outages or other reasons. If there were a disruption to manufacturing facilities, we would be unable to manufacture devices until we have restored and re-qualified our manufacturing capability or developed alternative manufacturing facilities.

 

We can give no assurance that our commercialization schedule will be met as we further develop our proposed products.

 

Our business is dependent upon clinicians utilizing our intracranial electrophysiology recording and stimulation electrodes; if we fail in convincing clinicians in utilizing our solution, our revenue could fail to grow and could decrease.

 

The success of our planned business is expected to be dependent upon clinicians utilizing our intracranial electrophysiology recording and stimulation electrodes. The utilization of our solution by clinicians will be directly influenced by a number of factors, including:

 

  D- 2  

 

 

the ability of the clinicians with whom we work to obtain sufficient reimbursement and be paid in a timely manner for the professional services they provide in connection with the use of our solutions;

 

continuing to establish ourselves as intracranial electrophysiology recording and stimulation electrode company;

 

our demonstrating that our proposed products are reliable and supported by us in the field;

 

supplying and servicing sufficient quantities of products directly or through marketing alliances; and

 

pricing products competitively in light of the current macroeconomic environment, which, particularly in the case of the medical device industry, are becoming increasingly price sensitive.

 

If we are unable to educate physicians and other clinicians regarding the benefits of our solutions and unable to drive clinician utilization, revenue from the provision of our solutions could fail to grow or even potentially decrease.

 

We are subject to extensive governmental regulations relating to the manufacturing, labeling and marketing of our products.

 

Our medical technology products and operations are subject to regulation by the FDA and other governmental authorities both inside and outside of the United States. These agencies enforce laws and regulations that govern the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, advertising, marketing and distribution, and market surveillance of our medical products.

 

Under the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, medical devices are classified into one of three classes — Class I, Class II or Class III — depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. We believe our current or planned products will be Class I (with respect to software) or Class II (with respect to hardware) medical devices. Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to a set of guidelines, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to additional controls, including full applicability of the Quality System Regulations, and requirements for 510(k) pre-market notification.

 

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products in foreign countries. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

 

  D- 3  

 

 

The policies of the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted which could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our products and could also increase the cost of regulatory compliance. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future legislative or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad.

 

Following the introduction of a product, these agencies will also periodically review our design and manufacturing processes and product performance. The process of complying with the applicable good manufacturing practices, adverse event reporting, clinical trial and other requirements can be costly and time consuming, and could delay or prevent the production, manufacturing or sale of our products. In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in fines, delays or suspensions of regulatory clearances, closure of manufacturing sites, seizures or recalls of products and damage to our reputation. Recent changes in enforcement practice by the FDA and other agencies have resulted in increased enforcement activity, which increases the compliance risk for the Company and other companies in our industry. In addition, governmental agencies may impose new requirements regarding registration, labeling or prohibited materials that may require us to modify or re-register products already on the market or otherwise impact our ability to market our products in those countries. Once clearance or approval has been obtained for a product, there is an obligation to ensure that all applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to be met.

 

We may be subject to penalties and may be precluded from marketing our products if we fail to comply with extensive governmental regulations.

 

We believe that our proposed products are categorized as Class I (with respect to software) or Class II (with respect to hardware). Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to a set of guidelines, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. However, the FDA has not made any determination about whether our specific medical products are Class I or Class II medical devices. While such a determination is not necessary in order for us to list a Class I device with the FDA and bring that device to the U.S. market, we may decide to get clarification from the FDA prior to introducing a product into the market. From time to time, the FDA may disagree with the classification of a new Class I medical device and require the manufacturer of that device to apply for approval as a Class II or Class III medical device. In the event that the FDA determines that our Class I medical products should be classified as Class II or Class III medical devices, we could be precluded from marketing the devices for clinical use within the United States for months, years or longer, depending on the specific change the classification. Reclassification of our Class I medical products as Class II or Class III medical devices could significantly increase our regulatory costs, including the timing and expense associated with required clinical trials and other costs.

 

  D- 4  

 

 

The FDA and non-U.S. regulatory authorities require that our products be manufactured according to rigorous standards. These regulatory requirements may significantly increase our production costs and may even prevent us from making our products in amounts sufficient to meet market demand. If we change our approved manufacturing process, the FDA may need to review the process before it may be used. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements discussed could subject us to enforcement actions, including warning letters, fines, injunctions and civil penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of our production, and criminal prosecution.

 

Federal, state and non-U.S. regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of medical devices are subject to future changes. The complexity, timeframes and costs associated with obtaining marketing clearances are unknown. Although we cannot predict the impact, if any, these changes might have on our business, the impact could be material.

 

Injuries caused by the malfunction or misuse of recording and stimulation devices, even where such malfunction or misuse occurs with respect to one of our competitor’s products, could cause regulatory agencies to implement more conservative regulations on the industry, which could significantly increase our operating costs.

 

If we are not able to both obtain and maintain adequate levels of third-party reimbursement for our products, it would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Healthcare providers and related facilities are generally reimbursed for their services through payment systems managed by various governmental agencies worldwide, private insurance companies, and managed care organizations. The manner and level of reimbursement in any given case may depend on the site of care, the procedure(s) performed, the final patient diagnosis, the device(s) utilized, available budget, the efficacy, safety, performance and cost-effectiveness of our planned products and services, or a combination of these or other factors, and coverage and payment levels are determined at each payer’s discretion. The coverage policies and reimbursement levels of these third-party payers may impact the decisions of healthcare providers and facilities regarding which medical products they purchase and the prices they are willing to pay for those products. Thus, changes in reimbursement levels or methods may either positively or negatively impact sales of our products.

 

We have no direct control over payer decision-making with respect to coverage and payment levels for our medical device products. Additionally, we expect many payers to continue to explore cost-containment strategies (e.g., comparative and cost-effectiveness analyses, so-called “pay-for-performance” programs implemented by various public and private payers, and expansion of payment bundling schemes such as Accountable Care Organizations, and other such methods that shift medical cost risk to providers) that may potentially impact coverage and/or payment levels for our current products or products we develop.

 

The ability of physicians and other providers to successfully utilize our recording and stimulation electrodes and successfully allow payors to reimburse for the physicians’ technical and professional fees is critical to our business because physicians and their patients will select solutions other than ours in the event that payors refuse to adequately reimburse our technical fees and physicians’ professional fees.

 

  D- 5  

 

 

Changes in reimbursement practices of third-party payers could affect the demand for our products and the prices at which they are sold.

 

The sales of our proposed products could depend, in part, on the extent to which healthcare providers and facilities or individual users are reimbursed by government authorities, private insurers and other third-party payers for the costs of our products or the services performed with our products. The coverage policies and reimbursement levels of third-party payers, which can vary among public and private sources and by country, may affect which products customers’ purchase and the prices they are willing to pay for those products in a particular jurisdiction. Reimbursement rates can also affect the acceptance rate of new technologies. Legislative or administrative reforms to reimbursement systems in the United States or abroad, or changes in reimbursement rates by private payers, could significantly reduce reimbursement for procedures using the Company’s products or result in denial of reimbursement for those products, which would adversely affect customer demand or the price customers may be willing to pay for such products.

 

We may experience difficulty in obtaining reimbursement for our services from commercial payors that consider our technology to be experimental and investigational, which would adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

 

Many commercial payors refuse to enter into contracts to reimburse the fees associated with medical devices or services that such payors determine to be “experimental and investigational.” Commercial payors typically label medical devices or services as “experimental and investigational” until such devices or services have demonstrated product superiority evidenced by a randomized clinical trial.

 

If commercial payors decide not reimburse physicians or providers for their services during the utilization of our solutions, our revenue could fail to grow and could decrease.

 

Reimbursement by Medicare is highly regulated and subject to change; our failure to comply with applicable regulations, could decrease our expected revenue and may subject us to penalties or have an adverse impact on our business.

 

The Medicare program is administered by CMS, which imposes extensive and detailed requirements on medical services providers, including, but not limited to, rules that govern how we structure our relationships with physicians, and how and where we provide our solutions. Our failure to comply with applicable Medicare rules could result in discontinuing the ability for physicians to receive reimbursement as they will likely utilize our recording and stimulation electrodes under the Medicare payment program, civil monetary penalties, and/or criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and revenues.

 

Consolidation of commercial payors could result in payors eliminating coverage of recording and stimulation electrode solutions or reducing reimbursement rates.

 

When payors combine their operations, the combined company may elect to reimburse clinicians for our services at the lowest rate paid by any of the participants in the consolidation. If one of the payors participating in the consolidation does not reimburse for these services at all, the combined company may elect not to reimburse at any rate. Reimbursement rates tend to be lower for larger payors. As a result, as payors consolidate, our expected average reimbursement rate may decline.

 

  D- 6  

 

 

Product defects could adversely affect the results of our operations.

 

The design, manufacture and marketing of our products involve certain inherent risks. Manufacturing or design defects, unanticipated use of our products, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to the use of our products can lead to injury or other adverse events. These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts relating to our products (either voluntary or required by the FDA or similar governmental authorities in other countries), and could result, in certain cases, in the removal of a product from the market. A recall could result in significant costs, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products. Personal injuries relating to the use of our products could also result in product liability claims being brought against us. In some circumstances, such adverse events could also cause delays in new product approvals.

 

We could be exposed to significant liability claims if we are unable to obtain insurance at acceptable costs and adequate levels or otherwise protect ourselves against potential product liability claims.

 

The testing, manufacture, marketing and sale of medical devices entail the inherent risk of liability claims or product recalls. Product liability insurance is expensive and may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. A successful product liability claim or product recall could inhibit or prevent the successful commercialization of our products, cause a significant financial burden on the Company, or both, which in either case could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

We require additional capital to support our present business plan and our anticipated business growth, and such capital may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, which would adversely affect our ability to operate.

 

We will require additional funds to further develop our business plan. We can give no assurance that we will be successful in raising any funds. Additionally, if we are unable to generate sufficient revenues from our operating activities, we may need to raise additional funds through equity offerings or otherwise in order to meet our expected future liquidity requirements, including to introduce our other planned products or to pursue new product opportunities. Any such financing that we undertake will likely be dilutive to current stockholders and you.

 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth, including patent or other intellectual property asset creation. In addition, we may also need additional funds to respond to business opportunities and challenges, including our ongoing operating expenses, protecting our intellectual property, satisfying debt payment obligations, developing new lines of business and enhancing our operating infrastructure. While we may need to seek additional funding for such purposes, we may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, the terms of our financings may be dilutive to, or otherwise adversely affect, holders of its common stock. We may also seek additional funds through arrangements with collaborators or other third parties. We may not be able to negotiate any such arrangements on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain additional funding on a timely basis, we may be required to curtail or terminate some or all of our business plans.

 

  D- 7  

 

 

We cannot predict our future capital needs and we may not be able to secure additional financing.

 

We will need to raise additional funds in the future to fund our working capital needs and to fund further expansion of our business. We may require additional equity or debt financings, collaborative arrangements with corporate partners or funds from other sources for these purposes. No assurance can be given that necessary funds will be available for us to finance our development on acceptable terms, if at all. Furthermore, such additional financings may involve substantial dilution of our stockholders or may require that we relinquish rights to certain of our technologies or products. In addition, we may experience operational difficulties and delays due to working capital restrictions. If adequate funds are not available from operations or additional sources of financing, we may have to delay or scale back our growth plans.

 

The results of our research and development efforts are uncertain and there can be no assurance of the commercial success of our products.

 

We believe that we will need to incur additional research and development expenditures to continue development of our existing proposed products as well as research and development expenditures to develop new products and services. The products and services we are developing and may develop in the future may not be technologically successful. In addition, the length of our product and service development cycle may be greater than we originally expected and we may experience delays in product development. If our resulting products and services are not technologically successful, they may not achieve market acceptance or compete effectively with our competitors’ products and services.

 

The impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act remains uncertain.

 

In 2010, significant reforms to the health care system were adopted as law in the United States. The law includes provisions that, among other things, reduce or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose increased taxes. These factors, in turn, could result in reduced demand for our products and increased downward pricing pressure. Because other parts of the 2010 health care law remain subject to implementation, the long-term impact on us is uncertain. The new law or any future legislation could reduce medical procedure volumes, lower reimbursement for our products, and impact the demand for our products or the prices at which we sell our products. Accordingly, while it is too early to understand and predict the ultimate impact of the new law on our business, the legislation and resulting regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  D- 8  

 

 

We will not be profitable unless we can demonstrate that our products can be manufactured at low prices.

 

We have no experience in manufacturing our products on a commercial basis. We may manufacture our products through third-party manufacturers. We can offer no assurance that either we or our manufacturing partners will develop efficient, automated, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes to meet the quality, price, engineering, design and production standards or production volumes required to successfully mass market our products. Even if we or our manufacturing partners are successful in developing such manufacturing capability and processes, we do not know whether we or they will be timely in meeting our product commercialization schedule or the production and delivery requirements of potential customers. A failure to develop such manufacturing processes and capabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

Our profitability in part is dependent on material and other manufacturing costs. We are unable to offer any assurance that either we or a manufacturing partner will be able to reduce costs to a level which will allow production of a competitive product or that any product produced using lower cost materials and manufacturing processes will not suffer from a reduction in performance, reliability and longevity.

 

If we or our suppliers fail to achieve or maintain regulatory approval of manufacturing facilities, our growth could be limited and our business could be harmed.

 

In order to maintain compliance with FDA and other regulatory requirements, our manufacturing facilities must be periodically re-evaluated and qualified under a quality system to ensure they meet production and quality standards. Suppliers of components and products used to manufacture our devices must also comply with FDA regulatory requirements, which often require significant resources and subject us and our suppliers to potential regulatory inspections and stoppages. If we or our suppliers do not maintain regulatory approval for our manufacturing operations, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers may prevent us from delivering our devices on a timely basis.

 

We currently rely on a limited number of suppliers of components for our devices. If these suppliers became unable to provide components in the volumes needed or at an acceptable price, we would have to identify and qualify acceptable replacements from alternative sources of supply. The process of qualifying suppliers is lengthy. Delays or interruptions in the supply of our requirements could limit or stop our ability to provide sufficient quantities of devices on a timely basis or meet demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our operations in international markets involve inherent risks that we may not be able to control.

 

Our business plan includes the marketing and sale of our proposed products in international markets. Accordingly, our results could be materially and adversely affected by a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors relating to international business operations, including:

 

· Macroeconomic conditions adversely affecting geographies where we intend to do business;

 

· Foreign currency exchange rates;

 

  D- 9  

 

 

· Political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region;

 

· Higher costs of doing business in foreign countries;

 

· Infringement claims on foreign patents, copyrights or trademark rights;

 

· Difficulties in staffing and managing operations across disparate geographic areas;

 

· Difficulties associated with enforcing agreements and intellectual property rights through foreign legal systems;

 

· Trade protection measures and other regulatory requirements, which affect our ability to import or export our products from or to various countries;

 

· Adverse tax consequences;

 

· Unexpected changes in legal and regulatory requirements;

 

· Military conflict, terrorist activities, natural disasters and medical epidemics; and

 

· Our ability to recruit and retain channel partners in foreign jurisdictions.

 

Our financial results may be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates and our current currency hedging strategy may not be sufficient to counter such fluctuations.

 

Due to the substantial volatility of currency exchange rates, exchange rate fluctuations may have a positive or adverse impact on our future revenues or expenses presented in our financial statements. We may use financial instruments, principally forward foreign currency contracts, in our management of foreign currency exposure. These contracts would primarily require us to purchase and sell certain foreign currencies with or for U.S. dollars at contracted rates. We may be exposed to a credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties of these contracts. In addition, these financial instruments may not adequately manage our foreign currency exposure. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to successfully manage currency fluctuations in the future.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able to develop and market products that are safer, more effective, less costly, easier to use, or are otherwise more attractive, we may be unable to   compete effectively with other companies.

 

The medical technology industry is characterized by intense competition and rapid technological change, and we will face competition on the basis of product features, clinical outcomes, price, services and other factors. Competitors may include large medical device and other companies, some of which have significantly greater financial and marketing resources than we do, and firms that are more specialized than we are with respect to particular markets. Our competition may respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, have greater financial, marketing and other resources than ours or may be more successful in attracting potential customers, employees and strategic partners.

 

  D- 10  

 

 

Our competitive position will depend on multiple, complex factors, including our ability to achieve regulatory clearance and market acceptance for our products, develop new products, implement production and marketing plans, secure regulatory approvals for products under development and protect our intellectual property. In some instances, competitors may also offer, or may attempt to develop, alternative systems that may be delivered without a medical device or a medical device superior to ours. The development of new or improved products, processes or technologies by other companies may render our products or proposed products obsolete or less competitive. The entry into the market of manufacturers located in low-cost manufacturing locations may also create pricing pressure, particularly in developing markets. Our future success depends, among other things, upon our ability to compete effectively against current technology, as well as to respond effectively to technological advances or changing regulatory requirements, and upon our ability to successfully implement our marketing strategies and execute our research and development plan. Our research and development efforts are aimed, in part, at solving increasingly complex problems, as well as creating new technologies, and we do not expect that all of our projects will be successful. If our research and development efforts are unsuccessful, our future results of operations could be materially harmed.

 

We face competition from other medical device companies that focus on similar markets.

 

We face competition from other companies that also focus on the market that we intend to enter. These companies have longer operating histories and may have greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than us. Many of these companies also have FDA or other applicable governmental approval to market and sell their products, and more extensive customer bases, broader customer relationships and broader industry alliances than us, including relationships with many of our potential customers. Increased competition from any of these sources could result in our failure to achieve and maintain an adequate level of customers and market share to support the cost of our operations.

 

Our industry is experiencing greater scrutiny and regulation by governmental authorities, which may lead to greater governmental regulation in the future.

 

In recent years, the medical device industry has been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, including by the FDA and numerous other federal, state, provincial and foreign governmental authorities. This has included increased regulation, enforcement, inspections, and governmental investigations of the medical device industry and disclosure of financial relationships with health care professionals. We anticipate that governments will continue to scrutinize our industry closely, and that additional regulation by governmental authorities, both foreign and domestic, may increase compliance costs, exposure to litigation and other adverse effects to our operations.

 

  D- 11  

 

 

Unsuccessful clinical trials or procedures relating to products under development could have a material adverse effect on our prospects.

 

The regulatory approval process for new products and new indications for existing products requires extensive clinical trials and procedures, including early clinical experiences and regulatory studies. Unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from current or future clinical trials or procedures conducted by us, our competitors, or third parties, or perceptions regarding this clinical data, could adversely affect our ability to obtain necessary approvals and the market’s view of our future prospects. Such clinical trials and procedures are inherently uncertain and there can be no assurance that these trials or procedures will be completed in a timely or cost-effective manner or result in a commercially viable product. Failure to successfully complete these trials or procedures in a timely and cost-effective manner could have a material adverse effect on our prospects. Clinical trials or procedures may experience significant setbacks even after earlier trials have shown promising results. Further, preliminary results from clinical trials or procedures may be contradicted by subsequent clinical analysis. In addition, results from our clinical trials or procedures may not be supported by actual long-term studies or clinical experience. If preliminary clinical results are later contradicted, or if initial results cannot be supported by actual long-term studies or clinical experience, our business could be adversely affected. Clinical trials or procedures may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA or other regulatory authorities at any time if it is believed that the trial participants face unacceptable health risks.

 

Intellectual property litigation and infringement claims could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling certain of our products.

 

The industry we operate in, in particular, the medical device industry is characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation and, from time to time, we might be the subject of claims by third parties of potential infringement or misappropriation. Regardless of outcome, such claims are expensive to defend and divert the time and effort of our management and operating personnel from other business issues. A successful claim or claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us could result in our payment of significant monetary damages and/or royalty payments or negatively impact our ability to sell current or future products in the affected category and could have a material adverse effect on its business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

 

We plan on relying on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We will seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We will seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Moreover, to the extent we enter into such agreements, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed. In general, any loss of trade secret protection or other unpatented proprietary rights could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

  D- 12  

 

 

If we are unable to protect our patents or other proprietary rights, or if we infringe on the patents or proprietary rights of others, our competitiveness and business prospects may be materially damaged.

 

We may seek patent protection for our proprietary technology. Seeking patent protection is a lengthy and costly process, and there can be no assurance that patents will be issued from any pending applications, or that any claims allowed from existing or pending patents will be sufficiently broad or strong to protect our proprietary technology. There is also no guarantee that any patents we hold will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the patent rights granted will provide competitive advantages to us. Our competitors have developed and may continue to develop and obtain patents for technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies. In addition, the laws of foreign jurisdictions in which we develop, manufacture or sell our products may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent, as do the laws of the United States.

 

Adverse outcomes in current or future legal disputes regarding patent and other intellectual property rights could result in the loss of our intellectual property rights, subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties on terms that may not be reasonable or favorable to us, prevent us from manufacturing, importing or selling our products, or compel us to redesign our products to avoid infringing third parties’ intellectual property. As a result, we may be required to incur substantial costs to prosecute, enforce or defend our intellectual property rights if they are challenged. Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and resources or results of operations.

 

Dependence on patent and other proprietary rights and failing to protect such rights or to be successful in litigation related to such rights may result in our payment of significant monetary damages or impact offerings in our product portfolios.

 

Our long-term success largely depends on our ability to market technologically competitive products. If we fail to obtain or maintain adequate intellectual property protection, we may not be able to prevent third parties from using our proprietary technologies or may lose access to technologies critical to our products. Also, our currently pending or future patents applications may not result in issued patents, and issued patents are subject to claims concerning priority, scope and other issues.

 

Furthermore, to the extent we do not file applications for patents domestically or internationally, we may not be able to prevent third parties from using our proprietary technologies or may lose access to technologies critical to our products in other countries.

 

  D- 13  

 

 

Enforcement of federal and state laws regarding privacy and security of patient information may adversely affect our business, financial condition or operations.

 

The use and disclosure of certain health care information by health care providers and their business associates have come under increasing public scrutiny. Recent federal standards under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, establish rules concerning how individually-identifiable health information may be used, disclosed and protected. Historically, state law has governed confidentiality issues, and HIPAA preserves these laws to the extent they are more protective of a patient’s privacy or provide the patient with more access to his or her health information. As a result of the implementation of the HIPAA regulations, many states are considering revisions to their existing laws and regulations that may or may not be more stringent or burdensome than the federal HIPAA provisions. We must operate our business in a manner that complies with all applicable laws, both federal and state, and that does not jeopardize the ability of our customers to comply with all applicable laws. We believe that our operations are consistent with these legal standards. Nevertheless, these laws and regulations present risks for health care providers and their business associates that provide services to patients in multiple states. Because these laws and regulations are recent, and few have been interpreted by government regulators or courts, our interpretations of these laws and regulations may be incorrect. If a challenge to our activities is successful, it could have an adverse effect on our operations, may require us to forego relationships with customers in certain states and may restrict the territory available to us to expand our business. In addition, even if our interpretations of HIPAA and other federal and state laws and regulations are correct, we could be held liable for unauthorized uses or disclosures of patient information as a result of inadequate systems and controls to protect this information or as a result of the theft of information by unauthorized computer programmers who penetrate our network security. Enforcement of these laws against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and regulations and if we are unable to fully comply with such laws, the Company could face substantial penalties.

 

Our operations may be directly or indirectly affected by various broad state and federal health care fraud and abuse laws, including the Federal Healthcare Programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute and the Stark law. If our present or future operations are found to be in violation of these laws, we or our officers may be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including large monetary penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment and exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid program participation. If enforcement action were to occur, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We may be subject to federal and state false claims laws which impose substantial penalties.

 

Many of the physicians and patients whom we expect to use our services will file claims for reimbursement with government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. As a result, we may be subject to the federal False Claims Act if we knowingly “cause” the filing of false claims. Violations may result in substantial civil penalties, including treble damages. The federal False Claims Act also contains “whistleblower” or “qui tam” provisions that allow private individuals to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the government. In recent years, the number of suits brought in the medical industry by private individuals has increased dramatically. Various states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act, including “qui tam” provisions, and some of these laws apply to claims filed with commercial insurers. We are unable to predict whether we could be subject to actions under the federal False Claims Act, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending claims under the False Claims Act, as well as sanctions imposed under the False Claims Act, could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

  D- 14  

 

 

Changes in the health care industry or tort reform could reduce the number of intracranial electrophysiology recording and stimulation electrodes ordered by clinicians, which could result in a decline in the demand for our planned solutions, pricing pressure and decreased revenue.

 

Changes in the health care industry directed at controlling health care costs or perceived over-utilization of recording and stimulation electrode solutions could reduce the volume of solutions ordered by physicians. If more health care cost controls are broadly instituted throughout the health care industry, the volume of solutions could decrease, resulting in pricing pressure and declining demand for our planned services, which could harm our operating results. Legal changes increasing the difficulty of initiating medical malpractice cases, known as tort reform, could reduce the amount of our services prescribed as physicians respond to reduced risks of litigation, which could harm our operating results.

 

Risks Related to Our Securities and Other Risks

 

An active and visible public trading market for our common stock may not develop.

 

We do not currently have an active or visible trading market. We cannot predict whether an active market for our common stock will ever develop in the future. In the absence of an active trading market:

 

· Investors may have difficulty buying and selling or obtaining market quotations;

 

· Market visibility for shares of our common stock may be limited; and

 

· A lack of visibility for shares of our common stock may have a depressive effect on the market price for shares of our common stock.

 

No assurances can be given that our common stock, even if quoted on active or visible trading markets, will ever actively trade on such markets, much less a senior market like NASDAQ or NYSE MKT. In this event, there would be a highly illiquid market for our common stock and you may be unable to dispose of your common stock at desirable prices or at all.

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile.

 

The market price for our common stock may be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:

 

· Our ability to successfully bring any of our proposed or planned products to market;

 

· Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

· Changes in financial or operational estimates or projections;

 

  D- 15  

 

 

· Conditions in markets generally;

 

· Changes in the economic performance or market valuations of companies similar to ours;

 

· Announcements by us or our competitors of new products, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

· Our intellectual property position; and

 

· General economic or political conditions in the United States or elsewhere.

 

In addition, the securities market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of shares of our common stock.

 

Because we may be engaged in a transaction that could be generally characterized as a “reverse merger,” we may not be able to attract the attention of major brokerage firms.

 

Additional risks may exist if we were to engage in a transaction that can be generally characterized as a “reverse merger.” Securities analysts of major brokerage firms may not provide coverage of the Company since there is little incentive to brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of the common stock. No assurance can be given that brokerage firms will want to conduct any secondary offerings on behalf of the Company in the future.

 

Anti-takeover provisions that may be in the Company’s charter and bylaws may prevent or frustrate attempts by stockholders to change the board of directors or current management and could make a third-party acquisition of the Company difficult.

 

The Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws may contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

 

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock. We plan to retain any future earning to finance growth.

 

  D- 16  

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH, OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, THE REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS.

 

_______________________________

 

NEUROONE, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal Amount: US$[__________] Issue Date: [__________], 201__

 

NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [__________] or his permitted assigns or successors (the “Holder” ), the principal amount of [__________] Dollars (US$[__________]) (the “Principal Amount” ), without demand, on the Maturity Date (as hereinafter defined), together with any accrued and unpaid interest due thereon. This Note shall bear interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum, beginning on the Issue Date. Interest shall be computed based on a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and shall be payable, along with the Principal Amount, on the Maturity Date. Except as set forth in Section 3.1 , payment of all principal and interest due shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts at the time of payment.

 

This Note is a convertible promissory note referred to in that certain Subscription Agreement dated as of November 21, 2016 (the “Subscription Agreement” ), or series of like subscription agreements, among the Company and the subscribers named therein, pursuant to which the Company is seeking to raise an aggregate of up to $1,500,000 (or such higher amount as the Company’s Board of Directors shall determine).

 

1.            Definitions.

 

1.1            Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1 whenever used in this Note shall have the respective meanings hereinafter specified.

 

“Applicable Laws” means any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, policies, and rules or common law (whether now existing or hereafter enacted or promulgated), of any and all governmental authorities, agencies, departments, commissions, boards, courts, or instrumentalities of the United States, any state of the United States, any other nation, or any political subdivision of the United States, any state of the United States or any other nation, and all applicable judicial and administrative, regulatory or judicial decrees, judgments and orders, including common law rules and determinations.

 

  1  

 

 

“Change in Control” means a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not own more than 50% of the outstanding voting power (assuming conversion of all convertible securities and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants) of the surviving entity or the sale, lease, licensing, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company; provided, however, that any new issuance of capital stock of the Company to one or more third parties for the sole purpose of providing new funding for the Company or solely in connection with a public offering of the Company’s stock shall not constitute a Change in Control.

 

“Common Stock” means the common stock, common shares or equivalent equity of the Company.

 

“Conversion Shares” means the New Round Stock issued or issuable to the Holder upon a Conversion Date pursuant to Article 3 .

 

“Conversion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

 

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

 

“Holder” or “Holders” means the person named above or any Person who shall thereafter become a recordholder of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“IPO” means the completion by the Company of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and declared effective under the Securities Act (and not subsequently withdrawn) covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company.

 

“Issue Date” means the issue date stated above.

 

“Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier of: (a) [__________], 2017 or (b) the consummation of a Qualified Financing.

 

“New Round Stock” means, in the event of a Qualified Financing, the securities (or units of securities if more than one security are sold as a unit) issued by the Company in the Qualified Financing.

 

“Note” means this Convertible Note, as amended, modified or restated.

 

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Qualified Financing” means the next equity or equity-linked round of financing of the Company in whatever form or type that raises in excess of $3,000,000 gross proceeds.

 

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  2  

 

 

“Trading Market” means the Nasdaq Capital Market; provided however, that in the event the Company’s Common Stock is ever listed or traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Amex Equities, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, or either one of the OTCQB or the OTCQX market places of the OTC Markets, then the “Trading Market” shall mean such other market or exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is then listed or traded.

 

“VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on a Trading Market and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on the OTC Markets, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (c) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

“Warrants” means the warrants to purchase capital stock pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Subscription Agreement and Section 3.1(d) hereof, which shall be evidenced by the warrant agreement, the form of which is attached to the Subscription Agreement as Exhibit C .

 

2.            GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

2.1            Loss, Theft, Destruction of Note. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company will make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note, a new Note of like tenor and unpaid principal amount dated as of the date hereof. This Note shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the provisions of this Section 2.1 are exclusive with respect to the replacement of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note and shall preclude any and all other rights and remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

2.2            Prepayment; Redemption. This Note may not be prepaid by the Company in whole or in part, except with the prior written consent of the Holder. This Note may not be redeemed by the Company in whole or in part, except with the prior written consent of the Holder.

 

3.           CONVERSION OF NOTE.

 

3.1            Conversion.

 

(a)          Conversion upon Qualified Financing. Without any action on the part of the Holder, all of the outstanding principal and accrued interest (the “Outstanding Balance” ) shall convert into that number of shares of New Round Stock upon the consummation of a Qualified Financing (the “Conversion Date” ), based upon the greater number of such shares resulting from either: (i) the Outstanding Balance divided by $1.80 per share of New Round Stock; or (ii) the Outstanding Balance multiplied by 1.25, divided by the actual per share price of New Round Stock.

 

  3  

 

 

(b)          Conversion upon Change of Control or IPO. If a Change of Control transaction or the Company’s IPO occurs prior to the Qualified Financing, the Notes would, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal of the Notes, be either (i) payable upon demand as of the closing of such Change of Control transaction or IPO transaction or (ii) convertible into shares of the Common Stock immediately prior to such Change of Control transaction or IPO transaction at a price per share equal to the lesser of (the “Common Price” ) (A) the per share value of the Common Stock as then reasonably determined by the Company’s Board of Directors acting in good faith, from time to time, as if in connection with either the grant of an incentive stock option qualified under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the sale of the Common Stock in a private sale to a third party in an “arms-length” transaction, or (B) the per share consideration to be received by the holders of the Common Stock in such Change of Control transaction or IPO transaction.

 

(c)          Cancellation. Upon and as of the Conversion Date, this Note will be cancelled on the books and records of the Company and shall represent the right to receive the Conversion Shares.

 

(d)          Warrants. In connection with the issuance of this Note and pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, the Holder shall receive a Warrant with the option to purchase either that number of Conversion Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares the Holder would receive upon conversion of this Note, or that number of shares of the Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Outstanding Balance by $1.80.

 

3.2            Delivery of Securities Upon Conversion.

 

(a)           As soon as is practicable after the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (i) a certificate or certificates evidencing the Conversion Shares issuable to the Holder and (ii) the Warrants issuable to the Holder. As soon as is practicable after the Warrant Issue Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder the Warrants issuable to the Holder.

 

(b)           The issuance of certificates for Conversion Shares and Warrants upon conversion or maturity of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Company in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of securities. Upon conversion of this Note, the Company shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to ensure that the Conversion Shares so issued upon such conversion shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3.3            Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. If any conversion of this Note would create a fractional share or a right to acquire a fractional share, the Company shall round to the nearest whole number.

 

  4  

 

 

4.           STATUS; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

 

4.1            Status of Note. This Note is a direct, general and unconditional obligation of the Company, and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity. This Note does not confer upon the Holder any right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder of the Company, as such, in respect of any matters whatsoever, or any other rights or liabilities as a stockholder, prior to conversion hereof into Conversion Shares.

 

4.2            Restrictions on Transferability. This Note and any Conversion Shares issued with respect to this Note, have not been registered under the Securities Act, or under any state securities or so-called “blue sky laws,” and may not be offered, sold, transferred, hypothecated or otherwise assigned except (a) pursuant to a registration statement with respect to such securities which is effective under the Act or (b) upon receipt from counsel satisfactory to the Company of an opinion, which opinion is satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that such securities may be offered, sold, transferred, hypothecated or otherwise assigned (i) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Act and (ii) in accordance with all applicable state securities and so-called “blue sky laws.” The Holder agrees to be bound by such restrictions on transfer. The Holder further consents that the certificates representing the Conversion Shares that may be issued with respect to this Note may bear a restrictive legend to such effect. In addition, this Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Article III of the Subscription Agreement.

 

5.           COVENANTS. In addition to the other covenants and agreements of the Company set forth in this Note, the Company covenants and agrees that so long as this Note shall be outstanding:

 

5.1            Payment of Note. The Company will punctually, according to the terms hereof, (a) pay or cause to be paid all amounts due under this Note and (b) reasonably promptly issue the Conversion Shares upon the Conversion Date.

 

5.2            Notice of Default . If any one or more events occur which constitute or which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default or if the Holder shall demand payment or take any other action permitted upon the occurrence of any such Event of Default, the Company will forthwith give notice to the Holder, specifying the nature and status of the Event of Default or other event or of such demand or action, as the case may be.

 

5.3            Compliance with Laws. The Company will comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, except where the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

  5  

 

 

5.4            Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds of this Note for general working capital.

 

6.           REMEDIES.

 

6.1            Events of Default. “Event of Default” wherever used herein means any one of the following events:

 

(a)           The Company shall fail to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares in accordance with Section 3 ;

 

(b)           Default in the due and punctual payment of the principal of, or any other amount owing in respect of (including interest), this Note when and as the same shall become due and payable;

 

(c)           Default in the performance or observance of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Note (other than a covenant or agreement a default in the performance of which is specifically provided for elsewhere in this Section 6.1 ), and the continuance of such default for a period of 10 days after there has been given to the Company by the Holder a written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied;

 

(d)           The entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction adjudging the Company as bankrupt or insolvent; or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 calendar days;

 

(e)           The institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(f)           The Company seeks the appointment of a statutory manager or proposes in writing or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors or any group or class thereof or files a petition for suspension of payments or other relief of debtors or a moratorium or statutory management is agreed or declared in respect of or affecting all or any material part of the indebtedness of the Company; or

 

(g)           It becomes unlawful for the Company to perform or comply with its obligations under this Note.

 

  6  

 

 

6.2            Effects of Default. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Holder may declare this Note to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company, and upon any such declaration, the Company shall pay to the Holder the outstanding principal amount of this Note plus all accrued and unpaid interest through the date the Note is paid in full.

 

6.3            Remedies Not Waived; Exercise of Remedies. No course of dealing between the Company and the Holder or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver by the Holder. No failure or delay by the Holder in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Note shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Applicable Law. By acceptance hereof, the Holder acknowledges and agrees that this Note is one of a series of Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes of similar tenor issued by the Company (collectively, the “Related Notes” ) and that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the holders of a majority in original principal amount of the Related Notes shall have the right to act on behalf of the holders of all such Notes in exercising and enforcing all rights and remedies available to all of such holders under this Note, including, without limitation, foreclosure of any judgment lien on any assets of the Company. By acceptance hereof, the Holder agrees not to independently exercise any such right or remedy without the consent of the holders of a majority in original principal amount of the Related Notes.

 

7.           SUBORDINATION.

 

7.1            The Company agrees and the Holder, by acceptance of this Note, agrees, expressly for the benefit of the present and future holders of Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), that, except as otherwise provided herein, upon (a) an event of default under any Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), or (b) any dissolution, winding up or liquidation of the Company, whether or not in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings, the Company shall not pay, and the Holder shall not be entitled to receive, any amount in respect of the principal and interest of such Note unless and until the Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid or otherwise discharged. For purposes of this Note, “Senior Indebtedness” shall mean, unless expressly subordinated to or made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note, the principal of (and premium, if any), unpaid interest on and amounts reimbursable, fees, expenses, costs of enforcement and other amounts due in connection with, indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, to banks, insurance companies, commercial finance lenders, leasing or equipment financing institutions or other regulated lending institutions (excluding any indebtedness convertible into equity securities of the Company). Upon (i) an event of default under any Senior Indebtedness, or (ii) any dissolution, winding up or liquidation of the Company, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company, which the Holder would be entitled to receive in respect of the Note but for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on Senior Indebtedness after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness and until this Note is paid in full, the Holder shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (to the extent of payments or distributions previously made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 7.1 to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness).

 

  7  

 

 

7.2            Nothing in this Section 7 is intended to impair, as between the Company, its creditors (other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness) and the Holder, the unconditional and absolute obligation of the Company to pay the principal of and interest on this Note or affect the relative rights of the Holder and the other creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Note shall prevent the Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under the Note, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect to cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

8.           MISCELLANEOUS.

 

8.1            Severability. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, neither the validity nor the enforceability of the remainder hereof shall in any way be affected.

 

8.2            Notice. Where this Note provides for notice of any event, such notice shall be given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) in writing and either (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid or (c) sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission (confirmed in writing) or mailed. Notices shall be addressed, if to Holder, to its address as provided in the Subscription Agreement or, if to the Company, to its principal office.

 

8.3            Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to any conflicts or choice of law provisions that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction).

 

8.4            Forum. The Holder and the Company hereby agree that any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Note shall be adjudicated before a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota and they hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts to which an appeal may be taken from such courts, with respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by either of them and hereby irrevocably waive any objection they now or hereafter may have respecting the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the fact that such court is an inconvenient forum.

 

8.5            Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Note are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Note.

 

8.6            Amendments. This Note may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in original aggregate principal amount of the Related Notes. Any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all holders of the Notes, even if they do not execute such consent, amendment or waiver.

 

  8  

 

 

8.7            No Recourse Against Others. The obligations of the Company under this Note are solely obligations of the Company and no officer, employee or stockholder shall be liable for any failure by the Company to pay amounts on this Note when due or perform any other obligation.

 

8.8            Assignment; Binding Effect. This Note may be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Holder. This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

Signature on the Following Page

 

  9  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer on the date hereinabove written.

 

  NeuroOne, Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name:   David A. Rosa
  Title:     CEO

 

Signature Page to Convertible Promissory Note

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES

 

This First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes (this “Amendment” ) is made effective as of December 31, 2016, by and among NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and the holders of the Company’s Convertible Promissory Notes as named on the signature page hereto (collectively, the “Subscribers” and each, without distinction, a “Subscriber” ).

 

Background

 

The Company and the Subscribers previously entered into that certain Subscription Agreement dated as of November 21, 2016, or a series of like Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which the Company issued its Convertible Promissory Notes (collectively, the “Related Notes” and each, without distinction, a “Note” ).

 

P ursuant to Section 8.6 of the Note, the Company and the holders of a majority in original aggregate principal amount of the Related Notes desire to amend the Related Notes as set forth herein.

 

Now , Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1.           Amendment of the Notes.       Subsection (a) of Section 3.1 of each Note is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new subsection (a):

 

(a)          Conversion upon Qualified Financing. Without any action on the part of the Holder, all of the outstanding principal and accrued interest (the “Outstanding Balance” ) shall convert into that number of shares of New Round Stock upon the consummation of a Qualified Financing (the “Conversion Date” ), based upon the greater number of such shares resulting from either: (i) the Outstanding Balance divided by $1.80 per share of New Round Stock; or (ii) the Outstanding Balance multiplied by 1.25, divided by the actual per share price of New Round Stock.”

 

2.           Notice to Transferees.       Each Subscriber hereby covenants and agrees to provide any transferee of such Subscriber’s Note with a copy of this Amendment.

 

3.           Construction .        Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Related Notes. The terms of this Amendment amend and modify the Related Notes as if fully set forth in each Note. If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and obligations of this Amendment and the Related Notes, this Amendment’s terms, conditions and obligations shall control. All other provisions of the Related Notes not specifically modified by this Amendment are preserved.

 

  1  

 

 

4.           Counterparts .    This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, and either originally or by facsimile, .pdf or other electronic signature, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES

 

  2  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:  
   
NeuroOne, Inc.  
   
By: /s/ DAVID A. ROSA  
Name:   David A. Rosa  
Title:     CEO  

 

Signature page to
First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE SUBSCRIBERS:  
   
Barry Pressman Family Trust  
   
By: /s/ BARRY PRESSMAN  
Name: Barry Pressman Family Trust  
Title: Trustee  

 

Signature page to
First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE SUBSCRIBERS:  
   
Four M Holdings LLC  
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Signature page to
First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE SUBSCRIBERS:

 

   
Steven Pressman  

 

Signature page to
First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE SUBSCRIBERS:

 

/s/ FAISAL SIDDIQUI  
Faisal Siddiqui  

 

Signature page to
First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

THE SUBSCRIBERS:

 

/s/ LEONARD L. MAZUR  
Leonard L. Mazur  

 

Signature page to
First Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

WARRANT

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT” ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO SUCH EFFECT, WHICH OPINION SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY.

 

No. [__] [DATE]

 

NEUROONE, INC.

 

CAPITAL STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

_________________

 

This Certified That , for value received, [_______________] (the “Holder” ) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), at any time commencing on [DATE] and expiring on [FIVE YEAR ANNIVERSARY] (the “Warrant Exercise Term” ), the Shares at the Exercise Price (each as defined in Section 1 below).

 

This Warrant is issued in connection with the Company’s private offering solely to accredited investors of up to $1,500,000 (or such higher amount as the Company’s Board of Directors shall determine) aggregate principal amount of Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes” ) and related Warrants in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions described in the Subscription Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2016 (the “Subscription Agreement” ). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Notes or the Subscription Agreement, as the case may be.

 

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

1.              Shares. The Holder has, subject to the terms set forth herein, the right to purchase, at any time during the Warrant Exercise Term, either:

 

(a)           if the Holder’s Note converts pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Notes, up to that number of Conversion Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares received by the Holder upon conversion of the Note, at a per share exercise price equal to the price at which the Note so converted; or

 

(b)           if the Holder exercises this Warrant prior to the Holder’s Note converting pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Notes, up to that number of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 ( “Common Stock” ), equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Outstanding Balance by $1.80.

 

 

 

 

The exercise price of this Warrant as determined under Section 1(a) or (b) above, as applicable, is referred to herein as the “Exercise Price” . The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3 hereof. Shares of the Common Stock and the Conversion Shares are referred to herein collectively, and without distinction, as the “Shares” .

 

2.              Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a)          Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised by the Holder at any time during the Warrant Exercise Term, in whole or in part, by delivering the notice of exercise attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Notice of Exercise” ), duly executed by the Holder to the Company at its principal office, or at such other office as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment, in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company (the “Purchase Price” ). For purposes hereof, “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which all deliveries required to be made to the Company upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall have been made.

 

(b)          Issuance of Certificates. As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 2(a) hereof, the Company, at its expense, shall cause to be issued in the name of and delivered to the Holder (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Shares to which the Holder shall be entitled upon such exercise and, if applicable, (ii) a new warrant of like tenor to purchase all of the Shares that may be purchased pursuant to the portion, if any, of this Warrant not exercised by the Holder. The Holder shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to have become the Holder of record of such Shares on the date on which the Notice of Exercise and payment of the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2(a) hereof were delivered and made, respectively, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that if the date of such delivery, notice and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open. Warrant Shares purchased hereunder shall be transmitted by the transfer agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system ( “DWAC” ) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Shares to or resale of the Shares by the Holder or (B) the shares are eligible for resale by the Holder without volume or manner-of-sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144, and otherwise by physical delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is three (3) trading days after the latest of (1) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise and (2) surrender of this Warrant (if required).

 

(c)          Taxes. The issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant, and the delivery of certificates or other instruments representing such Shares, shall be made without charge to the Holder for any tax or other charge of whatever nature in respect of such issuance and the Company shall bear any such taxes in respect of such issuance.

 

  2  

 

 

3.              Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares.

 

(a)          Adjustment for Reclassification, Consolidation or Merger. If while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired there shall be (i) a reorganization or recapitalization (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for herein), (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity in which the Company shall not be the surviving entity, in which the Company shall be the surviving entity but the shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (iii) a sale or transfer of the Company’s properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any other corporation or other entity in one transaction or a series of related transactions, then, as a part of such reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, unless otherwise directed by the Holder, all necessary or appropriate lawful provisions shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, during the period specified herein and upon payment of the Exercise Price then in effect, the greatest number of shares of capital stock or other securities or property that a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 3 . If the per share consideration payable to the Holder for Shares in connection with any such transaction is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, sales and transfers and to the capital stock or securities of any other corporation that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant. In all events, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after the transaction, to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after that event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable or issuable after such reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)          Adjustments for Split, Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company shall at any time subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification or otherwise) the Shares subject to acquisition hereunder, then, after the date of record for effecting such subdivision, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision will be proportionately reduced and the number of Shares subject to acquisition upon exercise of the Warrant will be proportionately increased. If the Company at any time combines (by reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification or otherwise) the Shares subject to acquisition hereunder, then, after the record date for effecting such combination, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination will be proportionately increased and the number of Shares subject to acquisition upon exercise of the Warrant will be proportionately decreased.

 

  3  

 

 

(c)          Adjustments for Dividends in Stock or Other Securities or Property . If while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired, the holders of any class of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist at the time shall have received or, on or after the record date fixed for the determination of eligible stockholders, shall have become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, other or additional stock or other securities or property (other than cash) of the Company by way of dividend, then and in each case, this Warrant shall represent the right to acquire, in addition to the number of shares of such class of security receivable upon exercise of this Warrant, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of such other or additional stock or other securities or property (other than cash) of the Company that such holder would hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of the class of security receivable upon exercise of this Warrant on the date hereof and had thereafter, during the period from the date hereof to and including the date of such exercise, retained such shares and/or all other additional stock available to it as aforesaid during said period, giving effect to all adjustments called for during such period by the provisions of this Section 3 .

 

(d)          Adjustment of Exercise Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . If while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired, the Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the then-applicable Exercise Price, then and in such event, such Exercise Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the then-applicable Exercise Price by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of Additional Common Stock so issued by (y) the Exercise Price, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of the Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

 

For the purposes hereof “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock, or options, rights, warrants to subscribe for Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, actually issued by the Company on or after the date hereof, other than shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock issued at any time:

 

(i)          upon exercise of the Warrants;

 

(ii)         upon the conversion of the Notes;

 

(iii)        pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other common stock purchase rights issued (or to be issued) to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, or any strategic ally of or investor in, the Company for compensatory purposes pursuant to any stock purchase plan, stock option plan, equity incentive plan or other plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors (or the Compensation Committee thereof) at any time;

 

(iv)        pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or any evidence of indebtedness, shares of capital stock (other than Common Stock) or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock ( “Convertible Securities” ) outstanding as of the date of the issuance of this Warrant;

 

  4  

 

 

(v)         in connection with the acquisition of all or part of another entity by stock acquisition, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, or by the purchase of all or part of the assets of such other entity (including securities issued to persons formerly employed by such other entity and subsequently hired by the Company and to any brokers or finders in connection therewith);

 

(vi)        to bona fide commercial partners, or lessors in connection with credit arrangements, equipment financings or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors; or

 

(vii)       in connection with the Company’s acquisition, joint-venture, licensing or business transaction of intellectual property assets from any individuals or entities approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(d) , the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying a number equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.

 

(e)          Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price and any increase or decrease in the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, then, and in each such case, the Company, within 30 days thereafter, shall give written notice thereof to the Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, which notice shall state the Exercise Price as adjusted and, if applicable, the increased or decreased number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each.

 

4.              Change in Control.

 

(a)           Upon the written request of the Company, the Holder agrees that, in the event of a Change in Control that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (i) the Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control or (ii) if the Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Change in Control. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as such Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Change in Control giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to the Holder not less than 10 days prior to the closing of the proposed Change in Control.

 

  5  

 

 

(b)           Upon the written request of the Company, the Holder agrees that, in the event of a Change in Control that is an “arms-length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale” ), either (i) the Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control or (ii) if the Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the expiration of the Warrant Expiration Term if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as such Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Change in Control giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to the Holder not less than 10 days prior to the closing of the proposed Change in Control. As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly 10% or more of the stock of the Company, and any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities.

 

(c)           Upon the written request of the Company, the Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Change in Control of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Change in Control, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than two times the Exercise Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Change in Control as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

 

(d)           Upon the closing of any Change in Control other than those particularly described in subsections (a), (b) and (c) above of this Section 4 , the successor entity, if any, and if applicable, shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Change in Control and subsequent closing. The Exercise Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

5.           Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (a) three business days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (b) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery or (c) on the business day of delivery if send by facsimile transmission, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to the Company to:  

NeuroOne, Inc.

10006 Liatris Lane

Eden Prairie, MN 55347

Attention: David A. Rosa

Facsimile:____________

     
With a copy to:  

Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP

350 East Michigan Avenue

Suite 300

Kalamazoo, MI 49007

Attention: Phillip D. Torrence, Esq.

Facsimile: 269.337.7701

 

  6  

 

 

If to the Holder at its address as furnished in the Subscription Agreement.

 

Either party may give any notice, request, consent or other communication under this Warrant using any other means (including personal delivery, messenger service, facsimile transmission, first class mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended. Either party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other party notice in the manner set forth in this Section 5 .

 

6.              Legends. Each certificate evidencing the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT” ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO SUCH EFFECT, WHICH OPINION SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY.

 

7.              Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder. Instead, the Company shall round down to the nearest whole Share the number of Shares to be issued.

 

8.              Rights of Stockholders. The Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Shares or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have been issued, as provided herein.

 

  7  

 

 

9.              Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           This Warrant and disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within such State, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

 

(b)           The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.

 

(c)           The covenants of the respective parties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant.

 

(d)           The terms of this Warrant shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors or permitted assigns of the Company and of the Holder and of the Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise hereof.

 

(e)           This Warrant and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject hereof.

 

(f)           The Company shall not, by amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, or through any other means, directly or indirectly, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant and shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder contained herein against impairment.

 

(g)           Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver to the Holder, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like date and tenor.

 

(h)           This Warrant may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in original aggregate principal amount of the Related Notes. Any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all holders of the Warrants, even if they do not execute such consent, amendment or waiver.

 

Signature on the Following Page

 

  8  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have caused this Warrant to be signed as of the date set forth above.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  NeuroOne, Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name: David A. Rosa
  Title: CEO

 

Signature Page to Capital Stock Purchase Warrant

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO BE EXECUTED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER

TO EXERCISE THIS WARRANT

 

TO: NeuroOne, Inc.

 

(1)         The undersigned hereby elects to purchase _____ shares of capital stock (the “Shares” ) of NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation, or its successors or assigns (the “Company” ), pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2)         Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

________________________________ (Holder’s Name)

 

_________________________________

_________________________________

(Address)

 

(3)         The undersigned represents that: (a) the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such Shares; (b) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (c) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (d) the undersigned understands that the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (e) the undersigned is aware that the Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the Shares for the period prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of Rule 144 is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and that the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (f) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

  By:         
  Print Name:   

 

  A- 2  

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CAPITAL STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS

 

This First Amendment to capital Stock Purchase Warrants (this “Amendment” ) is made effective as of this 18th day of June, 2017, by and between NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and each of those persons and entities, severally and not jointly, who are holders of the Company’s Capital Stock Purchase Warrants (each, a “Holder” and collectively, the “Holders” ).

 

Background

 

The Company and the Holders entered into Subscription Agreements originally dated as of November 21, 2016 (the “Subscription Agreements” ). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreements, the Company issued to the Holders convertible promissory notes and Capital Stock Purchase Warrants (the “Warrants” ).

 

Pursuant to the consent of the holders of a majority in original aggregate principal amount of the Related Notes pursuant to Section 9(h) of the Warrants, the Warrants are hereby amended as follows:

 

Terms and Conditions

 

1.           Amendment to Preamble of the Warrants . The first paragraph of the preamble of the Warrants is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

This Certified That , for value received, [NAME OF HOLDER] (the “Holder” ) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), at any time commencing on the date the Note converts pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Note and expiring on November 21, 2021 (the “Warrant Exercise Term” ), the Shares at the Exercise Price (each as defined in Section 1 below).”

 

2.           Amendment to Section 1 of the Warrants. Section 1 of the Warrants is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

1.          Shares. The Holder has, subject to the terms set forth herein, the right to purchase, at any time during the Warrant Exercise Term, up to that number of Conversion Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares received by the Holder upon conversion of the Note, at a per share exercise price equal to the price at which the Note so converted (the “Exercise Price” ). The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3 hereof. Shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Common Stock” ) and the Conversion Shares are referred to herein collectively, and without distinction, as the “Shares” .”

 

3.           Notice to Transferees. Pursuant to Section 9(h) of the Warrants, this Amendment shall be binding on all holders of the Warrants, even if they do not execute such consent, amendment or waiver. The terms of this Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors or permitted assigns of the Company and the Holders and of the Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants. Any successor, permitted assign or transferee of the Warrant after the date hereof shall be deemed to have acquired the Warrant as amended by this Amendment .

 

  1  

 

 

4.           Construction . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Subscription Agreements and the Warrants, as the case may be. The terms of this Amendment amend and modify the Subscription Agreements and the Warrants as if fully set forth in the Subscription Agreements and the Warrants. If there is any conflict between the terms, conditions and obligations of this Amendment and the Subscription Agreements or the Warrants, this Amendment’s terms, conditions and obligations shall control. All other provisions of the Subscription Agreements and the Warrants not specifically modified by this Amendment are preserved.

 

signatures on the following page

 

  2  

 

 

In Witness Whereof , this First Amendment to Capital Stock Purchase Warrants is made effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:  
   
NeuroOne, Inc.  
     
By: /s/ David A. Rosa  
Name:   David A. Rosa  
Title:     Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature Page to First Amendment to Capital Stock Purchase Warrants of
Neuroone, Inc.

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

of

 

NeuroOne , Inc.

 

 

 

Dated Effective as of October 20, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
1. GENERAL 1
     
  1.1 Definitions 1
     
2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER 3
     
  2.1 General Restrictions on Transfer 3
  2.2 Notice of Transfer 4
  2.3 Exempt Transfers 4
  2.4 Existing Rights 4
  2.5 Legend 4
     
3. PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHT 5
     
  3.1 Subsequent Offerings 5
  3.2 Exercise of Rights 5
  3.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons 6
  3.4 Termination of Pre-Emptive Right 6
  3.5 Excluded Securities 6
     
4. VOTING 7
     
  4.1 General 7
  4.2 Manner of Voting 7
  4.3 Board Size 7
  4.4 Election of Directors 7
  4.5 Failure to Designate a Director 7
  4.6 No Liability for Election of Designated Director 8
  4.7 Drag-Along Right 8
  4.8 Irrevocable Proxy 10
  4.9 Additional Shares 11
     
5. MISCELLANEOUS 11
     
  5.1 Ownership 11
  5.2 Further Action 11
  5.3 Specific Performance 11
  5.4 Remedies Cumulative 11
  5.5 Termination 11
  5.6 Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial 12
  5.7 Successors and Assigns 12
  5.8 Transfers 12
  5.9 Entire Agreement 12
  5.10 Severability 13

 

i

 

 

  5.11 Amendment and Waiver 13
  5.12 Delays or Omissions 13
  5.13 Notices 14
  5.14 Attorneys’ Fees 14
  5.15 Titles and Subtitles 14
  5.16 Additional Major Stockholders 14
  5.17 Aggregation of Stock 14
  5.18 Counterparts 14
     
Schedule A - LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS A-1
Exhibit 1 - ADOPTION AGREEMENT 1-1

 

ii

 

 

NEUROONE, INC.

 

stockholders AGREEMENT

 

This Stockholders Agreement (the “Agreement” ) is entered into effective as of October 20, 2016 (the “Effective Date” ) by and among NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and the holders of the Company’s common stock as listed on Schedule A attached hereto (each, a “Stockholder” and collectively, the “Stockholders” ).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholders are the owners of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to agree to certain rights and obligations regarding the capital stock of the Company, including without limitation, restrictions on transfer and buy-sell provisions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1.             GENERAL.

 

1.1            Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement, shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)           “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any partner, officer, director, manager or employee of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

(b)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)           “Certificate” means the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended or restated from time to time as permitted hereby.

 

(d)           “Change in Control” means (i) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person or any other corporate reorganization, in which the capital stock of the Company prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, represents less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; provided, however, that (A) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company, (B) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition to, or merger with or into, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company shall not constitute a Change in Control.

 

  1  

 

 

(e)           “Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

(f)           “Equity Securities” means (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible, with or without consideration, into any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

 

(g)           “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act or merger transaction between the Company and a company that is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(h)           “Major Stockholder” means any holder of Shares who or which, together with any of such holder’s Affiliates, holds five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares, or any assignee of record of such Shares in accordance with Section 2 .

 

(i)           “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

(j)           “Preferred Stock” means any class or series of preferred stock issued by the Company that rights and/or preferences in addition and/or superior to the Common Stock that is hereafter acquired by any of the Stockholders and their permitted assigns, taken together.

 

(k)           “Pro Rata Share” means, as to each Major Stockholder, the fraction determined by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Shares (treating all shares of convertible Preferred Stock or Warrants to acquire convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding Warrants or options) which such Major Stockholder holds of record as of the determination of such Major Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share, by (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Shares (treating all shares of convertible Preferred Stock or warrants to acquire convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding Warrants or options) as of as of the determination of such Major Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share.

 

(l)           “Rule 144” means Rule 144, as promulgated under the Securities Act, or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(m)           “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  2  

 

 

(n)            “Shares” means all shares of capital stock of the Company (including, without limitation, all shares of the Common Stock held or issuable upon conversion of convertible Preferred Stock) registered in the name of a Stockholder or beneficially owned by such Stockholder as of the Effective Date hereof and any and all other securities of the Company legally or beneficially acquired by each of the Stockholders after the Effective Date.

 

(o)            “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any entity, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are owned directly or indirectly by such entity or any Subsidiary of such entity or by such entity and one or more Subsidiaries of such entity.

 

(p)            “Transfer” means any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by request, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of any of the Shares of any Stockholder.

 

(q)            “Warrants” means warrants to purchase Common Stock and Preferred Stock held by Major Stockholders.

 

2.             RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

 

2.1          General Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(a)            Each party hereto agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:

 

(i)           There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(ii)          (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such party shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such party shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign securities law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such opinion of counsel shall be required in connection with any transfer of Shares made in compliance with Rule 144.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (i) and (ii) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by a party hereto that is: (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests or to an Affiliate of such partnership; (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of such corporation; (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company; (D) an individual transferring to such individual’s family member or trust for the benefit of such individual; and (E) transfer to any Affiliate of a party; provided, however, that in each case the transferee will be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original party hereto.

 

  3  

 

 

2.2            Notice of Transfer . Subject to compliance with the foregoing Section 2.1 , if a Major Stockholder proposes to Transfer any Shares (each a Selling Stockholder ), the Selling Stockholder shall promptly give written notice (each a Transfer Notice ) simultaneously to the Company and to each of the other Major Stockholders at least thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such Transfer. The Transfer Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer including, without limitation, the number and type of Shares of the Selling Stockholder to be transferred (the Transfer Shares ), the nature of such Transfer, the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee. I n the event that the Transfer is being made pursuant to the provisions of Section   2.3 , the Transfer Notice shall also state under which clause of such Section 2.3 the Selling Stockholder proposes to make such Transfer.

 

2.3           Exempt Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section   2 shall not apply to: (a) the sale of any Shares to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act; (b) any Transfer with respect to which the Board waives the application of the provisions of this Section 2 ; or (c) any Transfer (i) that is a conveyance in trust, gift or devise or descent of any Shares by a Stockholder to any family member, without consideration and for estate planning purposes, so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement as though an original Stockholder party hereto, (ii) to any person occurring as a matter of law upon the death, divorce or declaration of incompetence of a Stockholder, so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement as though an original Stockholder party hereto, (iii) to a receiver, levying creditor, trustee or receiver in bankruptcy proceedings or to a general assignee for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement as though an original Stockholder party hereto, (iv) to the Company, (v) by merger or share exchange or an exchange of existing shares for other shares of the same or a different class or series in the Company, or (vi) to any equity owner (partner, stockholder, member or the like) of any Stockholder that is an accredited investor , as that term is defined in Rule   501 of Regulation   D, as promulgated under the Securities Act, so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement as though an original Stockholder party hereto.

 

2.4            Existing Rights. This Agreement is subject to, and shall in no manner limit the right which the Company may have to repurchase securities from the Stockholder pursuant to (a)   a stock restriction agreement or other agreement between the Company and the Stockholder, and (b)   any right of first refusal set forth in the bylaws of the Company or in any incentive stock option, restricted stock or other incentive plan or agreement adopted by the Company for the benefit of its employees, non-employee directors, contractors and consultants.

 

2.5          Legend.

 

(a)           Each certificate representing Shares shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws) (the “Legend” ):

 

  4  

 

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

 

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT AMONG THE CORPORATION AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

(b)            During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall not remove, and shall not permit to be removed (upon registration of transfer, re-issuance of otherwise), the Legend from any such certificate and shall place or cause to be placed such legend on any new certificate issued to represent Shares theretofore represented by a certificate bearing such legend. The Stockholders agree that the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares represented by certificates bearing the Legend to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Company agrees to promptly do so.

 

(c)            In the event of any issuance of Shares after the Effective Date to any of the Stockholders (including, without limitation, in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like), such Shares shall become subject to this Agreement and shall be endorsed with the Legend.

 

(d)            The foregoing legend shall be removed only upon termination of this Agreement.

 

3.             PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHT.

 

3.1           Subsequent Offerings. Each Major Stockholder shall have a right to purchase such Major Stockholder s Pro Rata Share of all Equity Securities that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the Effective Date, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 3.5 (the Pre-Emptive Right ).

 

3.2             Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Stockholder written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Stockholder shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to exercise the Pre-Emptive Right and agree to purchase its Pro Rata Share of such Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Stockholder that would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable Federal or state securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

 

  5  

 

 

3.3             Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Major Stockholders elect to purchase their Pro Rata Share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Stockholders that have so elected (the Electing Stockholders ) and offer the Electing Stockholders the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares. Each Electing Stockholder shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of such Electing Stockholder s election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. If the Major Stockholders fail to exercise in full the rights set forth in Section 3.2 and this Section 3.3 , the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Stockholders rights were not exercised, at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company s original notice of the sale of such Equity Securities to the Major Stockholders pursuant to Section   3.2 . If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of such notice, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Stockholders in the manner provided above.

 

3.4             Termination of Pre-Emptive Right. The Pre-Emptive Right shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i)   the closing of the Initial Offering, or (ii) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

3.5           Excluded Securities. The Pre-Emptive Right shall not apply to the following Equity Securities:

 

(a)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock or as a dividend or distribution on Shares;

 

(b)           shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other purchase rights and the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights issued after the Effective Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company pursuant to (x) the NeuroOne, Inc. 2016 Stock Plan as in effect on the Effective Date (the “Existing Option Plan” ), or (y) any amendment to or restatement of the Existing Option Plan or any new stock purchase or stock option plans or other similar arrangements that are approved by the Board;

 

(c)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the Effective Date;

 

(d)           shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a stock split, combination of shares, reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company;

 

(e)           shares of Common Stock (or warrants exercisable for Common Stock) or Preferred Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board;

 

  6  

 

 

(f)           any Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another entity by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization that has been approved by the Board;

 

(g)           any Equity Securities issued or issuable in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements, or (ii) technology license, transfer or development arrangements; provided, however, that the issuance of shares therein is not principally for equity financing purposes and the transaction has been approved by the Board; and

 

(h)           any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company in connection with the Initial Offering.

 

4.            VOTING.

 

4.1           General. The Stockholders each agree to hold all their Shares (including, without limitation, all shares of the Common Stock now held or issuable upon conversion of any convertible Preferred Stock) subject to, and to vote their Shares in accordance with, the provisions of this Section 4 .

 

4.2           Manner of Voting. The voting of shares pursuant to this Agreement may be effected in person, by proxy, by written consent, or in any other manner permitted by applicable law. All of the Stockholders agree to execute any written consents required to perform the obligations of this Agreement, and the Company agrees at the request of any party entitled to designate Directors (as defined below) to call a special meeting of Stockholders for the purpose of electing Directors as provided herein.

 

4.3             Board Size. At all regular or special meetings of the stockholders of the Company following the Effective Date, each of the Stockholders shall vote all of their respective Shares held by them (or the holders thereof shall consent pursuant to an action by written consent of the holders of capital stock of the Company) so as to ensure that the size and composition of the Board is as directed by the then current Board (each a Director and, collectively, the Directors ). The initial size of the Board shall be two (2) Directors.

 

4.4           Election of Directors. On all matters relating to the election of the Directors, the Stockholders agree to vote all Shares held by them (or the holders thereof shall consent pursuant to an action by written consent of the holders of capital stock of the Company) so as to elect initially the following Directors Dave A. Rosa and Paul Buchman and thereafter the nominees recommended by the then current Board.

 

4.5            Failure to Designate a Director . In the absence of any designation from the Persons or groups with the right to designate a Director as specified above, the Director previously designated by them and then serving shall be reelected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.

 

  7  

 

 

4.6             No Liability for Election of Designated Director. No party, nor any Affiliate of any such party, shall have any liability as a result of nominating or designating a person for election as a Director for any act or omission by such person in his or her capacity as a Director, nor shall any party have any liability as a result of voting for any such person in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. None of the parties hereto and no officer, director, stockholder, partner, employee or agent of any party makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any party hereunder to serve on the Board by virtue of such party s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.7           Drag-Along Right.

 

(a)            In the event that the Board votes to approve a Change in Control, then each Stockholder hereby agrees:

 

(i)           if such Change in Control requires stockholder approval, with respect to all Shares that such Stockholder owns or over which such Stockholder otherwise exercises voting power, to vote (i) all such Shares in favor of, and adopt, such Change in Control (together with any related amendment to the Certificate required in order to implement such Change in Control), and (ii) in opposition to any and all other proposals that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate such Change in Control;

 

(ii)          if such Change in Control is to be effected by sale of Company capital stock to a third party (a “Stock Sale” ), to sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by such Stockholder as is being sold by all other holders of Company capital stock and, except as permitted in Section 4.7(b) , on the same terms and conditions as holders of the same class or series of Company capital stock are so selling;

 

(iii)         to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Change in Control as shall reasonably be requested by the Company in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 4.7 , including, without limitation, executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement, exchange agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of impermissible liens, claims and encumbrances) and any similar or related documents;

 

(iv)         not to deposit, and to cause their Affiliates not to deposit, except as provided in this Agreement, any Shares owned by such Stockholder or its Affiliate in a voting trust or subject any Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Shares, unless specifically requested to do so by the acquirer in connection with the Change in Control;

 

(v)          not to assert or exercise any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Change in Control; and

 

  8  

 

 

(vi)         if the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares in any Change in Control includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Stockholder would require under applicable law (A) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities, or (B) the provision to any Stockholder of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Stockholder in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Stockholder, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the securities which such Stockholder would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for such Stockholder’s Shares.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 4.7(a) , no Stockholder will be required to comply with such section in connection with any proposed Change in Control unless:

 

(i)           any representations and warranties to be made by such Stockholder in connection with such proposed Change in Control are limited to representations and warranties related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to such Stockholder’s Shares, including, without limitation, representations and warranties that (A) the Stockholder holds all right, title and interest in and to the Shares such Stockholder purports to hold, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (B) the obligations of the Stockholder in connection with the proposed Change in Control have been duly authorized, if applicable, (C) the documents to be entered into by the Stockholder have been duly executed by the Stockholder and delivered to the acquirer and are enforceable against the Stockholder in accordance with their respective terms, and (D) neither the execution and delivery of documents to be entered into in connection with such proposed Change in Control, nor the performance of the Stockholder’s obligations thereunder, will cause a breach or violation of the terms of any agreement, law or judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental agency;

 

(ii)          the Stockholder shall not be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other Person in connection with such proposed Change in Control, other than the Company (except to the extent that funds may be paid in proportion to the amount of consideration to be received by such Stockholder out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any Stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all Stockholders);

 

(iii)         the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Stockholder in such proposed Change in Control and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company in connection with such proposed Change in Control, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any Stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all Stockholders), and is pro rata in proportion to the amount of consideration paid to such Stockholder in connection with such proposed Change in Control (in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate);

 

  9  

 

 

(iv)         the Stockholder’s liability shall be limited to such Stockholder’s applicable share (determined based on the respective proceeds payable to each Stockholder in connection with such proposed Change in Control in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate) of a negotiated aggregate indemnification amount that applies equally to all Stockholders but that in no event exceeds the amount of consideration otherwise payable to such Stockholder in connection with such proposed Change in Control, except with respect to claims related to fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful misconduct by such Stockholder, the liability for which need not be limited as to such Stockholder;

 

(v)          upon the consummation of such proposed Change in Control, (A) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s capital stock will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock, (B) each holder of a series of Preferred Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such series of Preferred Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Preferred Stock of such same series, (C) each holder of the Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of the Common Stock, and (D) the aggregate consideration receivable by all holders of the Company Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall be allocated among the holders of the Company Preferred Stock and Common Stock on the basis of the relative liquidation preferences, if any, set forth in the Certificate in connection with a liquidation or a Change in Control, as applicable; and

 

(vi)         subject to the foregoing subsection (v), requiring the same form of consideration to be available to the holders of any single class or series of capital stock, if any holders of any capital stock of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of such proposed Change in Control, all holders of such capital stock will be given the same option.

 

4.8             Irrevocable Proxy. Each Stockholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Secretary and each Assistant Secretary of the Company, with full power of substitution, as the proxies of the party with respect to the matters set forth herein, including without limitation, election of the Directors in accordance with Section 4.4 and the drag-along provisions of Section 4.7 , and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the party (a)   fails to vote or (b)   attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such party s Shares in accordance with such sections. The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as such, is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 5.5 . Each Stockholder hereby revokes any and all previous proxies with respect to the Shares and shall not hereafter, unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 5.5 , purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposit any of the Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of the Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth herein.

 

  10  

 

 

4.9            Additional Shares.

 

(a)           In the event that after the Effective Date, the Company enters into an agreement with any Person to issue shares of capital stock to such Person, following which such Person shall hold Shares, then the Company shall cause such Person, as a condition precedent to entering into such agreement, to become a party to this Agreement by executing an Adoption Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1 (the “Adoption Agreement” ), agreeing to be bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement as a Stockholder and thereafter such person shall be deemed a Stockholder for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

(b)           In the event that subsequent to the Effective Date any shares or other securities are issued on, or in exchange for, any of a Stockholder’s Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification or the like, such shares or securities shall be deemed to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement.

 

5.             MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1           Ownership. Each Stockholder represents and warrants to the other Stockholders and the Company that (a)   such Stockholder now owns the Stockholder s Shares, free and clear of liens or encumbrances, and has not, prior to or on the Effective Date, executed or delivered any proxy or entered into any other voting agreement or similar arrangement other than one which has expired or terminated prior to the Effective Date, and (b)   such Stockholder has full power and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, which has been duly executed and delivered by, and evidences the valid and binding obligation of, such Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

5.2           Further Action. If and whenever a Stockholder s Shares are sold, the Stockholder or the personal representative of the Stockholder shall do all things and execute and deliver all documents and make all transfers, and cause any transferee of the Stockholder Shares to do all things and execute and deliver all documents, as may be necessary to consummate such sale consistent with this Agreement.

 

5.3           Specific Performance. The parties hereto hereby declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages which will accrue to a party hereto or to their heirs, personal representatives, or assigns by reason of a failure to perform any of the obligations under this Agreement and agree that the terms of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable. If any party hereto or his heirs, personal representatives, or assigns institutes any action or proceeding to specifically enforce the provisions hereof, any person against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense therein that such party or such personal representative has an adequate remedy at law, and such person shall not offer in any such action or proceeding the claim or defense that such remedy at law exists.

 

5.4             Remedies Cumulative. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

5.5             Termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the Effective Date through the earliest of the following dates, on which date it shall terminate in its entirety:

 

  11  

 

 

(a)           the date of the closing of the Initial Offering;

 

(b)           the date of the closing of a Change in Control; or

 

(c)           the date upon which the parties hereto terminate this Agreement by written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company subject to this Agreement.

 

5.6             Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota and any United States District Court in the State of Minnesota for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.   Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Agreement.   Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court.   Each party hereto irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

5.7             Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Shares from time to time and become a party to this Agreement.

 

5.8           Transfers. As a condition precedent to the Company s recognizing any transferee or assignee of any Shares to any Person, such Person shall agree in writing to be subject to each of the terms of this Agreement by executing and delivering an Adoption Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery of an Adoption Agreement by any transferee, such transferee shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such transferee were the transferor and such transferee s signature appeared on the signature pages of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be a Stockholder. The Company shall not permit the transfer of the Shares subject to this Agreement on its books or issue a new certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of Section 2.1 . Each certificate representing the Shares subject to this Agreement if issued on or after the Effective Date shall be endorsed by the Company with the legend set forth in Section 2.5 .

 

5.9             Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein.

 

  12  

 

 

5.10          Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

5.11        Amendment and Waiver.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company subject to this Agreement. Any such amendment or modification effected in accordance with this Section 5.11(a) shall be binding on all stockholders of the Company, even if they do not execute such consent.

 

(b)           Any party hereto may waive compliance with any agreements, covenants or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.

 

(c)           Except as otherwise expressly provided, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Stockholders under this Agreement may be waived with respect to all stockholders of the Company (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company subject to this Agreement. Any such waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.11(c) shall be binding on all stockholders of the Company, even if they do not execute such consent. Each Stockholder acknowledges that by the operation of this Section 5.11(c) , holders of at least a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Company subject to this Agreement will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of any Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

(d)           For the purposes of determining the Stockholders entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

 

5.12          Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Stockholder, upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any Stockholder s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such Stockholder s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to Stockholders, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

  13  

 

 

5.13          Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a)   upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b)   when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; (c)   five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d)   one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages, Schedules or Exhibits attached hereto, at the address on the Company s records for Stockholders, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

5.14          Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

5.15          Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

5.16          Additional Major Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 3 , any purchaser of such Equity Securities that would qualify such purchaser as a Stockholder or Major Stockholder shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement or an Adoption Agreement and shall be deemed a party hereunder and a Stockholder and, as applicable, a Major Stockholder .

 

5.17        Aggregation of Stock. All Shares held or acquired by Affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

5.18          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts and by a separate instrument that references this Agreement for purposes of execution and delivery hereof, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other means of electronically imaging a signature.

 

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES

 

  14  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE COMPANY:  
   
NeuroOne, Inc.  
     
By: /s/ Dave Rosa  
Name: Dave Rosa  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Dave Rosa  
Dave Rosa  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Wade Fredrickson  
Wade Fredrickson  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Mark Christianson  
Mark Christianson  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Time Geck  
Tim Geck  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
Mayo Foundation for  
Medical Education and Research  
   
By:                                  
Name:    
Title:    

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Steve Friswold  
Steve Friswold  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Sean Wambold  
Sean Wambold  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
Jake Hertel  
Jake Hertel  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:  
   
/s/ Brent Moen  
Brent Moen  

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement of
NeuroOne, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Name   Address
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

Schedule A-1

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT (the “Adoption Agreement” ) is made as of _______________, 20__, by the undersigned (the “Stockholder” ) pursuant to the terms of that certain Stockholders Agreement dated effective as of October 20, 2016 (the “Stockholders Agreement” ), by and among NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and its stockholders, as it may be amended or restated hereafter and from time to time. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Stockholder agrees as follows.

 

1.1            Acknowledgement. The Stockholder acknowledges that the Stockholder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “Stock” ) [or options, warrants or other rights to purchase the Stock (the “Options” )], for one of the following reasons (check the correct box):

 

¨ as a transferee of Shares from a party in such party’s capacity as a “Stockholder” bound by the Stockholders Agreement, and after such transfer, Stockholder shall be considered a “Stockholder” for all purposes under the Stockholders Agreement.

 

¨ as purchaser of shares of capital stock in the Company in accordance with Section 4.9(a) of the Stockholders Agreement, in which case the Stockholder will be considered a “Stockholder” for all purposes under the Stockholders Agreement.

 

1.2           Agreement. The Stockholder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock [Options], and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Stockholders Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, and (b) adopts the Stockholders Agreement with the same force and effect as if the Stockholder were originally a party thereto.

 

1.3           Notice. Any notice required or permitted by the Stockholders Agreement shall be given to the Stockholder at the address or facsimile number listed below the Stockholder’s signature hereto.

 

THE STOCKHOLDER:     ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
     
    NeuroOne, Inc.
By:          
Name:                   
Title:          
Address:       By:  
      Name:  
Facsimile Number:     Title:  

 

Exhibit 1-1

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

NEUROONE, INC.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : October 20, 2016
A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : October 20, 2016
T ERMINATION D ATE : October 20, 2026

 

1.                    General.

 

(a)                 Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

 

(b)                Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; and (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

 

(c)                 Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from the value or increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

 

2.                    Administration.

 

(a)                 Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b)                Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                  To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

(ii)                To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

 

(iii)              To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

 

(iv)               Except where such action would result in the Participant incurring liability for additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, to accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

 

     

 

 

(v)                 To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

(vi)               To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, amendments (i) to ensure that Awards intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options so qualify, and (ii) to ensure that Awards are either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If required by applicable law (including Sections 422 of the Code), and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

 

(vii)             To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

(viii)           To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to ensure that a Stock Award is either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, moreover, without the Participant’s consent, (i) the Board may not amend an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that would cause it to fail to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code, and (ii) the Board may not amend a Stock Award in a manner that would cause it to cease to be either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(ix)               Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

 

(x)                 To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

 

(xi)               To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan to a price not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock underlying the Stock Award as of the date of the reduction, (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefore of (1) a new Option or SAR under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (2) a Restricted Stock Award, (3) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) cash and/or (5) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Stock Award becoming subject to and failing to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)                 Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

(d)                Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the terms of the Plan, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

 

(e)                 Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.                    Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)                 Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards beginning on the Effective Date shall not exceed fifty eight thousand three hundred thirty three (58,333) shares (the “Share Reserve” ). Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

 

(b)                Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares withheld by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

  3  

 

 

(c)                 Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be fifty eight thousand three hundred thirty three (58,333) shares of Common Stock.

 

(d)                Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.                    Eligibility.

 

(a)                 Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

 

(b)                Ten Percent Shareholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock underlying the Option on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

(c)                 Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions .

 

5.                    Provisions Relating to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Option or SAR shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)                 Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

  4  

 

 

(b)                Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price (or strike price) of each Option or SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Option or SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise price (or strike price) lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR if such Option or SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Stock Awards are Incentive Stock Options).

 

(c)                 Exercise of Options. When and to the extent exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable Option Agreement, a Participant may exercise an Option and acquire ownership of the underlying Common Stock by providing written notice of exercise to the Company on a form approved by the Board, accompanied by payment or arrangement for payment in the manner provided in this Section 5(c) of the exercise price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or that otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

(i)                  by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)                by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iii)              if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price, with the Participant paying cash or other permissible form of payment of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and may not be purchased under the Option thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

 

(iv)               according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

 

(v)                 in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

 

(d)                Exercise and Payment of a SAR. When and to the extent exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, a Participant may exercise an SAR by providing written notice of exercise to the Company on a form approved by the Board. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate exercise or strike price of such number of shares of Common Stock. Such amount may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR.

 

  5  

 

 

(e)                 Transferability of Options and SARs. The following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs shall apply:

 

(i)                  Restrictions on Transfer. Except as provided in subsections (ii) and (iii) below, an Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant, provided, however, that (i) the Board may permit transfer of a Nonstatutory Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable securities laws, and (ii) the Board may permit transfer of an Incentive Stock Option to a trust if, under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law, the Participant to whom the Incentive Stock Option was granted is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the Trust.  Even if otherwise transferable under this Section 5(e), except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

 

(ii)                Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

 

(iii)              Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection (iii), unless otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, an Option or SAR may be exercised after the death of the Participant to whom the Option or SAR was granted only if and to the extent that the Option or SAR was exercisable by the Participant as of the date of the Participant’s death.

 

(f)                  Exercisability and Vesting Generally.   An Option or SAR may become exercisable at such time or times (including in periodic installments that may or may not be equal) and subject to such terms and conditions (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals, Continuous Service for a specified period or other criteria) as determined by the Board in its sole discretion and set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. Any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR may be vested upon such exercise, or such shares may vest at such later time or times (including in periodic installments that may or may not be equal) and subject to such terms and conditions (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals, Continuous Service for a specified period or other criteria) as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion and set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. The exercise or vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs (or of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of individual Options or SARs) may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

 

(g)                 Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable state laws unless such termination is for Cause) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate. Exercise of any portion of an Incentive Stock Option more than three months following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service (other than termination of Continuous Service due to the Participant’s death or Disability) will cause that portion of the Option to become a Nonstatutory Option.

 

  6  

 

 

(h)                Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. Exercise of any portion of an Incentive Stock Option more than three months following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service (or more than 12 months after termination of Continuous Service due to the Participant’s Disability or more than 12 months after the death of the Participant in the circumstances set forth in Section 5(j)) will cause that portion of the Option to become a Nonstatutory Option.  

 

(i)                  Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable state laws), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate. Exercise of any portion of an Incentive Stock Option more than 12 months following termination of the Participant’s employment due to Disability will cause that portion of the Option to become a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(j)                  Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable state laws), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate. Exercise of any portion of an Incentive Stock Option more than 12 months following the death of the Participant in the circumstances set forth in this Section 5(j) will cause that portion of the Option to become a Nonstatutory Option.

 

  7  

 

 

(k)                Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

(l)                  Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, upon a Corporate Transaction in which the vesting of such Options or SARs accelerates, or upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or in another applicable agreement or in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines) any such Options and SARs otherwise exercisable (but for this Section 5(l)) may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR or the underlying Common Shares will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

(m)              Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby it may be exercised during its term at any time after the Option is granted for shares of Common Stock that are subject to vesting conditions. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

 

(n)                Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

 

(o)                 Right of First Refusal. The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

  8  

 

 

6.                    Provisions of Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

 

(a)                 Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock that are the subject of a Restricted Stock Award may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                  Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash or cash equivalents, (B) past or future services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iii)              Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(iv)               Transferability. Shares of Common Stock granted under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will not be transferable by the Participant except upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(v)                 Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide for the handling of dividends otherwise payable on unvested Restricted Stock in such manner as the Board in its discretion deems appropriate, including (i) current distribution to the Participant of dividends otherwise payable on unvested Restricted Stock, (ii) no distribution of any dividends to the Participant otherwise payable on unvested Restricted Stock, or (iii) retention of dividends otherwise payable on unvested Restricted Stock until and if the Restricted Stock becomes vested.

 

(b)                Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board may deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                  Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of underlying Common Stock (or of cash equal to the value of such Common Stock). For clarity, the Board need not require the payment of any consideration for the settlement (or grant) of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, other than past or future services rendered or to be rendered by the Participant.

 

  9  

 

 

(ii)                Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(iii)              Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(iv)               Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award provided that, notwithstanding such restrictions or conditions, the Restricted Stock Unit Award is either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(v)                 Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

(vi)               Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

(vii)             Exemption From or Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan shall have terms designed to ensure its exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

7.                    Covenants of the Company.

 

(a)                 Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

 

(b)                Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or settlement of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

  10  

 

 

(c)                 No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to advise any Participant of the time or manner of exercising a Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise a Participant of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised or settled. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.                    Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                 Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant, provided that such instrument, certificate or letter is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant within a reasonable period of time after such corporate action.

 

(c)                 Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise or settlement of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

(d)                No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted (or in any other capacity) or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(e)                 Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

(f)                  Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of acquiring Common Stock under the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on certificates for Common Stock issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

  11  

 

 

(g)                 Withholding Obligations. The Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) requiring the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

(h)                Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

 

(i)                  Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in a manner such that the affected Stock Award is (or remains) exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in accordance with applicable law and in a manner such that the affected Stock Award is (or remains) either exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(j)                  Exemption From or Compliance with Section 409A. The Plan and Stock Award Agreements will be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and Stock Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall include the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

 

  12  

 

 

(k)                Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f). If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed ten million dollars ($10,000,000), then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act ( “Rule 12h-1(f)” ), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “Permitted Transferees” ); provided, however, the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided, further, that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality. The provisions of this Section 8(k) shall not be construed to permit the transfer of Options or shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options in any circumstances where such transfer is otherwise prohibited under the Plan or Option Agreement.

 

(l)                  Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase right shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase, unless the repurchase right arises in connection with termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, in which case the repurchase price shall be the same price (set forth in the immediately following sentence) as if the shares were unvested. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price (if any). However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

9.                    Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.

 

(a)                 Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  13  

 

 

(b)                Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

(c)                 Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

 

(i)                  Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 2, provided that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option or other type of Stock Award that is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, such assumption, continuation or substitution is effectuated in a manner and on terms that preserve the status of an Incentive Stock Option as such under Section 422 of the Code and that preserve the status of the Stock Award as exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

 

(ii)                Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, and provided that such action does not cause a Stock Award that is subject to and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code to cease to comply with Section 409A of the Code, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants” ), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).

 

(iii)              Stock Awards Held by Persons Other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

 

  14  

 

 

(iv)               Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price applicable to the Stock Awards.

 

(d)                Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control transaction as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, or as may be determined in the discretion of the Board; otherwise no such acceleration shall occur.

 

10.                Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

 

(a)                 Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

(b)                No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

11.                Effective Date of Plan. This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12.                Choice Of Law. The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.                D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)                 “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(b)                “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  15  

 

 

(c)                 “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

(d)                “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty involving the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between such Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant gross misconduct . The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

(e)                 “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                  any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any institutional investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions that are primarily a private financing transaction for the Company or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person” ) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)                there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company if, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction; or

 

  16  

 

 

(iii)              there is consummated a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their Ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided , however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, moreover, in the case of a Stock Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, where a Change in Control is a payment trigger and not merely a vesting trigger, or where otherwise necessary to ensure that the Participant does not incur liability for additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, a transaction (or series of related transactions) shall constitute a Change in Control only if, in addition to satisfying the foregoing definition, such transaction (or series of related transactions) also satisfies the definition of a “change in control event” under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5). 

 

(f)                  “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(g)                 “Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(h)                “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(i)                  “Company” means NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(j)                  “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(k)                “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing definition, in the case of a Stock Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, to the extent a termination of Continuous Service is a payment event or if otherwise necessary to ensure that the Participant does not incur liability for additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant shall be considered to have experienced a termination of Continuous Service only if he has also experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definitions of such term thereunder).

 

  17  

 

 

(l)                  “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                  the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii)              the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)               the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(m)              “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(n)                “Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(o)                 “Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

(p)                “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(q)                “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

  18  

 

 

(r)                 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(s)                  “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(t)                  “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

 

(u)                “Incentive Stock Option” means an option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(v)                 “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(w)               “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(x)                 “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(y)                 “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who is a permissible holder of an outstanding Option.

 

(z)                 “Own” , “Owned” , “Owner” , “Ownership” means a person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(aa)             “Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who is a permissible holder of an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(bb)            “Plan” means this NeuroOne, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(cc)              “Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

(dd)            “Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

  19  

 

 

(ee)              “Restricted Stock Unit Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock (or cash in an amount equal to the value of shares of Common Stock) that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

(ff)                “Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(gg)             “Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(hh)            “Rule 701” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(ii)                “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(jj)                “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation in value of shares of Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

 

(kk)            “Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ll)                “Stock Award” means any right to receive or acquire Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(mm)        “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(nn)            “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than fifty percent (50%).

 

(oo)             “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

  20  

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

NEUROONE, INC.

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2016 Equity Incentive Plan)

 

NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

 

Optionholder: Name  
Date of Grant: April 10, 2017  
Vesting Commencement Date: Date  
Number of Shares Subject to Option: Amount  
Exercise Price (Per Share): $0.59  
Total Exercise Price: Price  
Expiration Date: April 10, 2027  

 

Type of Grant: ¨ Incentive Stock Option 1 ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

Exercise Schedule: x Same as Vesting Schedule

 

Vesting Schedule: [¼ of the Shares shall vest on the Vesting Commencement Date, with the remaining Shares vesting thereafter in equal increments on the last day of each calendar quarter over the next 12 calendar quarters.]

 

Payment: By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

 

  x By cash or check
  x By bank draft or money order payable to the Company
  x By delivery of already-owned shares
  x If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement 2

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder by the Company, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE

 

 

1 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value of stock (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

2 Any portion of this option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by net exercise.

 

  1  

 

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:

 

NEUROONE, INC.   OPTIONHOLDER
     
By:      
  Signature   Signature
Name: Dave Rosa   Name: [Name]
Title: President and CEO   Date: April 10, 2017
Date: April 10, 2017      

 

ATTACHMENTS: Option Agreement, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, Notice of Exercise and Investment Representation Statement

 

  2  

 

 

ATTACHMENT I

 

NEUROONE, INC.

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

OPTION AGREEMENT
(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

 

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice ( “Grant Notice” ) and this Option Agreement, NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company” ), has granted you an option under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

 

The details of your option are as follows:

 

1.             Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

 

2.             Number of Shares and Exchange Price . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

 

3.             Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (i.e., a “Non-Exempt Employee”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

 

4.             Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

 

(a)          By delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

(b)          If the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that you must pay in cash or by other permitted form of payment any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be able to be acquired under your option to the extent that (i) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

 

  1  

 

 

5.              Whole Shares . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

6.              Securities Law Compliance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

7.              Term . You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)          immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

(b)          three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period you may not exercise your option solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; and if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice or (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, or (y) the Expiration Date;

 

(c)          twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as provided in Paragraph 7(d) below);

 

(d)          eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either (A) during your Continuous Service, (B) during the three (3) month period after your Continuous Service terminates other than on account of Cause or your Disability, or (C) during the twelve (12) month period following termination of your Continuous Service on account of your Disability;

 

(e)          the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

(f)           the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

  2  

 

 

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, you must exercise the option during the ISO Exercise Period. For this purpose, the “ISO Exercise Period” begins on the Date of Grant and ends (i) three (3) months after termination of your employment with the Company or an Affiliate other than on account of Cause or your death or Disability (unless you die within that three (3) month period), (ii) twelve (12) months after termination of your employment with the Company or an Affiliate on account of your Disability (unless you die within that twelve (12) month period), or (iii) twelve (12) months after your death if your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates on account of you death or if your death occurs during either the three (3) month or the twelve (12) month period referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence, as applicable.  The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but, if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, you will not be entitled to the favorable tax treatment associated with an Incentive Stock Option if you exercise your option after the ISO Exercise Period. If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, moreover, you will also not be entitled to the favorable tax treatment associated with an Incentive Stock Option unless you remain in Continuous Service as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate for the entire ISO Exercise Period (except for the post-employment termination portion of the ISO Exercise Period set forth in the second preceding sentence of this paragraph.

 

8.             Exercise.

 

(a)          You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

(b)          By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

(c)          If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

9.             Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

(a)         Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner of the option (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, subject to you and the trustee entering into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(b)         Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise, but only to the extent that you were entitled to exercise the option as of the date of your death. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise, but only to the extent that you were entitled to exercise the option as of the date of your death.

 

  3  

 

 

10.            Option not a Service Contract . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

11.           Withholding Obligations.

 

(a)          At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you by the Company or an Affiliate, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option or the vesting or disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of the option.

 

(b)          Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and in compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of income and employment tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

 

(c)          You may not exercise your option unless the income and employment tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, or provisions for the satisfaction of such obligations acceptable to the Company are in place. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

12.            Tax Consequences . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant, there is no impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option and certain other requirements set forth in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code are satisfied.

 

  4  

 

 

13.            Notices . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

 

14.            Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

  5  

 

 

ATTACHMENT II

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT III

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

[________________]

[________________]

[________________]

[________________]

Attention: Secretary

 

1.              Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, [_______________], the undersigned ( “Optionee” ) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase [___________] shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares” ) of NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ) and the Stock Option Grant Notice dated April 10, 2017 and corresponding Option Agreement (collectively, the “Option Agreement” ).

 

2.              Delivery of Payment. Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.              Representations of Optionee. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.              Rights as Stockholder.     Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in the Plan.

 

5.              Prohibition Against Transfer of Shares.    Except in the case of a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control, or as provided in Section 6  below, or as consented to in advance in writing by the Board, the Optionee may not transfer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or borrow against any or all of the Shares or any interest in the Shares, provided, however, that upon the death of the Optionee, Shares that are then vested may be transferred by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or to a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family, in which case the Shares in the hands of the Optionee’s immediate family member(s) or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family member(s) shall similarly be non-transferable, except in the event of a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control, or pursuant to Section 6  below, or if otherwise consented to by the Board. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean the spouse or the lineal descendants of the Optionee.

 

  1  

 

 

6.              Right To Repurchase Shares Upon Termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Or Non-Competition Breach Event.

 

(a)         General.   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement to the contrary, if the Optionee’s Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason, including upon the Optionee’s death, disability, resignation, termination with or without Cause (the date on which such termination occurs being referred to as the “Termination Date” ), or if the Optionee violates any non-compete, confidentiality, non-solicitation, nondisparagement or similar restrictive covenant agreement with the Company or any Affiliate (a “Non-Competition Breach Event” ), then the Company shall have the option to repurchase all or any part of the Shares that have been acquired upon exercise of the Option, regardless of whether the Shares were acquired or are held by the Optionee or a permitted transferee of the Optionee (the “Repurchase Option” ); provided, however, that the Repurchase Option shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of the date on which (i) the Company first sells shares of its Common Stock in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) a Change in Control Transaction is consummated.

 

(b)         Procedure for Repurchase by Company.   The Company may elect to exercise the Repurchase Option and purchase all or any portion of the Shares by delivery of written notice (the “Repurchase Notice” ) to the Optionee or any permitted transferee of the Optionee within two (2) years after the Termination Date or the date the Board first becomes aware of the Non-Competition Breach Event, as applicable.  The Repurchase Notice shall set forth the number of Shares to be acquired from the Optionee (or a permitted transferee of the Optionee), the aggregate consideration to be paid for such Shares (as determined pursuant to Section 6(d) below) and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.

 

(c)         Closing of Repurchase of Shares.   The repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 6 shall be closed at the Company’s executive offices within ninety (90) days after delivery by the Company of the Repurchase Notice.  At the closing, the Company shall pay the repurchase price in the manner specified in Section 6(e) below and the Optionee or the permitted transferee(s) of the Optionee, as applicable, shall deliver the certificate or certificates representing such Shares to the Company, accompanied by duly executed transfer powers.  The Company shall be entitled to receive customary representations and warranties from the Optionee and/or permitted transferee(s) of the Optionee, as applicable, regarding the sale of such Shares (including representations and warranties regarding good title to such Shares, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances) and to require the signature of the Optionee or the permitted transferee(s) of the Optionee, as applicable, to be guaranteed by a national bank or reputable securities broker.  The Company may assign its Repurchase Option and associated rights and obligations under this Section 6 to any one or more persons or entities.

 

(d)         Repurchase Price.   The repurchase price per Share to be paid for the  Shares repurchased by the Company pursuant to this Section shall be the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Termination Date, unless the event that gives rise to the repurchase right under this Section 6 is termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause or a Non-Competition Breach Event, in which case the repurchase price per Share shall equal the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Termination Date or the date the Board first becomes aware of the Non-Competition Breach Event, as applicable, and (ii) the Exercise Price per Share specified in the Stock Option Grant Notice.

 

(e)         Manner of Payment.   If the Company elects to repurchase all or any part of the Shares under this Section 6, the Company shall pay for such Shares, in the discretion of the Board, either (i) by certified check or wire transfer of funds equal to all or a portion of the repurchase price, or (ii) by issuance of a subordinated promissory note in the amount of the repurchase price (or the portion of the repurchase price not paid by certified check or wire transfer of funds).  Such subordinated promissory note shall bear interest at the applicable federal income tax rate (which interest shall be payable annually in cash unless otherwise prohibited), shall have principal payable in four equal installments due on the first four anniversary dates of the date of issuance (provided that such note shall permit prepayment in the discretion of the Board) and shall be subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to the holders of the Company’s and its Affiliates’ indebtedness for borrowed money. In addition, the Company may pay the repurchase price for such Shares by offsetting amounts outstanding under any indebtedness or obligations owed by the Optionee to the Company or any Affiliate.

 

  2  

 

 

7.              Tax Consultation. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

8.              Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

 

(a)         Legends. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT” ) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF REPURCHASE HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF REPURCHASE ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES (OR FOR SUCH LONGER PERIOD AS PREVIOUSLY AGREED TO BY THE HOLDER OF THE SHARES) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)         Stop-Transfer Notices. Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)         Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any unvested Shares or Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or receive dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

  3  

 

 

9.              Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

10.            Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be resolved by the Board. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

11.            Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.

 

12.            Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement, if applicable, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted By:   Accepted By:
     
Optionee:   The Company:
     
  NeuroOne, Inc.
     
___________________________________   By:_____________________________________
[Name]   Name:___________________________________
Date:_______________________________   Title:____________________________________
     
Resident Address:_____________________   Date:____________________________________
     
___________________________________  

 

  4  

 

 

ATTACHMENT IV

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE: NAME

 

COMPANY: NEUROONE, Inc.

 

SECURITY: COMMON STOCK

 

AMOUNT:  

 

DATE:  

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)             Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ).

 

(b)             Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)             Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (i) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (ii) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (iii) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (iv) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

  1  

 

 

(d)             In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one (1) year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, additionally, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(e)             Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

  Signature of Optionee
   
  Optionee:
   
   
  [Name]
  Date:  

 

  2  

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 10, 2017 by and between NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and Thomas Bachinski ( “Purchaser” ). Certain capitalized terms used below are defined in the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A attached to this Agreement, which are incorporated by reference.

 

Total shares of Stock purchased: 12,666 shares of Common Stock (the “Restricted Stock” )
Purchase Price per share: $0
Total Purchase Price: $0

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

The Restricted Stock is subject to the Repurchase Option as of the date of this Agreement. The Restricted Stock shall vest and be released from the Repurchase Option in connection with the achievement of the milestones set forth in Exhibit B , in such amounts and at such times as determined in the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, and further provided that Purchaser must remain a Service Provider as of the date of such release.

 

Acceleration Provisions:

 

If within one month before or six months following a Change in Control, (i) Purchaser’s services in all capacities as a Service Provider are involuntarily terminated without Cause, or (ii) Individual Purchaser resigns his or her service in all capacities as a Service Provider for Good Reason, and in either case other than as a result of death or disability, and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), the Repurchase Option shall lapse as to 100% of the Restricted Stock and such shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately become fully vested.

 

If at any time (i) Purchaser’s services in all capacities as a Service Provider are involuntarily terminated without Cause, or (ii) Purchaser resigns his service in all capacities as a Service Provider for Good Reason, and in either case other than as a result of death or disability, and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), the Repurchase Option shall lapse as to 100% of the Restricted Stock and such shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately become fully vested.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinksi

Page 1

 

 

 

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Purchaser acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, including the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A attached to this Agreement, which are incorporated by reference.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  NeuroOne, Inc.
   

 

  By: /s/ David A. Rosa
     
    Name: David A. Rosa
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  Address: 10006 Liatris Lane
    Eden Prairie, MN 55347

 

  PURCHASER:
   
  Thomas Bachinski

 

  /s/ Thomas Bachinski
  (Signature)

 

  Address: 19059 Orchard Trail
    Lakeville, MN 55044

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinksi

Signature Page

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Terms and Conditions Incorporated into

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

 

1.           Purchase and Sale of Stock . Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company agrees to sell to Purchaser, the number of shares of the Restricted Stock for the consideration set forth in the cover page to this Agreement. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including payment for and delivery of the Restricted Stock, shall occur at the offices of the Company immediately following the execution of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the parties may mutually agree.

 

2.           Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Restricted Stock, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)           Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Restricted Stock. Purchaser is purchasing the Restricted Stock for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).

 

(b)           Purchaser understands that the Restricted Stock has not been registered under the Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed in this Agreement.

 

(c)           Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Restricted Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Restricted Stock is subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Restricted Stock. Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Restricted Stock will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Restricted Stock unless the Restricted Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

(d)           Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Act as in effect from time to time, that, in substance, permits limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of such securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

(e)           Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Restricted Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144, and that, in such event, Purchaser may be precluded from selling the Restricted Stock under Rule 144 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

 

(f)           Purchaser further warrants and represents that Purchaser has either (i) preexisting personal or business relationships, with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons, or (ii) the capacity to protect Purchaser’s own interests in connection with the purchase of the Restricted Stock by virtue of the business or financial expertise of Purchaser or of professional advisors to Purchaser who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any of its affiliates, directly or indirectly.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 1 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

  

(g)           Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has read all tax related sections and further acknowledges Purchaser has had an opportunity to consult Purchaser’s own Tax, Legal and Financial Advisors regarding the purchase of common stock under this Agreement.

 

(h)           Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that in making the decision to purchase the common stock under this Agreement, Purchaser has not relied on any statement, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement and in the attachments and exhibits to this Agreement.

 

(i)           If Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” )), Purchaser has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Restricted Stock, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Restricted Stock.  Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Restricted Stock will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

3.           Restrictive Legends . All certificates representing the Restricted Stock shall have endorsed thereon legends in substantially the following forms (in addition to any other legend which may be required by other agreements between the parties to this Agreement):

 

(a)           “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(b)           “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

(c)           “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

(d)           “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION. ANY TRANSFER OR ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF ANY SHARES SUBJECT TO SUCH OPTION IS VOID WITHOUT THE PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

(e)           Any legend required by appropriate blue sky officials.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 2 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

4.           Market Stand-Off Agreement . Purchaser shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by Purchaser (other than those included in the registration), including the Restricted Stock (the “Restricted Securities” ), during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “Lock Up Period” ); provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 4 shall prevent the exercise of the Repurchase Option during the Lock Up Period. Purchaser agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect to the foregoing provision. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Purchaser’s Restricted Securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party to this Agreement.

 

5.           Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a)           Purchaser represents and warrants that except for intellectual property rights assigned pursuant to this Agreement or specifically disclosed to the Company on the appropriate schedule of Purchaser’s Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement with the Company, Purchaser possesses no intellectual property and has made no inventions related to the Company’s business, as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Purchaser further agrees that to the extent it is discovered that Purchaser has made inventions, patented or unpatented, or otherwise possesses intellectual property rights related to the Company’s business that were not properly assigned to the Company or specifically disclosed and excluded in Purchaser’s Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement (the “Additional Intellectual Property” ), the Additional Intellectual Property is hereby assigned to the Company.

 

(b)           Purchaser agrees to assist the Company in every proper way to obtain, and from time to time enforce, United States and foreign proprietary rights relating to the Additional Intellectual Property in any and all countries. Purchaser agrees to execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearances as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, perfecting, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing such Additional Intellectual Property and the assignment of such Additional Intellectual Property.

 

(c)           In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure Purchaser’s signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph, Purchaser irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and on behalf of Purchaser to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Purchaser.

 

6.           Repurchase Option . T he following provisions shall apply to the Restricted Stock, as provided in the cover page to this Agreement (the “Vesting Provisions” ):  

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 3 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

(a)          Repurchase Option . In the event Purchaser’s relationship with the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates for any reason (including death or disability), or for no reason, with or without cause, such that after such termination Purchaser is no longer providing services to the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) as an employee, director, consultant or advisor (a “Service Provider” ), then the Company shall have an irrevocable option (the “Repurchase Option” ) for a period of 120 days after said termination (the “Repurchase Period” ) to repurchase from Purchaser or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, at the lower of (i) $0, or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of such Restricted Stock as of the date of repurchase (such lower price, the “Option Price” ), up to but not exceeding the number of shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested in accordance with the Vesting Provisions as of such termination date. The Repurchase Option shall be exercised as provided in Section 6(b). For purposes of the Repurchase Option, the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the value of the Restricted Stock as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. The term of the Repurchase Option shall be extended to such longer period (A) as may be agreed to by the Company and Purchaser, or (B) as needed to ensure the stock issued by the Company does not lose its status as “qualified small business stock” under Section 1202 of the Code (as defined below). Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation, either now or in the future, to repurchase any of the shares of Common Stock, whether vested or unvested, at any time. Further, Purchaser acknowledges and understands that, in the event that the Company repurchases shares, the repurchase price may be less than the price Purchaser originally paid and that Purchaser bears any risk associated with the potential loss in value.

 

(b)          Exercise of Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Repurchase Option by giving notice to Purchaser. In addition, the Company shall be deemed to have exercised the Repurchase Option as of the last day of the Repurchase Period, unless an officer of the Company notifies the holder of the Restricted Stock during the Repurchase Period in writing (delivered or mailed as provided in Section7(c)) that the Company expressly declines to exercise its Repurchase Option for some or all of the Restricted Stock. During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Stock the Option Price for the shares of Restricted Stock being repurchased. The Company shall be entitled to pay for any shares of Restricted Stock purchased pursuant to its Repurchase Option at the Company’s option in cash or by offset against any indebtedness owing to the Company by Purchaser (including without limitation any Note given in payment for the Restricted Stock), or by a combination of both. Upon exercise of the Repurchase Option and payment of the purchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Restricted Stock being repurchased and all rights and interest in or related to the Restricted Stock, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the Restricted Stock being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser. The certificate(s) representing the shares of Restricted Stock that have been repurchased by the Company shall be delivered to the Company. It is the intention of the parties that the Company, upon exercise of the Repurchase Option and payment of the amount required by the Repurchase Option, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be entitled to receive the Restricted Stock, in specie, in order to have such Restricted Stock available for future issuance without dilution of the holdings of other stockholders. It is expressly agreed between the parties that money damages are inadequate to compensate the Company for the Restricted Stock and that the Company shall, upon proper exercise of the Repurchase Option, be entitled to specific enforcement of its rights to purchase and receive said Restricted Stock.

 

(c)          Adjustments to Restricted Stock . If, from time to time, during the term of the Repurchase Option there is any change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class that is effected without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, change in corporation structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of Restricted Stock shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option and be included in the meaning of “Restricted Stock” for all purposes of the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the shares of the Restricted Stock presently subject to the Repurchase Option, but only to the extent the Restricted Stock is, at the time, covered by such Repurchase Option. While the total Option Price shall remain the same after each such event, the Option Price per share of Restricted Stock upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 4 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

(d)          Corporate Transaction . In the event of (a) an Acquisition (as defined below); or (b) an Asset Transfer (as defined below) ((a) and (b) being collectively referred to in the Agreement as a “Corporate Transaction” ), then the Repurchase Option shall be assigned by the Company to any successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction. To the extent that the Repurchase Option remains in effect following such a Corporate Transaction, it shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Restricted Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Restricted Stock is at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Option Price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Option to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Company’s capital structure; provided , however , that the aggregate Option Price shall remain the same. For the purposes of this Section 6(d): (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(e)          Termination of Repurchase Option . Sections 6(a) through 6(d) of this Agreement shall terminate upon the exercise in full or expiration of the Repurchase Option, whichever occurs first.

 

(f)          Escrow of Unvested Restricted Stock . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of the terms of this Agreement and to insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Restricted Stock upon exercise of the Repurchase Option herein provided for, Purchaser agrees, at the closing hereunder, to deliver to and deposit with the Secretary of the Company or the Secretary’s designee, including the person or entity named in Joint Escrow Instructions ( “Escrow Agent” ), as Escrow Agent in this transaction, two stock assignments duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit, together with a certificate or certificates evidencing all of the Restricted Stock subject to the Repurchase Option; said documents are to be held by the Escrow Agent and delivered by said Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit and incorporated by this reference ( “Joint Escrow Instructions” ), which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent at the closing hereunder. Purchaser acknowledges that the Escrow Agent is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that Escrow Agent shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). Escrow Agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Escrow Agent resigns as Escrow Agent for any or no reason, the Company’s Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company resigns as Secretary, the successor Secretary shall serve as Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(g)          Rights of Purchaser . Subject to the provisions of Sections 6(f), 6(h), 4 and 6(j) in this Agreement, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock deposited in escrow. Purchaser shall be deemed to be the holder for purposes of receiving any dividends that may be paid with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock and for the purpose of exercising any voting rights relating to such shares of Restricted Stock, even if some or all of such shares of Restricted Stock have not yet vested and been released from the Repurchase Option.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 5 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

(h)          Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Restricted Stock while the Restricted Stock is subject to the Repurchase Option. After any Restricted Stock has been released from the Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Restricted Stock except in compliance with the provisions herein, in the Company’s Bylaws and applicable securities laws. Furthermore, the Restricted Stock shall be subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws. Purchaser further acknowledges that Purchaser may be required to hold the Common Stock purchased hereunder indefinitely. During the period of time during which Purchaser holds the Common Stock, the value of the Common Stock may increase or decrease, and any risk associated with such Common Stock and such fluctuation in value shall be borne by Purchaser.

 

(i)          Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Restricted Stock and the fair market value of the Restricted Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Restricted Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Restricted Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth above. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Restricted Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “83(b) Election” ) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase, a form of which is attached to this Agreement. Even if the fair market value of the Restricted Stock at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Restricted Stock, the 83(b) Election must be made to avoid income under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that it is Purchaser’s sole obligation and responsibility to timely file such 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Restricted Stock hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing an 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock.

 

(j)          Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of Restricted Stock of the Company that shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

 

(k)          No Employment Rights . This Agreement is not an employment or other service contract and nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other service relationship for any reason at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 6 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

(l)          Parachute Payments .

 

(i)           If any payment or benefit Purchaser would receive pursuant to a Corporate Transaction from the Company or otherwise ( “Payment” ) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax” ), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Purchaser’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments and/or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of current cash payments; reduction of deferred cash payments subject to Code Section 409A; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Purchaser’s stock awards.

 

(ii)          The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group affecting the Corporate Transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

 

(iii)         The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Purchaser within 15 calendar days after the date on which Purchaser’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Purchaser) or such other time as requested by the Company or Purchaser. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, it shall furnish the Company and Purchaser with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Purchaser that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Purchaser.

 

(m)         Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, the following defined terms shall apply:

 

(i)           “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (1) conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (2) participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, (3) willful and material breach of Purchaser’s duties that has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Company’s Board of Directors of such breach, (4) intentional and material damage to the Company’s property, or (5) material breach of Purchaser’s Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

(ii)          “Change in Control” shall mean (1) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a constituent party (or of a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation), other than a merger or consolidation in which the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred, other than the sale by the Company of stock in transactions the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company’s operations and activities, or (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its sole discretion) of the assets of the Company other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are beneficially owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their beneficial ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 7 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

(iii)         “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without Purchaser’s consent (unless such action is taken in response to conduct by Purchaser that constitutes Cause: (1) material reduction of Purchaser’s base compensation, other than a reduction that applies generally to all executives and does not exceed 10%; (2) material reduction in Purchaser’s authority, duties or responsibilities, provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) shall not be deemed a “material reduction” unless Purchaser’s new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) failure or refusal of a successor to the Company to materially assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement in the event of a Change in Control as defined below; or (4) relocation of Purchaser’s principal place of employment that results in an increase in Purchaser’s one-way driving distance by more than 50 miles from Purchaser’s then current principal residence. In order to resign for Good Reason, Purchaser must provide written notice of the event giving rise to Good Reason to the Company’s Board of Directors within 90 days after the condition arises, allow the Company 30 days to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such period, Purchaser’s resignation from all positions Purchaser then holds with the Company must be effective not later than 90 days after the end of the Company’s cure period.

 

7.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)          Joinder to Stockholders Agreement . By execution of this Agreement, Purchaser shall become, and hereby does become, a party to that certain Stockholders Agreement of NeuroOne, Inc. dated October 20, 2016, as amended from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement” ), be considered a “Stockholder” for all purposes under the Stockholders Agreement, be deemed to have severally made the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, and have all of the rights and obligations of a “Stockholder” under the Stockholders Agreement. By execution of this Agreement, Purchaser represents and warrants that Purchaser has received, reviewed and understood the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby, and that delivery of this Agreement constitutes delivery of a counterpart signature page to the Stockholders Agreement by Purchaser.

 

(b)          Release . As a condition of receiving the Acceleration Provisions set forth in the cover page to this Agreement to which Purchaser would not otherwise be entitled, Purchaser shall execute the Company’s standard form of a release of claims (the “Release” ) and permit such Release to become effective in accordance with its terms. Unless the Release is executed by Purchaser and delivered to the Company within the period of time set forth in the Release, and such Release becomes effective, Purchaser shall not receive any of the benefits of the Acceleration Provisions provided for under this Agreement.

 

(c)          Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day; (iii) five calendar days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the other party to this Agreement at such party’s address hereinafter set forth on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 8 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

(d)          Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, be binding upon Purchaser, Purchaser’s successors, and assigns. The Repurchase Option of the Company hereunder shall be assignable by the Company at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part.

 

(e)          Attorneys’ Fees . The prevailing party in any suit or action hereunder shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all costs incurred by it in enforcing the performance of, or protecting its rights under, any part of this Agreement, including reasonable costs of investigation and attorneys’ fees.

 

(f)          Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The parties agree that any action brought by either party to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be brought in, and each party agrees to, and does hereby, submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, the appropriate state or federal court for the district encompassing the Company’s principal place of business.

 

(g)          Further Execution . The parties agree to take all such further actions as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

 

(h)          Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or revoked, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

(i)          Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(j)          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

[End of Exhibit A to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement]

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 9 to Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Vesting Milestones

 

1. Work with Evergreen Inc. on the design history files for the cortical electrode and all other work performed by Evergreen that spans development to commercialization. This will support the regulatory 510k submission and generate a product development timeline that will synchronize / coordinate key functions in the organization. This needs to be done asap. - Q1, 2017

 

2. Lead / Co-lead the development coordination of the depth electrode product specification and conversion into a design specification. - Q2-Q3 2017

 

3. Develop synchronization chart for business and engineering milestones for a 2017 timeline. Part of our 2017 planning session. - Q1, 2017

 

4. Develop Clinical Connector Strategy (Flex to wired interface). This will include product specification, interface to signal recording specification and preliminary design specification for sourcing or development by Q2 2017 or sooner.

 

[End of Exhibit B to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement]

 

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement

Thomas Bachinski

Page 1 to Exhibit B

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “Award” ). This Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:  
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:  
Number of Shares Subject to Option:  
Exercise Price (Per Share):  
Expiration Date:  

 

Type of Grant:   ¨ Incentive Stock Option   ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option
     
Exercise Schedule:        Same as Vesting Schedule    
     
Vesting Schedule:        [_________________________]    
   
Payment:   By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   
    ¨   By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   
    ¨   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded
   
    ¨   By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
   
    ¨   If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and representations on that subject with the exception, if applicable, of (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

  1  

 

 

By accepting this Award, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION       OPTIONHOLDER:
       
By:    
    Signature           Signature
         
Title:         Date:  
         
Date:                

 

ATTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

  2  

 

 

NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

 

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan. The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.              Vesting . Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

 

2.              Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

 

3.              Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a Non-Exempt Employee ), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

 

4.              Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

 

(a)              Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

 

(b)              Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

  1  

 

 

(c)              If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to your option and will not be able to be acquired by exercise of your option thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

5.              Whole Shares . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

6.              Securities Laws Compliance. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

7.              Term . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Sections 5(h) and 9(c) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)              immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

(b)              three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

 

(c)              twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d)) below;

 

(d)              eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

 

(e)              the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

  2  

 

 

(f)              the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

8.              Exercise .

 

(a)              You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

(b)              By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

(c)              If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

9.              Transferability . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

(a)             Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(b)             Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

  3  

 

 

(c)             Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may , by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

 

10.           Option not a Service Contract . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

11.           Withholding Obligations .

 

(a)              At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

 

(b)              If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of tax you are subject to as a result of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock will be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure will be your sole responsibility.

 

(c)              You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

12.           Tax Consequences . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

 

  4  

 

 

13.           Notices . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

14.           Governing Plan Document . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

15.           Other Documents . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

16.           Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

17.           Voting Rights . You will not have voting or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

18.           Severability . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

  5  

 

 

19.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)              The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)              You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

 

(c)              You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

 

(d)              This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(e)              All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company.

 

* * *

 

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of

the Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

  6  

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation

Attention: Stock Plan Administrator

 

Date of Exercise:                                 

 

This constitutes notice to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):   Incentive ¨   Nonstatutory ¨
     
Stock option dated:   _______________   _______________
     
Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:   _______________   _______________
     
Certificates to be issued in name of:   _______________   _______________
     
Total exercise price:   $______________   $______________
     
Cash payment delivered herewith:   $______________   $______________
     
[Value of                  Shares delivered herewith 1 :   $______________   $______________]
     
[Value of                  Shares pursuant to net exercise 2 :   $______________   $______________]
     
[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):   $______________   $_______________] 3

 

 

 

1 Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

 

2 The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.

 

3 Delete bracketed methods of payment that are not provided for in the grant notice

 

  1  

 

 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an Incentive Stock Option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,
 
 
     
Name:    

 

  2  

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

(2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (the “Company” ), pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), hereby awards to Participant a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock ( “Restricted Stock Units” ) set forth below (the “Award” ). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice of grant (this “Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice” ) and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement” ), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:    
Date of Grant:    
Vesting Commencement Date:    
Number of Restricted Stock Units/Shares:    

 

Vesting Schedule:         [                          ]

 

Issuance Schedule:        By March 15 of year next following year of vesting

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and the Award Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception, if applicable, of (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Participant, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION       PARTICIPANT
       
By:            
    Signature           Signature
         
Title:           Date:    
         
Date:                

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS: Award Agreement, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

 

NEUROONE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice” ) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement” ) and in consideration of your services, NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (the “ Company ”) has awarded you ( “Participant” ) a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Award” ) pursuant to Section 11 of the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ) for the number of Restricted Stock Units/shares indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Award Agreement or the Grant Notice will have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. The terms of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1.              Grant of the Award . This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for your benefit (the “Account” ) the number of Restricted Stock Units/shares of Common Stock subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company. Except for withholding taxes provided herein and in the plan, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company or an Affiliate (other than services to the Company or an Affiliate) with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the Stock Units or the delivery of the Company’s Common Stock to be issued in respect of the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to issue you the cash equivalent of Common Stock, in part or in full satisfaction of the delivery of Common Stock upon vesting of your Stock Units, and, to the extent applicable, references in this Award Agreement and the Grant Notice to Common Stock issuable in connection with your Stock Units will include the potential issuance of its cash equivalent pursuant to such right.

 

2.              Vesting . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the Restricted Stock Units/shares of Common Stock credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock (or their cash value).

 

3.              Number of Shares . The number of Restricted Stock Units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Restricted Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

4.              Securities Law Compliance . You may not be issued any Common Stock under your Award unless the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such Common Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

 

 

 

5.               Transfer Restrictions . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, will thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Common Stock to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Award Agreement. In the absence of such a designation, your legal representative will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, such Common Stock or other consideration.

 

(a)          Death . Your Award is transferable only by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. At your death, vesting of your Award will cease and your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, any Common Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.

 

(b)          Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration hereunder, pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company General Counsel prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to verify that you may make such transfer, and if so, to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

 

6.              Date of Issuance .

 

(a)           The issuance of shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units (or payment of their value in cash) shall occur during the period beginning on the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and ending on March 15 of the year next following the year the Restricted Stock Units became vested.

 

(b)           The form of delivery of the shares of Common Stock in respect of your Award ( e.g. , a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) will be determined by the Company.

 

7.              Dividends . You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment; provided, however, that this sentence will not apply with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are delivered to you in connection with your Award after such shares have been delivered to you.

 

8.              Restrictive Legends . The shares of Common Stock issued under your Award will be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

 

9.              Execution of Documents. You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Award Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your Award.

 

 

 

 

10.           Award not Service Contract .

 

(a)           Your Continuous Service with the Company or an Affiliate is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Award Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award or the issuance of the shares subject to your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Award Agreement or the Plan will: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Award Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Award Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

 

(b)           By accepting this Award, you acknowledge and agree that the right to continue vesting in the Award is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of the Company or an Affiliate and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization” ). You further acknowledge and agree that such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Award Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. You further acknowledge and agree that this Award Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Award Agreement, for any period, or at all, and will not interfere in any way with your right or the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate your Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice, and will not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

 

11.           Withholding Obligations .

 

(a)           At the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “Withholding Taxes” ). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, if applicable, with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer” ) (pursuant to this authorization and without further consent) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you pursuant to Section 6) up to the maximum amount of tax owing by you on account of the Award at Settlement thereof, provided , however , that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee. However, the Company does not guarantee that you will be able to satisfy the Withholding Taxes through any of the methods described in the preceding provisions and in all circumstances you remain responsible for timely and fully satisfying the Withholding Taxes.

 

 

 

 

(b)           Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company will have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock or other consideration pursuant to this Award.

 

(c)           In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

12.           Tax Consequences . The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and will not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. You understand that you (and not the Company) will be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

13.           Unsecured Obligation . Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Award Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Award Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Award Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Award Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

14.           Notices . Any notice or request required or permitted hereunder will be given in writing to each of the other parties hereto and will be deemed effectively given on the earlier of (i) the date of personal delivery, including delivery by express courier, or delivery via electronic means, or (ii) the date that is five (5) days after deposit in the United States Post Office (whether or not actually received by the addressee), by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the Company at its primary executive offices, attention: Stock Plan Administrator, and addressed to you at your address as on file with the Company at the time notice is given.

 

15.           Headings . The headings of the Sections in this Award Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be deemed to constitute a part of this Award Agreement or to affect the meaning of this Award Agreement.

 

16.           Additional Acknowledgements . You hereby consent and acknowledge that:

 

(a)           Participation in the Plan is voluntary and therefore you must accept the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement and Grant Notice as a condition to participating in the Plan and receipt of this Award. This Award and any other awards under the Plan are voluntary and occasional and do not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards or other benefits in lieu of future awards, even if similar awards have been granted repeatedly in the past. All determinations with respect to any such future awards, including, but not limited to, the time or times when such awards are made, the size of such awards and performance and other conditions applied to the awards, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

 

 

 

(b)           The future value of your Award is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. You do not have, and will not assert, any claim or entitlement to compensation, indemnity or damages arising from the termination of this Award or diminution in value of this Award and you irrevocably release the Company, its Affiliates and, if applicable, your employer, if different from the Company, from any such claim that may arise.

 

(c)           The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable by the Company to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(d)           You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

 

(e)           You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

 

(f)           This Award Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(g)           All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Award Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company.

 

17.           Governing Plan Document . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

18.           Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans . The value of the Award subject to this Award Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

19.           Choice of Law. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Award Agreement will be governed by the law of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

 

 

 

20.           Severability. If all or any part of this Award Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Award Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

21.           Other Documents . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

22.           Amendment . This Award Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Award Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Award Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Award Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change will be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

23.           Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the earlier of: (i) the fifth business day following your death, or (ii) the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of adverse taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

* * * * *

 

This Award Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Company and the Participant upon the signing or electronic acceptance by the Participant of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

Employment Agreement

 

            THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) by and between Neuro One, LLC , a Minnesota limited liability company (the “Company” ) and Dave Rosa ( the “Employee” ) is signed by the Company and the Employee on October 5, 2016 (the “Effective Date” ).

 

Background

 

The Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board” ) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its equity holders to employ the Employee. The Employee will be employed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President. The Company and the Employee desire to enter into this Agreement to embody the terms of the relationship.

 

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

Terms and Conditions

 

1.             Duties; Reporting Relationship. During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and in such other position or positions with the Company and its subsidiaries as are consistent with the Employee’s positions as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and shall have such duties and responsibilities as are assigned to the Executive by the Board consistent with the Employee’s position as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. If elected, the Employee agrees to serve as a member of the Board during the employment period, and upon termination of the Employee’s employment the Employee shall promptly resign from the Board.

 

2.             Office Location.    The Employee will report to the Board and will primarily work from the Employee’s home office with visits to the Company’s corporate headquarters, as needed.

 

3.             Compensation and Benefits.

 

(a)             Base Salary.   The Employee’s current base salary shall be $300,000 per annum, subject to all payroll deductions and all required withholdings as determined by the Company.  The Employee’s salary will be paid monthly in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company.  During the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee’s annual base salary will be reviewed at least annually.

 

(b)             Performance Bonus.   The Employee will be eligible to participate in any bonus program established by the Company and for which the Employee would be eligible.  If so established by the Company, the Employee will be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus up to 40% of the Employee’s effective salary based upon the Employee’s performance, subject to payroll deductions and all required withholdings (the “Performance Bonus” ).  The Employee must be an employee in good standing on the Performance Bonus payment date to earn and be eligible to receive a Performance Bonus.  The Board will determine whether the Employee has earned the Performance Bonus and the amount of any Performance Bonus.

 

  1  

 

 

(c)             Employee Benefits.   The Employee will be eligible to participate in any benefit programs that may be established by the Company in accordance with Company policy.

 

(d)             Expenses .  The Employee will be reimbursed for normal expenses including, but not limited to, associated business/travel expenses (flights, hotel, car rental, parking transportation, business meals, office supplies). In addition, the Company shall pay an allowance to the Employee for the lease, insurance and operating costs of the automobile used for business purposes in the amount of eight hundred dollars ($800.00) per month.

 

(e)             Initial Equity Award. On the Effective Date, the Board shall grant to the Employee an amount of equity of the Company equal to fourteen percent (14%) of the fully diluted equity of the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions of a restricted membership interest purchase agreement containing terms mutually acceptable to the Company and the Employee.

 

(f)             Long-Term Incentive Compensation. During the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in any stock option, performance share, profits interest, performance unit or other equity based long-term incentive compensation plan, program or arrangement (the “Plans” ) generally made available to senior executive officers of the Company, on substantially the same terms and conditions as generally apply to such other officers, except that the size of the awards made to the Employee shall reflect the Empoloyee’s position with the Company.

 

4.             Confidentiality and Proprietary Information Obligations.

 

(a)             Company Policies.  As a condition of the Employee’s employment, the Employee agrees to continue to abide by all Company policies, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the policies contained in the employee handbook adopted by the Company. 

 

(b)             Third Party Information.   In the Employee’s work for the Company, the Employee is expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom the Employee has an obligation of confidentiality.  The Employee is expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to the Employee’s own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. The Employee hereby agrees that the Employee will not bring onto premises of the Company or use in the Employee’s work for the Company any unpublished documents or property (including but not limited to proprietary information) belonging to any former employer or other third party that the Employee is not authorized to use or disclose.  By entering into this Agreement, the Employee represents that the Employee is able to perform the Employee’s job duties within these guidelines.

 

(c)             Exclusive Property.   The Employee agrees that all business procured by the Employee and all Company related business opportunities and plans made known to the Employee while the Employee is employed by the Company shall remain the permanent and exclusive property of the Company.

 

  2  

 

 

(d)             Adverse or Outside Business Activities.  Throughout the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee may engage in civic, academic teaching and lectures, and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company. The Employee may not engage in other employment or undertake any other commercial business activities unless the Employee obtains the prior written consent of the Board.   The Board may rescind consent to the Employee’s service as a director of all other corporations or participation in other business or public activities if the Board, in the Board’s sole discretion, determines that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s business interests or conflict with the Employee’s duties to the Company.  In addition, throughout the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company and for one (1) year immediately following the termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee agrees not to, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, executive, partner, employee, principal, agent, representative, consultant, licensor, licensee or otherwise with, any business or enterprise engaged in any business which is competitive directly with the Company’s business; provided, however, that  the Employee may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the Employee has disclosed previously to the Board all other employment or other commercial business activities that the Employee already undertakes, or intends to undertake (to the extent currently known by the Employee), during the Employee’s period of employment with the Company.

 

5.             No Conflicts.   By signing this Agreement the Employee hereby represents to the Company that, except as previously disclosed to the Company: (a) the Employee’s employment with the Company is not prohibited under any employment agreement or other contractual arrangement; and (b) the Employee does not know of any conflicts that would restrict the Employee’s employment with the Company.  The Employee hereby represents that the Employee has disclosed to the Company any contract the Employee has signed that may restrict the Employee’s activities on behalf of the Company, and that the Employee is presently in compliance with such contracts, if any.

 

6.             At Will Employment.  The Employee’s employment with the Company is an “at-will” arrangement and this Agreement does not constitute a guarantee of employment for any specific period of time.  This means that either the Employee or the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time, with or without Cause, and with or without advance notice.  This “at-will” employment relationship cannot be changed except in a written agreement approved by the Board and signed by the Employee and a duly authorized member of the Board.

 

  3  

 

 

7.             Severance Benefits; Excise Tax.

 

(a)             Entitlement to Severance Benefits.   If the Company (or any successor entity) terminates the Employee’s employment without Cause, or if the Employee resigns the Employee’s employment for Good Reason, the Employee will be eligible to receive, as the Employee’s sole severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits” ): (i) severance pay in the form of continuation of the Employee’s base salary in effect as of the employment termination date for 12 months, and (ii) an amount equal to a prorated portion of the Employee’s cash bonus for the year in which the Termination Date occurs, if any, with such prorated amount determined by multiplying the Employee’s cash bonus for the year in which the termination date occurs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months during such year in which the Employee was employed and the denominator of which is twelve (12). The Severance Benefits shall be subject to all required payroll deductions and withholdings as determined by the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to be eligible for the Severance Benefits, the Employee must meet the Release Requirements as set forth in Section 9 within 60 days after the date of the Employee’s employment termination, and the Employee shall receive no severance if the Employee fails to meet the Release Requirements. Provided that you meet the Release Requirements set forth in Section 9, the Severance Benefits set forth in subsection (i) of the first sentence of this Section 7(a) will be paid in equal monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, provided however, that the first payment of such amounts will not be made to the Employee until the first regular monthly payroll date that is more than 60 days after the termination date, with the first payment due on such first payroll date that is more than 60 days after the termination date to include all payments that would have been due during the period beginning on the first regular monthly payroll date following the termination date and such first regular monthly payroll date after the 60 th day following the termination date. If the Employee meets the Release Requirements set forth in Section 9, the portion of the Severance Benefits, if any, set forth in subsection (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 7(a) will be paid to the Employee at the same time as annual bonuses for the year of the Employee’s termination are paid to other employees (but not later than March 15 of the year immediately following the year in which the Employee’s employment terminates).

 

(b)             Severance Benefits related to Change of Control. Notwithstanding Section 7(a) above if, within two (2) years following a Change in Control, the Company terminates the Employee’s employment without Cause or the Employee resigns the Employee’s employment for Good Reason, the Severance Benefits set forth in Section 7(a)(i) will increase from 12 months to 18 months and, subject to the Employee satisfying the Release Requirements set forth in Section 9, will be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date that is more than 60 days after the Employee’s last date of employment, subject to all required payroll deductions and withholding as determined by the Company.

 

(c)             Excise Tax.

 

(i)             Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit that the Employee would otherwise receive pursuant to this Agreement (when considered together with any payment or benefit the Employee would otherwise receive under any other agreement or practice) (collectively, a “Payment” ) would (1) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (2) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax” ), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount (defined below).  The “Reduced Amount” shall be either: (y) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax, or (z) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in the Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment to the Employee.

 

  4  

 

 

(ii)             If a reduction in the Payment is to be made, the reduction in payments and/or benefits shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments (with the reduction to occur in the reverse chronological order in which such cash payments would otherwise be made to the Employee); (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options (with such cancellation to occur in the reverse chronological order in which such equity awards or installments or tranches thereof would otherwise have become vested pursuant to their normal vesting terms and conditions in the absence of such acceleration of vesting) ; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options (with such cancellation to occur in the reverse chronological order in which such stock options or installments or tranches thereof would otherwise have become vested under their normal vesting terms and conditions in the absence of such acceleration); and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to the Employee (with such reduction to occur in the reverse chronological order in which such benefits would otherwise have been paid to the Employee). The Company shall reasonably determine the procedures and manner of making the calculation required above.

 

8.             Definitions.

 

(a)             Definition of Change of Control.   “Change of Control” shall mean the consummation of any one of the following events: (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s outstanding voting power of the surviving entity following the consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (iii) any transaction (or series of related transactions involving a person or entity, or a group of affiliated persons or entities) in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s then-outstanding voting power is transferred, excluding any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company and excluding any such change of voting power resulting from a bona fide equity financing event or public offering of the stock of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxes upon you under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ( “Code Section 409A” ), a transaction shall constitute a Change of Control only if, in addition to satisfying the foregoing definition, the transaction also meets the definition of a “change in control event” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

  5  

 

 

(b)             Definition of Cause.  “Cause” for the Company (or any acquirer or successor in interest thereto) to terminate the Employee’s employment shall exist if any of the following occurs: (i) the Employee’s conviction (including a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere ) of any felony or any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Employee’s commission or attempted commission of or participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty or misrepresentation against the Company that results (or could reasonably be expected to result) in material harm or injury to the business or reputation of the Company; (iii) the Employee’s material violation of any contract or agreement between the Employee and the Company, or of any Company policy, or of any statutory duty the Employee owes to the Company; or (iv) the Employee’s conduct that constitutes gross insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or could reasonably be expected to have resulted in) material harm to the business or reputation of the Company; provided, however, that the action or conduct described in clause (iv) above will constitute “Cause” only if such action or conduct continues after the Board has provided the Employee with written notice thereof and thirty (30) days’ opportunity to cure the same, except that the Board is not obligated to provide such written notice and opportunity to cure if the action or conduct is not reasonably susceptible to cure.  The determination that a termination is for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

(c)             Definition of Good Reason.   A resignation for “Good Reason” shall mean a resignation of the Employee’s employment within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following events which is not corrected within fifteen (15) days after the Company (or any successor thereto) receives written notice from the Employee that any of the following events have occurred and that the Employee asserts that grounds for a resignation for Good Reason exists as a result of: (i) without the Employee’s written consent, a material diminution of the Employee’s duties, position or responsibilities; provided, however, a mere change in title or reporting relationship following a Change of Control will not by itself constitute “Good Reason” for the Employee’s resignation, and further provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the acquiring entity will not by itself result in a “diminution;” or (ii) without the Employee’s written consent, a reduction by the Company in the Employee’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction by more than ten percent (10%) (unless such reduction is made pursuant to an across the board reduction applicable to senior executives of the Company).

 

9.             Release Requirements.  To be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits, the Employee must meet the following requirements (the “Release Requirements” ): (a) the Employee must first timely execute, make effective, and deliver to the Company within 60 days after the date of the Employee’s employment termination a general release of all known and unknown claims, in a form acceptable to the Company (which may, at the Company’s election, be incorporated into a separation agreement); and (b) the Employee must not be in material breach of any other agreement or contract between the Employee and the Company at the time of the receipt of such benefits.  In the event that, during such time as the Employee continues to receive any Severance Benefits, the Employee materially breaches any other agreement or contract between the Employee and the Company, the Company’s obligation to continue to provide the Severance Benefits will immediately cease in full, and the Employee will not be entitled to receive any additional Severance Benefits as of the date of the Employee’s breach.

 

  6  

 

 

10.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.  The Employee is required, as a condition to the Employee’s employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

(b)               Entire Agreement.   This Agreement and its attachments contain all of the terms of the Employee’s employment with the Company.  The employment terms in this Agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to the Employee by anyone, whether oral or written, concerning the Employee’s employment terms.  Changes in the Employee’s employment terms, other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s or the Board’s discretion in this Agreement, require a written modification approved by the Board and signed by the Employee and a duly authorized member of the Board.

 

(c)                Binding Effect; Severability.   This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both the Employee and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both the Employee and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question shall be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law.

 

(d)               Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver.   The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.  By signing this Agreement, the Employee irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT THE EMPLOYEE ALSO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND REPRESENT THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

(e)             Mutual Drafting.   Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.  Any waiver of a breach of this Agreement, or rights hereunder, shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach or rights hereunder.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which shall be deemed to be part of one original, and facsimile and .pdf signatures shall be equivalent to original signatures.

 

11.             Code Section 409A Compliance.

 

(a)             The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement either are exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement (and payments and benefits hereunder) shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance therewith. However, in no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Employee by Code Section 409A or for damages for failing to be exempt from or in compliance with Code Section 409A.

 

  7  

 

 

(b)             A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

(c)             Notwithstanding any other payment schedule provided herein to the contrary, if the Employee is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then each of the following shall apply:

 

(i)             With regard to any payment that is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment shall be made on the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Employee, and (B) the date of the Employee’s death (the “Delay Period” ) to the extent required under Code Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid to the Employee in a lump sum, and all remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein; and

 

(ii)             To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” the Employee shall pay the cost of such benefits during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Employee, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Employee, the Company's share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

 

(d)             All reimbursements of expenses under this Agreement shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by the Employee. Any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. No such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year.

 

(e)             For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Employee’s right to receive any installment payment pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

(f)             Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g.,, “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

  8  

 

 

(g)             Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset, counterclaim or recoupment by any other amount payable to the Employee unless and to the extent otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

(h)             Unless this Agreement provides a specified and objectively determinable payment schedule to the contrary, to the extent that any payment of base salary or other compensation is to be paid for a specified continuing period of time beyond the date of the Employee’s termination of employment in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices (or other similar term), the payments of such base salary or other compensation shall be made upon such schedule as in effect upon the date of termination, but no less frequently than monthly.

 

 

 

 

Signatures on the Following Page

 

 

 

  9  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

   

The Employee:

 

 

 

/s/ Dave Rosa

Dave Rosa

The Company:

 

Neuro One, LLC

 

By: /s/ Dave Rosa                           

Name: Dave Rosa                          

Title: CEO                                         

   

 

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement

  

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

14605 Woodhaven Road

Minnetonka, MN 55345

 

December 1, 2016

   

Mark Christianson

14301 Martin Dr.

Apt 232

Eden Prairie, MN 55344

 

Dear Mark Christianson:

 

We are pleased to offer you employment with NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ). The terms of your offer are as follows:

 

Your initial position with us will be as Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Your annualized salary will be $200,000, paid in equal bi-weekly installments in accordance with our normal payroll procedures, and you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 25% of your annualized salary, to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its sole discretion. During your employment, you will be allowed to participate in the benefit programs and arrangements that we make available to our employees, including four (4) weeks paid vacation and sick leave, contributory and non-contributory welfare and benefit plans, disability plans, and medical, death benefit and life insurance plans for which you are eligible under the terms of those plans. A $500.00 per month car allowance will be paid monthly for the use of a vehicle for business purposes. All other approved business expenses will be reimbursed per the company guidelines.

 

Your employment will be subject to the terms of the Company’s employee handbook (as amended from time to tome), which will supplement this letter agreement and is expressly incorporated by reference into this letter agreement. In addition, your job duties, title, responsibility and reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as personnel policies and procedures, are subject to change.

 

Your employment is effective December 1, 2016. By signing this letter agreement, you acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company is “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company are entitled to terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express writing signed by you and the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

You are required, as a condition to your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

This letter agreement and its attachments contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

 

This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The terms of this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. By signing this letter agreement you irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Minnesota for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this letter agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  BY SIGNING THIS LETTER AGREEMENT YOU ALSO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT AND REPRESENT THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

  1  

 

 

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating duplicate original copies of this letter agreement and the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement and returning them to me. As required by law, your employment with the Company is also contingent upon you providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

Dave A. Rosa, CEO

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

  

I have read and accept this employment offer. By signing this letter agreement, I represent and warrant to the Company that I am under no contractual commitments inconsistent with my obligations to the Company. Further, in consideration of my employment, I agree that, unless a shorter period of limitations applies, any claim, suit, action or other proceeding arising out of my employment or the termination of my employment, including but not limited to claims arising under state or federal civil rights statutes, must be brought or asserted by me within six (6) months of the event giving rise to the claim or be forever barred. I expressly waive any longer statute or other period of limitations to the contrary.

 

 

/s/ Mark Christianson   Dated: Dec 1, 2016
Mark Christianson    

 

 

  2  

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

14605 Woodhaven Road

Minnetonka, MN 55345

 

January 9, 2017

 

Thomas Bachinski 

19059 Orchard Trail

Lakeville, MN 55044

 

Dear Thomas: 

 

We are pleased to offer you employment with NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ). The terms of your offer are as follows:

 

Your initial position with us will be as Chief Development Officer. Beginning January 1, 2017, your annualized salary will be $231,000, paid in equal monthly installments in accordance with our normal payroll procedures, and you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 25% of your annualized salary, to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board” ) in its sole discretion. In addition, you shall receive, in such form and at such time as determined by the Board, a grant of equity interests in the Company equal to 4% of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of the date hereof, which shall vest in connection with the achievement of milestones as set forth in the attached Exhibit A ; provided, however, that achievement of such milestones shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board. During your employment, you will be allowed to participate in the benefit programs and arrangements that we make available to our employees, including four (4) weeks paid vacation and sick leave, contributory and non-contributory welfare and benefit plans, disability plans, and medical, death benefit and life insurance plans for which you are eligible under the terms of those plans.

 

Your employment will be subject to the terms of the Company’s employee handbook (as amended from time to tome), which will supplement this letter agreement and is expressly incorporated by reference into this letter agreement. In addition, your job duties, title, responsibility and reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as personnel policies and procedures, are subject to change.

 

Your employment is effective January 23, 2017. By signing this letter agreement, you acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company is “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company are entitled to terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express writing signed by you and the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

You are required, as a condition to your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

This letter agreement and its attachments contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

 

This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The terms of this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. By signing this letter agreement you irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Minnesota for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this letter agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  BY SIGNING THIS LETTER AGREEMENT YOU ALSO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT AND REPRESENT THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

  1  

 

 

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating duplicate original copies of this letter agreement and the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement and returning them to me. As required by law, your employment with the Company is also contingent upon you providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.

 

Sincerely,

 

Dave A. Rosa, CEO

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

I have read and accept this employment offer. By signing this letter agreement, I represent and warrant to the Company that I am under no contractual commitments inconsistent with my obligations to the Company. Further, in consideration of my employment, I agree that, unless a shorter period of limitations applies, any claim, suit, action or other proceeding arising out of my employment or the termination of my employment, including but not limited to claims arising under state or federal civil rights statutes, must be brought or asserted by me within six (6) months of the event giving rise to the claim or be forever barred. I expressly waive any longer statute or other period of limitations to the contrary.

 

/s/ Thomas Bachinski   Dated: January 9, 2017
Thomas Bachinski    

 

  2  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Vesting Milestones

 

1. Work with Evergreen Inc. on  the design history files for the cortical electrode and all other work performed by Evergreen that spans development to commercialization. This will support the regulatory 510k submission and generate a product development timeline that will synchronize / coordinate key functions in the organization. This needs to be done asap.  - Q1, 2017

 

2. Lead / Co-lead the development coordination of the depth electrode product specification and conversion into a design specification. – Q2-Q3 2017

 

3. Develop synchronization chart for business and engineering milestones for a 2017 timeline. Part of our 2017 planning session. - Q1, 2017

 

4. Develop Clinical Connector Strategy (Flex to wired interface). This will include product specification, interface to signal recording specification and preliminary design specification for sourcing or development by Q2 2017 or sooner.

 

  Exhibit A - 1  

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

14605 Woodhaven Road

Minnetonka, MN 55345

 

December 1, 2016

 

Wade Fredrickson

4825 Suburban Drive

Shorewood, MN 55331

 

Dear Wade:

 

We are pleased to offer you employment with NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ). The terms of your offer are as follows:

 

Your initial position with us will be as Vice President of Market Development. Your annualized salary will be $200,000, paid in equal bi-weekly installments in accordance with our normal payroll procedures, and you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 25% of your annualized salary, to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its sole discretion. During your employment, you will be allowed to participate in the benefit programs and arrangements that we make available to our employees, including three (3) weeks paid vacation and sick leave, contributory and non-contributory welfare and benefit plans, disability plans, and medical, death benefit and life insurance plans for which you are eligible under the terms of those plans.

 

Your employment will be subject to the terms of the Company’s employee handbook (as amended from time to tome), which will supplement this letter agreement and is expressly incorporated by reference into this letter agreement. In addition, your job duties, title, responsibility and reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as personnel policies and procedures, are subject to change.

 

Your employment is effective December 1, 2016. By signing this letter agreement, you acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company is “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company are entitled to terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express writing signed by you and the Board of Directors of the Company.         

 

You are required, as a condition to your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

This letter agreement and its attachments contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

 

This letter agreement may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The terms of this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. By signing this letter agreement you irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Minnesota for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this letter agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  BY SIGNING THIS LETTER AGREEMENT YOU ALSO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT AND REPRESENT THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating duplicate original copies of this letter agreement and the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement and returning them to me. As required by law, your employment with the Company is also contingent upon you providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.

 

  1  

 

 

Sincerely,

 

Dave A. Rosa, CEO

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

I have read and accept this employment offer. By signing this letter agreement, I represent and warrant to the Company that I am under no contractual commitments inconsistent with my obligations to the Company. Further, in consideration of my employment, I agree that, unless a shorter period of limitations applies, any claim, suit, action or other proceeding arising out of my employment or the termination of my employment, including but not limited to claims arising under state or federal civil rights statutes, must be brought or asserted by me within six (6) months of the event giving rise to the claim or be forever barred. I expressly waive any longer statute or other period of limitations to the contrary.

 

/s/ Wade Fredrickson   Dated: December 1, 2016
Wade Fredrickson    

 

  2  

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

RESIGNATION LETTER

 

July 20, 2017

 

To the Board of Directors of

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation:

 

The undersigned, Amer Samad:

 

1.       Hereby resigns, effective immediately, as the Chief Executive Officer (and any and all other executive and employment positions, official or unofficial, if any, I may have, other than as a director) of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (the “Company”).

 

2.       Hereby resigns as a director (the “Director Resignation”) of the Company effective 10 days after the mailing of a Schedule 14F-1, which the Company plans to prepare and file on or about the date of this resignation letter.

 

3.       Hereby represents that the resignations referred to in this resignation letter are not due to a disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the Company's operations, policies or practices.

 

4.       Hereby represents that as of the date of this resignation letter, the undersigned has no claim against the Company for any outstanding remuneration, loans or fees of whatever nature.

 

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Amer Samad
  Amer Samad

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

Separation AND Release Agreement

 

THIS SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made by and between NeuroOne, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and Wade Frederickson ( “Employee” ). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of this Agreement and the mutual promises set forth herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1
EMPLOYMENT TERMINATION AND PAYMENTS

 

1.1                Termination of Employment. Employee’s employment with the Company terminated as of June 28, 2017 (the “Termination Date” ). Provided this Agreement becomes effective in accordance with Section 2.2, the Company will pay Employee a severance payment in the amount of $16,666.67, less deductions required or authorized by law. The Company will pay this amount in a lump sum on or before the first payroll date after this Agreement becomes effective in accordance with Section 2.2.

 

1.2                Conflict with Other Agreements. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and that certain offer letter describing Employee’s employment terms dated December 1, 2016 between the Company and Employee (the “Offer Letter” ), this Agreement shall control. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and that certain Employee Proprietary Information, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement dated December 1, 2016 between the Company and Employee (the “Invention Assignment Agreement” ), the Invention Assignment Agreement shall control.

 

1.3                Acknowledgement. Except as provided in this Article 1, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Employee is not, and shall not after the Termination Date, be eligible for any additional payment by the Company of any bonus, salary, retirement pension, severance pay, back pay, or other remuneration or compensation of any kind in respect of employment by the Company, provided that nothing in this Agreement alters Employee’s rights with respect to any existing equity interests held in the Company, which will continued to be governed by the applicable equity agreements specifically related thereto. Employee hereby confirms to the Company that Exhibit 1 to the Invention Assignment Agreement contains a complete list of all Inventions (as defined in the Invention Assignment Agreement) or improvements to which Employee claims ownership and desires to remove from the operation of the Inventions Assignment Agreement. Employee further agrees that the Invention Assignment Agreement remains in full force and effect, and Employee hereby reaffirms his obligations arising under the terms of the Invention Assignment Agreement. Employee agrees to return to the Company all Company Documents and Materials (as defined in the Invention Assignment Agreement and without retaining copies thereof), apparatus, equipment and other physical property in Employee’s possession within 7 days of the Termination Date.

 

     

 

 

Article 2
RELEASE AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT

 

2.1                Employee Release of Claims. In consideration for the separation consideration set forth in this Agreement, Employee, on behalf of himself, his heirs, executors, legal representatives, spouse and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its respective past and present officers, directors, employees, investors, stockholders, administrators, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessor and successor corporations and assigns, attorneys and insurers (the “Company’s Released Parties” ) of and from any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that any of them may possess arising from any omissions, acts or facts that have occurred through the date that Employee signs this Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all claims:

 

A.                   which arise out of, result from, or occurred in connection with Employee’s employment by the Company or any of its affiliated entities, the termination of that employment relationship, any events occurring in the course of that employment, or any events occurring prior to the execution of this Agreement;

 

B.                   for wrongful discharge, discrimination, harassment and/or retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; contribution or indemnification; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; slander, libel or invasion of privacy; violation of public policy; fraud, misrepresentation or conspiracy; and false imprisonment;

 

C.                   for a violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, regulation or ordinance relating to employment, including, without limitation, (1) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, (2) the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (3) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “ADEA” ), including without limitation, the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act, as amended ( “OWBPA” ), (4) the OWBPA, (5) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, (6) the Minnesota Human Rights Act, as amended (the “ MHRA ”), and (7) the Minnesota Equal Pay for Equal Work Law, as amended;

 

D.                   for back pay or other unpaid compensation; and/or

 

E.                   for attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, Employee will not take any action that is contrary to the promises he has made in this Agreement. Employee represents that he has not filed any lawsuit, arbitration, or other claim against any of the Company’s Released Parties. Employee states that he knows of no violation of state, federal, or municipal law or regulation by any of the Company’s Released Parties, and knows of no ongoing or pending investigation, charge, or complaint by any agency charged with enforcement of state, federal, or municipal law or regulation. Nothing in this Agreement limits state or federal agencies from investigating and enforcing laws within their jurisdiction, but (except as to possible whistleblower awards from the Securities and Exchange Commission), Employee agrees he will not receive any monetary damages, recovery and/or relief of any type related to any Released Claim(s), whether pursued by Employee or any governmental agency, other person or group.

 

  2  

 

 

2.2                Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA and MHRA. Employee acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the OWBPA, the ADEA, and the MHRA, and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement, and that if he signed this Agreement before expiration of that twenty-one (21) calendar day period, he did so knowingly and voluntarily and with the intent of waiving his right to utilize the full 21-day consideration period; (c) he has the right to revoke his release of claims, insofar as it extends to potential claims arising under the ADEA, by informing the Company of such revocation within seven (7) calendar days following his execution of this Agreement; and (d) he has the right to rescind his release of claims, insofar as it extends to potential claims arising under the MHRA, by informing the Company of such rescission within fifteen (15) calendar days following Employee’s execution of this Agreement. Employee further understands that these revocation and rescission periods shall run concurrently, and that this Agreement is not effective until the fifteen (15) day rescission period (the “Revocation Period” ) has expired. Communication of any such revocation by Employee to the Company shall be provided in writing and mailed by certified or registered mail with return receipt requested and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer.

 

2.3                No Admission of Liability . Neither this Agreement nor any statement contained herein shall be deemed to constitute an admission of liability on the part of the parties herein released. This Agreement’s execution and implementation may not be used as evidence, and shall not be admissible in a subsequent proceeding of any kind, except one alleging a breach of this Agreement.

 

2.4                Non-Disparagement. Employee covenants and agrees that he shall not make or cause to be made any statements, observations, or opinions, or communicate any information (whether in written or oral form), that defame, slander or are likely in any way to harm the reputation of any of the Company’s Released Parties or tortiously interfere with any of the Company’s Released Parties’ respective business relationships. Employee understands and agrees that the Company’s Released Parties could not be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law for breach of Employee’s obligations under this Section. Accordingly, Employee specifically agrees that the Company’s Released Parties shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief, specific performance, and other equitable relief to enforce the provisions of this Section. This provision with respect to injunctive relief shall not, however, diminish the right of the Company’s Released Parties to claim and recover damages or other remedies in addition to equitable relief.

  

  3  

 

 

Article 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1                Representations and Warranties of Employee. Employee warrants and represents to the Company that he: (A) has been advised to consult with legal counsel in entering into this Agreement; (B) has entirely read this Agreement; (C) has voluntarily executed this Agreement without any duress or undue influence and with the full intent of releasing all claims; (D) is the only person who is or may be entitled to receive or share in any damages or compensation on account of or arising out of his relationship with, or providing services to, the Company or any of its affiliated entities, the termination of that relationship or services, any actions taken in the course of that relationship or services, and any events related to that relationship or services or occurring prior to the execution of this Agreement; (E) understands and agrees that in the event any injury, loss, or damage has been sustained by him which is not now known or suspected, or in the event that the losses or damage now known or suspected have present or future consequences not now known or suspected, this Agreement shall nevertheless constitute a full and final release as to the parties herein released, and that this Agreement shall apply to all such unknown or unsuspected injuries, losses, damages or consequences; and (F) expressly acknowledges that his entry into this Agreement is in exchange for consideration in addition to anything of value to which he is already entitled.

 

Article 4
MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                Severability. This Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision is held to be unenforceable, then such provision will be construed or revised in a manner so as to permit its enforceability to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If such provision cannot be reformed in that manner, such provision will be deemed to be severed from this Agreement, but every other provision of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

4.2                Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee concerning Employee’s separation from the Company, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning Employee’s relationship with the Company and his compensation by the Company, provided, however, that this Agreement does not supersede or modify the Invention Assignment Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by Employee and the Company.

 

4.3                Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by Employee without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign this Agreement without Employee’s consent in connection with a merger or sale of its assets and/or to a corporation controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, each Party’s respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

4.4                Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. Each of the Parties hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Minnesota for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement, and consents to the laying of venue in such courts. EACH OF THE PARTIES KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER. In addition, should it become necessary for the Company to seek to enforce any of the covenants contained in this Agreement through any legal, administrative or alternative dispute resolution proceeding, Employee shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable fees and expenses (legal costs, attorney’s fees and otherwise) related thereto.

 

  4  

 

 

4.5                Counterparts/ Facsimile Signature. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by facsimile, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures of the Parties transmitted by facsimile or via .pdf format shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

NeuroOne, Inc.      
             
             
By:  /s/ Dave Rosa   /s/ Wade Fredrickson  
Name: D ave Rosa   Wade Frederickson  
Title: CEO Date :   7/5/2017  

  

 

  5  

Exhibit 16.2

 

 

 

We have read the statements made in Item 4.01- Changes in Accountants included in the Form 8-K of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (formerly Original Source Entertainment, Inc.) dated July 20, 2017 as they relate to our firm, Pritchett, Siler & Hardy, P.C., and agree with those statements made therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with any other statements made in said Form 8-K and its accompanying exhibits.

 

 

 

/s/ Pritchett, Siler and Hardy, P.C.

 

July 20, 2017

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

Entity   Jurisdiction of Formation
NeuroOne, Inc.   Delaware

 

 

 

 

  

Exhibit 99.1

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

   

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 3
   
Financial Statements  
   
Balance Sheets 4
   
Statements of Operations 5
   
Statements of Changes in Stockholders'/Member Deficit 6
   
Statements of Cash Flows 7
   
Notes to Financial Statements 8 - 20

   

 

2 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of NeuroOne, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and NeuroOne LLC as of December 31, 2015 and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for NeuroOne, Inc. for the period from October 7, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 and statements of operations, member deficit and cash flows for NeuroOne LLC for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis of designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NeuroOne, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and NeuroOne LLC as of December 31, 2015 and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for NeuroOne, Inc. for the period from October 7, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 and statements of operations, member deficit and cash flows for NeuroOne LLC for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company merged with NeuroOne LLC on October 27, 2016. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

 

Minneapolis, MN

July 13, 2017

 

 

3 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Balance Sheets

 

          NeuroOne LLC  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
Assets                
Current assets:                
Cash   $ 522,217     $  
Prepaid expenses     53,823        
Total current assets     576,040        
Intangible assets, net     180,890       100,293  
Total assets   $ 756,930     $ 100,293  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’/Member Deficit                
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable   $     $ 247  
Accrued expenses     264,343       114,187  
Short-term unsecured loan     50,000        
Convertible promissory notes     225,197        
Premium conversion derivative     137,650        
Total current liabilities     677,190       114,434  
Warrant liability     345,960        
Total liabilities     1,023,150       114,434  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)                
                 
Member deficit             (14,141 )
Stockholders’ deficit:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2016.              
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,200,000 shares authorized and 306,670 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016.     31          
Additional paid–in capital     119          
Accumulated deficit     (266,370 )        
Total stockholders’/member deficit     (266,220 )     (14,141 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’/member deficit   $ 756,930     $ 100,293  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

4 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Statements of Operations

 

          NeuroOne LLC  
    For the period
October 7, 2016
to December
31, 2016
    For the period
January 1, 2016
to October 26,
2016
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2015
 
                   
Operating expenses:                        
General and administrative   $ 182,667     $ 6,657     $ 7,936  
Research and development                 2,400  
Total operating expenses     182,667       6,657       10,336  
Loss from operations     (182,667 )     (6,657 )     (10,336 )
Interest expense     (83,703 )     (11,947 )     (4,187 )
Net loss   $ (266,370 )   $ (18,604 )   $ (14,523 )
Net loss per share:                        
Basic and diluted   $ (1.02 )                
Number of shares used in per share calculations:                        
Basic and diluted     259,906                  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

5 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’/Member Deficit

 

    NeuroOne LLC       NeuroOne, Inc.  
    Member                   Additional           Total  
    Deficit       Common Stock     Paid–In     Accumulated     Stockholders'  
            Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Deficit  
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ (2,018 )                                          
Contributions     2,400                                            
Net loss     (14,523 )                                          
Balance at December 31, 2015     (14,141 )                                          
Net loss from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016     (18,604 )                                          
Balance at October 26, 2016   $ (32,745 )                                          
                                                   
                                                   
Balance at October 7, 2016                   $     $     $     $  
Issuance of common shares in connection with the merger with NeuroOne LLC               5,000       1       149             150  
Issuance of common shares to subscription holders               301,670       30       9,020             9,050  
Subscription receivable                           (9,050 )           (9,050 )
Net loss from October 7, 2016 through December 31, 2016                                 (266,370 )     (266,370 )
Balance at December 31, 2016               306,670     $ 31     $ 119     $ (266,370 )   $ (266,220 )

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

6 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

 

          NeuroOne LLC  
    For the period
October 7, 2016
to December
31, 2016
    For the period
January 1, 2016
to October 26,
2016
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2015
 
                   
Operating activities                        
Net loss   $ (266,370 )   $ (18,604 )   $ (14,523 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                        
Amortization     1,269       6,471       7,765  
Non-cash interest on convertible promissory notes     4,356              
Non-cash discount amortization on convertible promissory notes     41,514              
Non-cash note issuance costs attributed to warrant liability     36,546              
Revaluation of premium conversion derivative     86              
Revaluation of warrant liability     320              
Change in assets and liabilities:                        
Prepaid expenses     (53,823 )            
Accounts payable           186       171  
Accrued expenses     60,319       11,947       4,187  
Net cash used in operating activities     (175,783 )           (2,400 )
Financing activities                        
Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes     354,360              
Proceeds from issuance of warrants     345,640              
Proceeds from short term unsecured loan     50,000              
Issuance costs related to convertible promissory notes     (26,306 )            
Issuance costs related to warrants     (25,694 )            
Member contributions                 2,400  
Net cash provided by financing activities     698,000             2,400  
Net increase in cash     522,217              
Cash at beginning of period                  
Cash at end of period   $ 522,217     $     $  
Supplemental non-cash financing transactions:                        
Bifurcation of premium conversion derivative related to convertible promissory notes   $ 137,564     $     $  
Issuance of common stock for intangible assets   $ 150     $     $  
Purchased intangible assets in accrued liabilities   $ 182,009     $     $  
Accrued issuance costs attributed to convertible promissory notes   $ 11,163     $     $  
Accrued issuance costs attributed to warrant liability   $ 10,852     $     $  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

7 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

NOTE 1 – Organization and Nature of Operations

 

NeuroOne, Inc. (NeuroOne or the Company) is an early-stage medical technology company developing comprehensive neuromodulation cEEG and sEEG monitoring, ablation, and brain stimulation solutions to diagnose and treat patients with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors, and other brain related disorders.

 

To date, the Company has recorded no product sales and has a limited expense history. NeuroOne is currently raising capital to fund the development of its proprietary technology and seek regulatory clearances required to initiate commercial activities.

 

The Company is based in Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

 

Merger

NeuroOne LLC (the “LLC”) was formed on December 12, 2013 and operated as a limited liability company until it was merged with and into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 with NeuroOne, Inc. as the surviving entity of the “Merger” (see Note 9 – Stockholders’/Member Deficit). NeuroOne, Inc. was formed on October 7, 2016 under different ownership than the LLC. As a result of the Merger, all of the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the LLC vested in NeuroOne, Inc., and all debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC became the debts, liabilities and duties of NeuroOne, Inc., with the exception of the Company’s license agreement with Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF”) which required WARF’s approval for transfer (See Note 4 – Commitments and Contingencies). The purpose of the Merger was to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation from Minnesota to Delaware, change the ownership of the LLC’s underlying assets, and to convert from a limited liability company to a corporation.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. and the LLC were not entities under common control. As the LLC did not have an integrated set of activities that contained the required complement of inputs, processes and outputs to be considered a business, the Merger was accounted for as an asset acquisition as prescribed under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – Business Combinations .

 

The holders of shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. exchanged, upon the effectiveness of the Merger, three (3) shares of common stock of NeuroOne, Inc. that they subscribed to and held pre-Merger for one (1) share of common stock in the surviving entity. All issued and outstanding common stock and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock combination completed in connection with the Merger for the period presented.

 

NOTE 2 - Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $266,370 as December 31, 2016. Prior to the Merger, the LLC also incurred losses since its inception and had cumulative losses of $49,930 as of the date of the Merger. The Company does not have adequate liquidity to fund its operations throughout fiscal 2017 without raising additional funds. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this condition. Management intends to seek additional financing to fund operations. If the Company is not able to raise additional working capital, it will have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and the development of its technology.

 

 

8 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

The Company completed $700,000 of a planned $1.5 million convertible promissory note financing (subsequently amended to $2.5 million authorized in June 2017) in the fourth quarter of 2016, with another $925,120 raised as of July 13, 2017. The Company does not have adequate liquidity to fund its operations throughout fiscal 2017 without raising additional funds. Management believes that the currently available resources from the convertible promissory note financing combined with funds expected to be raised in fiscal 2017 will be sufficient to enable the Company to meet its operating plan through at least December 31, 2017. However, if the Company is unable to raise additional funds, or the Company’s anticipated operating results are not achieved, management believes planned expenditures may need to be reduced in order to extend the time period that existing resources can fund the Company’s operations. If management is unable to obtain the necessary capital, it may have to cease operations.

 

NOTE 3 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Management's Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash. The Company’s cash is held by one financial institution in the United States. Amounts on deposit may at times exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institution is financially sound, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to the financial institution. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had deposits in excess of federally insured amounts of $272,906.

 

Prior to October 27, 2016, the Company did not maintain a bank account. Any expenses incurred while the Company was organized as an LLC were paid by the sole member of the LLC.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s accounting for fair value measurements of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring or nonrecurring basis adheres to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

· Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the Company at the measurement date.

 

· Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

· Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

 

 

9 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair values of cash, other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and the unsecured loan approximated their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these assets or liabilities. The estimated fair value of the convertible promissory notes of the Company was based on amortized cost which was deemed to approximate fair value. The fair value of the warrant liability and the premium conversion derivative associated with the convertible promissory notes of the Company were based on cash flow models discounted at current implied market rates evidenced in recent arms-length transactions representing expected returns by market participants for similar instruments and are based on Level 3 inputs. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

The fair value of financial instruments measured on a recurring basis is as follows:

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
Description   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Liabilities:                                
Warrant liability   $ 345,960     $     $     $ 345,960  
Premium conversion derivative     137,650                   137,650  
Total liabilities at fair value   $ 483,610     $     $     $ 483,610  

 

The following table provides a roll-forward of the warrant liability and premium debt conversion derivative measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable level 3 inputs for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016:

 

Warrant liability   2016  
Balance as of beginning of period   $  
Issuance of warrants in connection with convertible promissory notes     345,640  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     320  
Balance as of end of period   $ 345,960  

 

Premium debt conversion derivative   2016  
Balance as of beginning of period   $  
Value assigned to the underlying derivative in connection with convertible notes     137,564  
Change in fair value of premium debt conversion derivative     86  
Balance as of end of period   $ 137,650  

 

Intellectual Property

The Company and the LLC have entered into two licensing agreements with major research institutions, which allows for access to certain patented technology and know-how. Milestone payments under those agreements are capitalized and amortized to general and administrative expense over the expected useful life of the acquired technology.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company and the LLC evaluate their long-lived assets, which consists entirely of licensed intellectual property for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The Company and the LLC assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. Through December 31, 2016, the Company has not impaired any long-lived assets.

 

 

10 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are recorded as a reduction of the convertible promissory notes. Amortization of debt issuance costs is calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the convertible promissory notes, which approximates the effective interest method, and is recorded in interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development expenses may comprise costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including clinical trial costs, manufacturing costs for both clinical and pre-clinical materials as well as other contracted services, license fees, and other external costs. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity is performed or when the goods have been received, rather than when payment is made, in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development .

 

Warrant Liability

The Company issued warrants to purchase equity securities in connection with the issuance of convertible promissory notes in the fourth quarter of 2016 (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). The Company accounts for these warrants as a liability at fair value for each reporting period as the number of shares were not fixed and determinable at the issuance date. Additionally, issuance costs associated with the warrants are expensed as incurred and reflected as interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or until such time, if any, as the number of shares to be exercised becomes fixed, at which point the warrants will be classified in stockholders’ (deficit) equity provided that there are sufficient authorized and unissued shares of common stock to settle the warrants and redeem any other contracts that may require settlement in shares of common stock. Any future change in fair value of the warrant liability will be recognized as a component of interest expense in the statements of operations.

 

Premium Debt Conversion Derivative

The Company evaluates all conversion and redemption features contained in a debt instrument to determine if there are any embedded derivatives that require separation from the host debt instrument. An embedded derivative that requires separation is bifurcated from its host debt instrument and a corresponding discount to the host debt instrument is recorded. The discount is amortized and recorded to interest expense over the term of the host debt instrument using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.  The separated embedded derivative is accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. The Company records the fair value changes of a separated embedded derivative to interest expense at each reporting period. The Company issued convertible promissory notes that contained a 125% conversion premium in the event that a qualified financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). The Company determined that the redemption feature under the convertible promissory notes qualified as an embedded derivative and was separated from its debt host.

 

Income Taxes

For NeuroOne, Inc. income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

 

11 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

The LLC operated as a single-member LLC from formation on December 12, 2013 until it was merged into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 (see Note 9 – Stockholders’/Member Deficit). As such, it was a disregarded legal entity for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes was included in the financial statements for the period from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Net Loss Per Share

The LLC was a single-member LLC for which no units were outstanding. Accordingly, earnings per share is not presented for the LLC.

 

For NeuroOne, Inc., basic loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

 

Diluted earnings or loss per share of common stock is computed similarly to basic earnings or loss per share except the weighted average shares outstanding are increased to include additional shares from the assumed exercise of any common stock equivalents, if dilutive. The Company’s convertible promissory notes and warrants are considered common stock equivalents for this purpose. Diluted earnings is computed utilizing the treasury method for the warrants. Diluted earnings with respect to the convertible promissory notes utilizing the if-converted method was not applicable during the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 as no conditions required for conversion had occurred during this period. No incremental common stock equivalents were included in calculating diluted loss per share because such inclusion would be anti-dilutive given the net loss reported for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016.

 

The following potential common shares were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016:

 

    2016  
Warrants     388,886  

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17). The new guidance simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. ASU 2015-17 applies to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by this ASU. For public entities, ASU 2015-17 is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for other entities beginning after December 15, 2017 with earlier application permitted. The new guidance may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company has adopted this standard for all periods presented. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The guidance affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option and the presentation and disclosure requirements of financial instruments. The guidance is effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 for public entities and for all other entities in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted for the accounting guidance on financial liabilities under the fair value option. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its financial statements.

 

 

12 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This ASU simplifies the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including: income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for public entities and after December 15, 2017 for all other entities, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of this new guidance and has not yet determined its impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

NOTE 4 – Commitments and Contingencies

 

WARF License Agreement

On October 1, 2014, the LLC entered into an exclusive start-up company license agreement with the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF”) for WARF’s neural probe array and thin film electrode technology (the “2014 WARF Agreement”). The LLC was to make $110,000 in milestone payments depending on achievement of certain development and approval milestones or within twelve months of signing of the 2014 WARF Agreement. Additionally, if the LLC was successful in obtaining regulatory approval, the LLC was to pay royalties to WARF on a percentage of net sales of products of the licensed technology. Under the terms of the 2014 WARF Agreement, amounts that remained unpaid more than 30 days after they were due, accrued interest at 1 percent per month. Milestone payments due in 2015 were not made to WARF. From January 1, 2016 until the 2014 WARF Agreement was amended as described below, the LLC was in default under the 2014 WARF Agreement. In addition, the LLC was not able to transfer the rights and obligations under the 2014 WARF Agreement to the Company at the time of the Merger (October 27, 2016) without the consent of WARF, which was received when the 2014 WARF Agreement was ultimately amended in February 2017 as described below. In connection with the Merger and in accordance with ASC 805-50, the Company estimated the fair value of consideration payable to WARF and recorded an intangible asset of $90,000 with a corresponding accrued expense.

 

This agreement was subsequently amended in February 2017 (as so amended, the “2017 WARF Agreement”) whereby WARF consented to the transfer of the rights and obligations under the license agreement from the LLC to the Company. In the 2017 WARF Agreement, a contingent payment amount of $120,000 is due in the event that the Company completes a qualified financing. The Company is also obligated to pay royalties to WARF based on a percentage of net sales of products of licensed technology with minimum royalties of $50,000 and $100,000 for calendar years 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $150,000 per year beginning in 2021 through the duration of the 2017 WARF Agreement. Subject to earlier termination, the WARF License otherwise expires by its terms on the date that no valid claims on the patents licensed thereunder remain. The Company expects the latest expiration of a licensed patent to occur in 2030. The 2017 WARF Agreement is also subject to certain cancellation provisions with 90 days’ notice should the Company elect not to continue to use the licensed technology.

 

The Company has agreed to diligently develop, manufacture, market and sell products under the WARF License in the United States during the term of the agreement and, specifically, that the Company will submit a business plan to WARF by February 1, 2018 and file an application for 510(k) marketing clearance with the FDA by February 1, 2019. WARF may terminate the 2017 WARF Agreement in the event that the Company fails to meet these milestones on 30 days’ written notice, if the Company defaults on the payments of amounts due to WARF or fails to timely submit development reports, actively pursue the development plan or breaches any other covenant in the 2017 WARF Agreement and fails to remedy such default in 90 days or in the event of certain bankruptcy events involving the Company. WARF may also terminate this license (i) on 90 days’ notice if the Company fails to have commercial sales of one or more FDA-approved products under the 2017 WARF Agreement by March 31, 2019 or (ii) if, after royalties earned on sales begin to be paid, such earned royalties cease for more than four calendar quarters.

 

 

13 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Mayo Agreement

On October 3, 2014, the LLC entered into an exclusive license and development agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“Mayo”) related to certain intellectual property and development services for thin film electrode technology (“2014 Mayo Agreement”). The LLC was to make milestone payments depending on achievement of certain development and approval milestones and sales targets, none of which were met as of December 31, 2015. Additionally, if the LLC was successful in obtaining regulatory approval, the LLC was to pay royalties to Mayo based on a percentage of net sales of products of the licensed technology as long as an agreement with Mayo is in effect. Also, the LLC was obligated to issue common stock to Mayo if certain events occurred. Upon the LLC’s Merger with the Company on October 27, 2016, the rights under the 2014 Mayo Agreement transferred to the Company, and certain milestones were attained. Therefore, the Company recorded $300 related to 10,000 shares of common stock expected to be issued to Mayo and $91,709 for amounts owed related to the intellectual property. Payments due under the 2014 Mayo Agreement and accrued were $91,709 and $0 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, for the Company and the LLC, respectively. Under the terms of the 2014 Mayo Agreement, amounts that remained unpaid accrued interest at 2 percent above the prime rate (5.75 percent as of December 31, 2016). The milestone payments due in 2016 were not made to Mayo. As such, at December 31, 2016, the Company was in default under the 2014 Mayo Agreement. Mayo and the Company subsequently amended and restated the 2014 Mayo Agreement in May 2017 (as so amended and restated, the “2017 Mayo Agreement”). In the 2017 Mayo Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 50,556 shares of common stock to Mayo to settle the amount of common stock the Company was previously obligated to issue under the 2014 Mayo Agreement and to amend the terms of the 2014 Mayo Agreement. As a part of the 2017 Mayo Agreement, the $91,709 payment is to be paid upon the earlier of a qualified financing or September 30, 2017.

 

NOTE 5 - Intangibles

 

Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31:

 

        NeuroOne, Inc.     NeuroOne LLC  
    Useful
Life
  2016     2015  
License agreements   12-13 years   $ 182,159     $ 110,000  
Less: Accumulated amortization         (1,269 )     (9,707 )
Net intangible assets       $ 180,890     $ 100,293  

 

Amortization expense for the Company was $1,269 for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016. Amortization expense for the LLC was $6,471 for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 and $7,765 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company anticipates amortization expense of approximately $15,000 to $17,000 per year for fiscal year 2017 through 2021 based upon the two current license agreements.

 

 

14 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

NOTE 6 - Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at December 31:

 

    NeuroOne, Inc.     NeuroOne
LLC
 
Accrued   license fees   $ 182,009     $ 110,000  
Accrued services     31,186        
Accrued issuance costs     22,015        
Accrued payroll     28,252        
Accrued interest     881       4,187  
Balance at end of period   $ 264,343     $ 114,187  

  

NOTE 7 – Short-Term Unsecured Loan

 

The Company received a $50,000 short-term unsecured loan in November 2016 from the placement agent for its convertible promissory note financing (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). The Company incurred no fees or interest costs for this temporary loan and it was repaid in full in February 2017.

 

NOTE 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements

 

In November 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to issue convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) and common stock purchase warrants for aggregate gross proceeds of up to $1.5 million.

 

In November and December 2016, the Company issued $700,000 of Notes and common stock purchase warrants to investors for aggregate gross proceeds of $700,000. The Notes are unsecured. The Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8 percent per annum and require the Company to repay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the earlier of November 21, 2017 or the consummation of the next equity or equity-linked round of financing resulting in more than $3.0 million in gross proceeds (a “Qualified Financing”). If a Qualified Financing occurs before November 21, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes automatically converts into the securities issued by the Company in such financing based on the greater number of securities resulting from either the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes divided by $1.80, or the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes multiplied by 1.25, divided by the price paid per security in the Qualified Financing. If the Company fails to complete a Qualified Financing by November 21, 2017, the Notes will be immediately due and payable on such date.

 

If a change of control transaction or initial public offering occurs prior to a Qualified Financing, the Notes would, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal of the Notes, either become payable on demand as of the closing date of such transaction or become convertible into shares of common stock immediately prior to such transaction at a price per share equal to the lesser of the per share value as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors as if in connection with the granting of stock based compensation, or in a private sale to a third party in an arms’ length transaction, or at the per share consideration to be paid in such transaction. Change of control means a merger or consolidation with another entity in which the Company’s stockholders do not own more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity or the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

 

15 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

The warrants granted holders the option to purchase either (i) if exercised after conversion of the Notes, the number of shares issuable upon the conversion of the Notes, or (ii) if exercised prior to conversion of the Notes, the number of shares of common stock equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Note held by such warrant holder divided by $1.80. The warrants were immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on November 21, 2021. The warrants were accounted for as a liability because there is no set exercise price. A Monte Carlo simulation model was used to estimate the aggregate fair value of the warrants. Input assumptions used were as follows: risk-free interest rate 1.905 percent; expected volatility 50 percent; expected life 4.89 years; and expected dividend yield 0 percent. The underlying stock price used in the analysis is on a non-marketable basis and is according to a separate 409A valuation analysis. The convertible promissory note proceeds assigned to the warrants were $345,640, which represented their fair value at issuance, and were discounted from the Notes and reflected as a warrant liability. The discount will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. The amortization expense was $27,555 for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016. The Company recorded the fair value changes of the warrant liability associated with the Notes to interest expense which amounted to $320 for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016. These warrants were subsequently amended in June 2017, such that the warrants are no longer immediately exercisable as of the amendment date (See Note 12 – Subsequent Events).

 

At the time of their issuance, the Notes contained a 125% conversion premium in the event that a Qualified Financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share. The Company determined that the redemption feature under the Notes qualified as an embedded derivative and was separated from its debt host. The bifurcation of the embedded derivative from its debt host resulted in a discount to the Notes in the amount of $137,564. The discount will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. The amortization expense was $10,974 for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016. The embedded derivative was accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. The Company recorded the fair value changes of the premium debt conversion derivative associated with the Notes to interest expense which amounted to $86 for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016.

 

In connection with the Notes, the Company incurred issuance costs in the amount of $74,015 which included (i) a placement agent cash fee of $52,000, (ii) the obligation to issue a warrant to the placement agent (the “placement agent warrant”) for the private placement, which will have an exercise price of $2.00 per share of common stock and a total fair value of $2,230 at December 31, 2016 and (iii) legal expenses of $19,785. The Company has an obligation to issue the placement agent warrant at the time the private placement transaction closes. The placement agent warrant will be immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and expire in 5 years. The placement agent is to receive a placement agent warrant to purchase shares of common stock in an amount equal to 8 percent of the common stock (or common stock equivalents) purchased by investors in the private placement transaction. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has an obligation to issue a placement agent warrant for the purchase of approximately 29,000 shares of common stock. The Company recorded an issuance cost discount to the Notes in the amount of $37,469 of which $2,985 was amortized to interest expense for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016. The balance of the issuance costs in the amount of $36,546 was attributed to the common stock purchase warrants and was immediately recorded as interest expense upon issuance in November and December 2016.

 

The placement agent is also entitled to receive warrants to purchase common stock in an amount equal to 10 percent of the common stock (common stock equivalents) purchased by certain investors in subsequent equity financing rounds. Such warrants if issued will have an exercise price determined in relation to the pricing of the subsequent financing, and will be immediately exercisable once issued.

 

 

16 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

NOTE 9 – Stockholders’ /Member Deficit

 

Common Stock

The Company has 1,200,000 shares of common stock authorized, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 306,670 shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016.

 

Preferred Stock

The Company also has 100,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, par value $0.0001 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

Stockholders’ Equity

Prior to the Merger, on October 20, 2016, the Company issued 301,670 shares of common stock as founders’ shares to seven individuals. Three of those investors were officers of the Company. The Company recorded $9,050 of share subscription receivable for these stock issuances in 2016, which remains outstanding as of December 31, 2016. The shares were subscribed at value of $0.03 per share based on a valuation prepared by the Company utilizing a weighted average market value of invested capital methodology.

 

Merger/Member Equity

The sole member of the LLC received, upon the effectiveness of the Merger, in consideration for the cancellation of his membership interests in the LLC, 5,000 shares of common stock in NeuroOne, Inc.

 

Investment Banker Fee

The Company paid a $50,000 non-refundable fee to an investment banker in December 2016 to raise equity financing. This fee is reflected in the Company’s December 31, 2016 balance sheet as a prepaid expense. The Company subsequently concluded that the investment banker was not expected to raise any equity and therefore expensed the fee in March 2017.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

The Company, seven holders of founders’ shares, and the former sole member of the LLC are parties to a Stockholders Agreement effective October 20, 2016. Under the Stockholders Agreement, the Company’s stockholders have the right to purchase their pro rata share of certain new securities that the Company may offer for sale from time to time and are subject to drag-along rights requiring them to vote in favor of a change in control transaction that is approved by the Company’s board of directors. The stockholders also agreed to vote their shares to elect directors of the Company to ensure the size and composition of the board as is directed by the then-current board and to elect directors recommended by the then-current board.

 

NOTE 10 – Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company formally adopted an equity incentive plan (“Plan”) on October 27, 2016. The Plan provides for the issuance of restricted shares and stock options to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. The Company reserved 58,333 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. The Company’s Board of Directors had not approved any shares for issuance under the Plan as of December 31, 2016.

 

NOTE 11 - Income Taxes

 

NeuroOne LLC operated as a single-member LLC from formation on December 12, 2013 until it was merged into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 (see Note 9 – Stockholders’/Member Deficit). As such, it was a disregarded legal entity for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes was included in the financial statements for the period from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

17 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

The effective tax rate for NeuroOne, Inc. for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 was zero percent. A reconciliation of income tax computed at the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision (benefit) for income taxes included in the accompanying statements of operations for NeuroOne, Inc. is as follows:

 

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate     (34.0 )%
State income tax, net of federal benefit     (6.4 )
Disqualified interest     0.6  
Valuation allowance     39.8  
Effective tax rate     %

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized in the tables below as of December 31:

 

Deferred tax assets:   2016  
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards   $ 75,375  
Acquired intangibles     514  
Accruals     1,259  
Convertible notes     28,884  
      106,032  
Valuation allowance     (106,032 )
Net deferred tax assets   $  

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had gross deferred tax assets of approximately $106,000. Realization of the deferred assets is primarily dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. The Company has had significant pre-tax losses since its inception. The Company has not yet generated revenues and faces significant challenges to becoming profitable. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance of approximately $106,000 as of December 31, 2016. U.S. net deferred tax assets will continue to require a valuation allowance until the Company can demonstrate their realizability through sustained profitability or another source of income.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s federal net operating loss carryforwards were approximately $186,000. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2036 if not utilized. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $186,000. The state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2036, if not utilized.

 

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. Generally, in addition to certain entity reorganizations, the limitation applies when one or more “5-percent shareholders” increase their ownership, in the aggregate, by more than 50 percentage points over a 36-month time period testing period, or beginning the day after the most recent ownership change, if shorter. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

 

In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), specifically related to uncertain tax positions, a Company is required to use a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company believes its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained upon examination, and accordingly, no reserves or related accruals for interest and penalties have been recorded at December 31, 2016.

 

 

18 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

In accordance with this guidance, the Company has adopted a policy under which, if required to be recognized in the future, interest related to the underpayment of income taxes will be classified as a component of interest expense and any related penalties will be classified in operating expenses in the statements of operations.

 

The Company’s corporate returns are subject to examination for the 2016 tax year for federal and subject to examination for the 2016 tax year in one state jurisdiction.

 

NOTE 12 - Subsequent Events

 

The Company issued additional Notes and common stock purchase warrants to investors for aggregate gross proceeds of $925,120 from January 1, 2017 through July 13, 2017. The cash fee due to the placement agent was $61,610 for the Notes issued subsequent to December 31, 2016. The Company will allocate a portion of the gross proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and common stock purchase warrants issued in 2017 to the value of the warrants that were issued to investors with an offsetting discount to the Notes. Lastly, the Notes contain a 125% conversion premium in the event that a Qualified Financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share. The Company determined that the redemption feature under the Notes qualify as an embedded derivative and will be separated from its debt host. The embedded derivative will be accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. As a result of the issuance of additional Notes subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company became obligated to issue a placement agent warrant for an additional 34,228 shares of common stock, which will increase the debt discount on the Notes.

 

The Company repaid the $50,000 short-term unsecured loan in full in February 2017 (see Note 7 – Short-Term Unsecured Loan).

 

The 2014 WARF Agreement was amended in February 2017 and the Company is no longer in default under the 2017 WARF Agreement. The milestone and royalty payment structure due dates were adjusted to reflect current business facts and conditions. In the 2017 WARF Agreement, a contingent payment of $120,000 is due in the event that the Company completes a qualified financing (See Note 4 – Commitments and Contingencies – WARF License Agreement).

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company concluded that the investment banker who was paid a $50,000 non-refundable fee in December 2016 was not expected to raise any equity, and therefore the Company expensed the fee in March 2017.

 

From January 1, 2017 to July 13, 2017, the Company issued, from the Company’s Plan, stock options to directors and consultants for the purchase of 21,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.59 per share, with various vesting periods and expiring in ten years. In addition, in April 2017, the Company issued from the Plan 12,666 shares of restricted common stock with performance vesting conditions to an employee.

 

The 2014 Mayo Agreement was subsequently amended and restated in May 2017. In the 2017 Mayo Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 50,556 shares of common stock to Mayo to settle the amount of 10,000 shares of common stock the Company was previously obligated to issue under the 2014 Mayo Agreement and to amend certain other terms of the 2014 Mayo Agreement. (See Note 4 – Commitments and Contingencies – Mayo Agreement.)

 

 

19 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

In June 2017, the Company amended the terms of the common stock purchase warrants under the Notes to be issuable only in the event of conversion of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the related Notes. The amount of warrant shares to be issued are now fixed to the number of shares of common stock to be received by the Holder upon conversion of such holder’s Note, and to an exercise price equal to the price at which the Notes convert into common shares. Effective the date of the amendment, the warrants are no longer immediately exercisable and will result in an adjustment to the fair value of the underlying warrant liability in the second quarter of 2017.

 

In June 2017, the purchase price owed by the seven individuals for the founders’ shares (See Note 9 – Stockholders’/Member Deficit) under their respective subscription agreements totaling $9,050 was forgiven by the Company.

 

The Company received a letter in May 2017 from the former employer of certain employees of the Company, claiming that the Company and those individuals have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of the former employer and that the individuals breached non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with such party. The Company and the individuals intend to vigorously defend against these claims, if litigation results.

 

We have evaluated subsequent events through July 13, 2017, the date which our financial statements were available for issuance. 

 

 

20 | Page

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

March 31, 2017

 

     

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited)  
   
Condensed Balance Sheets (unaudited) 3
   
Condensed Statements of Operations (unaudited) 4
   
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) 5
   
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (unaudited) 6 - 16

 

     

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2017     2016  
    (unaudited)        
Assets                
Current assets:                
Cash   $ 486,418     $ 522,217  
Prepaid expenses           53,823  
Total current assets     486,418       576,040  
Intangible assets, net     175,883       180,890  
Total assets   $ 662,301     $ 756,930  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit                
Current liabilities:                
Accrued expenses   $ 394,418     $ 264,343  
Short-term unsecured loan           50,000  
Convertible promissory notes     524,675       225,197  
Premium debt conversion derivative     210,565       137,650  
Total current liabilities     1,129,658       677,190  
Warrant liability     528,438       345,960  
Total liabilities     1,658,096       1,023,150  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)                
                 
Stockholders’ deficit:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, no shares issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.            
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,200,000 shares authorized and 306,670 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.     31       31  
Additional paid–in capital     119       119  
Accumulated deficit     (995,945 )     (266,370 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (995,795 )     (266,220 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 662,301     $ 756,930  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

3 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Operations

(unaudited)

 

          NeuroOne LLC  
    Three months
ended March
31, 2017
    Three months
ended March
31, 2016
 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative   $ 444,016     $ 2,001  
Research and development     72,041        
Total operating expenses     516,057       2,001  
Loss from operations     (516,057 )     (2,001 )
Interest expense     (213,518 )     (3,498 )
Net loss   $ (729,575 )   $ (5,499 )
Net loss per share:                
Basic and diluted   $ (2.38 )    
Number of shares used in per share calculations:                
Basic and diluted     306,670        

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

4 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

          NeuroOne LLC  
    Three months
ended March
31, 2017
    Three months
ended March
31, 2016
 
             
Operating activities                
Net loss   $ (729,575 )   $ (5,499 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Amortization     5,007       1,941  
Non-cash interest on convertible promissory notes     17,887        
Non-cash discount amortization on convertible promissory notes     178,541        
Non-cash note issuance costs attributed to warrant liability     15,803        
Revaluation of premium debt conversion derivative     183        
Revaluation of warrant liability     (215 )      
Change in assets and liabilities:                
Prepaid expenses     53,823        
Accrued expenses     107,627       3,558  
Net cash used in operating activities     (350,919 )      
Financing activities                
Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes     192,427        
Proceeds from issuance of warrants     182,693        
Repayment of short term unsecured loan     (50,000 )      
Issuance costs related to convertible promissory notes     (5,130 )      
Issuance costs related to warrants     (4,870 )      
Net cash provided by financing activities     315,120        
Net decrease in cash     (35,799 )      
Cash at beginning of period     522,217        
Cash at end of period   $ 486,418     $  
Supplemental non-cash financing transactions:                
Bifurcation of premium conversion derivative related to convertible promissory notes   $ 72,732     $  
Accrued issuance costs attributed to convertible promissory notes   $ 16,645     $  
Accrued issuance costs attributed to warrant liability   $ 15,803     $  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

 

5 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – Organization and Basis of Presentation

 

NeuroOne, Inc. (NeuroOne or the Company) is an early-stage medical technology company developing comprehensive neuromodulation cEEG and sEEG monitoring, ablation, and brain stimulation solutions to diagnose and treat patients with epilepsy, Parkinson’s disease, essential tremors, and other brain related disorders.

 

The Company is based in Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

 

Merger

NeuroOne LLC (the “LLC”) was formed on December 12, 2013 and operated as a limited liability company until it was merged with and into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 with NeuroOne, Inc. as the surviving entity of the “Merger”. NeuroOne, Inc. was formed on October 7, 2016 under different ownership than the LLC. As a result of the Merger, all of the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the LLC vested in NeuroOne, Inc., and all debts, liabilities and duties of the LLC became the debts, liabilities and duties of NeuroOne, Inc. with the exception of the Company’s license agreement with Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF”) which required WARF’s approval for transfer (See Note 4 – Commitments and Contingencies). The purpose of the Merger was to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation from Minnesota to Delaware, change the ownership of the LLC’s underlying assets, and to convert from a limited liability company to a corporation.

 

NeuroOne, Inc. and the LLC were not entities under common control. As the LLC did not have an integrated set of activities that contained the required complement of inputs, processes and outputs to be considered a business, the Merger was accounted for as an asset acquisition as prescribed under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – Business Combinations .

 

Basis of presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared by the Company, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position as of March 31, 2017 and the results of operations and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2017 and 2016. The operating results for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year. These unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the notes thereto for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2016. The condensed balance sheet at December 31, 2016 was derived from the audited financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 - Going Concern

 

The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred losses since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $995,945 as of March 31, 2017. Prior to the Merger, the LLC also incurred losses since its inception and had cumulative losses of $49,930 as of the date of the Merger. The Company does not have adequate liquidity to fund its operations throughout fiscal 2017 without raising additional funds. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this condition. Management intends to seek additional financing to fund operations. If the Company is not able to raise additional working capital, it will have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and the development of its technology.

 

 

6 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

The Company has completed $1,075,120 ($375,120 during the quarter ended March 31, 2017) of a planned $1.5 million convertible promissory note financing (subsequently amended to $2.5 million authorized in June 2017) through March 31, 2017. An additional $550,000 of convertible promissory note financing was completed subsequent to March 31, 2017 through July 13, 2017. The Company does not have adequate liquidity to fund its operations throughout fiscal 2017 without raising additional funds. Management believes that the currently available resources from the convertible promissory note financing combined with funds expected to be raised in fiscal 2017 will be sufficient to enable the Company to meet its operating plan through at least June 30, 2018. However, if the Company is unable to raise additional funds, or the Company’s anticipated operating results are not achieved, management believes planned expenditures may need to be reduced in order to extend the time period that existing resources can fund the Company’s operations. If management is unable to obtain the necessary capital, it may have to cease operations.

 

NOTE 3 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Management's Use of Estimates

The preparation of condensed financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash. The Company’s cash is held by one financial institution in the United States. Amounts on deposit may at times exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institution is financially sound, and accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to the financial institution. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had deposits in excess of federally insured amounts of $236,418.

 

Prior to October 27, 2016, the Company did not maintain a bank account. Any expenses incurred while the Company was organized as an LLC were paid by the sole member of the LLC.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s accounting for fair value measurements of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the condensed financial statements on a recurring or nonrecurring basis adheres to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

· Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the Company at the measurement date.

 

· Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

 

7 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

· Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

 

As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the fair values of cash, other assets, accrued expenses and the unsecured loan approximated their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these assets or liabilities. The estimated fair value of the convertible promissory notes of the Company was based on amortized cost which was deemed to approximate fair value. The fair value of the warrant liability and the premium conversion derivative associated with the convertible promissory notes of the Company were based on cash flow models discounted at current implied market rates evidenced in recent arms-length transactions representing expected returns by market participants for similar instruments which were based on Level 3 inputs. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

The fair value of financial instruments measured on a recurring basis is as follows:

 

    As of March 31, 2017  
Description   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Liabilities:                                
Warrant liability   $ 528,438     $     $     $ 528,438  
Premium conversion derivative     210,565                   210,565  
Total liabilities at fair value   $ 739,003     $     $     $ 739,003  

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
Description   Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Liabilities:                                
Warrant liability   $ 345,960     $     $     $ 345,960  
Premium conversion derivative     137,650                   137,650  
Total liabilities at fair value   $ 483,610     $     $     $ 483,610  

 

 

8 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

The following table provides a roll-forward of the warrant liability and premium conversion derivative measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable level 3 inputs for the three months ended March 31, 2017:

 

Warrant liability   Three months ended March 31, 2017  
Balance as of beginning of period   $ 345.960  
Issuance of warrants in connection with convertible promissory notes     182,693  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     (215 )
Balance as of end of period   $ 528,438  

 

Premium conversion derivative   Three months ended March 31, 2017  
Balance as of beginning of period   $ 137,650  
Value assigned to the underlying derivative in connection with convertible notes     72,732  
Change in fair value of premium conversion derivative     183  
Balance as of end of period   $ 210,565  

 

Intellectual Property

The Company and the LLC have entered into two licensing agreements with major research institutions, which allows for access to certain patented technology and know-how. Milestone payments under those agreements are capitalized and amortized to general and administrative expense over the expected useful life of the acquired technology.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company and the LLC evaluate their long-lived assets, which consists entirely of licensed intellectual property for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The Company and the LLC assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. Through March 31, 2017, the Company has not impaired any long-lived assets.

 

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are recorded as a reduction of the convertible promissory notes. Amortization of debt issuance costs is calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the convertible promissory notes, which approximates the effective interest method, and is recorded in interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development expenses may comprise costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including clinical trial costs, manufacturing costs for both clinical and pre-clinical materials as well as other contracted services, license fees, and other external costs. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity is performed or when the goods have been received, rather than when payment is made, in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development .

 

 

9 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

Warrant Liability

The Company issued warrants to purchase equity securities in connection with the issuance of convertible promissory notes (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). The Company accounts for these warrants as a liability at fair value as the number of shares were not fixed and determinable at the issuance date. Additionally, issuance costs associated with the Warrant Agreement are expensed as incurred and reflected as interest expense in the accompanying condensed statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrant, or until such time, if any, as the number of shares to be exercised becomes fixed, at which point the warrants will be classified in stockholders’ (deficit) equity provided that there are sufficient authorized and unissued shares of common stock to settle the warrants and redeem any other contracts that may require settlement in shares of common stock. Any future change in fair value of the warrant liability will be recognized as a component of interest expense in the condensed statements of operations.

 

Premium Debt Conversion Derivative

The Company evaluates all conversion and redemption features contained in a debt instrument to determine if there are any embedded derivatives that require separation from the host debt instrument. An embedded derivative that requires separation is bifurcated from its host debt instrument and a corresponding discount to the host debt instrument is recorded. The discount is amortized and recorded to interest expense over the term of the host debt instrument using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.  The separated embedded derivative is accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. The Company records the fair value changes of a separated embedded derivative to interest expense at each reporting period. The Company issued convertible promissory notes that contained a 125% conversion premium in the event that a qualified financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). The Company determined that the redemption feature under the convertible promissory notes qualified as an embedded derivative and was separated from its debt host.

 

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

The LLC operated as a single-member LLC from formation on December 12, 2013 until it was merged into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016 (see Note 9 – Stockholders’/Member Deficit). As such, it was a disregarded legal entity for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes was included in the financial statements for the period from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016.

 

Net Loss Per Share

The LLC was a single-member LLC for which no units were outstanding. Accordingly, earnings per share is not presented for the LLC.

 

For NeuroOne, Inc., basic loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

 

 

10 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

Diluted earnings or loss per share of common stock is computed similarly to basic earnings or loss per share except the weighted average shares outstanding are increased to include additional shares from the assumed exercise of any common stock equivalents, if dilutive. The Company’s convertible promissory notes and warrants are considered common stock equivalents for this purpose. Diluted earnings is computed utilizing the treasury method for the warrants. Diluted earnings with respect to the convertible promissory notes utilizing the if-converted method was not applicable during the three months ended March 31, 2017 as no conditions required for conversion had occurred during this period. No incremental common stock equivalents were included in calculating diluted loss per share because such inclusion would be anti-dilutive given the net loss reported for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

The following potential common shares were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the three months ended March 31, 2017:

 

Warrants     597,283  

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The guidance affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option and the presentation and disclosure requirements of financial instruments. The guidance is effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 for public entities and for all other entities in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted for the accounting guidance on financial liabilities under the fair value option. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This ASU simplifies the accounting for share-based payment award transactions including: income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for public entities and after December 15, 2017 for all other entities, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of this new guidance and has not yet determined its impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

NOTE 4 – Commitments and Contingencies

 

WARF License Agreement

 

On October 1, 2014, the LLC entered into an exclusive start-up company license agreement with the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (“WARF”) for WARF’s neural probe array and thin film electrode technology (the “2014 WARF Agreement”). The LLC was to make $110,000 in milestone payments depending on achievement of certain development and approval milestones or within twelve months of signing the 2014 WARF Agreement. Additionally, if the LLC was successful in obtaining regulatory approval, the LLC was to pay royalties to WARF on a percentage of net sales of products of the licensed technology. Under the terms of the 2014 WARF Agreement, amounts that remained unpaid more than 30 days after they were due, accrued interest at 1 percent per month. Milestone payments due in 2015 were not made to WARF. From October 27, 2016 until the 2014 WARF Agreement was amended as described below, the LLC was in default under the 2014 WARF Agreement. In addition, the LLC was not able to transfer the rights and obligations under the 2014 WARF Agreement to the Company at the time of the Merger (October 27, 2016) without the consent of WARF, which was received when the 2014 WARF Agreement was amended in February 2017 as described below. In connection with the Merger and in accordance with ASC 805-50, the Company estimated the fair value of consideration payable to WARF and recorded an intangible asset of $90,000 with a corresponding accrued expense.

 

 

11 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

This agreement was subsequently amended in February 2017 (as so amended, the “2017 WARF Agreement”) whereby WARF consented to the transfer of the rights and obligations under the license agreement from the LLC to the Company. In the 2017 WARF Agreement, a contingent payment amount of $120,000 is due in the event that the Company completes a qualified financing. The Company is also obligated to pay royalties to WARF based on a percentage of net sales of products of licensed technology with minimum royalties of $50,000 and $100,000 for calendar years 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $150,000 per year beginning in 2021 through the duration of the 2017 WARF Agreement. Subject to earlier termination, the WARF License otherwise expires by its terms on the date that no valid claims on the patents licensed thereunder remain. The Company expects the latest expiration of a licensed patent to occur in 2030. The 2017 WARF Agreement is also subject to certain cancellation provisions with 90 days’ notice should the Company elect not to continue to use the licensed technology.

 

The Company has agreed to diligently develop, manufacture, market and sell products under the WARF License in the United States during the term of the agreement and, specifically, that the Company will submit a business plan to WARF by February 1, 2018 and file an application for 510(k) marketing clearance with the FDA by February 1, 2019. WARF may terminate the 2017 WARF Agreement in the event that the Company fails to meet these milestones on 30 days’ written notice, if the Company defaults on the payments of amounts due to WARF or fails to timely submit development reports, actively pursue the development plan or breaches any other covenant in the 2017 WARF Agreement and fails to remedy such default in 90 days or in the event of certain bankruptcy events involving the Company. WARF may also terminate this license (i) on 90 days’ notice if the Company fails to have commercial sales of one or more FDA-approved products under the 2017 WARF Agreement by March 31, 2019 or (ii) if, after royalties earned on sales begin to be paid, such earned royalties cease for more than four calendar quarters.

 

Mayo Agreement

 

On October 3, 2014, the LLC entered into an exclusive license and development agreement with the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research (“Mayo”) related to certain intellectual property and development services for thin film electrode technology (“2014 Mayo Agreement”). The LLC was to make milestone payments depending on achievement of certain development and approval milestones and sales targets, none of which were met as of December 31, 2015. Additionally, if the LLC was successful in obtaining regulatory approval, the LLC was to pay royalties to Mayo based on a percentage of net sales of products of the licensed technology through the term of the 2014 Mayo Agreement, set to expire May 25, 2037. Also, the LLC was obligated to issue common stock to Mayo if certain events occurred. Upon the LLC’s Merger with the Company on October 27, 2016, the rights under the 2014 Mayo Agreement transferred to the Company, and certain milestones were attained. Therefore, the Company recorded $300 related to 10,000 shares of common stock expected to be issued to Mayo and $91,709 for the intellectual property. Milestone payments due under the 2014 Mayo Agreement and accrued were $91,709 as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Under the terms of the 2014 Mayo Agreement, amounts that remained unpaid accrued interest at 2 percent above the prime rate (5.75 percent as of December 31, 2016). Milestone payments due in 2016 were not made to Mayo. As such, at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company was in default under the 2014 Mayo Agreement. Mayo and the Company subsequently amended and restated the 2014 Mayo Agreement in May 2017 (as so amended and restated, the “2017 Mayo Agreement”). In the 2017 Mayo Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 50,556 shares of common stock to Mayo to settle the amount of common stock the Company was previously obligated to issue under the 2014 Mayo Agreement and to amend the terms of the 2014 Mayo Agreement. As a part of the 2017 Mayo Agreement, the $91,709 milestone payment is to be paid upon the earlier of a qualified financing or September 30, 2017.

 

 

12 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

NOTE 5 - Intangibles

 

Intangible assets consisted of the following at March 31, 2017:

 

    Useful Life      
License agreement   12-13 years   $ 182,159  
Less: amortization         (1,269 )
Net Intangibles, December 31, 2016         180,890  
Less: amortization         (5,007 )
Net Intangibles, March 31, 2017       $ 175,883  

 

Amortization expense was $5,007 for the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and $1,941 for the LLC for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

NOTE 6 - Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

    March 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Accrued license fees   $ 182,009     $ 182,009  
Accrued services     96,310       31,186  
Accrued issuance costs     44,463       22,015  
Accrued payroll     69,436       28,252  
Accrued interest     2,200       881  
                 
Total accrued expenses   $ 394,418     $ 264,343  

 

NOTE 7 – Short-Term Unsecured Loan

 

The Company received a $50,000 short-term unsecured loan in November 2016 from the placement agent for its convertible promissory note financing (see Note 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements). The Company incurred no fees or interest costs for this temporary loan and it was repaid in full in February 2017.

 

NOTE 8 – Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrant Agreements

 

In November 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to issue convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) and common stock purchase warrants for aggregate gross proceeds of up to $1.5 million.

 

 

13 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

As of March 31, 2017, the Company issued $1,075,120 of Notes and common stock purchase warrants to investors ($375,120 during the quarter ended March 31, 2017). The Notes are unsecured. The Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 8 percent per annum and require the Company to repay the principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the earlier of November 21, 2017 or the consummation of the next equity or equity-linked round of financing resulting in more than $3.0 million in gross proceeds (a “Qualified Financing”). If a Qualified Financing occurs before November 21, 2017, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes automatically converts into the securities issued by the Company in such financing based on the greater number of securities resulting from either the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes divided by $1.80, or the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Notes multiplied by 1.25, divided by the price paid per security in the Qualified Financing. If the Company fails to complete a Qualified Financing by November 21, 2017, the Notes will be immediately due and payable on such date.

 

If a change of control transaction or initial public offering occurs prior to a Qualified Financing, the Notes would, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal of the Notes, either become payable on demand as of the closing date of such transaction or become convertible into shares of common stock immediately prior to such transaction at a price per share equal to the lesser of the per share value as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors as if in connection with the granting of stock based compensation, or in a private sale to a third party in an arms’ length transaction, or at the per share consideration to be paid in such transaction. Change of control means a merger or consolidation with another entity in which the Company’s stockholders do not own more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity or the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

The warrants granted holders the option to purchase either (i) if exercised after conversion of the Notes, the number of shares issuable upon the conversion of the Notes, or (ii) if exercised prior to conversion of the Notes, the number of shares of common stock equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the Note held by such warrant holder divided by $1.80. The warrants were immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and expire on November 21, 2021. The warrants were accounted for as a liability because there is no set exercise price. A Monte Carlo simulation model was used to estimate the aggregate fair value of the warrants. Input assumptions used were as follows: risk-free interest rate 1.853 percent; expected volatility 50 percent; expected life 4.64 years; and expected dividend yield 0 percent. The underlying stock price used in the analysis is on a non-marketable basis and is according to a separate 409A valuation analysis. The convertible promissory note proceeds assigned to the warrants were $182,693 and $345,640 during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016, respectively, which represented their fair value at issuance, and were discounted from the Notes and reflected as a warrant liability. The discount was amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. The amortization expense was $118,862 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The Company recorded the fair value changes of the warrant liability associated with the Notes to interest expense which amounted to $(215) for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

At the time of their issuance, the Notes contained a 125% conversion premium in the event that a Qualified Financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share. The Company determined that the redemption feature under the Notes qualified as an embedded derivative and was separated from its debt host. The bifurcation of the embedded derivative from its debt host resulted in a discount to the Notes in the amount of $72,732 and $137,564 during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and during the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016, respectively. The discount is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. The amortization expense was $47,318 for the three month period ended March 31, 2017. The embedded derivative was accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. The Company recorded the fair value changes of the premium debt conversion derivative associated with the Notes to interest expense which amounted to $183 for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

 

14 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

In connection with the Notes, the Company incurred issuance costs in the amount of $106,463, which included (i) a placement agent cash fee, which was $73,610 for the Notes issued in 2016 and for the first quarter of 2017 (ii) the obligation to issue a warrant to the placement agent (the “placement agent warrant”) which will have an exercise price of $2.00 per share of common stock and a total fair value of $3,084 at March 31, 2017 and (iii) legal expenses of $29,769. The placement agent warrant is issuable at the time the private placement transaction closes. The placement agent warrant will be immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and will have a term of five years. The placement agent is to receive a placement agent warrant to purchase shares of common stock in an amount equal to 8 percent of the common stock (or common stock equivalents) purchased by investors in the private placement transaction. As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company has an obligation to issue a placement agent warrant for the purchase of approximately 41,000 and 29,000 shares of common stock, respectively. The Company recorded an issuance cost discount to the Notes in the amount of $16,645 and $37,469 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016, respectively, of which $12,361 was amortized to interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2017. The balance of the issuance costs in the amount of $15,803 was attributed to the common stock purchase warrants and was immediately recorded as interest expense upon issuance during the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

The placement agent is also entitled to receive warrants to purchase common stock in an amount equal to 10 percent of the common stock (common stock equivalents) purchased by certain investors in subsequent equity financing rounds. Such warrants if issued will have an exercise price determined in relation to the pricing of the subsequent financing and will be immediately exercisable once issued.

  

NOTE 9 – Investment Banker Fee

 

Investment Banker Fee

The Company paid a $50,000 non-refundable fee to an investment banker in December 2016 to raise equity financing. This fee is reflected in the Company’s December 31, 2016 balance sheet as a prepaid expense. The Company subsequently concluded that the investment banker was not expected to raise any equity and therefore expensed the fee in March 2017.

 

NOTE 10 – Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company formally adopted an equity incentive plan (“Plan”) on October 27, 2016. The Plan provides for the issuance of restricted shares and stock options to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. The Company reserved 58,333 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. The Company’s Board of Directors had not approved any shares for issuance under the Plan as of March 31, 2017.

 

 

15 | Page

 

 

NeuroOne, Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(unaudited)

 

NOTE 11 - Income Taxes

 

The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 was zero percent. As a result of the analysis of all available evidence as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets. Consequently, the Company reported no income tax benefit for the three month period ended March 31, 2017, or for the comparable period in 2016. If the Company’s assumptions change and the Company believes that it will be able to realize these deferred tax assets, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets will be recognized as a reduction of future income tax expense.  If the assumptions do not change, each period the Company could record an additional valuation allowance on any increases in the deferred tax assets.

 

NeuroOne LLC operated as a single-member LLC from formation on December 12, 2013 until it was merged into NeuroOne, Inc. on October 27, 2016. As such, it was a disregarded legal entity for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes was included in the financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

NOTE 12 - Subsequent Events

 

The Company issued additional Notes and common stock purchase warrants to investors for aggregate gross proceeds of $550,000 from April 1, 2017 through July 13, 2017. The cash fee due to the placement agent was $40,000 for the Notes issued subsequent to March 31, 2017. The Company will allocate a portion of the gross proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and common stock purchase warrants to the value of the warrants that were issued to investors with an offsetting discount to the Notes. Lastly, the Notes contain a 125% conversion premium in the event that a Qualified Financing occurs at a price under $2.25 per common share. The Company determined that the redemption feature under the Notes qualifies as an embedded derivative and will be separated from its debt host. The embedded derivative will be accounted for separately on a fair market value basis. As a result of the issuance of additional Notes subsequent to March 31, 2017, the Company became obligated to issue a placement agent warrant for an additional 22,222 shares of common stock, which will increase the debt discount on the Notes.

 

From April 1, 2017 to July 13, 2017, the Company issued, from the Company’s Plan, options to directors and consultants for the purchase of 21,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.59 per share, with various vesting periods and expiring in ten years. In addition, in April 2017, the Company issued from the Plan 12,666 shares of restricted common stock with performance vesting conditions.

 

The 2014 Mayo Agreement was subsequently amended and restated in May 2017. In the 2017 Mayo Agreement, the Company agreed to issue 50,556 shares of common stock to Mayo to settle the amount of 10,000 shares of common stock the Company was previously obligated to issue under the 2014 Mayo Agreement and to amend certain other terms of the 2014 Mayo Agreement.

 

In June 2017, the Company amended the terms of the common stock purchase warrants under the Notes to be exercisable only in the event of conversion of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the related Notes. The amount of warrant shares to be issued are now fixed to the number of shares of common stock received by the Holder upon conversion of such holder’s Notes, and to an exercise price equal to the price at which the Notes convert into common shares. Effective the date of the amendment, the warrants are no longer immediately exercisable and will result in an adjustment to the fair value of the underlying warrant liability in the second quarter of 2017.

 

In June 2017, the purchase price owed by the seven individuals for the founders’ shares under their respective subscription agreements totaling $9,050 was forgiven by the Company.

 

The Company received a letter in May 2017 from the former employer of certain employees of the Company, claiming that the Company and those individuals have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of the former employer and that the individuals breached non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with such party. The Company and the individuals intend to vigorously defend against these claims, if litigation results.

 

 

16 | Page

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

 

On July 20, 2017, NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, through a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of NeuroOne, Inc. in a reverse triangular merger and reorganization pursuant to section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Acquisition”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Acquisition Agreement”) dated July 20, 2017 by and between NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), OSOK Acquisition Company (“Acquisition Sub”) and NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“NeuroOne”). NeuroOne was formed on October 7, 2016, and acquired NeuroOne LLC on October 27, 2016 (the “Merger”).

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 are based on the historical financial statements of the Company, NeuroOne and NeuroOne LLC after giving effect to the Acquisition. The Acquisition will be accounted for as a capital transaction, or reverse recapitalization. The operations of NeuroOne, Inc. will be the continuing operations of the Company. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 give effect to the formation of NeuroOne, Merger and Acquisition as if they had occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 assume that the Acquisition took place on that date. These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”) are provided for informational purposes only and are subject to a number of uncertainties and assumptions and do not purport to represent what the companies’ actual performance or financial position would have been had the Acquisition or Merger occurred on the dates indicated and does not purport to indicate the financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

 

With respect to the Pro Forma Financial Statements:

 

· The unaudited condensed balance sheets and condensed statements of operations as of and for the three month period ended March 31, 2017 were derived from (i) the Company’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the three month period ended March 31, 2017 as included in its Form 10-Q, and (ii) NeuroOne’s unaudited financial statements as of and for the three month period ended March 31, 2017 included elsewhere in the Form 8-K to which these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are attached.

 

· The condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 were derived from (i) the Company’s audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, as included in its Form 10-K and (ii) the audited financial statements of NeuroOne, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and for the period from October 7, 2016 to December 31, 2016 and NeuroOne LLC for the period from January 1, 2016 to October 26, 2016 in the Form 8-K to which these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are attached.

  

As required, these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include adjustments which give effect to the events that are directly attributable to the Acquisition and Merger, are factually supportable, and for the condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact. Any planned adjustments affecting the combined balance sheets, combined statements of operations or changes in common stock outstanding, subsequent to the closing date of the Acquisition, are not included.

 

 

 

  

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation and NeuroOne, Inc.

Unaudited Pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2017

 

   

NeuroOne Medical

Technologies

Corporation

    NeuroOne, Inc.     Pro forma            
    Historical     Historical     Adjustments     Notes   Pro forma  
Assets                                    
Current assets:                                    
Cash   $     $ 486,418     $         $ 486,418  
Total current assets           486,418                 486,418  
Intangible assets, net           175,883                 175,883  
Total assets   $     $ 662,301     $         $ 662,301  
                                     
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit                                    
Current liabilities:                                    
Accounts payable   $ 27,828     $     $         $ 27,828  
Accrued expenses           394,418       235,473     A     629,891  
Advances - related party     77,046             (77,046 )   E      
Convertible promissory notes           524,675                 524,675  
Premium debt conversion derivative           210,565                 210,565  
Total current liabilities     104,874       1,129,658       158,427           1,392,959  
Warrant liability           528,438                 528,438  
Total liabilities     104,874       1,658,096       158,427           1,921,397  
                                     
Stockholders’ deficit:                                    
Common stock     5,073       31       1,686     B, C     6,790  
Additional paid–in capital     45,577       119       (45,696 )   B, D     -  
Accumulated deficit     (155,524 )     (995,945 )     (114,417 )   A, B, C, D, E     (1,265,886 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (104,874 )     (995,795 )     (158,427 )         (1,259,096 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $     $ 662,301     $         $ 662,301  

 

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation and NeuroOne, Inc.

Unaudited Pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

For the three month period ended March 31, 2017

 

   

NeuroOne Medical

Technologies

Corporation

    NeuroOne, Inc.     Pro forma            
    Historical     Historical     Adjustments     Notes   Pro forma  
Operating expenses:                                    
General and administrative   $ 8,754     $ 444,016     $ (25,312 )   G   $ 427,458  
Research and development           72,041                 72,041  
Total operating expenses     8,754       516,057       (25,312 )         499,499  
Loss from operations     (8,754 )     (516,057 )     25,312           (499,499 )
Interest expense           (213,518 )               (213,518 )
Net loss   $ (8,754 )   $ (729,575 )   $ 25,312         $ (713,017 )
Net loss per share:                                    
Basic and diluted   $ (0.00 )*   $ (2.38 )               $ (0.11 )
Number of shares used in per share calculations:                                    
Basic and diluted   $ 5,073,000     $ 306,670       1,409,895     C     6,789,565  

 

* Denotes a loss of less than $(.01).

 

 

 

  

NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, NeuroOne, Inc. and NeuroOne LLC

Unaudited Pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

   

NeuroOne Medical

Technologies

Corporation

    NeuroOne, Inc. *     NeuroOne LLC **     Pro forma            
    Historical     Historical     Historical     Adjustments     Notes   Pro forma  
Operating expenses:                                            
General and administrative   $ 32,611     $ 182,667     $ 6,657     $ 5,563     F,G   $ 227,498  
Research and development                                  
Total operating expenses     32,611       182,667       6,657       5,563           227,498  
Loss from operations     (32,611 )     (182,667 )     (6,657 )     (5,563 )         (227,498 )
Interest expense           (83,703 )     (11,947 )               (95,650 )
Net loss from continuing operations   $ (32,611 )   $ (266,370 )   $ (18,604 )   $ (5,563 )       $ (323,148 )
Net loss per share from continuing operations:                                            
Basic and diluted   $ (0.01 )   $ (1.02 )                       $ (0.05 )
Number of shares used in per share calculations:                                            
Basic and diluted     5,073,000       259,906               1,456,659     C     6,789,565  

 

* Denotes period from October 7, 2016 through December 31, 2016
** Denotes period from January 1, 2016 through October 26, 2016

 

Note 1 — DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION AND BASIS OF PRO FORMA INFORMATION

 

Description of Transaction

 

On July 20, 2017, NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, through a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of NeuroOne, Inc. in a reverse triangular merger and reorganization pursuant to section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Acquisition”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Acquisition Agreement”) dated July 20, 2017 by and between NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), OSOK Acquisition Company (“Acquisition Sub”) and NeuroOne, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“NeuroOne”). Pursuant to the terms thereof, the following occurred:

 

· In connection with the closing of the Acquisition (the “Closing”), 100% of NeuroOne Common Stock, with a par value of $0.0001, outstanding immediately prior to the Closing were exchanged for 6,291,994 shares of Company Common Stock at a ratio of 17.0103706 Company shares for each NeuroOne Share (the “Ratio”) at a par value of $0.001 per share. With regard to the pro forma financial statements, the Ratio is applied to the number of common shares outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

· In connection with the Closing, Company common stock outstanding in the amount of 1,573,000 shares immediately prior to the Closing were outstanding upon completion of the Acquisition. The remaining common shares outstanding prior to the Closing in the amount of 3,500,000 shares held by the majority stockholder were delivered to the Company for cancellation prior to the Closing.

 

· After the Closing, and after giving effect to the issuance of Company shares, the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding was 7,864,994.

 

· Certain related party obligations of the Company outstanding prior to the Closing were forgiven by the respective parties and cancelled prior to the completion of the Acquisition.

 

· In connection with the Closing, all unexercised and unexpired warrants, including commitments to issue warrants, to purchase NeuroOne capital stock then outstanding prior to Closing under the several warrant agreements entered into by NeuroOne and the warrant holders were assumed by the Company.

 

 

 

   

· In connection with the Closing, each NeuroOne stock option that was outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, whether or not vested, was converted into and became an option to purchase Company common stock. The Company also assumed the NeuroOne equity incentive plan which had 992,266 (pre-Acquisition shares 58,333 x 17.0103706) shares reserved for issuance. There were no stock options or unvested restricted stock awards outstanding as of March 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016.

 

· In connection with the Closing, all unconverted and unexpired NeuroOne convertible promissory notes (the “Convertible Notes”) were assumed by the Company and will continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions as set forth in the such Convertible Notes except that the Convertible Notes will be convertible into shares of Company common stock.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and are intended to show how the Acquisition might have affected the historical financial statements if the Acquisition and Merger had been completed on January 1, 2016 for the purposes of the condensed statements of operations and as if the Acquisition had been completed on March 31, 2017 for the purposes of the condensed balance sheets. The pro forma adjustments reflect the Acquisition as a capital transaction, or reverse recapitalization, based upon the accounting rules for the acquisition of a private operating company by a public shell company, and not as a business combination.

 

Note 2 — ACCOUNTING FOR THE ACQUISITION

 

We have determined that NeuroOne is the accounting acquirer in the Acquisition and that the Acquisition should be accounted for as a capital transaction, or reverse recapitalization, and not as a business combination. Accounting for such capital transaction results in the post-Acquisition pro forma financial statements reflecting the following:

 

· NeuroOne’s assets, liabilities and accumulated deficit at the Acquisition date, along with the Company’s outstanding accounts payable at the Acquisition date, become the assets, liabilities and accumulated deficit of the combined company;

 

· The Company’s legal capital structure (i.e., its outstanding shares of capital stock times par value; in this case only common stock is outstanding) is reflected as the combined company’s common stock outstanding;

 

· Additional paid-in-capital and accumulated deficit is adjusted to make the combined balance sheets balance; and

 

· The combined condensed statements of operations will include NeuroOne’s activities and the Company’s activity to the extent reflected as part of its continuing operations.

 

 

 

  

Note 3 — PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

The following represent the pro forma adjustments made to the historical financial statements:

 

(A) To accrue for estimated acquisition-related transaction costs incurred post March 31, 2017.

 

(B) To adjust for pre-Acquisition NeuroOne, Inc. common stock par value from $0.0001 per share to post-Acquisition NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation par value of $0.001 per share.

 

(C) To account for the cancellation of 3,500,000 NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation common shares, leaving 1,573,000 common shares outstanding just prior to the Acquisition. To account for the exchange of 1 common share of NeuroOne, Inc. for 17.0103706 common shares of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation, whereby, a total of 6,291,994 common shares were received by NeuroOne stockholders at the time of the Acquisition of which 1,075,429 of these common shares were issued by NeuroOne subsequent to March 31, 2017. As such, 5,216,565 common shares held by NeuroOne stockholders were issued and outstanding during 2016 and for the three month period ending March 31, 2017. On a pro forma basis, combined there were 6,789,565 shares ($0.001 par value) outstanding at March 31, 2017, and during the three month period March 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

(D) Represents the adjustment to additional-paid-in-capital to effect the reverse recapitalization.

 

(E) To account for cancellation of repayment obligations to related parties for prior advances made to NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation prior to Closing.

 

(F) To reflect amortization basis adjustment for intangible assets stemming from the Merger of NeuroOne, Inc. and NeuroOne LLC.

 

(G) To eliminate non-recurring charges (legal expenses) associated with the direct and incremental costs of the Acquisition which are reflected in the historical financial statements of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation and NeuroOne, Inc.